Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act; HHS Notice of Benefit and Payment Parameters for 2019, 16930-17071 [2018-07355]
Download as PDF
16930
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND
HUMAN SERVICES
45 CFR Parts 147, 153, 154, 155, 156,
157, and 158
[CMS–9930–F]
RIN 0938–AT12
Patient Protection and Affordable Care
Act; HHS Notice of Benefit and
Payment Parameters for 2019
Centers for Medicare &
Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
This final rule sets forth
payment parameters and provisions
related to the risk adjustment and risk
adjustment data validation programs;
cost-sharing parameters; and user fees
for Federally-facilitated Exchanges and
State Exchanges on the Federal
platform. It finalizes changes that
provide additional flexibility to States to
apply the definition of essential health
benefits (EHB) to their markets, enhance
the role of States regarding the
certification of qualified health plans
(QHPs); and provide States with
additional flexibility in the operation
and establishment of Exchanges,
including the Small Business Health
Options Program (SHOP) Exchanges. It
includes changes to standards related to
Exchanges; the required functions of the
SHOPs; actuarial value for stand-alone
dental plans; the rate review program;
the medical loss ratio program;
eligibility and enrollment; exemptions;
and other related topics.
DATES: Effective Date: These regulations
are effective on June 18, 2018.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Lindsey Murtagh, (301) 492–4106,
Rachel Arguello, (301) 492–4263, Alper
Ozinal, (301) 492–4178, or Abigail
Walker, (410) 786–1725, for general
information.
Krutika Amin, (301) 492–5153, for
matters related to risk adjustment, and
user fees for Federally-facilitated
Exchanges and State-Exchanges on the
Federal platform.
Adrianne Patterson, (410) 786–0686,
or Abigail Walker, (410) 786–1725, for
matters related to sequestration.
Melissa Jaffe, (301) 492–4129, for
matters related to risk adjustment data
validation, cost-sharing reductions, and
the premium adjustment percentage.
Lisa Cuozzo, (410) 786–1746, for
matters related to rate review.
Jenny Chen, (301) 492–5156, for
matters related to establishing a State
Exchange, and State Exchanges on the
Federal platform.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
Emily Ames, (301) 492–4246, for
matters related to Navigators and nonNavigator assistance personnel.
Elissa Dines, (301) 492–4388, for
matters related to employer-sponsored
coverage verification.
Kendra May, (301) 492–4477, for
matters related to the requirement to file
an income tax return and reconcile
APTC and terminations.
Carolyn Kraemer, (301) 492–4197, for
matters related to special enrollment
periods under part 155.
Amanda Brander, (202) 690–7892, for
matters related to exemptions from the
individual shared responsibility
payment.
Terence Kane, (301) 492–4449, for
matters related to income
inconsistencies.
Jacob Schnur, (410) 786–7703, for
matters related to direct enrollment.
Laura Eldon, (301) 492–4372, for
matters related to the Federallyfacilitated SHOP.
Shilpa Gogna, (301) 492–4257, for
matters related to SHOP in State
Exchanges.
Leigha Basini, (301) 492–4380,
Rebecca Zimmermann, (301) 492–4396,
or Allison Yadsko, (410) 786–1740, for
matters related to standardized options,
essential health benefits, stand-alone
dental plans and other standards for
QHP issuers.
Cam Moultrie Clemmons, (206) 615–
2338, for matters related to minimum
essential coverage.
Christina Whitefield, (301) 492–4172,
for matters related to the medical loss
ratio program.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. Executive Summary
II. Background
A. Legislative and Regulatory Overview
B. Stakeholder Consultation and Input
C. Structure of Final Rule
III. Provisions of the Proposed Rule and
Analysis of and Responses to Public
Comments
A. Part 147—Health Insurance Reform
Requirements for the Group and
Individual Health Insurance Markets
B. Part 153—Standards Related to
Reinsurance, Risk Corridors, and Risk
Adjustment Under the Affordable Care
Act
C. Part 154—Health Insurance Issuer Rate
Increases: Disclosure and Review
Requirements
D. Part 155—Exchange Establishment
Standards and Other Related Standards
Under the Affordable Care Act
E. Part 156—Health Insurance Issuer
Standards Under the Affordable Care
Act, Including Standards Related to
Exchanges
F. Part 157—Employer Interactions With
Exchanges and SHOP Participation
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
G. Part 158—Issuer Use of Premium
Revenue: Reporting and Rebate
Requirements
IV. Collection of Information Requirements
A. Wage Estimates
B. ICRs Regarding State Flexibility for Risk
Adjustment
C. ICRs Regarding Risk Adjustment Data
Validation
D. ICRs Regarding Health Insurance Issuer
Rate Increases: Disclosure and Review
Requirements—Applicability
E. ICRs Regarding Rate Increases Subject
To Review
F. ICRs Regarding the Small Business
Health Options Program
G. ICRs Regarding Essential Health Benefits
H. ICRs Regarding Medical Loss Ratio
I. Summary of Annual Burden Estimates
for Final Requirements
J. Submission of PRA-Related Comments
V. Regulatory Impact Analysis
A. Statement of Need
B. Overall Impact
C. Impact Estimates of the Payment Notice
Provisions and Accounting Table
D. Regulatory Alternatives Considered
E. Regulatory Flexibility Act
F. Unfunded Mandates
G. Federalism
H. Congressional Review Act
I. Reducing Regulation and Controlling
Regulatory Costs
I. Executive Summary
American Health Benefit Exchanges,
or ‘‘Exchanges’’ (also called
‘‘Marketplaces’’) are entities established
under the Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act (PPACA) through
which qualified individuals and
qualified employers can purchase health
insurance coverage. Many individuals
who enroll in qualified health plans
(QHPs) through individual market
Exchanges are eligible to receive a
premium tax credit (PTC) to reduce
their costs for health insurance
premiums, and receive reductions in
required cost-sharing payments to
reduce out-of-pocket expenses for health
care services. The PPACA also
established the risk adjustment program,
which is intended to mitigate the
potential impact of adverse selection
and stabilize the price of health
insurance in the individual and small
group markets, both on and off
Exchanges.
Over time, issuer exits and increasing
insurance premiums have threatened
the stability of the individual and small
group Exchanges in many geographic
areas. In previous rulemaking, we
established provisions and parameters
to implement many PPACA provisions
and programs. In this final rule, we
amend these provisions and parameters,
with a focus on enhancing the role of
States in these programs and providing
States with additional flexibilities,
reducing unnecessary regulatory burden
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
on stakeholders, empowering
consumers, and improving affordability.
On January 20, 2017, the President
issued an Executive Order which stated
that, to the maximum extent permitted
by law, the Secretary of HHS and heads
of all other executive departments and
agencies with authorities and
responsibilities under the PPACA
should exercise all authority and
discretion available to them to waive,
defer, grant exemptions from, or delay
the implementation of any provision or
requirement of the PPACA that would
impose a fiscal burden on any State or
a cost, fee, tax, penalty, or regulatory
burden on individuals, families, health
care providers, health insurers, patients,
recipients of health care services,
purchasers of health insurance, or
makers of medical devices, products, or
medications. In this rule, within the
limitations of the current statute, we are
finalizing policies to reduce fiscal and
regulatory burdens across different
program areas, and to support
innovative health insurance models.
We are finalizing several changes that
would significantly expand the role of
States in the administration of the
PPACA. We received comments on
additional ways to support State
Exchanges (SBEs) in adopting
innovative approaches to operating and
sustaining their Exchanges, and to make
the State Exchange on the Federal
platform (SBE–FP) model a more
appealing and viable model for States.
We finalize policies under which States
assume a larger role in reviewing the
QHP certification standards of network
adequacy and essential community
providers for the Federally-facilitated
Exchanges (FFEs). This will confirm
States’ traditional role in overseeing
their health insurance markets, and
reduce the issuer burden associated
with having to comply with duplicative
State and Federal reviews.
This rule also finalizes several
policies that will provide States with
greater flexibility. For example, this rule
provides States with additional
flexibility in applying the definition of
EHBs to their markets starting with the
2020 plan year. In addition to granting
States more flexibility regulating their
markets, we believe this change would
permit States to modify EHBs to
increase affordability of health
insurance in the individual and small
group markets. This rule also provides
States with significantly more flexibility
in how they operate a Small Business
Health Options Program (SHOP),
permitting them to operate these
Exchanges more efficiently, and
therefore benefitting States, issuers,
employers, and employees. These
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
changes would allow for a more
efficient SHOP, such that employers and
employees could enroll in SHOP
coverage by working with a QHP issuer
or SHOP-registered agent or broker.
Additionally, the finalized policies
provide States more flexibility regarding
risk adjustment transfers in their
markets. We also make it easier for
States to apply for and be granted an
adjustment to the individual market
medical loss ratio (MLR) standard in
their State. We believe this change
provides States with an additional tool
to help stabilize, innovate and provide
relief in their individual markets.
Additionally, we make other changes to
the MLR program to reduce the burden
on issuers.
Risk adjustment continues to be a core
program for stabilizing the individual
and small group markets both on and off
Exchanges, and we are finalizing
recalibrated parameters for the HHS risk
adjustment methodology. We are also
finalizing several changes related to the
risk adjustment data validation program
that are intended to ensure the integrity
of the results of risk adjustment, while
alleviating issuer burden.
As we do every year in the HHS
notice of benefit and payment
parameters final rule, we are finalizing
updated parameters applicable in the
individual and small group markets. We
are finalizing the user fee rate for issuers
participating on FFEs and SBE–FPs for
2019 to be 3.5 and 3.0 percent of
premiums, respectively. We are
finalizing the premium adjustment
percentage for 2019, which is used to set
the rate of increase for several
parameters detailed in the PPACA,
including the maximum annual
limitation on cost sharing for 2019, the
required contribution percentage used
to determine eligibility for certain
exemptions under section 5000A of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the
Code), and the assessable payment
amounts under section 4980H(a) and (b)
of the Code. We are finalizing updates
to the maximum annual limitations on
cost sharing for the 2019 benefit year for
cost-sharing reductions plan variations.
We are finalizing a number of changes
related to rate review that are intended
to reduce regulatory burden on States
and issuers in regard to the rate filing
process. Specifically, we are exempting
student health insurance coverage from
Federal rate review requirements,
beginning with coverage effective on or
after July 1, 2018. We are also modifying
the 10 percent threshold for
reasonableness review to a 15 percent
default threshold.
Recognizing that Exchanges,
including the FFEs, face resource
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16931
constraints, we are changing the
requirements regarding Navigators, and
the requirements regarding nonNavigator assistance personnel subject
to § 155.215, to enable Exchanges to
more easily operate these programs with
limited resources. Similarly, we are
allowing an agent, broker or issuer
participating in direct enrollment to
have its selected third-party entity
conduct operational readiness reviews,
rather than requiring that those reviews
be conducted by entities approved by
HHS.
We also finalize relatively minor
adjustments to our programs and rules
as we do each year in the HHS notice
of benefit and payment parameters. We
are finalizing a number of incremental
amendments to our policies around
coverage, eligibility, enrollment, and
affordability exemptions.
We continue to be very interested in
exploring ways to improve Exchange
program integrity. In the proposed rule,
we sought comment on a number of
program integrity items, including
whether we should consider shortening
the length of time the Exchanges are
authorized to obtain enrollee tax
information, as well as ways to prompt
more timely consumer reporting of
changes in circumstances during the
benefit year that may impact an
individual’s eligibility for coverage and
financial assistance. In addition, we
requested comment on any additional
program integrity improvements that
were not outlined in the proposed rule,
but could be beneficial in a future
rulemaking.
Finally, as noted in the proposed rule,
we intend to consider proposals in
future rulemaking that would help
reduce drug costs and promote drug
price transparency. We also intend to
provide guidance on other aspects of
Exchange eligibility in the near future.
In particular, we intend to reconsider
the appropriate thresholds for changes
in income that will trigger a data
matching inconsistency, processes for
denying eligibility for advance subsidies
for individuals who fail to reconcile
advance payments of the premium tax
credit (APTC) on their Federal income
tax return, processes for matching
enrollment data with the Medicare and
Medicaid programs in order to help
consumers avoid duplicate enrollments,
and the appropriate manner of
recalculating APTC following a midyear
change in eligibility, and sought
comments on each of these issues as we
prepare rulemaking on these topics.
Instituting strong program safeguards
to ensure that only individuals who are
eligible are enrolled in Exchange
coverage, and that they are only
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
16932
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
receiving the amount of financial
assistance for which they are eligible, is
essential to ensuring that the Exchanges
operate as intended, and is also a key
priority for the Administration. We have
already taken action to strengthen
safeguards around Exchange eligibility,
most recently through the
implementation of pre-enrollment
verification for special enrollment
periods; however, we continue to be
interested in exploring ways to further
safeguard Federal tax dollars flowing
through Exchanges.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
II. Background
A. Legislative and Regulatory Overview
The Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act (Pub. L. 111–148) was enacted
on March 23, 2010. The Health Care and
Education Reconciliation Act of 2010
(Pub. L. 111–152), which amended and
revised several provisions of the Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act, was
enacted on March 30, 2010. In this final
rule, we refer to the two statutes
collectively as the ‘‘Patient Protection
and Affordable Care Act’’ or ‘‘PPACA.’’
Subtitles A and C of title I of the
PPACA reorganized, amended, and
added to the provisions of part A of title
XXVII of the Public Health Service Act
(PHS Act) relating to group health plans
and health insurance issuers in the
group and individual markets.
Section 2701 of the PHS Act, as added
by the PPACA, restricts the variation in
premium rates charged by a health
insurance issuer for non-grandfathered
health insurance coverage in the
individual or small group market to
certain specified factors. These factors
are family size, rating area, age and
tobacco use.
Section 2701 of the PHS Act operates
in coordination with section 1312(c) of
the PPACA. Section 1312(c) of the
PPACA generally requires a health
insurance issuer to consider all
enrollees in all health plans (except for
grandfathered health plans) offered by
such issuer to be members of a single
risk pool for each of its individual and
small group markets. States have the
option to merge the individual market
and small group market risk pools under
section 1312(c)(3) of the PPACA.
Section 2702 of the PHS Act, as added
by the PPACA, requires health
insurance issuers that offer health
insurance coverage in the group or
individual market in a State to offer
coverage to and accept every employer
and individual in the State that applies
for such coverage unless an exception
applies.1
1 Before enactment of the Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act, the Health Insurance
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
Section 2703 of the PHS Act, as added
by the PPACA, and sections 2712 and
2741 of the PHS Act, as added by the
Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996 (Pub. L.
104–191) (HIPAA) prior to the
enactment of the PPACA, require health
insurance issuers that offer health
insurance coverage in the group or
individual market to renew or continue
in force such coverage at the option of
the plan sponsor or individual unless an
exception applies.
Section 2718 of the PHS Act, as added
by the PPACA, generally requires health
insurance issuers to submit an annual
MLR report to HHS, and provide rebates
to enrollees if the issuers do not achieve
specified MLR thresholds.
Section 2794 of the PHS Act, as added
by the PPACA, directs the Secretary of
HHS (the Secretary), in conjunction
with the States, to establish a process for
the annual review of ‘‘unreasonable
increases in premiums for health
insurance coverage.’’ 2 The law also
requires health insurance issuers to
submit to the Secretary and the
applicable State justifications for
unreasonable premium increases prior
to the implementation of the increases.
Section 2794(b)(2) of the PHS Act
further specifies that beginning with
plan years starting in 2014, the
Secretary, in conjunction with the
States, will monitor premium increases
of health insurance coverage offered
through an Exchange and outside of an
Exchange.
Section 1252 of the PPACA provides
that any standard or requirement
adopted by a State under title I of the
PPACA, or any amendment made by
title I of the PPACA, is to be applied
uniformly to all health plans in each
insurance market to which the standard
and requirement apply.
Section 1302 of the PPACA provides
for the establishment of an EHB package
that includes coverage of EHB (as
defined by the Secretary), cost-sharing
limits, and actuarial value requirements.
The law directs that EHBs be equal in
scope to the benefits provided under a
typical employer plan, and that they
cover at least the following 10 general
categories: Ambulatory patient services;
emergency services; hospitalization;
maternity and newborn care; mental
Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA)
amended the PHS Act (formerly section 2711) to
generally require guaranteed availability of coverage
for employers in the small group market.
2 The implementing regulations in part 154 limit
the scope of the requirements under section 2794
of the PHS Act to health insurance issuers offering
health insurance coverage in the individual market
or small group market. See Rate Increase Disclosure
and Review; Final Rule, 76 FR 29964, 29966 (May
23, 2011).
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
health and substance use disorder
services, including behavioral health
treatment; prescription drugs;
rehabilitative and habilitative services
and devices; laboratory services;
preventive and wellness services and
chronic disease management; and
pediatric services, including oral and
vision care.
Section 1301(a)(1)(B) of the PPACA
directs all issuers of QHPs to cover the
EHB package described in section
1302(a) of the PPACA, including
coverage of the services described in
section 1302(b) of the PPACA, to adhere
to the cost-sharing limits described in
section 1302(c) of the PPACA and to
meet the AV levels established in
section 1302(d) of the PPACA. Section
2707(a) of the PHS Act, which is
effective for plan or policy years
beginning on or after January 1, 2014,
extends the coverage of the EHB
package to non-grandfathered
individual and small group health
insurance coverage, irrespective of
whether such coverage is offered
through an Exchange. In addition,
section 2707(b) of the PHS Act directs
non-grandfathered group health plans to
ensure that cost sharing under the plan
does not exceed the limitations
described in sections 1302(c)(1) of the
PPACA.
Section 1302(d) of the PPACA
describes the various levels of coverage
based on actuarial value (AV).
Consistent with section 1302(d)(2)(A) of
the PPACA, AV is calculated based on
the provision of EHB to a standard
population. Section 1302(d)(3) of the
PPACA directs the Secretary to develop
guidelines that allow for de minimis
variation in AV calculations.
Section 1311(b)(1)(B) of the PPACA
directs that the Small Business Health
Options Program assist qualified small
employers in facilitating the enrollment
of their employees in QHPs offered in
the small group market. Sections
1312(f)(1) and (2) of the PPACA define
qualified individuals and qualified
employers. Under section 1312(f)(2)(B)
of the PPACA, beginning in 2017, States
have the option to allow issuers to offer
QHPs in the large group market through
an Exchange.3 Section 1312(a)(2) of the
PPACA provides that in a SHOP, a
qualified employer may select a level of
coverage, and that employees may then,
in turn, choose SHOP plans within the
level selected by the qualified employer.
3 If a State elects this option, the rating rules in
section 2701 of the PHS Act and its implementing
regulations will apply to all coverage offered in
such State’s large group market (except for selfinsured group health plans) pursuant to section
2701(a)(5) of the PHS Act.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Section 1311(c)(1)(B) of the PPACA
requires the Secretary to establish
minimum criteria for provider network
adequacy that a health plan must meet
to be certified as a QHP.
Section 1311(c)(5) of the PPACA
requires the Secretary to continue to
operate, maintain, and update the
internet portal developed under section
1103 of the PPACA to provide
information to consumers and small
businesses on affordable health
insurance coverage options.
Sections 1311(d)(4)(K) and 1311(i) of
the PPACA direct all Exchanges to
establish a Navigator program.
Section 1311(c)(6)(C) of the PPACA
establishes special enrollment periods
and section 1311(c)(6)(D) of the PPACA
establishes the monthly enrollment
period for Indians, as defined by section
4 of the Indian Health Care
Improvement Act.
Section 1312(e) of the PPACA directs
the Secretary to establish procedures
under which a State may permit agents
and brokers to enroll qualified
individuals and qualified employers in
QHPs through an Exchange and to assist
individuals in applying for financial
assistance for QHPs sold through an
Exchange.
Section 1321(a) of the PPACA
provides broad authority for the
Secretary to establish standards and
regulations to implement the statutory
requirements related to Exchanges,
QHPs and other components of title I of
the PPACA. Section 1321(a)(1) of the
PPACA directs the Secretary to issue
regulations that set standards for
meeting the requirements of title I of the
PPACA with respect to, among other
things, the establishment and operation
of Exchanges.
Sections 1313 and 1321 of the PPACA
provide the Secretary with the authority
to oversee the financial integrity of State
Exchanges, their compliance with HHS
standards, and the efficient and nondiscriminatory administration of State
Exchange activities. Section 1321 of the
PPACA provides for State flexibility in
the operation and enforcement of
Exchanges and related requirements.
When operating an FFE under section
1321(c)(1) of the PPACA, HHS has the
authority under sections 1321(c)(1) and
1311(d)(5)(A) of the PPACA to collect
and spend user fees. In addition, 31
U.S.C. 9701 permits a Federal agency to
establish a charge for a service provided
by the agency. Office of Management
and Budget (OMB) Circular A–25
Revised establishes Federal policy
regarding user fees and specifies that a
user charge will be assessed against
each identifiable recipient for special
benefits derived from Federal activities
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
beyond those received by the general
public.
Section 1321(c)(2) of the PPACA
authorizes the Secretary to enforce the
Exchange standards using civil money
penalties (CMPs) on the same basis as
detailed in section 2723(b) of the PHS
Act. Section 2723(b) of the PHS Act
authorizes the Secretary to impose
CMPs as a means of enforcing the
individual and group market reforms
contained in Part A of title XXVII of the
PHS Act when a State fails to
substantially enforce these provisions.
Section 1321(d) of the PPACA
provides that nothing in title I of the
PPACA should be construed to preempt
any State law that does not prevent the
application of title I of the PPACA.
Section 1311(k) of the PPACA specifies
that Exchanges may not establish rules
that conflict with or prevent the
application of regulations issued by the
Secretary.
Section 1343 of the PPACA
establishes a permanent risk adjustment
program to provide payments to health
insurance issuers that attract higher-risk
populations, such as those with chronic
conditions, funded by payments from
those that attract lower-risk populations;
thereby, reducing incentives for issuers
to avoid higher-risk enrollees.
Section 1402 of the PPACA provides
for, among other things, reductions in
cost sharing for EHB for qualified lowand moderate-income enrollees in silver
level health plans offered through the
individual market Exchanges. This
section also provides for reductions in
cost sharing for Indians enrolled in
QHPs at any metal level.
Section 5000A of the Code, as added
by section 1501(b) of the PPACA,
requires all applicable individuals to
maintain minimum essential coverage
(MEC) for each month or make an
individual shared responsibility
payment. Section 5000A(f) of the Code
defines MEC as any of the following: (1)
Coverage under a specified government
sponsored program; (2) coverage under
an eligible employer-sponsored plan; (3)
coverage under a health plan offered in
the individual market within a State;
and (4) coverage under a grandfathered
health plan. In addition, the HEALTHY
KIDS Act amended section
5000A(f)(1)(A)(iii) of the Code to
include in the definition of MEC CHIP
look-alike plans, which are CHIP buy-in
programs that provide benefits that are
at least identical to the benefits
provided by the title XXI CHIP
program.4 Section 5000A(f)(1)(E) of the
Code authorizes the Secretary of HHS,
in coordination with the Secretary of the
4 Public
PO 00000
Law 115–120, 101 (2018).
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16933
Treasury, to designate other health
benefits coverage as MEC. Under tax
reform legislation that was enacted on
December 22, 2017, the individual
shared responsibility payment is
reduced to $0, effective for months
beginning after December 31, 2018.5
The Protecting Affordable Coverage
for Employees Act (Pub. L. 114–60)
amended section 1304(b) of the PPACA
and section 2791(e) of the PHS Act to
amend the definition of small employer
in these statutes to mean, in connection
with a group health plan with respect to
a calendar year and a plan year, an
employer who employed an average of
at least 1 but not more than 50
employees on business days during the
preceding calendar year and who
employs at least 1 employee on the first
day of the plan year. It also amended
these statutes to make conforming
changes to the definition of large
employer, and to provide that a State
may treat as a small employer, with
respect to a calendar year and a plan
year, an employer who employed an
average of at least 1 but not more than
100 employees on business days during
the preceding calendar year and who
employs at least 1 employee on the first
day of the plan year.
1. Premium Stabilization Programs 6
In the July 15, 2011 Federal Register
(76 FR 41929), we published a proposed
rule outlining the framework for the
premium stabilization programs. We
implemented the premium stabilization
programs in a final rule, published in
the March 23, 2012 Federal Register (77
FR 17219) (Premium Stabilization Rule).
In the December 7, 2012 Federal
Register (77 FR 73117), we published a
proposed rule outlining the benefit and
payment parameters for the 2014 benefit
year to expand the provisions related to
the premium stabilization programs and
set forth payment parameters in those
programs (proposed 2014 Payment
Notice). We published the 2014
Payment Notice final rule in the March
11, 2013 Federal Register (78 FR
15409).
In the December 2, 2013 Federal
Register (78 FR 72321), we published a
proposed rule outlining the benefit and
payment parameters for the 2015 benefit
year to expand the provisions related to
the premium stabilization programs,
setting forth certain oversight provisions
and establishing the payment
parameters in those programs (proposed
2015 Payment Notice). We published
5 Public
Law 115–97, 131 Stat. 2054.
‘‘premium stabilization programs,’’ we are
referring to the risk adjustment, risk corridors and
reinsurance programs established by the PPACA.
6 By
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
16934
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
the 2015 Payment Notice final rule in
the March 11, 2014 Federal Register (79
FR 13743).
In the November 26, 2014 Federal
Register (79 FR 70673), we published a
proposed rule outlining the benefit and
payment parameters for the 2016 benefit
year to expand the provisions related to
the premium stabilization programs,
setting forth certain oversight provisions
and establishing the payment
parameters in those programs (proposed
2016 Payment Notice). We published
the 2016 Payment Notice final rule in
the February 27, 2015 Federal Register
(80 FR 10749).
In the December 2, 2015 Federal
Register (80 FR 75487), we published a
proposed rule outlining the benefit and
payment parameters for the 2017 benefit
year to expand the provisions related to
the premium stabilization programs,
setting forth certain oversight provisions
and establishing the payment
parameters in those programs (proposed
2017 Payment Notice). We published
the 2017 Payment Notice final rule in
the March 8, 2016 Federal Register (81
FR 12203).
In the September 6, 2016 Federal
Register (81 FR 61455), we published a
proposed rule outlining the benefit and
payment parameters for the 2018 benefit
year, and to further promote stable
premiums in the individual and small
group markets. We proposed updates to
the risk adjustment methodology, new
policies around the use of external data
for recalibration of our risk adjustment
models, and amendments to the risk
adjustment data validation process
(proposed 2018 Payment Notice). We
published the 2018 Payment Notice
final rule in the December 22, 2016
Federal Register (81 FR 94058).
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
2. Program Integrity
In the June 19, 2013 Federal Register
(78 FR 37031), we published a proposed
rule that proposed certain program
integrity standards related to Exchanges
and the premium stabilization programs
(proposed Program Integrity Rule). The
provisions of that proposed rule were
finalized in two rules, the ‘‘first Program
Integrity Rule’’ published in the August
30, 2013 Federal Register (78 FR 54069)
and the ‘‘second Program Integrity
Rule’’ published in the October 30, 2013
Federal Register (78 FR 65045).
3. Exchanges
We published a request for comment
relating to Exchanges in the August 3,
2010 Federal Register (75 FR 45584).
We issued initial guidance to States on
Exchanges on November 18, 2010. We
proposed a rule in the July 15, 2011
Federal Register (76 FR 41865) to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
implement components of the
Exchanges, and a rule in the August 17,
2011 Federal Register (76 FR 51201)
regarding Exchange functions in the
individual market and SHOP, eligibility
determinations, and Exchange standards
for employers. A final rule
implementing components of the
Exchanges and setting forth standards
for eligibility for Exchanges was
published in the March 27, 2012
Federal Register (77 FR 18309)
(Exchange Establishment Rule).
We established additional standards
for SHOP in the 2014 Payment Notice
and in the Amendments to the HHS
Notice of Benefit and Payment
Parameters for 2014 interim final rule,
published in the March 11, 2013
Federal Register (78 FR 15541). The
provisions established in the interim
final rule were finalized in the second
Program Integrity Rule. We also set forth
standards related to Exchange user fees
in the 2014 Payment Notice. We
established an adjustment to the FFE
user fee in the Coverage of Certain
Preventive Services Under the
Affordable Care Act final rule,
published in the July 2, 2013 Federal
Register (78 FR 39869) (Preventive
Services Rule).
In a final rule published in the July
17, 2013 Federal Register (78 FR
42823), we established standards for
Navigators and non-Navigator assistance
personnel in FFEs and for nonNavigator assistance personnel funded
through an Exchange establishment
grant. This final rule also established a
certified application counselor program
for Exchanges and set standards for that
program.
In an interim final rule, published in
the May 11, 2016 Federal Register (81
FR 29146), we made amendments to the
parameters of certain special enrollment
periods (2016 Interim Final Rule). We
finalized these in the 2018 Payment
Notice final rule in the December 22,
2016 Federal Register (81 FR 94058). In
the April 18, 2017 Market Stabilization
final rule Federal Register (82 FR
18346), we amended standards relating
to special enrollment periods and QHP
certification.
published a bulletin that outlined its
intended regulatory approach to
calculations of AV on February 24,
2012.8 A proposed rule relating to EHBs
and AVs was published in the
November 26, 2012 Federal Register (77
FR 70643). We established requirements
relating to EHBs and AVs in the
Standards Related to Essential Health
Benefits, Actuarial Value, and
Accreditation Final Rule, which was
published in the February 25, 2013
Federal Register (78 FR 12833) (EHB
Rule). In the April 18, 2017 Market
Stabilization final rule (82 FR 18346),
we expanded the de minimis range
applicable to plan metal levels.
5. Minimum Essential Coverage
In the February 1, 2013 Federal
Register (78 FR 7348), we published a
proposed rule that designates other
health benefits coverage as MEC and
outlines substantive and procedural
requirements that other types of
coverage must fulfill in order to be
recognized as MEC. The provisions were
finalized in the July 1, 2013 Federal
Register (78 FR 39494).
In the November 26, 2014 Federal
Register (79 FR 70674), we published a
proposed rule seeking comments on
whether State high risk pools should be
permanently designated as MEC or
whether the designation should be timelimited. In the February 27, 2015
Federal Register (80 FR 10750), we
designated State high risk pools
established on or before November 26,
2014 as MEC.
On December 16, 2011, HHS released
a bulletin 7 (the EHB Bulletin) that
outlined an intended regulatory
approach for defining EHB, including a
benchmark-based framework. HHS also
6. Market Rules
A proposed rule relating to the 2014
health insurance market rules was
published in the November 26, 2012
Federal Register (77 FR 70584). A final
rule implementing the health insurance
market rules was published in the
February 27, 2013 Federal Register (78
FR 13406) (2014 Market Rules).
A proposed rule relating to Exchanges
and Insurance Market Standards for
2015 and Beyond was published in the
March 21, 2014 Federal Register (79 FR
15808) (2015 Market Standards
Proposed Rule). A final rule
implementing the Exchange and
Insurance Market Standards for 2015
and Beyond was published in the May
27, 2014 Federal Register (79 FR 30240)
(2015 Market Standards Rule). The 2018
Payment Notice final rule in the
December 22, 2016 Federal Register (81
FR 94058) provided additional guidance
on guaranteed availability and
7 ‘‘Essential Health Benefits Bulletin.’’ December
16, 2011. Available at https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/
Resources/Files/Downloads/essential_health_
benefits_bulletin.pdf.
8 ‘‘Actuarial Value and Cost-Sharing Reductions
Bulletin.’’ February 24, 2012. Available at https://
www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/Files/Downloads/
Av-csr-bulletin.pdf.
4. Essential Health Benefits and
Actuarial Value
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
guaranteed renewability. In the April
18, 2017 Market Stabilization final rule
(82 FR 18346), we released further
guidance related to guaranteed
availability.
7. Rate Review
A proposed rule to establish the rate
review program was published in the
December 23, 2010 Federal Register (75
FR 81003). A final rule with comment
period implementing the rate review
program was published in the May 23,
2011 Federal Register (76 FR 29963)
(Rate Review Rule). The provisions of
the Rate Review Rule were amended in
final rules published in the September
6, 2011 Federal Register (76 FR 54969),
the February 27, 2013 Federal Register
(78 FR 13405), the May 27, 2014 Federal
Register (79 FR 30239), the February 27,
2015 Federal Register (80 FR 10749),
the March 8, 2016 Federal Register (81
FR 12203) and the December 22, 2016
Federal Register (81 FR 94058).
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
8. Medical Loss Ratio
We published a request for comment
on section 2718 of the PHS Act in the
April 14, 2010 Federal Register (75 FR
19297), and published an interim final
rule with a 60-day comment period
relating to the MLR program on
December 1, 2010 (75 FR 74863). A final
rule with a 30-day comment period was
published in the December 7, 2011
Federal Register (76 FR 76573). An
interim final rule with a 60-day
comment period was published in the
December 7, 2011 Federal Register (76
FR 76595). A final rule was published
in the Federal Register on May 16, 2012
(77 FR 28790). The medical loss ratio
program requirements were amended in
final rules published in the March 11,
2014 Federal Register (79 FR 13743),
the May 27, 2014 Federal Register (79
FR 30339), the February 27, 2015
Federal Register (80 FR 10749), the
March 8, 2016 Federal Register (81 FR
12203), and the December 22, 2016
Federal Register (81 FR 94183).
B. Stakeholder Consultation and Input
HHS has consulted with stakeholders
on policies related to the operation of
Exchanges, including the SHOP, and the
premium stabilization programs. We
have held a number of listening sessions
with consumers, providers, employers,
health plans, and the actuarial
community to gather public input. We
have solicited input from State
representatives on numerous topics,
particularly EHB, QHP certification and
Exchange establishment. We consulted
with stakeholders through regular
meetings with the National Association
of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC),
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
regular contact with States through the
Exchange Establishment grant and
Exchange Blueprint approval processes,
and meetings with Tribal leaders and
representatives, health insurance
issuers, trade groups, consumer
advocates, employers, and other
interested parties. We considered all
public input we received as we
developed the policies in this final rule.
HHS also received several thousand
unique comments in response to a
request for information, entitled
‘‘Reducing Regulatory Burdens Imposed
by the Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act and Improving Healthcare
Choices to Empower Patients’’,
published in the June 12, 2017 Federal
Register (82 FR 26885) (Request for
Information). We anticipate continuing
to address comments in future
rulemaking and guidance.
C. Structure of Final Rule
The regulations outlined in this final
rule will be codified in 45 CFR parts
147, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, and 158.
The final regulations in part 147
amend the rules regarding fair health
insurance premiums and guaranteed
availability to reflect final changes
related to the SHOPs and special
enrollment periods.
In connection with part 153, we are
recalibrating the risk adjustment models
consistent with the methodology
finalized for the 2018 benefit year with
slight modifications to the drug classes
included in the 2019 benefit year adult
models and the incorporation of
blended MarketScan® and the most
recent enrollee-level External Data
Gathering Environment (EDGE) data.
This final rule addresses the high-cost
risk pooling adjustment, where we are
finalizing the same parameters that
applied to the 2018 benefit year for the
2019 benefit year risk adjustment. The
finalized provisions related to part 153
include the risk adjustment user fee and
modifications to risk adjustment data
validation. We also finalize a policy to
provide States flexibility to request
reductions in risk adjustment transfers
in the small group market starting for
the 2020 benefit year and beyond.
The final regulations in part 154
finalize certain modifications to reduce
regulatory burden and enhance State
flexibility for the rate review program.
We are finalizing an exemption for
student health insurance coverage from
Federal rate review requirements. We
are finalizing a proposal to raise the
default threshold for review of
reasonableness in the rate review
process from 10 percent to 15 percent.
We also are finalizing a proposal to
allow States with Effective Rate Review
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16935
Programs to set later submission
deadlines for rate filings from issuers
that offer non-QHPs only. In addition,
we are finalizing the change to the
notification period for States with
Effective Rate Review Programs to
provide advance notice to HHS prior to
posting rate increases (from 30 days to
5 business days).
The final regulations in part 155
include modifications to the functions
of an Exchange, and a new approach to
operational readiness reviews for direct
enrollment partners which will allow
agents, brokers, and issuers to select
their own third-party entities for
conducting those reviews. We are
finalizing modifications to the rules
around verification of eligibility. We are
also finalizing increased flexibility in
the Navigator program by removing the
requirement that each Exchange must
have at least two Navigator entities, one
of which must be a community and
consumer focused non-profit, and by
removing the standard requiring
physical presence of the Navigator
entity in the Exchange service area. We
are modifying the parameters around
certain special enrollment periods. We
are modifying the effective date options
for enrollee-initiated terminations, at
the option of the Exchange, and
amending the affordability exemption so
that it may be based on the lowest cost
Exchange plan if there is no bronze level
plan sold through the Exchange in that
rating area.
The final regulations in part 156
include changes to EHB and the QHP
certification process. The final
regulations in part 156 set forth
parameters related to cost sharing,
including the premium adjustment
percentage, the maximum annual
limitation on cost sharing, and the
reductions in the maximum annual
limitation for cost-sharing plan
variations for 2019. The regulations at
part 156 also include finalized FFE and
SBE–FP user fee rates for the 2019
benefit year for all issuers participating
on the FFEs or SBE–FPs. The
regulations at part 156 also include
finalized policies related to actuarial
value for stand-alone dental plans
(SADPs).
The final amendments to the
regulations in parts 155, 156, and 157
include finalized proposals that would
provide SHOPs with additional
operational flexibility, and would
modify the requirements for issuers,
employers, and employees interacting
with SHOPs.
The final amendments to the
regulations in part 158 include revisions
related to reporting quality
improvement activity expenses as part
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
16936
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
of the formula for calculating MLR, and
revisions related to State requests for
adjustment to the individual market
MLR standard.
III. Provisions of the Proposed Rule and
Analysis of and Responses to Public
Comments
In the November 2, 2017 Federal
Register (82 FR 51052), we published
the ‘‘Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act; HHS Notice of Benefit and
Payment Parameters for 2019’’ proposed
rule (proposed 2019 Payment Notice or
proposed rule). We received 416
comments, including 99 comments that
were substantially similar to one of four
different letters, each regarding the
proposals on EHBs, one addressing
EHBs and the Navigator program, and
one addressing proposals related to
EHBs, Navigators, SHOPs and network
adequacy. Comments were received
from State entities, such as departments
of insurance and State Exchanges;
health insurance issuers; providers, both
individuals and provider groups;
consumer groups; industry groups;
national interest groups; and other
stakeholders. The comments ranged
from general support of or opposition to
the proposed provisions to specific
questions or comments regarding
proposed changes. We received a
number of comments and suggestions
that were outside the scope of the
proposed rule that will not be addressed
in this final rule.
In this final rule, we provide a
summary of each proposed provision, a
summary of those public comments
received that directly related to the
proposals, our responses to them, and a
description of the provisions we are
finalizing.
Comment: We received multiple
comments criticizing the short comment
period, stating that the comment period
made it difficult for stakeholders to
conduct an in-depth analysis of the
proposed rule. Commenters suggested
that HHS adopt a comment period of at
least 30 days from rule publication, and
to fully comply with notice-andcomment requirements under the
Administrative Procedure Act.
Response: The timeline for
publication of this final rule
accommodates issuer filing deadlines
for the 2019 benefit year. A longer
comment period would have delayed
the publication of this final rule, and
created significant challenges for States,
Exchanges, issuers, and other entities in
meeting deadlines related to
implementing these rules. We will
continue to try to expand the comment
period for the annual HHS notice of
benefit and payment parameters while
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
also providing industry and other
stakeholders with more time to
implement the final rule.
Comment: We received some
comments generally supportive of State
flexibility, stating that by removing
existing regulatory barriers, issuers will
be able to offer a more diverse selection
of coverage options that meet both the
financial and health coverage needs of
consumers while meeting various State
needs.
Response: We agree that State
flexibility with respect to oversight of
State insurance markets is an important
goal, and recognize the traditional role
States have as the primary regulators of
their insurance markets. States are best
positioned to address the specific needs
of their consumers, and may be better
able than the Federal government to
develop policies that are tailored to
allow issuers in their State to develop
plans that address both the needs and
cost concerns of beneficiaries in their
State.
Comment: We received numerous
comments cautioning us about making
changes that would weaken the PPACA.
Some commenters expressed concern
that the proposed changes would
remove some of the protections afforded
by the PPACA, such as the certainty of
EHBs.
Response: Our top priority at HHS is
putting consumers first. While we have
made great strides forward, there is still
work to be done, including ensuring
that coverage is affordable to all
consumers. We have already taken
important steps to streamline our
regulations and our operations with the
goal of reducing unnecessary burden,
increasing efficiencies and improving
the consumer experience. Yet, we have
recently seen how regulations intended
to protect consumers can, instead,
undermine consumers’ access to
affordable health coverage. In this final
rule, we finalize policies that are
intended to help control costs of
coverage in order to make coverage
more affordable for consumers,
particularly unsubsidized consumers.
We will continue to find innovative
ways to reduce costs and burdens while
meeting the health needs of all
Americans. We are continuing to
address feedback we receive from
stakeholders and the public, and in turn
we are making changes that will better
serve consumers and allow States to
address the unique health needs of their
populations.
Comment: Commenters responded to
our request for comment on ideas for
future rulemaking about ways to help
reduce drug costs and promote drug
price transparency. All commenters
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
acknowledged the consumer benefits of
lowering drug costs and having more
transparent drug pricing; however,
commenters cautioned that any changes
be done in a thoughtful manner, that
considers value in addition to cost, with
input from all stakeholders.
Response: We appreciate the ideas for
future rulemaking and will consider
these suggestions.
A. Part 147—Health Insurance Reform
Requirements for the Group and
Individual Health Insurance Markets
1. Fair Health Insurance Premiums
(§ 147.102)
As discussed elsewhere in this final
rule, we are finalizing substantial
changes to the requirements applicable
to SHOPs to provide those programs
with the flexibility to operate in a leaner
fashion, a flexibility that we intend to
utilize in the Federally-facilitated Small
Business Health Options Program (FF–
SHOP). As part of these changes and, as
discussed in the preamble to §§ 156.285
and 156.286, we proposed that, effective
on the effective date of this rule, the
requirement in § 156.285(a)(4)(ii)
regarding premium rating standards in
the FF–SHOPs would not apply for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018. Therefore, we proposed to delete
from § 147.102(c)(3)(iii)(D) a reference to
§ 156.285(a)(4), and to replace the
reference to FF–SHOPs with a reference
to SHOPs generally, to reflect that,
under the proposed approach for
SHOPs, some SHOPs may want to
prohibit issuers from offering average
enrollee premiums.
We did not receive comments on this
proposal, and are finalizing the change
as proposed, with one minor
typographical correction.
We also sought comment on whether
issuers offering coverage through SHOPs
should always be required to offer
average enrollee premiums, or should be
required to do so only if required under
applicable State law.
Comment: Comments were mixed
regarding whether issuers offering
coverage through SHOPs should always
be required to offer average enrollee
premiums. One commenter stated that
issuers offering coverage through SHOPs
should always be required to offer
average enrollee premiums, while others
stated that issuers should be required to
do so only if required by applicable
State law. One of these commenters
further recommended that average
premium rating should be permitted
only when a SHOP does not allow
employees to choose plans among
multiple issuers. The commenter stated
that average enrollee premiums based
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
on employees selecting a particular plan
could result in illogical rates, such as a
richer plan having lower rates than a
leaner plan because only younger
employees selected the richer plan.
Another commenter stated that all
issuers, regardless of whether they are
offering coverage on or off SHOP,
should be allowed to offer average
enrollee premiums.
Response: For purposes of
consistency, we believe that issuers
offering coverage through a SHOP
should be permitted to offer average
enrollee premiums to the same extent
that issuers may do so off SHOP under
existing State rules. Also, given the
decrease in issuer participation in the
FF–SHOPs, some SHOP employers only
have one issuer offering FF–SHOP plans
in their area and will not be able to offer
their employers a choice of plans across
issuers. In addition, historically, a
majority of employers have not offered
employee choice across different
issuers, thus mitigating the risk of
variance in average premium rates
across plans. Therefore, we do not
believe Federal guidance or regulation is
currently warranted in this area. Thus,
issuers offering coverage through a
SHOP may offer average enrollee
premiums to the extent required or
permitted by the applicable State, and
will not be required under Federal law
to do so, unless required by the State.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
2. Guaranteed Availability of Coverage
(§ 147.104)
i. SHOP
As discussed elsewhere in this final
rule, we proposed and are finalizing
substantial changes to the requirements
applicable to SHOPs to provide them
with the flexibility to operate in a leaner
fashion, a flexibility that we will utilize
in the FF–SHOPs. Among those
changes, effective on the effective date
of this rule, the requirements in
§ 156.285 will apply for plan years
starting before January 1, 2018. New
§ 156.286 specifies those requirements
contained in § 156.285 that, effective on
the effective date of this rule, will
continue to apply for plan years starting
on or after January 1, 2018. Among
those requirements is the requirement in
§ 156.285(e) which permits a QHP
offered in the SHOP to apply group
participation rules under certain
circumstances. This provision will be
listed in new § 156.286(e). The
marketwide regulations at
§ 147.104(b)(1)(i)(B) currently reference
§ 156.285(e), and we proposed to add a
reference to § 156.286(e) to clarify that,
effective on the effective date of this
rule, for plan years that start on or after
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
January 1, 2018, QHPs offered in the
SHOP may restrict the availability of
coverage, with respect to a group health
plan that cannot comply with group
participation rules, to an annual
enrollment period of November 15
through December 15 of each calendar
year. Because we are finalizing new
§ 156.286(e) as proposed, we are also
finalizing the proposal to reference new
§ 156.286(e) in § 147.104(b)(1)(i)(B).
Comment: One commenter supported
the proposal to add to
§ 147.104(b)(1)(i)(B) a reference to
§ 156.286(e). One commenter opposed
permitting QHPs to restrict coverage
availability when a group health plan
cannot comply with group participation
rules, while another commenter stated
that an employer that fails to comply
with such rules should not be afforded
guaranteed availability of coverage,
either generally or during an annual
open enrollment period, either on or offSHOP.
Response: As indicated in the section
of the preamble discussing the SHOP
rule, we are finalizing, as proposed, the
proposal to add new § 156.286(e), which
would apply, to plan years starting on
or after January 1, 2018, the existing
regulatory provision that allows QHPs
offered in the SHOP to restrict the
availability of coverage with respect to
a group health plan that cannot comply
with group participation rules, to an
annual enrollment period of November
15 through December 15 of each
calendar year. Thus, we are also
finalizing the proposal to reference new
§ 156.286(e) in § 147.104(b)(1)(i)(B).
We also proposed, and are finalizing,
the removal of the small group coverage
effective dates that are found in the
SHOP regulations at § 155.725 with
respect to plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018, effective on the
effective date of this rule. However,
there are currently requirements in
§ 147.104(b)(1)(i)(C) that, by crossreferencing § 155.725, apply those same
requirements marketwide, and we did
not propose to remove that marketwide
requirement. We proposed changes to
§ 147.104 to reflect the SHOP changes.
Specifically, we proposed to eliminate,
from § 147.104(b)(1)(i)(C), the crossreference to § 155.725. We proposed in
place of the cross-reference to explicitly
specify in § 147.104(b)(1)(i)(C) those
same coverage effective dates for
coverage in the small group market, and
for the large group market if such
coverage is offered through a SHOP, that
would be eliminated from the SHOP
regulations under our proposal for
§ 155.725. We are finalizing this
proposal, but are modifying the
language that will replace the cross-
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16937
reference to clarify that it is permissible
for issuers to apply an effective date of
coverage that is before or on the
specified dates. We are also modifying
the proposed language so that the
effective date of coverage is tied to the
date a group enrollment is received,
rather than to the date a plan selection
is received.
Comment: All commenters supported
in principle the proposal to eliminate,
from § 147.104(b)(1)(i)(C), the cross
reference to the effective dates of
coverage in § 155.725, and in its place
explicitly specify in § 147.104(b)(1)(i)(C)
those effective dates for coverage in the
small group market, and for the large
group market if such coverage is offered
through a SHOP. However, several
commenters noted that our proposal did
not import the provisions in § 155.725,
describing the coverage effective dates,
verbatim into § 147.104(b)(1)(i)(C). They
observed that the proposed language in
§ 147.104(b)(1)(i)(C) tied the coverage
effective date to the date a plan
selection was received, rather than to
the date a group enrollment was
received, and that tying the coverage
date to the date a group enrollment was
received (as in the effective-date-ofcoverage language currently set forth in
§ 155.725) would be more appropriate.
Commenters also stated that the
language we proposed to add in
§ 147.104(b)(1)(i)(C), unlike the language
in current regulations in § 155.725,
would prohibit issuers from applying a
coverage effective date that falls before
the first day of the following month, or
before the first day of the second
following month, as applicable, after the
date a group enrollment is received.
Response: As commenters pointed
out, in the language we proposed for
§ 147.104(b)(1)(i)(C), we tied the
coverage effective date to the date a plan
selection, rather than a group
enrollment, was received. Given that the
proposed language we added appears in
a section of the rules (§ 147.104) that
applies marketwide, and not just in
SHOPs, we agree with the commenters
that tying the coverage date to a group
enrollment, which is a broader term
than a plan selection (the latter is a
SHOP-specific term), would be more
appropriate. We also agree with the
commenters that the existing language
in § 155.725, which requires issuers to
ensure a coverage effective date of,
rather than on, the dates specified in the
existing language, permits issuers to
apply an enrollment date that falls
before, rather than only on, the first day
of the first month or the first day of the
second month (as applicable) following
the date a group enrollment is received,
and that issuers should continue to have
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
16938
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
the flexibility to apply an enrollment
date that falls before those dates.
Therefore, in light of those comments,
we are finalizing language in
§ 147.104(b)(1)(i)(C).
ii. Special Enrollment Periods
Section 147.104(b)(2)(i) extends
several of the special enrollment periods
that apply to issuers on the Exchange,
to all issuers in the individual market.
Although § 147.104(b)(2)(i) is intended
to specify which special enrollment
periods offered through the Exchange
must also be offered by health insurance
issuers with respect to coverage offered
outside of an Exchange, the paragraph
as currently written could be read to
apply the exceptions to any coverage
offered by a health insurance issuer in
the individual market. We recognize the
potential for confusion, as coverage
offered through an Exchange is offered
by a health insurance issuer in the
individual market, but this coverage is
subject to the special enrollment rule at
§ 155.420(d), which is intended to
require special enrollment periods for
qualifying events including those listed
in the exceptions in § 147.104(b)(2)(i).
Therefore, we proposed to amend that
phrase in § 147.104(b)(2)(i) to clarify
that the exceptions in the paragraph
only apply with respect to coverage
offered outside of the Exchange in the
individual market. We received no
comments on this proposal, and are
finalizing it as proposed.
With respect to the subset of special
enrollment periods in § 155.420 that
apply off-Exchange, current regulations
at § 147.104(b)(2)(ii) state that, in
applying § 147.104(b)(2), a reference in
§ 155.420 to a ‘‘QHP’’ is deemed to refer
to a plan, a reference to ‘‘the Exchange’’
is deemed to refer to the applicable
State authority, and a reference to a
‘‘qualified individual’’ is deemed to
refer to an individual in the individual
market. As discussed in the preamble to
§ 155.420, we are finalizing a change to
§ 155.420(a)(5) to exempt qualified
individuals from the prior coverage
requirement that applies to certain
special enrollment periods if they lived
in a service area where no qualified
health plan was available through the
Exchange for 1 or more days during the
60 days preceding the qualifying event
or during their most recent preceding
enrollment period, as specified in
§§ 155.410 and 155.420. Section
155.420(a)(5) applies to qualifying
individuals seeking off-Exchange
coverage through an applicable special
enrollment period, so we proposed that
this exception for individuals living in
a service area where there were no
QHPs offered through an Exchange
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
would also apply.9 However, in this
instance the reference to ‘‘QHP’’ should
not be deemed to refer to a plan for
purposes of applying § 147.104(b)(2).
Therefore, we proposed to amend
§ 147.104(b)(2)(ii) to state that a
reference in § 155.420 (other than in
§ 155.420(a)(5)) to a ‘‘QHP’’ is deemed to
refer to a plan, a reference to ‘‘the
Exchange’’ is deemed to refer to the
applicable State authority, and a
reference to a ‘‘qualified individual’’ is
deemed to refer to an individual in the
individual market. We are finalizing this
change as proposed.
Comment: All commenters supported
this proposal, while some commenters
stated more generally that special
enrollment periods should be the same,
regardless of whether an individual is
seeking coverage on or off-Exchange.
One commenter suggested that we
publish a list of bare counties so that the
exemption to the prior-coverage
requirement can be properly applied
both on and off-Exchange.
Response: We are finalizing the
proposal, consistent with the way in
which the amendment to § 155.420(a)(5)
is being finalized, and if there are ever
any service areas in which no qualified
health plans are offered through the
Exchange, we will consider publishing
a list of them, as the commenter
suggested. For a more detailed response
to comments regarding the amendment
to § 155.420(a)(5), see the preamble to
that section.
Among the special enrollment periods
in § 155.420 that apply off-Exchange are
those specified in § 155.420(d)(2)(i),
under which a qualified individual
gains a dependent or becomes a new
dependent through marriage, birth,
adoption, placement for adoption, or
9 As stated in the preamble in the proposed rule
to § 155.420, the exception to the requirement to
have previous coverage is intended to relieve
individuals of that requirement when there was no
affordable coverage (that is, coverage that could be
purchased through an Exchange to which APTC
might apply) available in their previous service
area. We believe affordability is key to this
exception, and therefore, that the scope of the
exception should apply equally, regardless of
whether the individual is seeking to purchase
coverage inside or outside an Exchange during the
special enrollment periods for which this exception
applies; that is, the exception should apply if there
was no such affordable coverage available in the
individual’s previous service area (regardless of
whether or not any coverage was being actively
marketed in that service area outside the Exchange).
Also, when an individual sought to purchase
coverage outside an Exchange during such a special
enrollment period, we believe it might be
unreasonably difficult for an issuer to determine if
at least one issuer was actively marketing coverage
in the individual’s previous service area outside the
Exchange, as opposed to determining if at least one
issuer was making coverage available in that service
area specifically through an Exchange. We solicited
comments on this approach.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
placement in foster care, or through a
child support order or other court order.
We sought comment on whether this
special enrollment period should afford
an individual’s existing dependents an
independent opportunity to enroll, offExchange, in new coverage or make
changes to their existing coverage. As
applied to on-Exchange coverage, when
a qualified individual gains or becomes
a new dependent under the
circumstances described in
§ 155.420(d)(2)(i), the qualified
individual is afforded a special
enrollment period to enroll in or change
Exchange coverage with his or her
dependents, including his or her newlygained dependent, in accordance with
any applicable metal level restrictions
outlined in § 155.420(a)(4)(i). The new
dependent is also afforded an
independent special enrollment period
under which he or she can enroll in or
change Exchange coverage as a
subscriber, as opposed to as a
dependent of the qualified individual.
Under the HIPAA special enrollment
provisions that continue to apply to
group health plans and health insurance
issuers in connection with group health
coverage, there are similar special
enrollment periods when a child
becomes a dependent of the employee
through marriage, birth, adoption, or
placement for adoption.10 We sought
comment on whether, in the offExchange individual market, the special
enrollment periods for when an
individual gains a dependent or
becomes a new dependent under the
circumstances described in
§ 147.104(b)(2), which cross-references
§ 155.420(d)(2)(i), should continue to
operate in the same manner as they do
on-Exchange, whether they should
operate in a manner consistent with the
HIPAA group market regulations, or
whether we should adopt some other
approach.
With respect to off-Exchange
coverage, we are maintaining current
policy under which an individual who
qualifies for a special enrollment period
for gaining a dependent through
marriage, birth, adoption, placement for
adoption, or placement in foster care, or
through a child support order or other
court order under § 147.104(b)(2) may
enroll in or change coverage along with
his or her dependents, including the
newly-gained dependent(s) and any
existing dependents. The new
dependent is also afforded an
independent special enrollment period
under which he or she can enroll in or
change coverage as a subscriber, as
opposed to as a dependent of the
10 See
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
§ 146.117(b).
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
individual. This off-Exchange special
enrollment period does not otherwise
provide to existing dependents an
independent opportunity to enroll in
new coverage or make changes to their
existing coverage.
Comment: Some commenters stated
that existing dependents should be
entitled to enroll with other family
members who have qualified for the
special enrollment period when a
qualified individual in their household
gains a dependent or becomes a new
dependent through marriage, birth,
adoption, placement for adoption, or
placement in foster care, or through a
child support order or other court order,
while others believed they should not,
stating that allowing this practice would
contribute to adverse selection. Some
commenters stated that special
enrollment periods should apply
uniformly on-Exchange and offExchange.
Response: As stated previously, we
are continuing to apply the parameters
of the special enrollment period for
those who have gained or become a new
dependent through marriage, birth,
adoption, foster care placement, or a
child support or other court order offExchange in the same manner as
applied on-Exchange. We believe the
advantages and simplicity of uniformity
between on-Exchange and off-Exchange
coverage in this instance outweigh the
concern about adverse selection.
iii. Technical Changes
We proposed to remove paragraph
§ 147.104(b)(1)(iii), along with the crossreference to it in § 147.104(b)(1)(ii), as
paragraph (b)(1)(iii) applies to plan
selections made in 2013, and is
therefore no longer necessary. We
received no comments regarding this
proposal, and are finalizing these
changes as proposed.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
B. Part 153—Standards Related to
Reinsurance, Risk Corridors, and Risk
Adjustment Under the Affordable Care
Act
1. Sequestration
In accordance with the OMB Report to
Congress on the Joint Committee
Reductions for Fiscal Year 2018,11 both
the transitional reinsurance program
and permanent risk adjustment program
are subject to the fiscal year 2018
sequestration. The Federal government’s
2018 fiscal year began October 1, 2017.
Although the 2016 benefit year was the
final year of the transitional reinsurance
program, HHS will continue to make
11 Available at https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/
whitehouse.gov/files/omb/sequestration_reports/
2018_jc_sequestration_report_may2017_potus.pdf.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
reinsurance payments in the 2018 fiscal
year, as the second contribution
collection deadline for the 2016 benefit
year was November 15, 2017. Therefore,
the reinsurance program will be
sequestered at a rate of 6.6 percent for
payments made from fiscal year 2018
resources (that is, funds collected
during the 2018 fiscal year). The risk
adjustment program will also be
sequestered at a rate of 6.6 percent for
payments made from fiscal year 2018
resources (that is, funds collected
during the 2018 fiscal year).
HHS, in coordination with the OMB,
has determined that, under section
256(k)(6) of the Balanced Budget and
Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985,
as amended, and the underlying
authority for the reinsurance and risk
adjustment programs, the funds that are
sequestered in fiscal year 2018 from the
reinsurance and risk adjustment
programs will become available for
payment to issuers in fiscal year 2019
without further Congressional action. If
Congress does not enact deficit
reduction provisions that replace the
Joint Committee reductions, these
programs would be sequestered in
future fiscal years, and any sequestered
funding would become available in the
fiscal year following that in which it
was sequestered.
2. Provisions and Parameters for the
Risk Adjustment Program
In subparts D and G of part 153, we
established standards for the
administration of the risk adjustment
program. The risk adjustment program
is a permanent program created by
section 1343 of the PPACA that transfers
funds from lower risk, nongrandfathered plans to higher risk, nongrandfathered plans in the individual
and small group markets, inside and
outside the Exchanges. In accordance
with § 153.310(a), a State that is
approved or conditionally approved by
the Secretary to operate an Exchange
may establish a risk adjustment
program, or have HHS do so on its
behalf. Beginning with the 2017 benefit
year, HHS is operating risk adjustment
in every State, and did not receive any
applications from States to operate risk
adjustment for the 2019 benefit year.
a. Overview of the HHS Risk
Adjustment Model (§ 153.320)
The HHS risk adjustment model
predicts plan liability for an average
enrollee based on that person’s age, sex,
and diagnoses (risk factors), producing a
risk score. The HHS risk adjustment
methodology utilizes separate models
for adults, children, and infants to
account for cost differences in each of
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16939
these age groups. In each of the adult
and child models, the relative risk
assigned to an individual’s age, sex, and
diagnoses are added together to produce
an individual risk score. Additionally,
in the adult models, we added
enrollment duration factors beginning
for the 2017 benefit year, and
prescription drug utilization factors
(RXCs) beginning for the 2018 benefit
year, in the calculation of enrollees’ risk
scores. Infant risk scores are determined
by inclusion in one of 25 mutually
exclusive groups, based on the infant’s
maturity and the severity of diagnoses.
If applicable, the risk score for adults,
children or infants is multiplied by a
cost-sharing reductions adjustment.
The enrollment-weighted average risk
score of all enrollees in a particular risk
adjustment covered plan (also referred
to as the plan liability risk score) within
a geographic rating area is one of the
inputs into the risk adjustment payment
transfer formula, which determines the
payment or charge that an issuer will
receive or be required to pay for that
plan. Thus, the HHS risk adjustment
model predicts average group costs to
account for risk across plans, which
accords with the Actuarial Standards
Board’s Actuarial Standards of Practice
for risk classification.
b. Final Updates to the Risk Adjustment
Model (§ 153.320)
For the 2019 benefit year, we
proposed to recalibrate the risk
adjustment models using the
methodology finalized for the 2018
benefit year, with small modifications to
the drug classes included in the 2019
benefit year adult models, and
incorporation of the 2016 benefit year
enrollee-level EDGE data in the 2019
benefit year risk adjustment model
recalibration.
i. Recalibration Using EDGE Data
To recalibrate the 2016, 2017 and
2018 benefit year risk adjustment
models, we used the 3 most recent years
of Truven MarketScan® data. This
approach allowed for using the blended,
or averaged, coefficients from 3 years of
separately solved models, which
promotes stability for the risk
adjustment coefficients year-to-year,
particularly for rare conditions with
small sample sizes. We finalized in the
2018 Payment Notice the collection of
enrollee-level EDGE data and the
recalibration of the risk adjustment
model for the 2019 benefit year using
2016 benefit year EDGE data. We believe
that blending the coefficients calculated
from the 2016 benefit year enrollee-level
EDGE data with MarketScan® data will
provide stability within the risk
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16940
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
adjustment program and minimize
volatility in changes to risk scores from
the 2018 to 2019 benefit years due to
differences in the datasets’ underlying
populations. As such, we proposed
blending 3 years of data to recalibrate
the coefficients used in the risk
adjustment models and, for the 2019
benefit year, blending separately solved
coefficients from the 2016 benefit year
enrollee-level EDGE data and the 2014
and 2015 MarketScan® data.
Given the timing of the proposed rule,
we were not able to incorporate the
2016 benefit year enrollee-level EDGE
data in the proposed rule. Instead, we
used the 2014 and 2015 MarketScan®
data for the coefficients displayed in the
proposed rule. We proposed to finalize
the 2019 benefit year blended
coefficients with the separately solved
models from the 2016 benefit year
enrollee-level EDGE data, and the 2014
and 2015 MarketScan® data. This is
similar to our approach in previous
years, in which we updated the final
coefficients using data from the most
recently available benefit year.12 We
explained that we expected to publish
the final risk adjustment model
coefficients for the 2019 benefit year in
the final rule. However, we sought
comment on whether we should publish
the final risk adjustment model
coefficients in guidance in the spring of
2018, prior to rate setting for the 2019
benefit year, if we needed additional
time to analyze the 2016 enrollee-level
EDGE data. Under either approach, we
proposed that the final risk adjustment
model coefficients for the 2019 benefit
year would be determined using the
methodology that we would finalize in
this rule, and would be published prior
to the 2019 benefit year rate setting.
Additionally, if we found significant
demographic or distributional
differences in the enrollee-level EDGE
data compared to the MarketScan® data,
we sought comment on whether we
should make adjustments to the risk
adjustment recalibration model age-sex,
hierarchical condition categories
(HCCs), and RXC categories for the 2019
benefit year. In such a case, we
proposed we would make adjustments
to the models to better align them with
the enrollee-level EDGE data, to
improve the prediction of plan liability.
We sought comment on our proposal
to determine coefficients based on a
blend of 2014 and 2015 MarketScan®
data and 2016 enrollee-level EDGE data.
We also sought comment on the
proposed methodology to equally
weight the separately solved model
12 See, for example, 2018 Payment Notice, 81 FR
94058 (December 22, 2016).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
coefficients from the 2014 MarketScan®,
2015 MarketScan®, and 2016 enrolleelevel EDGE data for the final
coefficients, instead of using only the
2016 enrollee-level EDGE data to
recalibrate the risk adjustment model
coefficients for the 2019 benefit year.
We are finalizing the approach using
equally blended coefficients from
separately solved 2014 MarketScan®,
2015 MarketScan®, and 2016 enrolleelevel EDGE data to recalibrate the risk
adjustment model coefficients for the
2019 benefit year. We are not making
any changes to age-sex or HCC
categories, because we did not find
significant distributional differences,
and we will continue to assess whether
to propose any specific changes to the
categories for future benefit years in
future rulemaking. We did not propose
and are not making any changes to the
enrollment duration categories. Please
see the preamble section below on
‘‘Prescription Drugs’’ for a discussion of
changes being finalized with respect to
the RXC categories. The final risk
adjustment model coefficients for the
2019 benefit year risk adjustment
program are listed in Tables 2, 4 and 5
of this rule.
Comment: Commenters supported the
use of enrollee-level EDGE data in
model recalibration noting the data
would more closely reflect the relative
risk differences of individuals in the
individual and small group markets
compared to the MarketScan® data.
Most commenters also supported
equally blending coefficients from
separately solved models using 3 years
of data to promote stability year over
year, thereby phasing in the use of
enrollee-level EDGE data. A few
commenters supported overweighting
the 2016 enrollee-level EDGE data, with
one commenter supporting
overweighting of the 2016 data if sample
sizes are adequate. A few commenters
supported using only the 2016 enrolleelevel EDGE data for recalibration, stating
that MarketScan® data will have
different utilization and risk patterns,
and socioeconomic status for enrollees
with employer-based coverage than the
EDGE data, which directly reflects
PPACA individual and small group
market enrollees. These commenters
also stated that these differences in the
underlying data could cause the risk
adjustment coefficients to over- or
under-predict risk differences. One
commenter stated that relying on older
data to calibrate the model could lead to
significant gaps in the risk adjustment
methodology. One commenter requested
clarification as to the volatility in
changes to risk scores from the 2018 to
2019 benefit years that could occur due
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
to differences in the datasets’
underlying populations. Another
commenter requested that recalibration
using EDGE data be postponed until all
States’ data is available in the 2017
benefit year.13 Some commenters
requested separate publication of the
coefficients from the 2016 enrollee-level
EDGE data. One commenter requested
clarification as to what weights would
be applied in blending coefficients from
the 3 years of data. Most commenters
also supported HHS finalizing the 2019
benefit year coefficients prior to rate
setting in guidance, while a few others
requested the coefficients be finalized in
the final rule. One commenter noted
that delaying publication of the final
coefficients past the publication of the
final rule would pose challenges in
issuers’ rate setting timelines, while
some commenters suggested that if HHS
needs additional time beyond the
publication of the final rule, the final
coefficients for the 2019 benefit year
should be published no later than
February 28, 2018.
Response: For small sample sizes,
year-to-year differences in spending due
to data anomalies can cause significant
differences in a particular solved
coefficient. We agree that blending
coefficients from multiple years of data
can provide stability in changes in the
recalibrated model coefficients and
provide certainty to issuers, particularly
where small sample sizes could lead to
volatility in the solved coefficients from
year-to-year. Additionally, while there
are differences in total spending in
MarketScan® compared to enrollee-level
EDGE data, we have found that the
relative risk differences for age-sex, HCC
and RXC categories are generally similar
to those in the MarketScan® data, and
therefore, do not believe that blending
the data will cause significant over- or
under-prediction of relative risk scores
on average. Enrollee-level EDGE data
shows lower spending and relative risk
patterns for shorter enrollment
durations compared to the MarketScan®
data, resulting in smaller enrollment
duration coefficients for all 11 months.
This result was expected, given that
enrollees in large group coverage have
longer enrollment duration and a higher
proportion of individuals with a fullyear of enrollment on average than
enrollees in the individual and small
group markets, and that the greater
number of shorter average enrollment
durations in the enrollee-level EDGE
13 Massachusetts is not included in the 2016
benefit year enrollee-level EDGE data, because
Massachusetts operated its own risk adjustment
program through the 2016 benefit year.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
data account for lower relative risk on
average.
Additionally, while Massachusetts is
not included in the 2016 benefit year
enrollee-level EDGE data, the relative
risk differences for enrollees in
Massachusetts are likely similar on
average to those for enrollees in other
States. The 2017 benefit year enrolleelevel risk EDGE data will not be
available until the end of summer 2018,
after the 2019 benefit year risk
adjustment factors need to be published
to support 2019 benefit year benefit
design and rate development, and
therefore cannot be used for this
recalibration effort. We believe that a
national dataset of individual and small
group market claims experience for the
most recent benefit year is the preferable
data source—even without the
incorporation of one State—compared to
only using commercial claims data for
risk adjustment model recalibration and
risk estimation in the individual and
small group markets.
In all, we believe blending the
coefficients promotes stability and
certainty for issuers in rate setting,
smoothing any significant differences as
with the EDGE enrollment duration
factors, while maintaining the relative
average risk differences stakeholders
have expected from the MarketScan®only coefficients. Therefore, we are
finalizing our proposal to equally
weight coefficients from separately
solved models using 2014 MarketScan®,
2015 MarketScan®, and 2016 enrolleelevel EDGE data for the final 2019
benefit year risk adjustment model
recalibration. We also were able to
complete our analysis of the 2016 EDGE
data in time to publish the final
coefficients blended with 2016 enrolleelevel EDGE data in this final rule. The
final 2019 benefit year risk adjustment
model coefficients listed in Tables 2, 4,
and 5 are blended coefficients using
equally weighted coefficients solved
from the 2014 MarketScan®, 2015
MarketScan®, and 2016 enrollee-level
EDGE data.
Comment: Commenters requested
clarification on the analytical dataset
development process using the 2016
enrollee-level EDGE data, sample size of
the enrollee-level EDGE data, and
differences in EDGE and MarketScan®
data.
Response: We arrived at the 2016
enrollee-level EDGE analytical dataset
using several criteria. We limited the
sample to ages 0–64 to maintain the
same age categories as those HHS has
used in the MarketScan® data, with
which the EDGE coefficients are
blended. Currently, we use the age 60–
64 factors for those over 65 years of age
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
enrolled in individual and small group
market coverage, and will continue to
do so for the 2019 benefit year. We will
consider whether to propose expanding
the age and sex factors to include age
groups and associated costs for enrollees
ages 65 and above in future model
recalibrations. We also excluded
derived claims, any newborn diagnoses
for infants older than one year of age,
anomalous claims (for example,
pregnancy diagnoses if sex is male) and
those with sex unknown. There were
approximately 47 million, 28 million
and 31 million total unique enrollees in
the 2014 MarketScan®, 2015
MarketScan®, and 2016 enrollee-level
EDGE data, respectively. Relative risks
were similar in the 2016 enrollee-level
EDGE data for most categories in all
three adult, infant and child samples.
As mentioned above, enrollee-level
EDGE data reflected lower spending and
relative risk patterns for shorter
enrollment duration enrollees compared
to MarketScan® data.
Comment: In case of significant
demographic or distributional
differences in the EDGE data compared
to the MarketScan® data, most
commenters supported HHS making
adjustments to give greater weight to the
EDGE data when recalibrating the model
coefficients. However, commenters did
not support making changes to the agesex, HCC, enrollment duration or RXC
factors categorizations beyond what was
in the proposed rule, and instead
supported such changes to be
implemented for the 2020 benefit year.
Response: We did not identify
significant differences in the relative
risk for enrollees over 65 compared to
those in the 60–64 age group in the
enrollee-level EDGE data compared to
the MarketScan® data, and therefore, are
finalizing the risk adjustment model
categories as proposed. As noted above,
we will continue to assess relative
differences in demographic and
spending patterns in the EDGE data and
will consider amending the risk
adjustment model categories in future
recalibrations, particularly once we
have multiple years of enrollee-level
EDGE data.
Comment: A few commenters
requested that HHS limit the scope of
enrollee-level EDGE data collection and
use, clarify the types of data elements
collected in the enrollee-level EDGE
data, proceed with caution given the
data privacy and trade secret
information, and prohibit any other use
of the data.
Response: These comments are
outside the scope of the proposed rule.
As finalized in the 2018 Payment
Notice, HHS is collecting enrollee-level
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16941
EDGE data, which provides more
granular claims data from the individual
and small group markets, and is being
used to improve the recalibration of
HHS programs. Additionally, as noted
in the 2018 Payment Notice, HHS
recognizes the sensitivity of enrolleelevel EDGE data, and is not collecting
masked enrollee IDs from issuers’ EDGE
servers, plan or issuer IDs, rating areas,
or State data elements to safeguard the
privacy and security of protected health
information (PHI) and minimize
potential risks to issuers’ proprietary
information.
ii. Prescription Drugs
In the 2018 Payment Notice, we
finalized the inclusion of 12 RXCs that
interact with HCCs, or drug-diagnosis
(RXC–HCC) pairs, in the adult risk
adjustment models for the 2018 benefit
year. Ten of the RXC–HCC pairs have
three levels of incremental predicted
costs (diagnosis-only, prescription drugonly, and both diagnosis and
prescription drug), indicating that they
can be used to impute a particular
diagnosis. The 2018 benefit year risk
adjustment adult models also included
two RXC–HCC pairs that are used for
severity-only—that is, they predict
incremental costs for enrollees with the
diagnosis-only, or with both the
diagnosis and the prescription drug. For
enrollees without the associated
diagnoses documented for these
severity-only RXC–HCC pairs, the
presence of the drug alone would not
lead to the attribution of additional plan
liability costs to the plan.
For the 2019 benefit year, we
proposed to remove the two severityonly RXCs (RXC 11: Ammonia
Detoxicants, and RXC 12: Diuretics,
Loop and Select Potassium-Sparing).
Both have low average costs per enrollee
per year and were constrained in the
2018 benefit year adult risk adjustment
models final coefficients to the average
cost of the drugs to avoid
overcompensating issuers for these
RXCs. Constraining these RXCs removed
overprescribing and gaming incentives
to prescribe a low-cost drug to receive
a much larger risk adjustment payment.
However, after constraints, these two
severity-only RXCs have extremely
small coefficients that no longer predict
meaningful incremental plan risk
associated with a severe health
condition. Therefore, we proposed
eliminating these two RXCs from the
adult models beginning with the 2019
benefit year. As explained in the
proposed rule, we believe the remaining
RXCs do not engender significant
gaming concerns due to the cost and
side-effects of the drugs if prescribed
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16942
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
without cause. As we noted in the 2018
Payment Notice, where the risk of
unintended effects on provider
prescribing behavior is low, we will
continue to include a small number of
prescription drug classes as predictors
of risk and plan liability. For the
remaining RXCs, we explained there is
a high rate of presence of a diagnosis
code in the associated HCC in the
MarketScan® data, indicating a positive
predictive value for using these RXCs to
impute missing diagnoses. Additionally,
we noted that we intend to monitor
prescription drug utilization for
unintended effects, and may propose to
remove drug classes based on such
evidence in future rulemaking. We are
finalizing the removal of RXC11 and
RXC12 from the adult risk adjustment
models beginning with the 2019 benefit
year. Table 1 contains the final list of
prescription drug factors included in the
2019 benefit year risk adjustment adult
models. We will continue to evaluate
the effects of incorporating prescription
drugs in the adult models to determine
whether to continue, broaden or reduce
the impact of this set of factors.
Comment: Most commenters
supported the removal of the two
severity-only RXCs due to their low
impact in predicting meaningful
differences in risk. Commenters also
supported HHS’s intention to evaluate
the impact of incorporating the
prescription drug factors in the model
and adding or removing drugs in future
model recalibrations as appropriate.
Commenters generally supported the
inclusion of prescription drug factors in
the HHS risk adjustment model, noting
the benefit in imputing missing
diagnoses. Additionally, we note that
commenters on the Request for
Information also supported the
inclusion of prescription drugs in the
risk adjustment methodology. One
commenter to the proposed rule
suggested HHS should use the MedID
for drug classification instead of the
RXNorm Concept Unique Identifier
(RXCUI) system. The commenter noted
MedID would improve stability,
accessibility and predictability of the
RXCs, as acquiring RXCUI mapping,
keeping it up to-date, anticipating
changes and ensuring drug inclusion
has been a challenge for issuers in
determining formularies and often
excludes some drugs. Another
commenter sought clarification as to
whether drugs administered through
hospital, office-based or home health
settings and found on medical claims
would receive credit for the RXC factors,
in addition to drugs found on pharmacy
claims. One commenter requested HHS
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
release a mapping of RXCUIs to RXC
factors for issuers to adequately assess
how inclusion and exclusion of drugs
will impact risk adjustment, and
suggested HHS provide a crosswalk
with the RXCUIs mapped to the RXCs
prior to January 1, 2018. The commenter
also noted that since there is a lag in the
data used for recalibration, HHS should
consider how to incorporate newer
drugs that are approved after the data
years and before or during the benefit
year. On the other hand, commenters
who had a chance to review the draft
RXC crosswalk HHS released in
September 2017 for the 2018 benefit
year risk adjustment adult models
suggested that if a drug is included, then
all strengths and formulations of that
drug ought to be included in the drug
class, including the generic or brand
name drugs, or requested clarification as
to why specific drugs were excluded. A
few commenters requested that HHS
consider including prescription drugs
used by individuals with mental health
and substance use disorders in the
model, with one suggesting that adding
drugs used by those with mental health
and substance use disorders to the
model may better capture the costs
associated with these individuals, and
citing a study suggesting that those costs
may not be well captured in the
associated HCCs in the current model.14
Response: We are finalizing our
proposal to remove the two severityonly RXCs (RXC 11: Ammonia
Detoxicants, and RXC 12: Diuretics,
Loop and Select Potassium-Sparing)
from the 2019 benefit year risk
adjustment adult models. As we
explained in the 2018 Payment Notice,
we selected the RxNorm tool developed
by the U.S. National Library of Medicine
because it is frequently updated,
reliable, and easily accessible, and
issuers commented on the ease of the
RxNorm tool in mapping drugs to
RXCUIs. As such, we do not see a need
to adopt another classification system at
this time. HHS posted an RXC to RXCUI
draft crosswalk on September 18,
2017,15 to provide issuers an initial set
14 Montz, E., Layton, T., Busch, A.B., Ellis, R.P.,
Rose, S., & McGuire, T.G. (2016). Risk-adjustment
simulation: Plans may have incentives to distort
mental health and substance use coverage. Health
Affairs, 35(6), 1022–1028.
15 Creation of the 2018 Benefit Year HHSOperated Risk Adjustment Adult Models Draft
Prescription Drug (RXCUIs) to HHS Drug Classes
(RXCs) Crosswalk Memorandum. September 18,
2017. Available at https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/
Resources/Regulations-and-Guidance/Downloads/
Draft-RxC-Crosswalk-Memo-9-18-17.pdf.
2018 Benefit Year HHS-Operated Risk
Adjustment Adult Models Draft Prescription Drug
(RXCUIs) to HHS Drug Classes (RXCs) Crosswalk.
September 18, 2017. Available at https://
www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/Regulations-and-
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
of RXCUIs that would be included for
2018 benefit year risk adjustment adult
models in the HHS-operated risk
adjustment program. As we noted in the
crosswalk, drugs were excluded based
on expert or clinician input as to drugs’
cross indications, empirical and
statistical analyses that indicated a weak
association between the drug and the
diagnoses, or if drugs were older or
discontinued. Drugs were also excluded
in situations where drugs had
substantially lower costs compared to
other drugs included in the RXC, and
therefore these drugs were less likely to
be the focus of risk-selection behavior
by health plans. In these instances, USP
classes contained a mix of newer, more
expensive drug treatments, and older,
often generic, lower-cost drug
treatments. For example, the combined
USP classes Immune Suppressants and
Immunomodulators encompass a wide
range of drugs. They include expensive
biologics costing several thousands of
dollars each month and drugs like
generic methotrexate, a month’s supply
of which can cost less than $100.
Clinician review determined that many
of the drugs in this class are
substitutable and the general prescribing
process would be to first prescribe a
cheaper drug, and if the patient does not
respond to that then move to a more
expensive biologic. However, because
concern over patient access and health
plan selection behavior (reflected in
formulary design) centers around the
expensive biologics, the cheaper nonbiologics were removed from RXC 9.
We review drugs in the United States
Pharmacopeia (USP) classification and
consult clinicians and experts to ensure
relevant drugs are included. However,
as some commenters noted in response
to the proposed rule, new drugs have
been released since we released the
draft 2018 benefit year crosswalk and a
few drugs that may be eligible under our
other criteria were not classified by the
USP classification version used for the
draft crosswalk. We expect to publish
the final 2018 benefit year crosswalk in
the spring of 2019, after the conclusion
of the 2018 benefit year, so that newly
approved drugs released through the
end of the year and the latest USP
classification are evaluated and
included, as appropriate. As such, we
intend to make quarterly updates to the
2018 benefit year prescription drug
crosswalk, to ensure we are capturing
all new drug releases and drug class
inclusions or modifications. We are also
reviewing drugs administered through
clinicians in hospital, office-based, or
Guidance/Downloads/RARx_RxCUIs-Crosswalk-96-17.xlsx.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
home health settings crosswalked to
national drug codes (NDCs) to
determine whether it is appropriate
under our inclusion criteria to include
these drugs in the 2018 benefit year
crosswalk for 2018 benefit year risk
adjustment risk score calculation.
However, as these drugs are often more
expensive when administered in
hospital, office-based, or home health
settings, we are not including such
drugs in the recalibration of the adult
models for the 2019 benefit year to limit
gaming incentives. We anticipate the
2019 benefit year drug crosswalk will be
published on a similar quarterly
schedule, following the final 2018
benefit year crosswalk publication. We
also intend to monitor the impact of the
drugs included in the adult models on
prescribing incentives and will evaluate
adding or removing other RXCs as
appropriate in future recalibrations for
future benefit years. We had previously
considered, but did not include,
antimanic agents for depression and
bipolar disorders due to their low
imputation value in identifying the risk
solely based on the RXC and low
relative cost of the drugs. We are
continuing to assess if mental health
and substance use disorder treatments
should be included in the adult models
in future benefit years.
Comment: One commenter noted that
pharmacy claims should not be
included in the risk adjustment data
validation process as no clinical
documentation is available for
pharmacy claims, and HHS should not
include data that cannot be easily
audited in risk adjustment. Another
commenter sought clarification as to
how HHS intends to conduct risk
adjustment data validation for
prescription drugs included in the risk
adjustment adult models.
Response: As we noted in the 2018
Payment Notice, HHS does not perform
risk adjustment data validation audits
16943
with the intent of determining whether
a clinician correctly diagnosed a patient.
Rather, the goal for the HHS-operated
risk adjustment program is to ensure
that enrollees’ diagnoses on paid claims
reflect the appropriately assigned HCCs,
and were diagnosed by a licensed
clinician. Likewise, in validating
pharmacy claims, we intend to validate
factors such as whether the prescription
was filled and paid by the issuer, and
whether the appropriate RXC
interaction was assigned. We
understand commenters’ concerns
regarding prescription drug data and
intend to closely monitor prescribing
behavior in the 2018 benefit year and
beyond. We will consider whether
additional adjustments to the risk
adjustment data validation process are
needed for the 2018 benefit year to
ensure risk adjustment data validation
appropriately audits pharmacy claims
submitted to EDGE by issuers.
TABLE 1—FINAL DRUG-DIAGNOSIS (RXC–HCC) PAIRS FOR THE 2019 ADULT MODEL
RXC
RXC label
HCC
HCC label
Final RXC use
RXC 01 ..........
RXC 02 ..........
Anti-HIV Agents ...............
Anti-Hepatitis C (HCV)
Agents.
001 ...........................
037C, 036, 035, 034
imputation/severity.
imputation/severity.
RXC 03 ..........
RXC 04 ..........
Antiarrhythmics ................
Phosphate Binders ...........
142 ...........................
184, 183, 187, 188 ..
RXC 05 ..........
Inflammatory Bowel Disease Agents.
Insulin ...............................
048, 041 ..................
HIV/AIDS .....................................................................
Chronic Hepatitis C, Cirrhosis of Liver, End-Stage
Liver Disease, and Liver Transplant Status/Complications.
Specified Heart Arrhythmias .......................................
End Stage Renal Disease, Kidney Transplant Status,
Chronic Kidney Disease, Stage 5, Chronic Kidney
Disease, Severe (Stage 4).
Inflammatory Bowel Disease, Intestine Transplant
Status/Complications.
Diabetes with Acute Complications; Diabetes with
Chronic Complications; Diabetes without Complication, Pancreas Transplant Status/Complications.
Diabetes with Acute Complications, Diabetes with
Chronic Complications, Diabetes without Complication, Pancreas Transplant Status/Complications.
Multiple Sclerosis ........................................................
Rheumatoid Arthritis and Specified Autoimmune Disorders, Systemic Lupus Erythematosus and Other
Autoimmune Disorders, Inflammatory Bowel Disease, Intestine Transplant Status/Complications.
Cystic Fibrosis, Lung Transplant Status/Complications.
RXC 06 ..........
019, 020, 021, 018 ..
RXC 07 ..........
Anti-Diabetic Agents, Except Insulin and
Metformin Only.
019, 020, 021, 018 ..
RXC 08 ..........
RXC 09 ..........
Multiple Sclerosis Agents
Immune Suppressants
and Immunomodulators.
118 ...........................
056, 057, 048, 041 ..
RXC 10 ..........
Cystic Fibrosis Agents .....
159, 158 ..................
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
iii. High-Cost Risk Pool Adjustment
HHS finalized a high-cost risk pool
adjustment in the 2018 Payment Notice
to account for the incorporation of risk
associated with high-cost enrollees in
the risk adjustment model. Specifically,
we finalized adjusting the risk
adjustment model for high-cost
enrollees beginning for the 2018 benefit
year by excluding a percentage of costs
above a certain threshold level in the
calculation of enrollee-level plan
liability risk scores so that risk
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
adjustment factors are calculated
without the high-cost risk, because the
average risk associated with HCCs and
RXCs is better accounted for without the
inclusion of the high-cost enrollees. In
addition, to account for issuers’ risk
associated with the high-cost enrollees,
issuers will be compensated for a
percentage of costs above the threshold.
We set the threshold and percentage of
costs at a level that would continue to
incentivize issuers to control costs
while improving the risk prediction of
the risk adjustment model. Issuers with
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
imputation/severity.
imputation/severity.
imputation/severity.
imputation/severity.
imputation/severity.
imputation/severity.
imputation/severity.
imputation/severity.
high-cost enrollees will receive a
payment for the percentage of costs
above the threshold in their respective
transfers. Using claims data submitted
to the EDGE server by issuers of risk
adjustment covered plans, HHS will
calculate the total amount of paid
claims costs for high-cost enrollees
based on the threshold and the
coinsurance rate. HHS will then
calculate a charge as a percentage of the
issuers’ total premiums in the
individual (including catastrophic and
non-catastrophic plans and merged
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16944
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
market plans), or small group markets,
which will be applied to the total
transfer amount in that market,
maintaining the balance of payments
and charges within the risk adjustment
program. In the 2018 Payment Notice,
we finalized a threshold of $1 million
and a coinsurance rate of 60 percent
across all States for the individual
(including catastrophic and noncatastrophic plans and merged market
plans) and small group markets for the
2018 benefit year.
For the 2019 benefit year, we
proposed to maintain the same
parameters that apply to the 2018
benefit year. Therefore, we proposed to
maintain a $1 million threshold and 60
percent coinsurance rate for the highcost risk pool for the 2019 benefit year
risk adjustment program. We explained
that we believe this threshold and
coinsurance rate would result in total
payments or charges nationally that are
very small as a percentage of premiums
for issuers, and will prevent States and
issuers with very high-cost enrollees
from bearing a disproportionate amount
of unpredictable risk. We sought
comments on alternative methods for
reimbursing issuers for exceptionally
high-cost enrollees through the highcost risk pool and improving the
calculation of plan liability in the HHSoperated risk adjustment models for
future benefit years. We also shared
suggestions from stakeholders that the
pool be multi-tiered, with multiple
thresholds and increased coinsurance as
the thresholds increase to account for
the reduced number of enrollees at
higher thresholds where costs to an
issuer are catastrophic.
We are finalizing the high-cost risk
pool adjustment parameters for the 2019
benefit year as proposed.
Comment: Most commenters
supported our proposal to maintain the
same high-cost risk pool adjustment
parameters as those used for the 2018
benefit year and noted that keeping the
parameters the same provides stability
and certainty in the markets. One
commenter questioned why the
parameters are not trended for
increasing medical costs. Some
commenters noted that the $1 million
threshold level may be too high to have
any meaningful impact on premiums or
provide stability in smaller State
markets with low claims costs that
would have additional charges assessed,
which could cause volatility. A few
commenters did not support the highcost risk pool adjustment to transfers,
yet one of these commenters supported
the removal of these costs from the risk
adjustment model recalibration. One
commenter did not support the proposal
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
based on what appears to be a
misunderstanding that the high-cost risk
pool adjustment requires individuals to
pay 40 percent of costs above $1
million. Some commenters did not
support tiering the high-cost risk pool
adjustment program for the 2019 benefit
year without the first year of experience
with this adjustment, noting it would
lead to additional complexity. One
commenter supported a tiered approach
in parameters with maximum
coinsurance rates of 80 to 90 percent
phased in over multiple years, and
another commenter supported a tiered
approach if the approach and
parameters result in an equivalent cost
and scope as the $1 million threshold
and 60 percent coinsurance rate
parameters.
Response: As we noted in the 2018
Payment Notice, removing extremely
high costs improves the risk adjustment
model’s predictive ability. Additionally,
the high-cost risk pool adjustment to the
transfer formula mitigates issuers’ risk
selection incentives to avoid high-cost
risk enrollees. Because high-cost
enrollees are outliers and thus,
unpredictable, they have the potential to
significantly distort risk in smaller
markets. Removing the high-cost risk
from the recalibration model and
separately adjusting transfers will allow
for greater stability in risk scores to
compensate issuers for predictable risk
and transfers to compensate issuers for
unpredictable risk. We will consider
whether a tiered approach would
improve model prediction and better
compensate issuers for high-cost
enrollees than the current approach for
future benefit years. We are continuing
to assess the market impact of tiered
approaches nationally on the model’s
risk prediction and issuers’ risk
differences, and whether such an
approach would meaningfully improve
the model in accounting for high-cost
enrollees’ risk. We continue to believe a
$1 million threshold and 60 percent
coinsurance rate for the 2019 benefit
year are appropriate to incentivize
issuers to control costs while improving
the risk adjustment model’s risk
prediction. Additionally, as we noted in
the 2018 Payment Notice, if an issuer
were to fail the data quality analysis for
a risk adjustment transfer and be
assessed a default charge under
§ 153.740(b) on that basis, we would
perform additional data quality analysis
to determine an issuer’s eligibility for
high-cost risk pool adjustments.
We are finalizing our proposal to
maintain a $1 million threshold and 60
percent coinsurance rate for the highcost risk pool for the 2019 benefit year
risk adjustment program.
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
c. List of Factors To Be Employed in the
Risk Adjustment Model (§ 153.320)
The final factors resulting from the
equally weighted blended factors from
the 2014 and 2015 MarketScan® data
and the 2016 enrollee-level EDGE data
separately solved models (with the
incorporation of the partial year
enrollment adjustment and prescription
drugs reflected in the adult models
only) are shown in Tables 2, 4, and 5.
The adult, child and infant models have
been truncated to account for the highcost enrollee pool payment parameters
by removing 60 percent of costs above
the $1 million threshold as finalized in
this rule. As discussed in the preceding
section, we are finalizing our proposal
to keep the 2019 benefit year high-cost
enrollee risk pool payment parameters
the same as those finalized for the 2018
benefit year. The final factors for the
adult models also reflect the removal of
the two severity-only RXCs (RXC 11:
Ammonia Detoxicants, and RXC 12:
Diuretics, Loop and Select PotassiumSparing) discussed above in the
preamble section on ‘‘Prescription
Drugs.’’ Table 2 contains factors for each
adult model, including the age-sex,
HCCs, RXCs, HCC–RXC interaction, and
enrollment duration coefficients. As we
previously noted,16 some interactions of
RXCs and HCCs have negative
coefficients; however, this does not
mean that an enrollee’s risk score
decreases due to the presence of an
RXC, an HCC, or both.
Table 3 contains the HHS HCCs in the
severity illness indicator variable. Table
4 contains the factors for each child
model. Table 5 contains the factors for
each infant model. Tables 6 and 7
contain the HCCs included in the infant
model maturity and severity categories,
respectively.
Comment: A few commenters
requested for HHS to separately publish
the coefficients solved only from the
2016 enrollee-level EDGE data.
Response: We are not separately
publishing the coefficients from only 1
year of data to avoid any confusion that
could be caused from publishing two
sets of coefficients in the final rule.
However, we note that stakeholders
interested in coefficients from the 2016
enrollee-level EDGE data will be able to
solve for them based on the proposed
and finalized coefficients. We published
the model coefficients using equally
weighted coefficients solved from the
16 2018 Benefit Year Final HHS Risk Adjustment
Model Coefficients. April 18, 2017. Available at
https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Programs-andInitiatives/Premium-Stabilization-Programs/
Downloads/2018-Benefit-Year-Final-HHS-RiskAdjustment-Model-Coefficients.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
16945
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
2014 and 2015 MarketScan® data in the
proposed rule. The coefficients finalized
in Tables 2, 4 and 5 include the
coefficients solved from the 2016
enrollee-level EDGE data without
changing the coefficients solved from
the 2014 and 2015 MarketScan® data
published in the proposed rule, and
equally weighted coefficients solved
from the 3 years of data.
TABLE 2—FINAL ADULT RISK ADJUSTMENT MODEL FACTORS FOR 2019 BENEFIT YEAR
HCC or RXC No.
Factor
Platinum
Gold
Silver
Bronze
Catastrophic
Demographic Factors
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
21–24,
25–29,
30–34,
35–39,
40–44,
45–49,
50–54,
55–59,
60–64,
21–24,
25–29,
30–34,
35–39,
40–44,
45–49,
50–54,
55–59,
60–64,
Male ..........................................................................................
Male ..........................................................................................
Male ..........................................................................................
Male ..........................................................................................
Male ..........................................................................................
Male ..........................................................................................
Male ..........................................................................................
Male ..........................................................................................
Male ..........................................................................................
Female .....................................................................................
Female .....................................................................................
Female .....................................................................................
Female .....................................................................................
Female .....................................................................................
Female .....................................................................................
Female .....................................................................................
Female .....................................................................................
Female .....................................................................................
0.167
0.153
0.186
0.236
0.292
0.346
0.455
0.511
0.573
0.269
0.304
0.410
0.491
0.545
0.553
0.616
0.601
0.616
0.133
0.119
0.144
0.185
0.233
0.280
0.378
0.424
0.473
0.218
0.245
0.338
0.410
0.454
0.458
0.516
0.499
0.505
0.091
0.078
0.093
0.125
0.164
0.202
0.287
0.324
0.359
0.153
0.173
0.253
0.317
0.352
0.350
0.401
0.380
0.379
0.051
0.037
0.043
0.063
0.093
0.121
0.192
0.217
0.235
0.088
0.098
0.167
0.226
0.249
0.237
0.278
0.252
0.240
0.048
0.034
0.039
0.058
0.088
0.115
0.184
0.209
0.225
0.083
0.092
0.160
0.219
0.241
0.229
0.268
0.241
0.229
0.626
8.000
5.750
4.396
6.143
21.806
12.392
0.529
7.812
5.666
4.192
6.060
21.372
12.068
0.434
7.688
5.604
4.060
6.006
21.040
11.825
0.359
7.731
5.625
3.989
5.972
21.084
11.807
0.352
7.737
5.626
3.983
5.968
21.087
11.804
5.575
4.291
2.640
5.356
4.074
2.482
5.189
3.905
2.356
5.117
3.831
2.283
5.110
3.823
2.276
1.211
1.084
0.976
0.860
0.849
4.439
0.603
0.603
0.603
11.438
2.380
2.380
NA
2.380
2.380
10.515
5.696
0.707
0.703
4.300
28.253
9.718
5.510
4.439
2.243
4.246
0.531
0.531
0.531
11.430
2.280
2.280
NA
2.280
2.280
10.418
5.491
0.604
0.584
4.155
28.206
9.488
5.274
4.246
2.085
4.114
0.463
0.463
0.463
11.416
2.200
2.200
NA
2.200
2.200
10.353
5.349
0.545
0.523
4.055
28.169
9.318
5.115
4.114
1.972
4.122
0.389
0.389
0.389
11.494
2.137
2.137
NA
2.137
2.137
10.334
5.341
0.509
0.474
4.026
28.209
9.328
5.104
4.122
1.896
4.122
0.381
0.381
0.381
11.502
2.132
2.132
NA
2.132
2.132
10.331
5.339
0.505
0.469
4.024
28.209
9.329
5.102
4.122
1.888
2.192
5.507
5.507
3.316
0.993
2.654
2.654
1.417
53.096
12.454
12.454
7.864
7.864
7.864
5.198
5.198
2.657
3.804
2.011
5.332
5.332
3.130
0.878
2.477
2.477
1.266
52.795
12.326
12.326
7.738
7.738
7.738
5.074
5.074
2.572
3.574
1.868
5.200
5.200
2.980
0.780
2.337
2.337
1.155
52.549
12.228
12.228
7.636
7.636
7.636
4.982
4.982
2.503
3.401
1.765
5.206
5.206
2.923
0.666
2.257
2.257
1.071
52.553
12.227
12.227
7.604
7.604
7.604
4.979
4.979
2.464
3.278
1.755
5.207
5.207
2.918
0.654
2.249
2.249
1.065
52.553
12.227
12.227
7.602
7.602
7.602
4.979
4.979
2.461
3.265
Diagnosis Factors
HCC001
HCC002
HCC003
HCC004
HCC006
HCC008
HCC009
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
HCC010 ..........................
HCC011 ..........................
HCC012 ..........................
HCC013 ..........................
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
HCC018 ..........................
HCC019 ..........................
HCC020 ..........................
HCC021 ..........................
HCC023 ..........................
HCC026 ..........................
HCC027 ..........................
HCC029 ..........................
HCC030 ..........................
HCC034 ..........................
HCC035 ..........................
HCC036 ..........................
HCC037_1 ......................
HCC037_2 ......................
HCC038 ..........................
HCC041 ..........................
HCC042 ..........................
HCC045 ..........................
HCC046 ..........................
HCC047 ..........................
HCC048
HCC054
HCC055
HCC056
HCC057
HCC061
HCC062
HCC063
HCC066
HCC067
HCC068
HCC069
HCC070
HCC071
HCC073
HCC074
HCC075
HCC081
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
HIV/AIDS ......................................................................................................
Septicemia, Sepsis, Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome/Shock ..
Central Nervous System Infections, Except Viral Meningitis ......................
Viral or Unspecified Meningitis ....................................................................
Opportunistic Infections ...............................................................................
Metastatic Cancer ........................................................................................
Lung, Brain, and Other Severe Cancers, Including Pediatric Acute
Lymphoid Leukemia.
Non-Hodgkin‘s Lymphomas and Other Cancers and Tumors ....................
Colorectal, Breast (Age <50), Kidney, and Other Cancers .........................
Breast (Age 50+) and Prostate Cancer, Benign/Uncertain Brain Tumors,
and Other Cancers and Tumors.
Thyroid Cancer, Melanoma, Neurofibromatosis, and Other Cancers and
Tumors.
Pancreas Transplant Status/Complications .................................................
Diabetes with Acute Complications .............................................................
Diabetes with Chronic Complications ..........................................................
Diabetes without Complication ....................................................................
Protein-Calorie Malnutrition .........................................................................
Mucopolysaccharidosis ................................................................................
Lipidoses and Glycogenosis ........................................................................
Amyloidosis, Porphyria, and Other Metabolic Disorders .............................
Adrenal, Pituitary, and Other Significant Endocrine Disorders ....................
Liver Transplant Status/Complications ........................................................
End-Stage Liver Disease .............................................................................
Cirrhosis of Liver ..........................................................................................
Chronic Viral Hepatitis C .............................................................................
Chronic Hepatitis, Other/Unspecified ...........................................................
Acute Liver Failure/Disease, Including Neonatal Hepatitis ..........................
Intestine Transplant Status/Complications ..................................................
Peritonitis/Gastrointestinal Perforation/Necrotizing Enterocolitis .................
Intestinal Obstruction ...................................................................................
Chronic Pancreatitis .....................................................................................
Acute Pancreatitis/Other Pancreatic Disorders and Intestinal Malabsorption.
Inflammatory Bowel Disease .......................................................................
Necrotizing Fasciitis .....................................................................................
Bone/Joint/Muscle Infections/Necrosis ........................................................
Rheumatoid Arthritis and Specified Autoimmune Disorders .......................
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus and Other Autoimmune Disorders ...........
Osteogenesis Imperfecta and Other Osteodystrophies ...............................
Congenital/Developmental Skeletal and Connective Tissue Disorders ......
Cleft Lip/Cleft Palate ....................................................................................
Hemophilia ...................................................................................................
Myelodysplastic Syndromes and Myelofibrosis ...........................................
Aplastic Anemia ...........................................................................................
Acquired Hemolytic Anemia, Including Hemolytic Disease of Newborn .....
Sickle Cell Anemia (Hb–SS) ........................................................................
Thalassemia Major .......................................................................................
Combined and Other Severe Immunodeficiencies ......................................
Disorders of the Immune Mechanism ..........................................................
Coagulation Defects and Other Specified Hematological Disorders ...........
Drug Psychosis ............................................................................................
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
16946
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 2—FINAL ADULT RISK ADJUSTMENT MODEL FACTORS FOR 2019 BENEFIT YEAR—Continued
HCC or RXC No.
HCC082
HCC087
HCC088
HCC089
HCC090
HCC094
HCC096
HCC097
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
HCC102
HCC103
HCC106
HCC107
HCC108
HCC109
HCC110
HCC111
HCC112
HCC113
HCC114
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
HCC115 ..........................
HCC117 ..........................
HCC118 ..........................
HCC119 ..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
HCC128
HCC129
HCC130
HCC131
HCC132
HCC135
HCC142
HCC145
HCC146
HCC149
HCC150
HCC151
HCC153
HCC154
HCC156
HCC158
HCC159
HCC160
HCC161
HCC162
HCC163
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
HCC183
HCC184
HCC187
HCC188
HCC203
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
HCC204
HCC205
HCC207
HCC208
HCC209
HCC217
HCC226
HCC227
HCC251
HCC253
HCC254
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
HCC120
HCC121
HCC122
HCC125
HCC126
HCC127
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................
Factor
Platinum
Drug Dependence ........................................................................................
Schizophrenia ..............................................................................................
Major Depressive and Bipolar Disorders .....................................................
Reactive and Unspecified Psychosis, Delusional Disorders .......................
Personality Disorders ...................................................................................
Anorexia/Bulimia Nervosa ............................................................................
Prader-Willi, Patau, Edwards, and Autosomal Deletion Syndromes ...........
Down Syndrome, Fragile X, Other Chromosomal Anomalies, and Congenital Malformation Syndromes.
Autistic Disorder ...........................................................................................
Pervasive Developmental Disorders, Except Autistic Disorder ...................
Traumatic Complete Lesion Cervical Spinal Cord .......................................
Quadriplegia .................................................................................................
Traumatic Complete Lesion Dorsal Spinal Cord .........................................
Paraplegia ....................................................................................................
Spinal Cord Disorders/Injuries .....................................................................
Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis and Other Anterior Horn Cell Disease ........
Quadriplegic Cerebral Palsy ........................................................................
Cerebral Palsy, Except Quadriplegic ...........................................................
Spina Bifida and Other Brain/Spinal/Nervous System Congenital Anomalies.
Myasthenia Gravis/Myoneural Disorders and Guillain-Barre Syndrome/Inflammatory and Toxic Neuropathy.
Muscular Dystrophy .....................................................................................
Multiple Sclerosis .........................................................................................
Parkinson’s, Huntington’s, and Spinocerebellar Disease, and Other
Neurodegenerative Disorders.
Seizure Disorders and Convulsions ............................................................
Hydrocephalus .............................................................................................
Non-Traumatic Coma, and Brain Compression/Anoxic Damage ................
Respirator Dependence/Tracheostomy Status ............................................
Respiratory Arrest ........................................................................................
Cardio-Respiratory Failure and Shock, Including Respiratory Distress
Syndromes.
Heart Assistive Device/Artificial Heart .........................................................
Heart Transplant ..........................................................................................
Congestive Heart Failure .............................................................................
Acute Myocardial Infarction .........................................................................
Unstable Angina and Other Acute Ischemic Heart Disease .......................
Heart Infection/Inflammation, Except Rheumatic ........................................
Specified Heart Arrhythmias ........................................................................
Intracranial Hemorrhage ..............................................................................
Ischemic or Unspecified Stroke ...................................................................
Cerebral Aneurysm and Arteriovenous Malformation ..................................
Hemiplegia/Hemiparesis ..............................................................................
Monoplegia, Other Paralytic Syndromes .....................................................
Atherosclerosis of the Extremities with Ulceration or Gangrene .................
Vascular Disease with Complications ..........................................................
Pulmonary Embolism and Deep Vein Thrombosis ......................................
Lung Transplant Status/Complications ........................................................
Cystic Fibrosis ..............................................................................................
Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease, Including Bronchiectasis ............
Asthma .........................................................................................................
Fibrosis of Lung and Other Lung Disorders ................................................
Aspiration and Specified Bacterial Pneumonias and Other Severe Lung
Infections.
Kidney Transplant Status .............................................................................
End Stage Renal Disease ...........................................................................
Chronic Kidney Disease, Stage 5 ................................................................
Chronic Kidney Disease, Stage 4 ................................................................
Ectopic and Molar Pregnancy, Except with Renal Failure, Shock, or Embolism.
Miscarriage with Complications ...................................................................
Miscarriage with No or Minor Complications ...............................................
Completed Pregnancy With Major Complications .......................................
Completed Pregnancy With Complications .................................................
Completed Pregnancy with No or Minor Complications ..............................
Chronic Ulcer of Skin, Except Pressure ......................................................
Hip Fractures and Pathological Vertebral or Humerus Fractures ...............
Pathological Fractures, Except of Vertebrae, Hip, or Humerus ..................
Stem Cell, Including Bone Marrow, Transplant Status/Complications ........
Artificial Openings for Feeding or Elimination .............................................
Amputation Status, Lower Limb/Amputation Complications ........................
Gold
Silver
Bronze
Catastrophic
3.804
3.057
1.624
1.624
1.124
2.549
4.019
1.056
3.574
2.822
1.472
1.472
1.010
2.397
3.924
0.963
3.401
2.651
1.350
1.350
0.901
2.275
3.847
0.880
3.278
2.559
1.231
1.231
0.780
2.201
3.789
0.802
3.265
2.550
1.219
1.219
0.769
2.194
3.783
0.795
1.124
1.124
9.989
9.989
7.568
7.568
5.212
1.965
0.302
0.255
0.355
1.010
1.010
9.853
9.853
7.420
7.420
5.008
1.764
0.192
0.176
0.300
0.901
0.901
9.752
9.752
7.310
7.310
4.857
1.620
0.120
0.120
0.265
0.780
0.780
9.735
9.735
7.278
7.278
4.816
1.534
0.072
0.072
0.241
0.769
0.769
9.732
9.732
7.274
7.274
4.812
1.524
0.071
0.071
0.236
5.262
5.137
5.045
5.027
5.025
2.064
8.436
2.064
1.922
8.144
1.922
1.819
7.920
1.819
1.720
7.895
1.720
1.708
7.892
1.708
1.390
5.922
8.310
26.626
8.048
8.048
1.248
5.814
8.176
26.590
7.900
7.900
1.138
5.724
8.067
26.555
7.794
7.794
1.044
5.696
8.059
26.637
7.864
7.864
1.035
5.694
8.058
26.644
7.872
7.872
28.421
28.421
2.800
8.077
4.820
5.473
2.467
7.621
2.164
3.167
4.517
2.734
9.056
6.714
3.352
25.564
14.108
0.878
0.878
1.869
6.270
28.219
28.219
2.705
7.789
4.558
5.356
2.335
7.366
2.012
2.994
4.422
2.612
8.976
6.556
3.207
25.421
13.825
0.776
0.776
1.767
6.223
28.071
28.071
2.635
7.577
4.388
5.268
2.233
7.186
1.918
2.869
4.355
2.525
8.915
6.439
3.101
25.310
13.596
0.686
0.686
1.693
6.188
28.120
28.120
2.624
7.664
4.378
5.237
2.158
7.162
1.896
2.802
4.402
2.486
9.004
6.424
3.044
25.384
13.601
0.591
0.591
1.639
6.194
28.125
28.125
2.623
7.672
4.378
5.235
2.150
7.159
1.894
2.796
4.407
2.482
9.013
6.422
3.038
25.391
13.601
0.582
0.582
1.633
6.195
7.462
29.905
1.319
1.319
1.156
7.260
29.678
1.263
1.263
1.011
7.119
29.495
1.224
1.224
0.879
7.070
29.641
1.233
1.233
0.670
7.064
29.654
1.235
1.235
0.648
1.156
1.156
3.329
3.329
3.329
1.988
8.801
3.874
24.334
8.284
3.486
1.011
1.011
2.913
2.913
2.913
1.888
8.587
3.744
24.334
8.198
3.371
0.879
0.879
2.690
2.690
2.690
1.818
8.428
3.644
24.329
8.131
3.290
0.670
0.670
2.416
2.416
2.416
1.798
8.457
3.579
24.357
8.164
3.313
0.648
0.648
2.386
2.386
2.386
1.796
8.460
3.575
24.360
8.168
3.316
7.694
7.694
7.694
7.897
7.897
7.897
8.035
8.035
8.035
8.180
8.180
8.180
8.193
8.193
8.193
7.694
7.897
8.035
8.180
8.193
Interaction Factors
SEVERE x HCC006 .......
SEVERE x HCC008 .......
SEVERE x HCC009 .......
SEVERE x HCC010 .......
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Severe illness x Opportunistic Infections .....................................................
Severe illness x Metastatic Cancer .............................................................
Severe illness x Lung, Brain, and Other Severe Cancers, Including Pediatric Acute Lymphoid Leukemia.
Severe illness x Non-Hodgkin’s Lymphomas and Other Cancers and Tumors.
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
16947
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 2—FINAL ADULT RISK ADJUSTMENT MODEL FACTORS FOR 2019 BENEFIT YEAR—Continued
HCC or RXC No.
Factor
SEVERE x HCC115 .......
Severe illness x Myasthenia Gravis/Myoneural Disorders and GuillainBarre Syndrome/Inflammatory and Toxic Neuropathy.
Severe illness x Heart Infection/Inflammation, Except Rheumatic ..............
Severe illness x Intracranial Hemorrhage ....................................................
Severe illness x HCC group G06 (G06 is HCC Group 6 which includes
the following HCCs in the blood disease category: 67, 68).
Severe illness x HCC group G08 (G08 is HCC Group 8 which includes
the following HCCs in the blood disease category: 73, 74).
Severe illness x End-Stage Liver Disease ..................................................
Severe illness x Acute Liver Failure/Disease, Including Neonatal Hepatitis
Severe illness x Atherosclerosis of the Extremities with Ulceration or
Gangrene.
Severe illness x Vascular Disease with Complications ...............................
Severe illness x Aspiration and Specified Bacterial Pneumonias and
Other Severe Lung Infections.
Severe illness x Artificial Openings for Feeding or Elimination ...................
Severe illness x HCC group G03 (G03 is HCC Group 3 which includes
the following HCCs in the musculoskeletal disease category: 54, 55).
SEVERE x HCC135 .......
SEVERE x HCC145 .......
SEVERE x G06 ..............
SEVERE x G08 ..............
SEVERE x HCC035 .......
SEVERE x HCC038 .......
SEVERE x HCC153 .......
SEVERE x HCC154 .......
SEVERE x HCC163 .......
SEVERE x HCC253 .......
SEVERE x G03 ..............
Platinum
Gold
Silver
Bronze
Catastrophic
7.694
7.897
8.035
8.180
8.193
7.694
7.694
7.694
7.897
7.897
7.897
8.035
8.035
8.035
8.180
8.180
8.180
8.193
8.193
8.193
7.694
7.897
8.035
8.180
8.193
1.449
1.449
1.449
1.541
1.541
1.541
1.596
1.596
1.596
1.722
1.722
1.722
1.733
1.733
1.733
1.449
1.449
1.541
1.541
1.596
1.596
1.722
1.722
1.733
1.733
1.449
1.449
1.541
1.541
1.596
1.596
1.722
1.722
1.733
1.733
0.417
0.382
0.327
0.279
0.249
0.207
0.189
0.137
0.097
0.070
0.064
0.365
0.333
0.282
0.240
0.216
0.181
0.165
0.120
0.085
0.065
0.060
0.325
0.293
0.244
0.206
0.185
0.153
0.141
0.102
0.074
0.060
0.057
0.306
0.275
0.227
0.189
0.169
0.138
0.126
0.091
0.067
0.057
0.055
0.305
0.273
0.225
0.188
0.168
0.137
0.125
0.091
0.067
0.057
0.055
7.822
39.880
0.113
0.730
2.022
1.498
0.495
21.141
13.273
13.045
2.459
7.257
39.337
0.113
0.730
1.842
1.349
0.430
20.350
12.681
12.712
2.560
6.830
38.905
0.113
0.730
1.701
1.185
0.361
19.757
12.240
12.485
2.655
6.605
39.062
0.113
0.730
1.509
0.993
0.272
19.731
12.270
12.565
3.010
6.580
39.075
0.113
0.730
1.487
0.973
0.264
19.721
12.268
12.574
3.046
2.645
2.838
2.974
3.020
3.025
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
¥1.192
¥1.096
¥0.997
¥0.888
¥0.878
0.421
0.395
0.456
0.533
0.538
¥0.202
¥0.184
¥0.153
¥0.153
¥0.155
¥5.507
¥4.981
¥4.597
¥4.422
¥4.399
¥0.337
¥0.352
¥0.336
¥0.370
¥0.375
¥2.862
¥2.632
¥2.452
¥2.323
¥2.307
¥0.595
¥0.444
¥0.322
¥0.175
¥0.161
Enrollment Duration Factors
1 month of enrollment ..................................................................................
2 months of enrollment ................................................................................
3 months of enrollment ................................................................................
4 months of enrollment ................................................................................
5 months of enrollment ................................................................................
6 months of enrollment ................................................................................
7 months of enrollment ................................................................................
8 months of enrollment ................................................................................
9 months of enrollment ................................................................................
10 months of enrollment ..............................................................................
11 months of enrollment ..............................................................................
Prescription Drug Factors
RXC
RXC
RXC
RXC
RXC
RXC
RXC
RXC
RXC
RXC
RXC
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
01
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
x HCC001 .........
RXC 02 x HCC037_1,
036, 035, 034.
RXC 03 x HCC142 .........
RXC 04 x HCC184, 183,
187, 188.
RXC 05 x HCC048, 041
RXC 06 x HCC018, 019,
020, 021.
RXC 07 x HCC018, 019,
020, 021.
RXC 08 x HCC118 .........
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
RXC 09 x HCC056 or
057 and 048 or 041.
RXC 09 x HCC056 .........
RXC 09 x HCC057 .........
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Anti-HIV Agents ...........................................................................................
Anti-Hepatitis C (HCV) Agents ....................................................................
Antiarrhythmics ............................................................................................
Phosphate Binders .......................................................................................
Inflammatory Bowel Disease Agents ...........................................................
Insulin ...........................................................................................................
Anti-Diabetic Agents, Except Insulin and Metformin Only ...........................
Multiple Sclerosis Agents .............................................................................
Immune Suppressants and Immunomodulators ..........................................
Cystic Fibrosis Agents .................................................................................
Additional effect for enrollees with RXC 01 (Anti-HIV Agents) and HCC
001 (HIV/AIDS).
Additional effect for enrollees with RXC 02 (Anti-Hepatitis C (HCV)
Agents) and (HCC 037_1 (Chronic Viral Hepatitis C) or 036 (Cirrhosis
of Liver) or 035 (End-Stage Liver Disease) or 034 (Liver Transplant
Status/Complications)).
Additional effect for enrollees with RxC 03 (Antiarrhythmics) and HCC
142 (Specified Heart Arrhythmias).
Additional effect for enrollees with RxC 04 (Phosphate Binders) and
(HCC 184 (End Stage Renal Disease) or 183 (Kidney Transplant Status) or 187 (Chronic Kidney Disease, Stage 5) or 188 (Chronic Kidney
Disease, Severe Stage 4)).
Additional effect for enrollees with RxC 05 (Inflammatory Bowel Disease
Agents) and (HCC 048 (Inflammatory Bowel Disease) or 041 (Intestine
Transplant Status/Complications)).
Additional effect for enrollees with RxC 06 (Insulin) and (HCC 018 (Pancreas Transplant Status/Complications) or 019 (Diabetes with Acute
Complications) or 020 (Diabetes with Chronic Complications) or 021
(Diabetes without Complication)).
Additional effect for enrollees with RxC 07 (Anti-Diabetic Agents, Except
Insulin and Metformin Only) and (HCC 018 (Pancreas Transplant Status/Complications) or 019 (Diabetes with Acute Complications) or 020
(Diabetes with Chronic Complications) or 021 (Diabetes without Complication)).
Additional effect for enrollees with RxC 08 (Multiple Sclerosis Agents)
and HCC 118 (Multiple Sclerosis).
Additional effect for enrollees with RxC 09 (Immune Suppressants and
Immunomodulators) and (HCC 048 (Inflammatory Bowel Disease) or
041 (Intestine Transplant Status/Complications)) and (HCC 056 (Rheumatoid Arthritis and Specified Autoimmune Disorders) or 057 (Systemic
Lupus Erythematosus and Other Autoimmune Disorders)).
Additional effect for enrollees with RxC 09 (Immune Suppressants and
Immunomodulators) and HCC 056 (Rheumatoid Arthritis and Specified
Autoimmune Disorders).
Additional effect for enrollees with RxC 09 (Immune Suppressants and
Immunomodulators) and HCC 057 (Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
and Other Autoimmune Disorders).
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
16948
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 2—FINAL ADULT RISK ADJUSTMENT MODEL FACTORS FOR 2019 BENEFIT YEAR—Continued
HCC or RXC No.
RXC 09 x HCC048, 041
RXC 10 x HCC159, 158
Factor
Platinum
Additional effect for enrollees with RxC 09 (Immune Suppressants and
Immunomodulators) and (HCC 048 (Inflammatory Bowel Disease) or
041 (Intestine Transplant Status/Complications)).
Additional effect for enrollees with RxC 10 (Cystic Fibrosis Agents) and
(HCC 159 (Cystic Fibrosis) or 158 (Lung Transplant Status/Complications)).
Gold
Silver
Bronze
Catastrophic
1.128
1.392
1.563
1.764
1.788
29.170
29.398
29.528
29.588
29.594
TABLE 3—HHS HCCS IN THE SEVERITY ILLNESS INDICATOR VARIABLE
Description
Septicemia, Sepsis, Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome/Shock.
Peritonitis/Gastrointestinal Perforation/Necrotizing Enter colitis.
Seizure Disorders and Convulsions.
Non-Traumatic Coma, Brain Compression/Anoxic Damage.
Respirator Dependence/Tracheostomy Status.
Respiratory Arrest.
Cardio-Respiratory Failure and Shock, Including Respiratory Distress Syndromes.
Pulmonary Embolism and Deep Vein Thrombosis.
TABLE 4—FINAL CHILD RISK ADJUSTMENT MODEL FACTORS FOR 2019 BENEFIT YEAR
Factor
Platinum
Gold
Silver
Bronze
Catastrophic
Demographic Factors
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
2–4, Male ......................................................................
5–9, Male ......................................................................
10–14, Male ..................................................................
15–20, Male ..................................................................
2–4, Female .................................................................
5–9, Female .................................................................
10–14, Female .............................................................
15–20, Female .............................................................
0.200
0.138
0.193
0.258
0.153
0.102
0.182
0.281
0.149
0.100
0.152
0.209
0.109
0.068
0.142
0.224
0.092
0.055
0.100
0.151
0.062
0.031
0.095
0.155
0.042
0.018
0.060
0.099
0.025
0.005
0.059
0.091
0.038
0.015
0.058
0.095
0.022
0.003
0.056
0.086
5.368
4.942
4.622
4.506
4.493
13.803
13.633
13.522
13.529
13.530
8.179
3.563
16.934
32.479
8.020
3.358
16.887
32.270
7.905
3.225
16.848
32.092
7.913
3.077
16.832
32.101
7.913
3.063
16.829
32.102
10.021
9.785
9.590
9.509
9.501
7.835
3.051
7.601
2.879
7.411
2.737
7.304
2.618
7.292
2.605
3.051
2.879
2.737
2.618
2.605
1.188
22.337
2.550
2.550
2.550
12.783
7.948
7.948
7.948
7.948
1.057
22.078
2.234
2.234
2.234
12.694
7.723
7.723
7.723
7.723
0.943
21.875
2.032
2.032
2.032
12.618
7.536
7.536
7.536
7.536
0.818
21.901
1.749
1.749
1.749
12.658
7.494
7.494
7.494
7.494
0.805
21.904
1.721
1.721
1.721
12.661
7.489
7.489
7.489
7.489
7.948
22.337
11.834
5.782
6.269
1.200
11.636
7.723
22.078
11.685
5.646
6.114
1.086
11.494
7.536
21.875
11.584
5.535
5.983
0.983
11.390
7.494
21.901
11.580
5.507
5.966
0.923
11.392
7.489
21.904
11.579
5.507
5.967
0.920
11.391
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Diagnosis Factors
HIV/AIDS ..............................................................................
Septicemia, Sepsis, Systemic Inflammatory Response
Syndrome/Shock ..............................................................
Central Nervous System Infections, Except Viral Meningitis ...................................................................................
Viral or Unspecified Meningitis ............................................
Opportunistic Infections .......................................................
Metastatic Cancer ................................................................
Lung, Brain, and Other Severe Cancers, Including Pediatric Acute Lymphoid Leukemia .......................................
Non-Hodgkin’s Lymphomas and Other Cancers and Tumors ..................................................................................
Colorectal, Breast (Age <50), Kidney, and Other Cancers
Breast (Age 50+) and Prostate Cancer, Benign/Uncertain
Brain Tumors, and Other Cancers and Tumors ..............
Thyroid Cancer, Melanoma, Neurofibromatosis, and Other
Cancers and Tumors ........................................................
Pancreas Transplant Status/Complications .........................
Diabetes with Acute Complications .....................................
Diabetes with Chronic Complications ..................................
Diabetes without Complication ............................................
Protein-Calorie Malnutrition .................................................
Mucopolysaccharidosis ........................................................
Lipidoses and Glycogenosis ................................................
Congenital Metabolic Disorders, Not Elsewhere Classified
Amyloidosis, Porphyria, and Other Metabolic Disorders .....
Adrenal, Pituitary, and Other Significant Endocrine Disorders ...............................................................................
Liver Transplant Status/Complications ................................
End-Stage Liver Disease .....................................................
Cirrhosis of Liver ..................................................................
Chronic Viral Hepatitis C .....................................................
Chronic Hepatitis, Other/Unspecified ...................................
Acute Liver Failure/Disease, Including Neonatal Hepatitis
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
16949
TABLE 4—FINAL CHILD RISK ADJUSTMENT MODEL FACTORS FOR 2019 BENEFIT YEAR—Continued
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Factor
Platinum
Intestine Transplant Status/Complications ..........................
Peritonitis/Gastrointestinal
Perforation/Necrotizing
Enterocolitis ......................................................................
Intestinal Obstruction ...........................................................
Chronic Pancreatitis .............................................................
Acute Pancreatitis/Other Pancreatic Disorders and Intestinal Malabsorption ...........................................................
Inflammatory Bowel Disease ...............................................
Necrotizing Fasciitis .............................................................
Bone/Joint/Muscle Infections/Necrosis ................................
Rheumatoid Arthritis and Specified Autoimmune Disorders
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus and Other Autoimmune
Disorders ..........................................................................
Osteogenesis Imperfecta and Other Osteodystrophies ......
Congenital/Developmental Skeletal and Connective Tissue
Disorders ..........................................................................
Cleft Lip/Cleft Palate ............................................................
Hemophilia ...........................................................................
Myelodysplastic Syndromes and Myelofibrosis ...................
Aplastic Anemia ...................................................................
Acquired Hemolytic Anemia, Including Hemolytic Disease
of Newborn .......................................................................
Sickle Cell Anemia (Hb–SS) ................................................
Thalassemia Major ...............................................................
Combined and Other Severe Immunodeficiencies ..............
Disorders of the Immune Mechanism ..................................
Coagulation Defects and Other Specified Hematological
Disorders ..........................................................................
Drug Psychosis ....................................................................
Drug Dependence ................................................................
Schizophrenia ......................................................................
Major Depressive and Bipolar Disorders .............................
Reactive and Unspecified Psychosis, Delusional Disorders
Personality Disorders ...........................................................
Anorexia/Bulimia Nervosa ....................................................
Prader-Willi, Patau, Edwards, and Autosomal Deletion
Syndromes .......................................................................
Down Syndrome, Fragile X, Other Chromosomal Anomalies, and Congenital Malformation Syndromes ................
Autistic Disorder ...................................................................
Pervasive Developmental Disorders, Except Autistic Disorder .................................................................................
Traumatic Complete Lesion Cervical Spinal Cord ..............
Quadriplegia .........................................................................
Traumatic Complete Lesion Dorsal Spinal Cord .................
Paraplegia ............................................................................
Spinal Cord Disorders/Injuries .............................................
Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis and Other Anterior Horn
Cell Disease .....................................................................
Quadriplegic Cerebral Palsy ................................................
Cerebral Palsy, Except Quadriplegic ...................................
Spina Bifida and Other Brain/Spinal/Nervous System Congenital Anomalies .............................................................
Myasthenia Gravis/Myoneural Disorders and Guillain-Barre
Syndrome/Inflammatory and Toxic Neuropathy ...............
Muscular Dystrophy .............................................................
Multiple Sclerosis .................................................................
Parkinson’s, Huntington’s, and Spinocerebellar Disease,
and Other Neurodegenerative Disorders .........................
Seizure Disorders and Convulsions ....................................
Hydrocephalus .....................................................................
Non-Traumatic Coma, and Brain Compression/Anoxic
Damage ............................................................................
Respirator Dependence/Tracheostomy Status ....................
Respiratory Arrest ................................................................
Cardio-Respiratory Failure and Shock, Including Respiratory Distress Syndromes ............................................
Heart Assistive Device/Artificial Heart .................................
Heart Transplant ..................................................................
Congestive Heart Failure .....................................................
Acute Myocardial Infarction .................................................
Unstable Angina and Other Acute Ischemic Heart Disease
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Gold
Silver
Bronze
Catastrophic
22.337
22.078
21.875
21.901
21.904
11.572
4.506
10.521
11.283
4.310
10.314
11.063
4.154
10.163
11.060
4.057
10.167
11.061
4.049
10.167
2.265
7.055
3.907
3.907
4.282
2.148
6.685
3.706
3.706
4.052
2.046
6.402
3.544
3.544
3.856
1.948
6.291
3.468
3.468
3.762
1.938
6.279
3.461
3.461
3.754
1.092
1.402
0.970
1.292
0.854
1.193
0.726
1.110
0.714
1.102
1.402
1.435
61.183
14.718
14.718
1.292
1.260
60.705
14.596
14.596
1.193
1.121
60.325
14.505
14.505
1.110
0.992
60.299
14.474
14.474
1.102
0.980
60.296
14.470
14.470
6.928
6.928
6.928
5.849
5.849
6.714
6.714
6.714
5.705
5.705
6.544
6.544
6.544
5.592
5.592
6.456
6.456
6.456
5.531
5.531
6.448
6.448
6.448
5.526
5.526
4.662
5.648
5.648
4.819
2.214
2.129
0.622
2.657
4.542
5.392
5.392
4.473
2.007
1.931
0.517
2.471
4.439
5.211
5.211
4.217
1.833
1.762
0.405
2.318
4.366
5.131
5.131
4.086
1.653
1.584
0.257
2.238
4.359
5.125
5.125
4.073
1.636
1.567
0.243
2.228
2.119
1.961
1.850
1.796
1.790
1.785
2.017
1.639
1.836
1.526
1.677
1.435
1.511
1.427
1.495
0.686
11.525
11.525
9.265
9.265
3.678
0.592
11.463
11.463
9.094
9.094
3.487
0.484
11.427
11.427
8.948
8.948
3.339
0.349
11.507
11.507
8.933
8.933
3.247
0.338
11.514
11.514
8.928
8.928
3.239
4.952
2.968
0.496
4.754
2.768
0.392
4.592
2.638
0.322
4.506
2.642
0.263
4.499
2.642
0.261
1.422
1.303
1.209
1.137
1.130
9.749
2.584
10.447
9.588
2.410
10.104
9.461
2.280
9.835
9.440
2.179
9.801
9.440
2.168
9.797
2.584
2.004
4.256
2.410
1.852
4.146
2.280
1.714
4.063
2.179
1.567
4.044
2.168
1.553
4.042
5.714
31.959
9.776
5.590
31.852
9.552
5.487
31.774
9.401
5.444
31.912
9.366
5.440
31.924
9.360
9.776
22.337
22.337
5.773
5.179
3.842
9.552
22.078
22.078
5.674
5.104
3.765
9.401
21.875
21.875
5.588
5.062
3.707
9.366
21.901
21.901
5.545
5.048
3.676
9.360
21.904
21.904
5.540
5.046
3.675
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
16950
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 4—FINAL CHILD RISK ADJUSTMENT MODEL FACTORS FOR 2019 BENEFIT YEAR—Continued
Factor
Platinum
Heart Infection/Inflammation, Except Rheumatic ................
Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome and Other Severe Congenital Heart Disorders ....................................................
Major Congenital Heart/Circulatory Disorders .....................
Atrial and Ventricular Septal Defects, Patent Ductus
Arteriosus, and Other Congenital Heart/Circulatory Disorders ...............................................................................
Specified Heart Arrhythmias ................................................
Intracranial Hemorrhage ......................................................
Ischemic or Unspecified Stroke ...........................................
Cerebral Aneurysm and Arteriovenous Malformation .........
Hemiplegia/Hemiparesis ......................................................
Monoplegia, Other Paralytic Syndromes .............................
Atherosclerosis of the Extremities with Ulceration or Gangrene ................................................................................
Vascular Disease with Complications ..................................
Pulmonary Embolism and Deep Vein Thrombosis ..............
Lung Transplant Status/Complications ................................
Cystic Fibrosis ......................................................................
Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease, Including
Bronchiectasis ..................................................................
Asthma .................................................................................
Fibrosis of Lung and Other Lung Disorders ........................
Aspiration and Specified Bacterial Pneumonias and Other
Severe Lung Infections ....................................................
Kidney Transplant Status .....................................................
End Stage Renal Disease ...................................................
Chronic Kidney Disease, Stage 5 ........................................
Chronic Kidney Disease, Severe (Stage 4) .........................
Ectopic and Molar Pregnancy, Except with Renal Failure,
Shock, or Embolism .........................................................
Miscarriage with Complications ...........................................
Miscarriage with No or Minor Complications .......................
Completed Pregnancy With Major Complications ...............
Completed Pregnancy With Complications .........................
Completed Pregnancy with No or Minor Complications ......
Chronic Ulcer of Skin, Except Pressure ..............................
Hip Fractures and Pathological Vertebral or Humerus
Fractures ..........................................................................
Pathological Fractures, Except of Vertebrae, Hip, or Humerus ................................................................................
Stem Cell, Including Bone Marrow, Transplant Status/
Complications ...................................................................
Artificial Openings for Feeding or Elimination .....................
Amputation Status, Lower Limb/Amputation Complications
Gold
Silver
Bronze
Catastrophic
11.892
11.786
11.703
11.684
11.683
4.742
1.345
4.584
1.248
4.427
1.130
4.311
1.012
4.301
1.002
0.876
3.734
12.674
5.445
3.374
4.146
3.501
0.787
3.576
12.462
5.367
3.188
4.041
3.373
0.684
3.438
12.308
5.318
3.056
3.967
3.284
0.591
3.360
12.302
5.328
2.980
3.933
3.255
0.584
3.353
12.303
5.331
2.972
3.927
3.254
11.717
14.161
13.582
22.337
22.337
11.481
14.049
13.475
22.078
22.078
11.305
13.958
13.396
21.875
21.875
11.230
13.980
13.432
21.901
21.901
11.223
13.981
13.436
21.904
21.904
0.375
0.375
3.073
0.310
0.310
2.971
0.225
0.225
2.872
0.134
0.134
2.801
0.126
0.126
2.795
8.178
12.436
36.073
4.148
4.148
8.122
12.166
35.963
4.017
4.017
8.074
11.969
35.872
3.909
3.909
8.105
11.943
35.976
3.812
3.812
8.108
11.938
35.985
3.806
3.806
1.061
1.061
1.061
2.897
2.897
2.897
2.338
0.906
0.906
0.906
2.512
2.512
2.512
2.247
0.761
0.761
0.761
2.294
2.294
2.294
2.159
0.532
0.532
0.532
1.986
1.986
1.986
2.086
0.507
0.507
0.507
1.950
1.950
1.950
2.079
5.437
5.163
4.942
4.830
4.822
1.665
1.535
1.404
1.262
1.248
22.337
11.371
6.737
22.078
11.258
6.497
21.875
11.185
6.322
21.901
11.294
6.207
21.904
11.305
6.195
TABLE 5—FINAL INFANT RISK ADJUSTMENT MODEL FACTORS FOR 2019 BENEFIT YEAR
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Group
Platinum
Extremely Immature * Severity Level 5 (Highest) ...............
Extremely Immature * Severity Level 4 ...............................
Extremely Immature * Severity Level 3 ...............................
Extremely Immature * Severity Level 2 ...............................
Extremely Immature * Severity Level 1 (Lowest) ................
Immature * Severity Level 5 (Highest) ................................
Immature * Severity Level 4 ................................................
Immature * Severity Level 3 ................................................
Immature * Severity Level 2 ................................................
Immature * Severity Level 1 (Lowest) .................................
Premature/Multiples * Severity Level 5 (Highest) ................
Premature/Multiples * Severity Level 4 ...............................
Premature/Multiples * Severity Level 3 ...............................
Premature/Multiples * Severity Level 2 ...............................
Premature/Multiples * Severity Level 1 (Lowest) ................
Term * Severity Level 5 (Highest) .......................................
Term * Severity Level 4 .......................................................
Term * Severity Level 3 .......................................................
Term * Severity Level 2 .......................................................
Term * Severity Level 1 (Lowest) ........................................
Age1 * Severity Level 5 (Highest) .......................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Gold
253.927
154.510
33.920
33.920
33.920
159.462
72.478
32.912
24.333
24.333
115.833
27.460
14.214
7.992
5.323
91.593
14.962
5.857
3.574
1.546
253.927
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
252.583
153.094
32.887
32.887
32.887
158.128
71.132
31.777
23.245
23.245
114.548
26.234
13.255
7.259
4.790
90.463
14.042
5.300
3.148
1.321
252.583
Silver
251.467
151.930
32.017
32.017
32.017
157.021
70.018
30.841
22.351
22.351
113.499
25.253
12.482
6.638
4.246
89.524
13.315
4.767
2.666
0.916
251.467
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Bronze
251.462
151.820
31.768
31.768
31.768
157.005
69.946
30.633
22.082
22.082
113.406
25.043
12.044
6.009
3.652
89.335
12.830
4.150
1.994
0.449
251.462
Catastrophic
251.464
151.808
31.749
31.749
31.749
157.004
69.937
30.613
22.055
22.055
113.398
25.026
12.001
5.940
3.600
89.320
12.788
4.092
1.935
0.423
251.464
16951
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 5—FINAL INFANT RISK ADJUSTMENT MODEL FACTORS FOR 2019 BENEFIT YEAR—Continued
Group
Platinum
Age1 * Severity Level 4 .......................................................
Age1 * Severity Level 3 .......................................................
Age1 * Severity Level 2 .......................................................
Age1 * Severity Level 1 (Lowest) ........................................
Age 0 Male ...........................................................................
Age 1 Male ...........................................................................
Gold
154.510
33.920
33.920
33.920
159.462
72.478
Silver
153.094
32.887
32.887
32.887
158.128
71.132
Bronze
151.930
32.017
32.017
32.017
157.021
70.018
151.820
31.768
31.768
31.768
157.005
69.946
Catastrophic
151.808
31.749
31.749
31.749
157.004
69.937
TABLE 6—HHS HCCS INCLUDED IN INFANT MODEL MATURITY CATEGORIES
Maturity category
HCC/description
Extremely Immature .................................................................................
Extremely Immature .................................................................................
Extremely Immature .................................................................................
Immature ...................................................................................................
Immature ...................................................................................................
Premature/Multiples ..................................................................................
Premature/Multiples ..................................................................................
Extremely Immature Newborns, Birth weight <500 Grams.
Extremely Immature Newborns, Including Birth weight 500–749 Grams.
Extremely Immature Newborns, Including Birth weight 750–999 Grams.
Premature Newborns, Including Birth weight 1,000–1,499 Grams.
Premature Newborns, Including Birth weight 1,500–1,999 Grams.
Premature Newborns, Including Birth weight 2,000–2,499 Grams.
Other Premature, Low Birth weight, Malnourished, or Multiple Birth
Newborns.
Term or Post-Term Singleton Newborn, Normal or High Birth weight.
All age 1 infants.
Term .........................................................................................................
Age 1 ........................................................................................................
TABLE 7—HHS HCCS INCLUDED IN INFANT MODEL SEVERITY CATEGORIES
Severity category
HCC
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
(Highest) ..................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
Metastatic Cancer.
Pancreas Transplant Status/Complications.
Liver Transplant Status/Complications.
End-Stage Liver Disease.
Intestine Transplant Status/Complications.
Peritonitis/Gastrointestinal Perforation/Necrotizing Enterocolitis.
Respirator Dependence/Tracheostomy Status.
Heart Assistive Device/Artificial Heart.
Heart Transplant.
Congestive Heart Failure.
Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome and Other Severe Congenital Heart Disorders.
Lung Transplant Status/Complications.
Kidney Transplant Status.
End Stage Renal Disease.
Stem Cell, Including Bone Marrow, Transplant Status/Complications.
Septicemia, Sepsis, Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome/Shock.
Lung, Brain, and Other Severe Cancers, Including Pediatric Acute Lymphoid Leukemia.
Mucopolysaccharidosis.
Major Congenital Anomalies of Diaphragm, Abdominal Wall, and Esophagus, Age <2.
Myelodysplastic Syndromes and Myelofibrosis.
Aplastic Anemia.
Combined and Other Severe Immunodeficiencies.
Traumatic Complete Lesion Cervical Spinal Cord.
Quadriplegia.
Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis and Other Anterior Horn Cell Disease.
Quadriplegic Cerebral Palsy.
Myasthenia Gravis/Myoneural Disorders and Guillain-Barre Syndrome/Inflammatory and Toxic
Neuropathy.
Non-Traumatic Coma, Brain Compression/Anoxic Damage.
Respiratory Arrest.
Cardio-Respiratory Failure and Shock, Including Respiratory Distress Syndromes.
Acute Myocardial Infarction.
Heart Infection/Inflammation, Except Rheumatic.
Major Congenital Heart/Circulatory Disorders.
Intracranial Hemorrhage.
Ischemic or Unspecified Stroke.
Vascular Disease with Complications.
Pulmonary Embolism and Deep Vein Thrombosis.
Aspiration and Specified Bacterial Pneumonias and Other Severe Lung Infections.
Chronic Kidney Disease, Stage 5.
Hip Fractures and Pathological Vertebral or Humerus Fractures.
Artificial Openings for Feeding or Elimination.
HIV/AIDS.
Central Nervous System Infections, Except Viral Meningitis.
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
16952
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 7—HHS HCCS INCLUDED IN INFANT MODEL SEVERITY CATEGORIES—Continued
Severity category
HCC
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Level
Level
Level
Level
3
3
3
3
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
Severity Level 3 ..................................................
Severity Level 3 ..................................................
Severity Level 3 ..................................................
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Severity
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
(Lowest) ...................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
..................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
Opportunistic Infections.
Non-Hodgkin’s Lymphomas and Other Cancers and Tumors.
Colorectal, Breast (Age <50), Kidney and Other Cancers.
Breast (Age 50+), Prostate Cancer, Benign/Uncertain Brain Tumors, and Other Cancers and
Tumors.
Lipidoses and Glycogenosis.
Adrenal, Pituitary, and Other Significant Endocrine Disorders.
Acute Liver Failure/Disease, Including Neonatal Hepatitis.
Intestinal Obstruction.
Necrotizing Fasciitis.
Bone/Joint/Muscle Infections/Necrosis.
Osteogenesis Imperfecta and Other Osteodystrophies.
Cleft Lip/Cleft Palate.
Hemophilia.
Disorders of the Immune Mechanism.
Coagulation Defects and Other Specified Hematological Disorders.
Prader-Willi, Patau, Edwards, and Autosomal Deletion Syndromes.
Traumatic Complete Lesion Dorsal Spinal Cord.
Paraplegia.
Spinal Cord Disorders/Injuries.
Cerebral Palsy, Except Quadriplegic.
Muscular Dystrophy.
Parkinson’s, Huntington’s, and Spinocerebellar Disease, and Other Neurodegenerative Disorders.
Hydrocephalus.
Unstable Angina and Other Acute Ischemic Heart Disease.
Atrial and Ventricular Septal Defects, Patent Ductus Arteriosus, and Other Congenital Heart/
Circulatory Disorders.
Specified Heart Arrhythmias.
Cerebral Aneurysm and Arteriovenous Malformation.
Hemiplegia/Hemiparesis.
Cystic Fibrosis.
Fibrosis of Lung and Other Lung Disorders.
Pathological Fractures, Except of Vertebrae, Hip, or Humerus.
Viral or Unspecified Meningitis.
Thyroid, Melanoma, Neurofibromatosis, and Other Cancers and Tumors.
Diabetes with Acute Complications.
Diabetes with Chronic Complications.
Diabetes without Complication.
Protein-Calorie Malnutrition.
Congenital Metabolic Disorders, Not Elsewhere Classified.
Amyloidosis, Porphyria, and Other Metabolic Disorders.
Cirrhosis of Liver.
Chronic Pancreatitis.
Inflammatory Bowel Disease.
Rheumatoid Arthritis and Specified Autoimmune Disorders.
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus and Other Autoimmune Disorders.
Congenital/Developmental Skeletal and Connective Tissue Disorders.
Acquired Hemolytic Anemia, Including Hemolytic Disease of Newborn.
Sickle Cell Anemia (Hb–SS).
Drug Psychosis.
Drug Dependence.
Down Syndrome, Fragile X, Other Chromosomal Anomalies, and Congenital Malformation
Syndromes.
Spina Bifida and Other Brain/Spinal/Nervous System Congenital Anomalies.
Seizure Disorders and Convulsions.
Monoplegia, Other Paralytic Syndromes.
Atherosclerosis of the Extremities with Ulceration or Gangrene.
Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease, Including Bronchiectasis.
Chronic Ulcer of Skin, Except Pressure.
Chronic Hepatitis.
Acute Pancreatitis/Other Pancreatic Disorders and Intestinal Malabsorption.
Thalassemia Major.
Autistic Disorder.
Pervasive Developmental Disorders, Except Autistic Disorder.
Multiple Sclerosis.
Asthma.
Chronic Kidney Disease, Severe (Stage 4).
Amputation Status, Lower Limb/Amputation Complications.
No Severity HCCs.
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
d. Cost-Sharing Reductions Adjustments
(§ 153.320)
We proposed to continue including an
adjustment for the receipt of costsharing reductions in the model to
account for increased plan liability due
to increased utilization of health care
services by enrollees receiving costsharing reductions (induced demand) in
all States where HHS operates risk
adjustment. The proposed cost-sharing
reductions adjustment factors for the
2019 benefit year were unchanged from
those finalized in the 2018 Payment
Notice. These adjustments would be
effective for 2016, 2017, 2018, and 2019
risk adjustment, and would be
multiplied against the sum of the
demographic, diagnosis, and interaction
factors, and enrollment and prescription
drug utilization factors (for the adult
models). We are finalizing the costsharing reductions adjustment factors as
proposed. See Table 8 for the list of final
cost-sharing reductions adjustments for
the 2019 benefit year.
Comment: Commenters supported our
proposal to use the same cost-sharing
reductions adjustment induced demand
factors as prior years, noting that the use
of these factors would promote stability
and certainty in the markets, and
supported making updates in 2020 to
the induced demand factors based on
EDGE enrollee-level data. One
commenter requested that HHS
maintain the induced demand factors of
1.12 for wrap-around, premium
assistance plans for Massachusetts, as
established in the 2014 Payment Notice
16953
and used by Massachusetts for the 2014,
2015 and 2016 benefit years.
Response: We are finalizing the costsharing reductions adjustment induced
demand factors as proposed. We
anticipate proposing adjustments to the
cost-sharing reductions adjustment
induced demand factors in the annual
HHS notice of benefit and payment
parameters for the 2020 benefit year
based on enrollee-level EDGE data.
Consistent with the approach outlined
in the final 2017 Payment Notice, we
will continue to use cost-sharing
reductions adjustment factors of 1.12 for
all Massachusetts wrap-around plans in
the risk adjustment transfers
calculation, as all of Massachusetts’
cost-sharing plan variations have
actuarial values above 94 percent.
TABLE 8—COST-SHARING REDUCTIONS ADJUSTMENT
Household income
Induced
utilization
factor
Plan AV
Silver Plan Variant Recipients
100–150% of FPL .......................................................................
150–200% of FPL .......................................................................
200–250% of FPL .......................................................................
>250% of FPL .............................................................................
Plan Variation 94%
Plan Variation 87%
Plan Variation 73%
Standard Plan 70%
....................................................................
....................................................................
....................................................................
....................................................................
1.12
1.12
1.00
1.00
Zero Cost-Sharing Recipients
<300%
<300%
<300%
<300%
of
of
of
of
FPL
FPL
FPL
FPL
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
Platinum (90%) ..........................................................................
Gold (80%) .................................................................................
Silver (70%) ...............................................................................
Bronze (60%) .............................................................................
1.00
1.07
1.12
1.15
Limited Cost-Sharing Recipients
>300%
>300%
>300%
>300%
of
of
of
of
FPL
FPL
FPL
FPL
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
Platinum (90%) ..........................................................................
Gold (80%) .................................................................................
Silver (70%) ...............................................................................
Bronze (60%) .............................................................................
To evaluate model performance, we
examined each model’s R-squared
statistic and predictive ratios. The Rsquared statistic, which calculates the
percentage of individual variation
explained by a model, measures the
predictive accuracy of the model
overall. The predictive ratios measure
the predictive accuracy of a model for
different validation groups or
subpopulations. The predictive ratio for
each of the HHS risk adjustment models
is the ratio of the weighted mean
predicted plan liability for the model
sample population to the weighted
mean actual plan liability for the model
sample population. The predictive ratio
represents how well the model does on
average at predicting plan liability for
that subpopulation. A subpopulation
that is predicted perfectly would have a
predictive ratio of 1.0. For each of the
HHS risk adjustment models, the R-
17 Winkleman, Ross and Syed Mehmud. ‘‘A
Comparative Analysis of Claims-Based Tools for
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
squared statistic and the predictive
ratios are in the range of published
estimates for concurrent risk adjustment
models.17 Because we are blending the
coefficients from separately solved
models based on 2014 and 2015
MarketScan® data and 2016 enrolleelevel EDGE data, we are publishing the
R-squared statistic for each model and
benefit year separately to verify their
statistical validity. The R-squared
statistic for each model is shown in
Table 9.
Health Risk Assessment.’’ Society of Actuaries.
April 2007.
e. Model Performance Statistics
(§ 153.320)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1.00
1.07
1.12
1.15
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
16954
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 9—R-SQUARED STATISTIC FOR FINAL HHS RISK ADJUSTMENT MODELS
R-squared statistic
Risk adjustment model
2014
MarketScan®
Platinum Adult ..............................................................................................................................
Platinum Child ..............................................................................................................................
Platinum Infant .............................................................................................................................
Gold Adult ....................................................................................................................................
Gold Child ....................................................................................................................................
Gold Infant ...................................................................................................................................
Silver Adult ...................................................................................................................................
Silver Child ...................................................................................................................................
Silver Infant ..................................................................................................................................
Bronze Adult ................................................................................................................................
Bronze Child ................................................................................................................................
Bronze Infant ...............................................................................................................................
Catastrophic Adult .......................................................................................................................
Catastrophic Child .......................................................................................................................
Catastrophic Infant .......................................................................................................................
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
f. Overview of the Payment Transfer
Formula (§ 153.320)
i. Accounting for High-Cost Risk Pool in
the Transfer Formula
We previously defined the calculation
of plan average actuarial risk and the
calculation of payments and charges in
the Premium Stabilization Rule. In the
2014 Payment Notice, we combined
those concepts into a risk adjustment
payment transfer formula. Risk
adjustment transfers (total payments
and charges including high-cost risk
pool payments and charges) will be
calculated after issuers have completed
risk adjustment data reporting. The
payment transfer formula includes a set
of cost adjustment terms that require
transfers to be calculated at the
geographic rating area level for each
plan (that is, HHS will calculate
separate transfer amounts for each rating
area in which a plan operates).
The risk adjustment transfer formula
generally calculates the difference
between the revenues required by a
plan, based on the health risk of the
plan’s enrollees, and the revenues that
a plan can generate for those enrollees.
These differences are compared across
plans in the State market risk pool and
converted to a dollar amount based on
the Statewide average premium. Thus,
each plan in the risk pool receives a risk
adjustment payment or charge designed
to compensate for risk for a plan with
average efficiency. Scaling the risk
adjustment transfers by the Statewide
average premium, as opposed to, for
example, the plan’s own premium,
minimizes issuers’ ability to manipulate
their transfers by adjusting their own
plan premiums, and results in a
calculation of equal payments and
charges, ensuring that risk adjustment
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
transfers for the entire market sum to
zero.
In the absence of additional funding,
we established, through notice and
comment rulemaking,18 risk adjustment
as a budget neutral program in order to
provide certainty to issuers regarding
risk adjustment payments and allow
them to set rates based on those
expectations. Adopting an approach that
would not result in balanced payments
and charges would create considerable
uncertainty for issuers regarding the
proportion of risk adjustment payments
they could expect to receive from the
Federal government. Additionally, in
establishing the HHS-operated risk
adjustment program, HHS could not
have relied on the potential availability
of general appropriation funds without
creating uncertainty for issuers in the
amount of risk adjustment payments
they could expect, or reducing funding
available for other programs. Relying on
each year’s budget would have required
HHS to delay setting the parameters for
any risk adjustment payment proration
rates well after the plans were in effect
for the applicable benefit year. HHS also
would not have been able to rely on any
potential State budget appropriations for
States that elected to operate a Statebased risk adjustment program as such
funds would not have been available for
purposes of administering the HHSoperated risk adjustment program.
Without the adoption of a budget
neutral framework, HHS would have
18 See, for example, Standards Related to
Reinsurance, Risk Corridors and Risk Adjustment.
Proposed Rule, 76 FR 41938 (July 15, 2011);
Standards Related to Reinsurance, Risk Corridors
and Risk Adjustment. Final Rule, 77 FR 17232
(March 23, 2012); and HHS Notice of Benefit and
Payment Parameters for 2014. Final Rule, 78 FR
15441 (March 11, 2013).
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
0.4221
0.293
0.3284
0.4179
0.2883
0.3264
0.4143
0.2841
0.325
0.4117
0.2805
0.3247
0.4115
0.2803
0.3247
2015
MarketScan®
0.4212
0.3314
0.3329
0.4164
0.3269
0.3309
0.4123
0.3227
0.3295
0.4095
0.3188
0.3292
0.4094
0.3186
0.3292
2016
Enroll-level
EDGE
0.4283
0.3099
0.3239
0.4228
0.3053
0.3201
0.4181
0.3013
0.317
0.4152
0.2978
0.3154
0.4145
0.2971
0.3151
needed to assess a charge, or otherwise
collect additional funds, or prorate
payments based on the charges collected
to balance the risk adjustment transfers.
This uncertainty would conflict with
the overall goals of the risk adjustment
program: to stabilize premiums and
reduce incentives for issuers to avoid
enrolling individuals with higher than
average actuarial risk.
The State payment transfer formula in
the HHS risk adjustment methodology is
designed to provide a per member per
month (PMPM) transfer amount. The
PMPM transfer amount derived from the
State payment transfer formula would
be multiplied by each plan’s total
billable member months for the benefit
year to determine the total payment due
to or charge owed by the issuer for that
plan in a rating area. The total payment
or charge is thus calculated to balance
the State market risk pool in question.
In addition to the total charge or
payment assessed for an issuer in a State
market risk pool based on plan liability
risk scores, in the 2018 Payment Notice,
we added to the risk adjustment
methodology additional transfers that
would reflect the payments and charges
assessed with respect to the high-cost
risk pool. To account for costs
associated with exceptionally high-risk
enrollees, we added transfer terms (a
payment term and a charge term) that
would be calculated separately from the
State transfer formula in the HHS risk
adjustment methodology. Beginning for
the 2018 benefit year, we added one
term that reflects 60 percent of costs
above $1 million (HRPi, in the total plan
transfer calculation described below),
and another term that reflects a percent
of premium adjustment to fund the
high-cost risk pool and maintain the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
balance of payment and charges within
the risk adjustment program. The
percent of premium adjustment factor
applied to a plan’s total premium
amounts results in the same adjustment
as a percent of PMPM premium
adjustment factor applied to a plan’s
PMPM premium amount and multiplied
by the plan’s number of billable member
months. For this calculation, we will
use a percent of premium adjustment
factor that is applied to each plan’s total
premium amounts, rather than the
percent of PMPM premium adjustment
factor described in 2018 Payment Notice
and the proposed rule, for simplicity;
and, as detailed above, we note that the
mathematical outcome is the same. The
percent of premium adjustment factor
(HRPCm) is determined based on the
sum of payments for the high-cost risk
pool enrollees divided by the sum of
premiums in the respective high-cost
risk pool market (m), nationally—one
for the individual market, including
catastrophic, non-catastrophic and
merged market plans, and another for
the small group market. The percent of
premium adjustment factor is
multiplied by the plan’s total premium
(HRPCm · Pi).
For the 2019 benefit year, we are
finalizing the proposed policy to
maintain this adjustment to the risk
adjustment transfers with the threshold
of $1 million and a coinsurance rate of
60 percent, as finalized for the 2018
benefit year.
Comment: In addition to the
comments discussed above, one
commenter requested that the high-cost
risk pool adjustment factors be included
in the risk adjustment formula.
Response: We have included a
calculation for the total plan transfer
amount below to illustrate the inclusion
of the high-cost risk pool adjustment
terms in the HHS risk adjustment
methodology. As noted above, these
terms will be applied within the highcost risk pool markets nationally—one
for the individual market, including
catastrophic, non-catastrophic and
merged market plans, and another for
the small group market. We are
finalizing the high-cost risk pool
adjustment parameters for the 2019
benefit year as proposed.
ii. Administrative Cost Reduction to
Statewide Average Premium
Additionally, we proposed to
continue the policy finalized in the
2018 Payment Notice to reduce the
Statewide average premium, the cost
scaling factor in the risk adjustment
transfer formula, by 14 percent to
account for the proportion of
administrative costs that do not vary
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
with claims for the 2019 benefit year
and future benefit years until changed
in rulemaking. As a note, we have
previously defined the cost scaling
factor, or the Statewide average
premium term, as the sum of average
premium per member month of plan (Pi)
multiplied by plan i’s share of Statewide
enrollment in the market in the risk
pool (si). For the 2019 benefit year, the
Statewide average premium, which will
also be used for the transfer calculation
for the 2018 benefit year, will be
adjusted to remove a portion of the
administrative costs as follows:
¯
PS = (Si(si · Pi)) * 0.86
Where:
si = plan i’s share of Statewide enrollment in
the market in the risk pool;
Pi = average premium per member month of
plan i.
We are finalizing the policy to reduce
the Statewide average premium in the
risk adjustment formula by 14 percent,
as proposed, for the 2019 benefit year
and future benefit years until changed
in rulemaking.
Comment: Most commenters
supported our proposal to continue to
remove a portion of the administrative
costs from the Statewide average
premium factor of the risk adjustment
transfer formula. Other commenters
requested HHS publish the methodology
used to create the 14 percent reduction
from the MLR data. One commenter
suggested HHS increase the reduction to
16 percent and another commenter
requested HHS set the 14 percent
reduction as the floor. Another
commenter suggested HHS should set
the factor closer to the market average
of administrative costs, or allow the
level to vary with issuers’ claims
experience.
Response: As we noted in the 2018
Payment Notice, we analyzed
administrative and other non-claims
expenses, including quality
improvement expenses, taxes and fees,
and non-claims costs, in the MLR
Annual Reporting Form, and estimated,
by category, the extent to which the
expenses varied with claims. We
compared those expenses to the total
costs that issuers finance through
premiums, including claims,
administrative expenses, and taxes,
netting out claims costs financed
through cost-sharing reductions
payments. We compared these expenses
to total costs, rather than directly to
premiums, to ensure that the estimated
administrative cost percentage was not
distorted by under- or over-pricing
during the years for which MLR data are
available. Using this methodology, we
determined that the mean
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16955
administrative cost percentage that does
not vary with claims is 14 percent. We
continue to believe that this percentage
represents the mean administrative cost
percentage that does not vary with
claims in the individual and small
group markets, and represents a
reasonable percentage of administrative
costs on which risk adjustment transfers
should not be calculated. Based on this
analysis, we are finalizing the policy as
proposed to reduce the Statewide
average premium factor of the risk
adjustment formula by 14 percent.
Allowing the factor to vary with claims
experience could lead to gaming and
risk selection, as issuers with lower risk
would receive lower charges if their
administrative costs are relatively
higher. Therefore, we will continue to
reduce the Statewide average premium
factor of the risk adjustment formula by
the same percentage for all issuers.
iii. State Flexibility
The HHS risk adjustment payment
transfer formula generally transfers
amounts from issuers with lower than
average actuarial risk to those with
higher than average actuarial risk. Risk
adjustment is widely used in health
insurance markets, and is recognized as
a critical measure in mitigating the
effects of adverse selection, ensuring
financial viability of plans that enroll a
higher proportion of high-risk enrollees,
and fostering competitive health
insurance markets. The State transfer
formula in the HHS-operated risk
adjustment program is scaled with the
Statewide average premium in the
applicable State market. In the 2018
Payment Notice, we noted that
compared to other scaling factors, such
as plans’ own premiums, our analyses
found that the Statewide average
premium proves to be a more
appropriate means of scaling the
transfers for differences in relative
actuarial risk, particularly in the context
of a budget-neutral system. As noted in
the above section, beginning with the
2018 benefit year, we also adopted an
administrative cost adjustment to the
Statewide average premium to remove a
portion of administrative costs that did
not vary based on claims differences
from the Statewide average premium
and base the transfers on the portion of
the premiums that vary with claims.19
We continue to believe the Statewide
average premium, as adjusted, is a
reasonable metric to measure the costs
of adverse selection. Based on our
experience operating the risk
19 81 FR 94099, 94100. (December 22, 2016).
Available at https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR2016-12-22/pdf/2016-30433.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16956
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
adjustment program, HHS has become
aware that certain issuers, including
some new, rapidly growing, or smaller
issuers, owed substantial risk
adjustment charges that they did not
anticipate. HHS has had a number of
discussions with issuers and State
regulators on ways to encourage new
participation in the health insurance
markets and mitigate the effects of
substantial risk adjustment charge
amounts. We believe that a robust risk
adjustment program that addresses
concerns of risk selection is critical to
the proper functioning of health
insurance markets. However, we
recognize that States are the primary
regulators of their insurance markets. In
the May 2016 Interim Final Rule,20 HHS
recognized some State regulators’ belief
that reducing the magnitude of risk
adjustment charge amounts could be
beneficial to the insurance markets in
their States. For some States, an
adjustment to risk adjustment transfers
calculated under the HHS-operated risk
adjustment program might more
precisely account for cost differences
attributable to adverse selection in the
respective State market risk pools. We
encouraged States to examine whether
any local approaches under State legal
authority are warranted to help ease the
transition for new entrants to the health
insurance markets and mitigate the
effects of large risk adjustment charge
amounts. In the small group market,
employers select the plans offered to
their employees and often pay a
significant portion of employees’
premiums to encourage enrollment.
Depending on the participation rules
and market dynamics within a
particular State, risk selection can be
significantly less in a State’s small
group market compared to its individual
market. The HHS methodology
calculates relative risk scores between
issuers in a State market, and in the case
of the small group market, the
differences between risk scores for
issuers within State markets are
generally smaller, leading to a smaller
magnitude of risk adjustment transfers
in the small group market as compared
to the individual market. Certain States
have opined that the HHS risk
adjustment methodology, which is
calibrated on a national dataset and
does not take into account the effect of
State-specific laws and rating rules, in
some circumstances may not precisely
account for risk differences for their
particular State. We note that States
have the statutory authority to operate
20 91 FR 29146, 29152. (May 11, 2016). Available
at https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2016-05-11/
pdf/2016-11017.pdf.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
their own State risk adjustment program
under a Federally certified alternate risk
adjustment methodology and are free to
exercise that authority to develop a risk
adjustment program tailored to the
markets in their State. However, we also
believe that allowing certain Statespecific adjustments to the HHS risk
adjustment methodology can account
for the effect of State-specific rules
without the necessity for States to
undertake operation of their own risk
adjustment program.
In the case of small group markets,
where States can demonstrate that the
differential risk profiles observed in the
small group market plans in that State
are attributable to factors other than
systematic risk selection, and adverse
selection risk is mitigated by the small
group market dynamics, such as those
described above, we proposed to permit
States’ primary insurance regulators to
request a percentage reduction in the
calculation of the risk adjustment
transfer amounts in the small group
market in their State, beginning for the
2019 benefit year.
We proposed that HHS would require
any State that seeks this flexibility to
submit its proposal for an adjustment to
the Statewide average premium in the
small group market within 30 calendar
days after publication of the proposed
HHS notice of benefit and payment
parameters for the applicable benefit
year, in order to permit issuers to
incorporate any such adjustment into
their proposed rates. In order to promote
transparency and solicit feedback from
consumers and stakeholders on the
proposed reductions to the HHS risk
adjustment transfer formula, we
proposed HHS would publish the
requested State reduction percentages
for public comment in guidance while
it begins its initial review of the State
requests. We proposed that HHS would
then make final determinations on State
requests by March 1 of the benefit year
prior to the applicable benefit year, in
time for issuers’ initial rate setting
deadline. The proposed timing of the
State adjustment request, publication of
HHS guidance setting forth the
requested State reduction percentages,
public notice and comment period and
HHS approval process would permit
plans to incorporate approved
adjustments in their rates for the
applicable benefit year.
Under the proposal, HHS would
consider requests from State regulators
to reduce the calculation of the
Statewide average premium used in the
HHS risk adjustment transfer formula in
the small group market by up to 50
percent for the applicable benefit year.
We sought comment on all aspects of
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
this proposal for the small group
market, including the size of the
reduction, the timing of the request
submission, what evidence States
should be required to provide, and what
procedural requirements should be
established.
We also sought comment on whether
we should establish a similar process
through which States could request a
reduction to the calculation of risk
adjustment transfers in the individual
market. Although adverse selection in
the individual market is not mitigated
by group enrollment or minimum
participation requirements as is the
selection in the small group market, we
recognized that a State may believe the
HHS risk adjustment methodology,
which is calibrated on a national
dataset, may not precisely account for
relative actuarial risk differences in its
individual market risk pool. We sought
comment on whether, if a State can
demonstrate such a difference in
calculated relative actuarial risk, we
should reduce States’ administrative
burden in operating its own risk
adjustment program by allowing some
flexibility in the HHS risk adjustment
methodology to the extent permissible
under the statute. Therefore, we sought
comment on what individual market
features would justify such a reduction,
and what additional submissions a State
should provide in order to justify such
a departure for that market.
We recognize that it is possible the
HHS risk adjustment methodology,
which is calibrated on a national dataset
and does not take into account Statespecific rules or market dynamics, may
not precisely account for relative
actuarial risk differences in certain
States’ individual, small group or
merged markets, and those Statespecific rules or other relevant factors
could support a reduction to transfers in
that State’s individual, small group or
merged market. To accommodate
situations where there may be such
differences in State factors compared to
the national norm, HHS is finalizing the
policy to provide States the flexibility to
request a reduction to the otherwise
applicable risk adjustment transfers in
the individual, small group or merged
market by up to 50 percent with some
modifications, outlined below, in
response to comments. In States that
request a reduction to transfers, the
reduction percentage up to 50 percent,
if approved by HHS, would be applied
to the plan PMPM payment or charge
transfer amount (Ti in the State transfer
formula below), beginning with the
2020 benefit year. We are amending
§ 153.320 to add a new paragraph (d) to
capture this State flexibility to request
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
reduction to transfers in the individual,
small group or merged market. States
requesting such reductions must submit
evidence and analysis to HHS
identifying the State-specific rules or
market dynamics that warrant an
adjustment and demonstrating the
actuarial risk differences in plans in the
applicable State market are attributable
to factors other than systematic risk
selection, as well as substantiating the
amount of the transfer reduction
requested. For example, a State could
submit evidence and analysis detailing
the effect of a State rating rule that
might lead to a portion of the State
average premium that does not precisely
reflect the cost of relative differences in
actuarial risk in the individual, small
group or merged market. The State
request must specify in detail the Statespecific rules or market dynamics that
warrant an adjustment to the HHS risk
adjustment methodology to more
precisely account for the expected cost
of relative risk differences in the State’s
individual, small group or merged
market. Additionally, the State must
submit evidence and analysis justifying
the reduction percentage requested. To
justify the amount of the transfer
reduction requested, the State’s
evidence and analysis must explain how
the requested transfer adjustment was
determined by outlining the set of Statespecific factors and the percentage
reduction warranted to account for
those factors in the State’s market; or
alternatively, it must demonstrate the
requested reduction in risk adjustment
payments would be so small for issuers
who would receive risk adjustment
payments, that the reduction would
have a de minimis effect on the
necessary premium increase to cover the
affected issuer’s or issuers’ reduced
payments. In the latter case, a State
must demonstrate that the reduced risk
adjustment payments would result in
less than a 1 percent increase in the
affected issuer’s or issuers’ premiums.
We are adding paragraph (d)(1) to
§ 153.320 to specify the submission
requirements for the State requests, as
outlined above. We are also adding
paragraph (d)(4) to specify that HHS
will approve the State requests if, based
on a review of the information
submitted as part of the State request,
along with other relevant factors,
including the premium impact of the
transfer reduction for the State market,
and relevant public comments, HHS
determines that the State-specific factors
warrant an adjustment and the State
request includes support justifying the
percentage reduction requested or
includes information demonstrating that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
the reduction to transfers would have a
de minimis impact as described above.
As reflected in paragraph (d)(4)(ii) to
§ 153.320, HHS may approve a
reduction amount lower than that
requested by the State if the supporting
evidence and analysis do not fully
support the percentage reduction
requested. In response to commenters’
concerns about market impacts on
issuers with higher than average
actuarial risk, HHS will assess other
relevant factors, including the premium
impact of the transfer reduction for the
State market.
The approved reductions will be
made on the calculated risk adjustment
transfer amounts, rather than the
Statewide average premium as
proposed, prior to the application of the
high-cost risk pool adjustments (highcost risk pool payment and charge
amounts). Applying the reduction is
simply a mathematical operation and
applying it on the otherwise calculated
transfer amounts will result in the same
final transfer amount mathematically as
if the reduction was applied to the
Statewide average premium, but will
simplify the process for submission,
review and calculation of the reductions
to transfers.
We are finalizing modified timelines
and adding paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3)
at § 153.320 to capture the timeframe for
submission and publication of State
requests to reduce transfers in the
individual, small group and merged
markets in response to comments. We
are not finalizing this proposed policy
for the 2019 benefit year, in order to
accommodate the evidence and analysis
required and to provide more time for
the development and review of such
requests. Additionally, we believe the
requests should be published in the
relevant benefit year’s proposed HHS
notice of benefit and payment
parameters to seek comment from
relevant stakeholders. As such,
consistent with paragraph (d)(2),
beginning with 2020 and future benefit
years, States must submit requests with
the supporting evidence and analysis by
August 1st, 2 calendar years prior to the
beginning of the applicable benefit year
(for example, August 1, 2018, for the
2020 benefit year) to
RARIpaymentoperations@cms.hhs.gov
with the subject ‘‘[Insert applicable
benefit year] State request to reduce risk
adjustment transfers.’’ This modified
timeline responds to comment received
and provides States the opportunity to
review the most recent year of risk
adjustment transfers data in determining
the requested percentage reduction to
transfers and when submitting the
supporting evidence. As outlined in
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16957
paragraph (d)(3), we will publish the
2020 and future benefit year requests in
the respective benefit year’s proposed
HHS notice of benefit and payment
parameters and make the supporting
evidence available to the public in order
to seek public comment, and will
publish any approved State reduction
requests or denied State reduction
requests in the respective benefit year’s
final HHS notice of benefit and payment
parameters.
Comment: A few commenters
supported providing States the
flexibility to request transfer reductions
in the individual, small group and
merged markets, noting that the risk
adjustment program has been a barrier
to entry for issuers in certain States.
These commenters stated such a
reduction to transfers could enable
issuer participation in the individual,
small group and merged markets.
Additionally, these commenters noted
the expense of operating a State-based
risk adjustment program limits States
from establishing their own risk
adjustment methodologies. A few State
regulators noted their intent to consider
the reduction and potential impacts for
future benefit years, and requested ‘‘offcycle’’ dialogues with HHS to consider
such reductions.
Several commenters supported the
reduction to transfers only for the small
group market, noting that the adverse
selection in the individual market
requires the risk adjustment program to
ensure competitive and stable markets.
These commenters noted such a
reduction to transfers would be
detrimental to market stability in the
individual market, with one commenter
noting that unexpectedly large charges
were a risk for issuers in the early years
of the program and the markets have
since stabilized. A few commenters
noted that HHS should allow States to
permit reductions in merged markets as
well, while others noted this policy
should not be made available in merged
markets given the impact on individual
market dynamics in the merged market
States. Yet a few commenters suggested
the flexibility be allowed across the
individual, small group and merged
markets. One commenter noted that
such a reduction would be appropriate
in the individual market as well to
reduce carrier-specific transfers to
adjust for administrative costs, limit
distortions due to how many family
members are counted toward premiums,
or prevent perverse incentives to avoid
care management or network variations
that lower costs.
Other commenters did not support a
reduction to the risk adjustment
transfers, stating the reduction to
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16958
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
transfers would undermine affordability
of plans with sicker patients.
Commenters were also concerned that
providing such reductions would
encourage risk selection behavior by
issuers, encourage risk segmentation in
the markets, reduce effectiveness of the
risk adjustment program, lead to higher
premiums for small employers and
consumers where issuers with higher
than average risk are not adequately
compensated for their risk, reduce
choices for consumers even further, and
destabilize the markets. Commenters
stated the importance of the risk
adjustment program in promoting
competition in the individual, small
group, and merged markets by
mitigating the issuers’ risk of adverse
selection. Commenters noted that the
risk adjustment methodology already
adjusts for a multitude of State- and
rating area-specific factors as the
methodology calculates risk scores at
the individual level, and transfers at the
rating area level. A few commenters also
noted that maintaining risk adjustment
as is would become increasingly
important, especially if HHS were to
move forward with the EHB flexibilities
discussed elsewhere in this rule, as
issuers could enroll differential risk
enrollees based on the EHBs offered.
Commenters noted that if HHS finalizes
the policy to permit requests for
adjustments in the small group market,
issuers would no longer have an
incentive to enroll all types of
employers and could target healthier
employers in certain sized employers
through marketing and other strategies.
Additionally, commenters noted that if
relative risk for health conditions in an
individual State is substantially
different than the national average, it is
not clear that a reduction of 50 percent
to risk adjustment transfers would be
appropriate, and the State ought to
consider developing its own risk
adjustment model to address significant
deviations in the State’s risk profiles
that deviate from the national average or
use the section 1332 of PPACA waiver
process to implement a reinsurance type
program. Commenters agreed with HHS
that the smaller magnitude of transfers
in the small group market than in the
individual market indicates the lower
adverse selection risk in the small group
market, but stated that the HHS risk
adjustment program is properly
calibrated for this lower risk of adverse
selection in the small group market.
Commenters noted that while employer
contributions, employer choice of
benefit plans, and participation rules
mitigate selection in the small group
market, the risk adjustment
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
methodology appropriately accounts for
these market differences because the
lower adverse selection is reflected in
the lower risk score differential.
Commenters noted that Oliver Wyman,
American Academy of Actuaries, and
HHS’s studies have all shown the risk
adjustment program is working as
intended in mitigating adverse
selection. A few commenters also noted
a study by Oliver Wyman 21 that
suggested reducing transfers by up to 50
percent may make the risk adjustment
program less effective in compensating
plans with higher than average risk and
would therefore increase issuers’ risk
selection incentives. Additionally, one
commenter noted that the significant
adjustments to the risk adjustment
program being implemented for the
2017 and 2018 benefit years should be
evaluated prior to making any
additional changes.
Response: In certain State individual,
small group or merged markets, it is
possible that the HHS risk adjustment
methodology, which is calibrated on a
national dataset, may not reflect Statespecific factors that could result in
relative risk differences in the State’s
market(s) compared to the national
norm. Such unique State rules or other
relevant factors could support a
reduction to the otherwise applicable
risk adjustment transfers to more
precisely account for the differences in
relative actuarial risk in the State’s
individual, small group or merged
market. We agree with commenters that,
in such instances, allowing certain
State-specific adjustments to the
otherwise applicable transfers can tailor
the HHS-operated risk adjustment
program to the particularities of a State’s
individual, small group or merged
market without requiring the State to
undertake operation of its own risk
adjustment program or pursue a section
1332 waiver to implement a reinsurance
program. In those circumstances, in
which States can provide evidence and
analysis showing the State-specific rules
or market dynamics that warrant an
adjustment to the HHS risk adjustment
methodology to more precisely account
for the relative risk differences in the
State’s market, HHS will consider
requests to reduce transfers beginning
with the 2020 benefit year. We agree
with commenters that the small group
market features, such as employers’
selection of plans, and minimum
participation and contribution rules,
that lead to lower risk of adverse
selection compared to the individual
market are addressed in the current
21 Available at https://health.oliverwyman.com/
transform-care/2017/11/risk_adjustment.html.
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
HHS risk adjustment methodology.
Therefore, a State requesting a reduction
of up to 50 percent of transfers in its
small group market must provide
supporting evidence and analysis
outlining the State-specific factors that
warrant an adjustment to the HHS risk
adjustment methodology to more
precisely account for relative risk
differences in that State market
compared to the national norm, rather
than demonstrating the factors that are
addressed in the current methodology.
States must also justify the amount
requested by outlining how the
percentage reduction would more
precisely account for risk differences in
the State’s individual, small group or
merged market or by demonstrating that
the reduction in risk adjustment
payments would have a de minimis
effect on the necessary premium
increase to cover the affected issuer or
issuers’ reduced payments. HHS will
not approve State requests for reduction
to transfers based on factors in the
State’s individual, small group or
merged market that are addressed by the
current HHS risk adjustment
methodology.
We appreciate commenters’ concerns
about extending the flexibility to the
individual or merged markets. We
believe that those enrolled in the
individual or merged markets typically
have higher actuarial risk, risk selection,
and risk segmentation in plan selection
than those enrolled in the small group
market, and risk adjustment transfers
are particularly required in these
markets to mitigate issuers’ risk of
adverse selection and incentives to
avoid risk. However, we recognize that,
just as with certain States’ small group
markets, it is possible that certain
factors unique to the States’ individual
or merged market, such as State rating
requirements, could support a reduction
to transfers in that State market, and
therefore are finalizing the State
flexibility to request reduction to
otherwise applicable risk adjustment
transfers in the individual and merged
markets as well. We note that
guaranteed availability, guaranteed
renewability, as well as the nondiscrimination provisions at
§§ 147.104(e), 147.110 and 156.125(a),
provide protections against potential
employment of marketing practices or
benefit designs that have the effect of
avoiding less healthy employer groups,
discriminating based on health
conditions, or otherwise discouraging
enrollment of individuals with
significant health needs. Finally,
allowing for the State flexibility for the
2020 benefit year, will allow us to assess
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
the impact of the changes made to the
risk adjustment program beginning for
the 2017 and 2018 benefit years, and we
intend to monitor the impact of the
changes to the risk adjustment program.
States will also have the opportunity to
assess the effects of the risk adjustment
model changes implemented for the
2017 benefit year prior to submitting
any State requests to reduce transfers for
the 2020 benefit year.
Comment: A few commenters noted
the extent of the reduction seemed
arbitrary or too high, and requested HHS
explain how it chose the 50 percent
adjustment threshold. Commenters also
suggested that HHS should finalize a
smaller percentage reduction if it
finalizes the proposal. One commenter
stated that it is equally likely that a
State needs to increase the risk
adjustment transfers and HHS ought to
allow for this type of a request as well.
Response: We are clarifying that the
adjustment applicable to a State
individual, small group or merged
market would not necessarily be 50
percent, but would be the amount, up to
50 percent, justified by the State
request. HHS reviewed transfers, the
potential impact of such a reduction on
market premiums and the proportion of
the transfers as a percent of issuers’
payments when considering the
appropriate threshold. We believe that
an adjustment of up to 50 percent,
justified by State-specific factors,
represents a reasonable balance between
adjustment for actuarial risk based on a
national methodology and recognition
of unique State-specific factors that
suggest that actuarial risk difference is
not precisely accounted for by the
national methodology. In instances
where a State believes that an increase
to risk adjustment transfers would be
appropriate, State regulators under their
own State authority could take actions
outside of this flexibility to ease the
transition for new entrants and/or
mitigate the effects of large risk
adjustment transfers. States can also
elect to establish and operate the
PPACA risk adjustment program.
Additionally, we do not believe that an
increase to the transfers could be
deemed necessary as the current
methodology would be sufficient to
calculate the transfers necessary to
compensate for the relative actuarial
risk differences scaled to the average
cost for the State market.
Comment: Some commenters noted
that States should be required to submit
an actuarially certified report
demonstrating the extent to which the
transfers overstate differentials in
uncompensated predicted risk, the
method of estimating the requested
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
adjustment factor, an attestation that the
percent reduction requested results in a
risk adjustment methodology that
complies with Actuarial Standard of
Practice (ASOP) 12, Risk Classification,
and an assessment of adverse selection
effects that may result from the
implementation of the payment transfer
reduction. A few commenters also
suggested HHS require States to provide
evidence that issuers with large charges
in the risk adjustment program did not
have issues related to coding,
operational data submission, incorrect
rate setting, or suboptimal provider
contracting and medical expenses that
contributed to their risk adjustment
results rather than differences in the
State risk pool compared to the national
average.
Response: We agree with commenters
that States should be required to submit
evidence and analysis supporting the
requests for reductions to transfers in
the individual, small group or merged
market, and therefore, are requiring that
States requesting a reduction in risk
adjustment transfers submit supporting
evidence and analysis to HHS. We are
requiring States to submit supporting
evidence and analysis demonstrating
the State-specific rules or relevant
factors that warrant an adjustment to
more precisely account for risk
differences in the State’s individual,
small group or merged market.
Additionally, we are requiring the States
to justify the percentage reduction
requested based on supporting evidence
and analysis that demonstrate how the
adjustment would accommodate the
State-specific factors and more precisely
account for risk differences in the
State’s individual, small group or
merged market or how the reduction
would have a de minimis effect on the
percent of premium increase necessary
to cover the reduced payments to the
affected issuers. We considered but are
not requiring States to submit
actuarially certified reports, an
attestation, or simulation of the
potential effects of the requested
reduction as part of their requests. We
determined that to ensure issuers are
adequately compensated for the
actuarial risk of their enrollees and do
not have incentives to avoid higher risk
enrollees, the State regulators need to
submit evidence and analysis
demonstrating the State-specific factors
that warrant an adjustment to more
precisely account for the differences in
actuarial risk in the State’s market, and
justifying the percent reduction
requested based on the State factors or
a de minimis effect. Additionally, HHS
will publish the requests in the
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16959
proposed rulemaking for the respective
benefit year and make the supporting
evidence publicly available for
comment, and consider the relevant
comments in its review. We note that
the data integrity issues flagged by
commenters are assessed during the
EDGE server data quality and quantity
assessments, as well as through the risk
adjustment data validation program.
Comment: Commenters generally
requested additional time for States to
submit requests. Commenters noted that
if HHS were to move forward with this
proposal, the agency should consider
implementing the policy in 2020, as this
policy will affect small group policies
that are offered starting on and after
January 1, 2018, as small group plans
are not offered on a calendar year basis,
and quarterly rate filings, which would
already be in effect, would adversely
affect these plans. One commenter
suggested HHS set the State request
deadline at 30 days after the June 30,
2018 risk adjustment summary report or
request State submissions for the 2020
benefit year before August 2018. Other
commenters suggested HHS allow States
to provide the requests and any
supporting material 60 days or 75 days
from the publication of the proposed
rule. Most commenters agreed that HHS
should provide an opportunity for
comment for the issuers and other
stakeholders in the States that make
such requests before approving or
denying the reduction. One commenter
also noted States require additional time
to develop their respective requests and
issuers require additional time to
communicate their position with State
regulators than that allowed by the
timing in the proposed rule.
Response: We appreciate commenters’
suggestions regarding timing, and are
finalizing modified timelines for States
to request a reduction to the risk
adjustment transfers in response to
these comments. As discussed above,
States will be permitted to request these
adjustments to transfers beginning for
the 2020 benefit year. We agree with
commenters that small group market
issuers may have already begun policies
that would be affected by a reduction to
transfers for the 2019 benefit year, and
issuers may need additional time to
incorporate changes and reflect any
reduction to transfers in their rates.
Additionally, for the individual, small
group and merged markets, we also
considered the amount of time State
regulators would require to assemble the
supporting evidence and analysis to
justify their requests and to consider the
annual HHS June 30th risk adjustment
transfers calculation results in
determining the State reduction request.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
16960
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
including the delayed application of
this policy until the 2020 benefit year,
are intended to provide States, issuers
and other stakeholders with sufficient
opportunity to develop, submit and
comment on these reduction requests
prior to finalization of the HHS-operated
risk adjustment methodology for the
applicable benefit year.
Comment: A few commenters noted
that New York has already taken action
to reduce transfers under the State’s
authority, and requested clarification
whether other States could continue to
take steps under existing State
authority. One commenter noted that
the New York adjustment could be seen
as permitting States to make
adjustments without HHS approval and
requested clarification that States
making adjustments to the risk
adjustment formula must first obtain
approval from HHS under the risk
adjustment program prior to
implementing any State-specific
adjustments.
Response: As we noted above, States
are the primary regulators of their
insurance markets, and as such, we
encourage States to examine whether
any local approaches under State legal
authority are warranted to help ease the
transition for new participants to the
health insurance markets. States that
take such actions and make adjustments
do not generally need HHS approval as
these States are acting under their own
State authority and using State
resources. However, the flexibility
finalized in this rule involves a
reduction to the risk adjustment
transfers calculated by HHS and will
require HHS review as outlined above.
Where:
¯
PS = Statewide average premium;
PLRSi = plan i’s plan liability risk score;
AVi = plan i’s metal level AV;
ARFi = allowable rating factor;
IDFi = plan i’s induced demand factor;
GCFi = plan i’s geographic cost factor;
si = plan i’s share of State enrollment;
and charges. This resulting PMPM plan
payment or charge is multiplied by the
number of billable member months to
determine the plan payment or charge
based on plan liability risk scores for a
plan’s geographic rating area for the risk
pool market within the State.
Beginning with the 2018 benefit year,
the high-cost risk pool adjustment
amount will be added to the plan
transfers (payment or charge) to account
for: (1) The payment term, representing
the portion of costs above the threshold
reimbursed to the issuer for high-cost
risk pool payments (HRPi), if applicable,
and (2) the charge term, representing a
percent of premium adjustment, which
is the product of the high-cost risk pool
adjustment factor (HRPCm) for the
respective national high-cost risk pool
m (one for the individual market,
including catastrophic, non-catastrophic
and merged market plans, and another
for the small group market), and the
plan’s total premiums (Pi). As we noted
above, the percent of premium
adjustment factor applied to a plan’s
total premium amounts results in the
same adjustment as a percent of PMPM
premium adjustment factor applied to a
plan’s PMPM premium amount and
multiplied by the plan’s number of
billable member months. For this
calculation, we will use a percent of
premium adjustment factor that is
applied to each plan’s total premium
amounts, rather than the percent of
PMPM premium adjustment factor for
simplicity; and reiterate that the
mathematical outcome is the same.
With the high-cost risk pool
adjustment amount, the total plan
transfers would be calculated as the
product of the plan PMPM transfer
amount (Ti) multiplied by the plan’s
billable member months (Mi), plus the
high-cost risk pool adjustments. The
total plan transfer (payment or charge)
amounts under the HHS risk adjustment
payment transfer formula would be
calculated as follows:
Total transferi = (Ti · Mi) + HRPi ¥
(HRPCm · Pi)
The denominator is summed across all
plans in the risk pool in the market in
the State.
The difference between the two
premium estimates in the State payment
transfer calculation determines whether
a plan pays a risk adjustment charge or
receives a risk adjustment payment. The
value of the plan average risk score by
itself does not determine whether a plan
would be assessed a charge or receive a
payment—even if the risk score is
greater than 1.0, it is possible that the
plan would be assessed a charge if the
premium compensation that the plan
may receive through its rating (as
measured through the allowable rating
factor) exceeds the plan’s predicted
liability associated with risk selection.
Risk adjustment transfers are calculated
at the risk pool level, and catastrophic
plans are treated as a separate risk pool
for purposes of the risk adjustment
transfer calculation, not including the
national high-cost risk pool payments
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
iv. The Payment Transfer Formula
The finalized State payment transfer
formula for the 2019 benefit year is
unchanged from what was finalized in
the 2014 Payment Notice (78 FR 15430
through 15434). We believe it useful to
republish the formula in its entirety.
Transfers (payments and charges) will
be calculated as the difference between
the plan premium estimate reflecting
risk selection and the plan premium
estimate not reflecting risk selection.
The State payment transfer calculation
that is part of the HHS risk adjustment
payment transfer formula is:
Where:
Ti = Plan i’s PMPM transfer amount;
Mi = Plan i’s billable member months;
HRPi = Plan i’s total high-cost risk pool
payment;
HRPCm = High-cost risk pool percent of
premium adjustment factor for the
respective national high-cost risk pool m;
Pi = Plan i’s total premium amounts.
In States that requested a reduction to
transfers in the individual, small group
or merged market, the reduction
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
ER17AP18.000
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
The timeframe we are adopting in
response to comments requires States to
submit the request by August 1st, 2
calendar years prior to the applicable
benefit year which will allow States to
submit documentation to satisfy the
supporting evidence and analysis
requirements in this rule and
incorporate the most recent available
year of HHS risk adjustment transfer
results in the State’s request.
Additionally, we agree with
commenters about the importance of
providing issuers and stakeholders an
opportunity to comment on the request
and supporting evidence. As outlined in
paragraph (d)(3) of § 153.320, HHS will
publish the requests in the respective
benefit year’s proposed HHS notice of
benefit and payment parameters and
make the supporting evidence available
to the public to seek comment from
relevant stakeholders, and will publish
any final approved or denied reduction
amounts in the final HHS notice of
benefit and payment parameters for the
respective benefit year. The modified
timelines and supporting evidence
requirements finalized in this rule,
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
g. Risk Adjustment Data Validation
Requirements When HHS Operates Risk
Adjustment (§ 153.630)
HHS will conduct risk adjustment
data validation under § 153.630 in any
State where HHS is operating risk
adjustment on a State’s behalf.22 The
purpose of risk adjustment data
validation is to ensure issuers are
providing accurate high-quality
information to HHS, which is crucial for
the proper functioning of the risk
adjustment program. Risk adjustment
data validation consists of an initial
validation audit and a second validation
audit. Under § 153.630, each issuer of a
risk adjustment covered plan must
engage an independent initial validation
audit entity. The issuer provides
demographic, enrollment, and medical
record documentation for a sample of
enrollees selected by HHS to its initial
validation auditor for data validation.
Set forth below are final amendments
and clarifications to the risk adjustment
data validation program in light of
experience and feedback from issuers
during the first pilot year.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
i. Payment Adjustments for Error Rates
Under § 153.350(c), HHS may adjust
risk adjustment payments and charges
to all issuers of risk adjustment covered
plans based on adjustments to the
average actuarial risk of a risk
adjustment plan due to errors
discovered during risk adjustment data
validation. Under the original risk
adjustment data validation payment
adjustment approach, all issuers of risk
adjustment covered plans would receive
an adjustment to payment transfers in
the subsequent benefit year based on
risk adjustment data validation audit
results and using the audit-confirmed,
issuer-specific risk score error rate.
However, we believe that some variation
and error should be expected in the
compilation of data for risk scores,
because providers’ documentation of
enrollee health status varies across
provider types and groups. Our
experiences with the Medicare
Advantage risk adjustment data
validation program and the HHS risk
22 Starting with the 2017 benefit year, no State has
elected to operate a risk adjustment program.
Therefore, HHS operates risk adjustment in all
States.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
adjustment data validation pilot for the
2015 benefit year reinforce this belief.
To avoid adjusting all issuers’ risk
adjustment payments for expected
variation and error, we proposed
evaluating material statistical deviation
in error rates beginning with 2017
benefit year risk adjustment data
validation. In the proposed rule, we
explained that we were considering
adjusting an issuer’s risk score only
when the issuer’s error rate materially
deviates from a statistically meaningful
value, such as the central tendency (a
mean or typical value) of errors,
nationally. When an error rate
materially deviates from the central
tendency, we proposed to apply the
difference between the mean error rate
or the confidence interval around the
population’s central tendency and the
calculated error rate instead of the full
error rate. If all error rates in a State risk
pool do not materially deviate from the
national central tendency of error rates,
we proposed to not apply any
adjustments to issuers’ risk scores for
that benefit year in the respective State
risk pool.
We also noted that alternatively, HHS
could evaluate error rates within each
HCC, or groups of HCCs, and then only
apply error rates to outlier issuers’ risk
scores within each HCC or group of
HCCs. In evaluating the ‘‘error rate’’ of
HCCs, or groups of HCCs, we mean the
probability of an assigned HCC being
found to be incorrect based on the risk
adjustment data validation audit, or a
‘‘failure rate.’’ The percent of the EDGE
risk score that is incorrect due to audit
findings (that is, due to HCCs that could
not be validated through audit), we
consider to be the issuer’s risk score
error rate. For example, an issuer could
have a 50 percent failure rate for an
HCC, in that two of four instances of the
HCC on EDGE could not be validated.
The impact of HCC failure rates on an
issuer’s error rate will then depend on
the magnitude of the missing HCC’s
coefficient and the incidence of that
HCC in the audit sample.
We believe the implementation of any
of the alternative evaluations and
subsequent adjustments we proposed
would streamline the risk adjustment
data validation process, improve
issuers’ ability to predict risk
adjustment transfers, and promote
confidence and stability in the budgetneutral payment transfer methodology,
while ensuring the integrity and quality
of data provided by issuers.
We are finalizing the approach
described above of using failure rates
specific to HCC groups and
subsequently adjusting the issuer’s risk
score when the issuer’s failure rate for
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
a group of HCCs is statistically different
from the weighted mean failure rate, or
total failure rate, for that group of HCCs
for all issuers that submitted initial
validation audits. We are selecting this
approach based on comments received,
which generally were more supportive
of the HCC or HCC-grouping
methodology for evaluating failure rates
than an approach under which we
would calculate a national overall error
rate. Additionally, we believe
determining outlier failure rates based
on HCC groups mitigates gaming
concerns raised by commenters in using
a national error rate, and mitigates
commenters’ sample size concerns in
using HCC-specific failure rates. Our
simulations of failure rates by HCC
group suggest that such an approach
yields a more equitable measure to
evaluate statistically different HCC
failure rates affecting an issuer’s error
rate than an approach based on an
overall failure rate, which may overly
adjust issuers with abnormal
distributions of certain HCCs due to
their underlying populations rather than
differences due to errors in diagnoses
codes. Illustrations of the methodology
we will use to evaluate failure rate
differences by HCC group, calculate
error rates based on failure rates, and
apply error rates to risk scores are
provided below.
Using data from the 2017 benefit year
risk adjustment data validation, HHS
will first calculate the failure rate for
each HCC in issuers’ initial validation
audit samples as:
Where:
Freq_EDGEh is the frequency of HCC code h
occurring on EDGE, which is the number
of sampled enrollees recording HCC code
h on EDGE.
Freq_IVAh is the frequency of HCC code h
occurring in IVA results, which is the
number of sampled enrollees with HCC
code h on in IVA results.
FRh is the failure rate of HCC code h.
HHS will then create three HCC
groups based on the HCC failure rates
derived in the calculation above. These
HCC groups will be determined by first
ranking all HCC failure rates and then
dividing the rankings into three groups,
weighted by total observations or
frequencies, of that HCC across all
issuers’ initial validation audit samples,
to assign each unique HCC in the initial
validation audit samples to a high,
medium, or low failure rate group with
an approximately even number of
observations in each group. That is,
each HCC group may have an unequal
number of unique HCCs, but the total
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
ER17AP18.001
percentage up to 50 percent, if approved
by HHS for the applicable benefit year
beginning with the 2020 benefit year,
would be applied to the plan PMPM
payment or charge transfer amount (Ti).
This potential reduction to the PMPM
transfer amounts is not shown in the
risk adjustment transfer formula above.
16961
16962
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
observations in each group should be
approximately equal based on total
observations of HCCs reflected in EDGE
data for all issuers’ initial validation
audit sample enrollees, to prevent small
sample sizes for an HCC group for any
issuer.
HHS will then compare each issuer’s
failure rate for each HCC group based on
the number of HCCs validated in the
initial validation audit, compared to the
number of HCCs recorded on EDGE
within that HCC group for the initial
validation audit sample enrollees. The
issuer’s HCC group failure rate will be
compared to the weighted mean failure
rate, or total failure rate, for that HCC
group. We calculate an issuer’s HCC
group failure rate as:
Where:
sigma_cutoff is the parameter used to set the
threshold for the outlier detection as the
number of standard deviations away
from the mean.
LBG, UBG are the lower and upper thresholds
to classify issuers as outliers or not
outliers for group G.
Specifically, this will result in the
sample enrollees’ applicable HCC risk
score components being reduced (or
increased) by a partial value, or
percentage, calculated as the difference
between the outlier failure rate for the
HCC group and the weighted mean
failure rate for the applicable HCC
group. The adjustment amount for
outliers will be the distance between
issuer i’s Group Failure Rate GFRiG and
the weighted mean m(GFRG), calculated
as:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
ER17AP18.004
When an issuer’s HCC group failure
rate is an outlier, we will reduce (or
increase) each of the applicable initial
validation audit sample enrollees’ HCC
coefficients by the difference between
the outlier issuer’s failure rate for the
HCC group and the weighted mean
failure rate for the HCC group.
ER17AP18.003
If an issuer’s failure rate for an HCC
group falls outside the confidence
interval for the weighted mean failure
rate for the HCC group, the failure rate
for the issuer’s HCCs in that group
would be considered an outlier. We will
use a 1.96 standard deviation cutoff, for
a 95 percent confidence interval, to
identify outliers. To calculate the
thresholds to classify an issuer’s group
failure rate as outliers or not, the lower
and upper limits are computed as:
LBG = m(GFRG) ¥ sigma_cutoff *
Sd(GFRG)
UBG = m(GFRG) + sigma_cutoff *
Sd(GFRG)
ER17AP18.002
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
We will also calculate the weighted
mean failure rate and the standard
deviation of each HCC group as:
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
16963
The adjustment to an enrollee’s total
risk score is calculated as the ratio of the
total adjusted risk score for individual
HCCs to the total risk score components
for individual HCCs. For example, if an
issuer has one enrollee with the HIV/
AIDS HCC and the issuer’s HCC group
adjustment rate is 10 percent (the
difference between the issuer’s group
failure rate and the weighted mean
failure rate) for the HCC group that
contains the HIV/AIDS HCC, the
enrollee’s HIV/AIDS coefficient would
be reduced by 10 percent. We calculate
the total adjustment amount across all
HCCs per enrollee as:
The adjusted risk score for enrollee e of
issuer i is calculated as:
AdjRSi,e = EdgeRSi,e * (1 ¥
Adjustmenti,e)
We will then calculate an issuer’s
error rate using the EDGE risk score and
adjusted risk score for all enrollees in
the sample (excluding enrollees with no
HCCs). The weight we in the error rate
calculation formula is obtained by the
ratio of an enrollee’s stratum size in the
issuer’s population to the number of
sample enrollees in the same stratum as
the enrollee, to extrapolate the sample
adjusted risk scores and determine the
issuer’s risk score error rate. The
formula to compute the error rate using
the stratum weighted risk score for
issuer i before and after the adjustment
is shown as:
ER17AP18.005
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
ER17AP18.007
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Where:
EdgeRSi,e is the risk score for EDGE HCCs of
enrollee e of issuer i.
AdjRSi,e is the adjusted risk score for sampled
enrollee e of issuer i.
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
The risk score error rate would then
be applied to the subsequent benefit
year calculated plan level risk scores, to
adjust the issuer’s plan level risk scores
before risk adjustment transfers are
calculated, unless the issuer exited the
market during or at the end of the
benefit year being audited.23
Comment: Most commenters
supported the proposal to only adjust
issuers’ risk scores if their failure or
error rates materially deviate from a
statistical mean, with some noting that
this approach could help streamline risk
adjustment data validation and increase
market stability. A few commenters
noted the complexity of the approach
and requested more information on
various aspects of the proposed
approach, such as the definitions of
material deviation and statistically
meaningful value, the methodology that
HHS would use to evaluate material
deviation, the calculation of national or
HCC-level error rates, and the
sufficiency of the sample sizes under
the HCC or group of HCCs approach.
Response: As outlined above, for the
purposes of risk adjustment data
validation, we will determine that an
issuer’s failure rate is statistically
different if the issuer’s failure rate for a
particular HCC group is more than 1.96
standard deviations away from the
weighted mean failure rate for the high,
medium, or low HCC group. Issuers
with outlier failure rates in a particular
HCC group will then have their sample
enrollee risk scores adjusted by the
difference between the issuer’s failure
rate and the mean failure rate for that
HCC group for all applicable HCCs in
their sample enrollees’ risk scores. We
will not use an overall mean failure rate
or error rate to determine outliers under
the approach finalized in this rule. We
believe that the HCC grouping approach
described above, which utilizes three
large HCC groupings, will mitigate the
risk of an issuer having a small sample
size for a particular HCC group. We also
23 See section III.B.2.g.ii. of this rule, for a
discussion of changes being finalized with respect
to payment adjustments for issuers that have exited
the market.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
note that we intend to propose updates
to the sampling methodology for the
2018 benefit year HHS-operated risk
adjustment data validation initial
validation audit samples in the 2020
Payment Notice.
Comment: One commenter supported
the proposed application of the
difference between the calculated error
rate and the statistically meaningful
value, instead of the full error rate, to
the issuer’s subsequent year risk score
when material deviation occurs. One
commenter opposed the proposal due to
concerns that if the average failure rate
is exceedingly high or increasing, it
could encourage issuers to be less
accurate over time in their risk
adjustment data, as long as they are not
outliers relative to other issuers.
Another commenter expressed concerns
that issuers within the calculated
confidence interval would receive no
adjustments, while issuers outside of
the confidence interval would receive
substantial and punitive adjustments.
Response: The primary purpose of
determining statistically meaningful
differences is to avoid the unwarranted
application of risk score adjustments—
that is, risk scores would be adjusted
only when the issuers’ failure rates are
outside a range of statistically
acceptable errors. We believe that
statistically meaningful errors should be
adjusted to the weighted mean failure
rate of each HCC group. We are
finalizing an approach under which,
when an issuer’s failure rate for its
associated HCCs in one of the HCC
groupings is statistically different than
the mean for that grouping, HHS will
adjust the sample enrollees’ risk score
component for that HCC group by the
difference between the issuer’s failure
rate for the HCCs in that group and the
weighted mean failure rate for the HCC
group for all issuers that submitted
initial validation audits. We will
continue to evaluate this approach;
however, we expect that as issuers and
initial validation auditors gain
additional experience performing risk
adjustment data validation, HCC failure
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
rates should improve and stabilize,
rather than grow.
Comment: Several commenters
recommended that HHS provide issuers
with more transparency about the
calculation of error rates, as well as
benchmark national and State-level
error rate data against which issuers
could evaluate their performance
relative to other issuers and in the
context of this proposal. Two
commenters suggested that HHS apply
the proposed approach to the 2016
benefit year pilot results to illustrate
how issuers’ risk scores and payment
transfers might be affected in future
years.
Response: We appreciate the
recommendations, and we intend to
publish benchmark failure and error rate
data based on the results of the 2016
benefit year data validation second pilot
year. We also intend to provide
additional information to issuers about
risk score error rates based on 2016
benefit year risk adjustment data
validation results, prior to
implementation in 2017 benefit year
risk adjustment data validation. In
addition, illustrations of the
methodology we will use to evaluate
failure rate differences by HCC group,
calculate error rates based on failure
rates and apply error rates to risk scores
are provided above.
Comment: Two commenters
recommended that HHS continue to
study failure rates by HCCs or groups of
HCCs for a longer period of time before
proceeding with this approach, and
another commenter opposed the
calculation of failure rates at the HCC or
HCC group-level.
Response: We evaluated the HCC
group-level and other proposed
approaches using a simulation with
underlying Medicare risk adjustment
data validation failure rates, and we
agree with commenters that additional
data from HHS-operated risk adjustment
data validation results in a payment
adjustment year would be preferable.
However, under the current error rate
estimation and application policy for
HHS-operated risk adjustment data
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
ER17AP18.006
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16964
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
validation, all issuers’ risk scores and
payment transfers would be adjusted,
for any identified error, regardless of
issuer size or distribution of HCCs in its
enrollee population beginning with the
2017 benefit year data validation. We
believe the approach being finalized in
this rule will increase predictability of
risk adjustment transfers for issuers, and
improve our ability to identify
statistically meaningful data
discrepancies in the data validation
process. By focusing on issuer errors
that are statistically meaningful, we can
adjust issuers’ risk scores with
confidence, as opposed to adjusting all
issuers for any difference, significant or
not, from EDGE data. As such, we
believe implementing this approach as
soon as possible ensures the most
accurate payment adjustments and
promotes stability and predictability of
risk adjustment transfers.
Comment: A few commenters raised
concerns that the calculation of a
national average error rate could fail to
account for State or regional variations
in provider coding practices, and
therefore result in harmful adjustments
that could discourage new entrants in
some States.
Response: We agree with commenters
and believe the evaluation of failure rate
deviation by groups of HCCs, based on
HCC failure rates outlined above, rather
than a single, national average failure
rate for all HCCs, will mitigate the risk
of adjustments due to errors or
differences that can be explained by
regional variation in provider
documentation of enrollee health status.
We will evaluate the impact of this
approach on issuers across regions and
States and consider adjustments in
future years if there is evidence of
regional bias in payment adjustments
resulting from this policy.
Comment: One commenter requested
that HHS conduct another pilot year
prior to implementing payment
adjustments, since data validation is
still new for issuers in the commercial
market.
Response: While we will continue to
educate issuers about the HHS risk
adjustment data validation process, we
believe that it is necessary to use the
results of data validation to adjust risk
scores beginning with 2017 benefit year
data validation to encourage issuers to
continue to improve the accuracy of
data used to compile risk scores and to
preserve confidence in the HHSoperated risk adjustment program.
ii. Payment Adjustments for Issuers
That Have Exited the Market
In the 2015 Payment Notice, we
established that HHS will use a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
prospective approach to adjust risk
scores and payment transfers based on
the results of risk adjustment data
validation. Specifically, HHS will apply
the error rate calculated through the risk
adjustment data validation process for
the applicable benefit year to plan risk
scores in the subsequent benefit year,
and then make risk adjustment payment
transfers based on adjusted plan average
risk scores in that subsequent benefit
year. However, in some cases, an issuer
of a risk adjustment covered plan may
have exited a State market during or at
the end of the benefit year being audited
and therefore would not have risk scores
or payment transfers in the subsequent
benefit year to which HHS could make
adjustments.
As previously noted, the purpose of
risk adjustment data validation is to
promote confidence in the budgetneutral payment transfer methodology
by ensuring the integrity and quality of
data provided from issuers. HHS
believes that the prospect of not
receiving payment adjustments based on
the results of risk adjustment data
validation results could undermine
these goals by eliminating the incentive
for an exiting issuer to carefully and
accurately submit risk adjustment data
for its final benefit year in the market.
Not only could this type of inaccuracy
result in overpayments to the exiting
issuer, it could also cause the other
issuers in the market to be over or
undercompensated for the actual risk of
their enrollee populations. Therefore,
we proposed that HHS would use the
error rate derived from the risk
adjustment data validation process to
adjust the payment transfer for the
issuer’s final benefit year in the State
market, which would be concurrent
with the benefit year being audited, for
issuers that exit a State market during or
at the end of the benefit year being
audited. Because risk adjustment
transfers for a given benefit year are
calculated and paid before the risk
adjustment data validation process for
that benefit year is completed, this
approach would require HHS to make a
retroactive (that is, post-transfer)
adjustment to the issuer’s payment
transfer for its final benefit year and
reallocate the adjusted transfer amount
to the other issuers in the State market
in that year.
We sought comment on this proposal
to make these adjustments to payment
transfers for issuers that have exited the
market based on the results of risk
adjustment data validation for the most
recent benefit year in which they
participated in risk adjustment. We are
finalizing this policy as proposed, and
we clarify that it will be effective
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16965
beginning with the 2017 benefit year
risk adjustment data validation.
Therefore, for an issuer that exited a
State market during or at the end of the
2017 benefit year who had a statistically
meaningful error rate under the revised
approach to payment adjustments
finalized above in this rule, HHS would
apply the risk score error rate to the
issuer’s 2017 benefit year risk score, and
recalculate 2017 benefit year risk
adjustment transfers for the affected
State market risk pools. We note that,
under this timeline, issuers that exited
a State market during or at the end of
2017 benefit year have ample
opportunity to review and correct data
submitted to their EDGE servers that
will be used to calculate risk scores for
the 2017 benefit year.
Comment: The majority of
commenters supported using the error
rate derived from data validation for the
most recent benefit year in which an
exited issuer participated in risk
adjustment to make an adjustment to
exited issuers’ risk adjustment transfers
for their final benefit year in the State
market, and to reallocate the adjusted
amount to the other issuers in the State
market in that year. Commenters agreed
that a post-transfer adjustment, based on
results of data validation for the most
recent benefit year for which the issuer
participated in risk adjustment, would
reduce the risk of gaming by an issuer
leaving a State market and ensure that
other issuers remaining in the State
market are not harmed by an exited
issuer’s incorrect or incomplete data.
One commenter expressed concern that
the adjustments for exited issuers would
complicate payment transfers and
requested that HHS provide additional
guidance or create a forum with issuers
to discuss which method would result
in the least disruption to the data
validation process over multiple years.
Response: We agree with commenters
who supported a post-transfer
adjustment for issuers who exit the
market during or at the end of a given
benefit year, and we are finalizing the
policy as proposed. Adjusting an exited
issuer’s payment transfer will help
ensure that an issuer with inaccurate or
incomplete data does not benefit from
this error and that other issuers in the
State market are not harmed by it. We
acknowledge that adjustments to final
benefit year payment transfers for
issuers that exited a State market could
complicate the calculation of transfers;
however, we believe the revised policy
for error rate payment adjustments
finalized above will help mitigate the
potential complexity, because only
exited issuers with statistically
meaningful failure rates will receive
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
16966
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
post-transfer adjustments. Furthermore,
we believe the benefits associated with
applying adjustments to exited issuers’
payment transfers, based on the results
of risk adjustment data validation for
the most recent benefit year in which
they participated in risk adjustment,
outweigh the complexities. For State
market risk pools where HHS
determines that an issuer that exited the
market will receive an adjustment to
their risk adjustment transfer for their
final benefit year in the market, we
intend to provide all issuers in the
affected prior year risk pool with the
adjustments for exited issuers at the
same time as adjustments for any issuers
remaining in the market are made in the
subsequent benefit year.
iii. 500 Billable Member Months
Numerous small issuers have
expressed concern regarding the
regulatory burden and cost associated
with complying with the risk
adjustment data validation program.
HHS has previously considered these
concerns and provided relief where
possible. In the proposed rule, we
proposed that, beginning with 2017
benefit year risk adjustment data
validation, issuers with 500 billable
member months or fewer that elect to
establish and submit data to an EDGE
server would not be subject to the
requirement to hire an initial validation
auditor or submit initial validation audit
results. We explained that we believe
exempting issuers with 500 billable
member months or fewer from the
requirement to hire an initial validation
auditor is appropriate because issuers of
this size would have a
disproportionately high operational
burden for compliance with risk
adjustment data validation. We noted
that, beginning with 2018 benefit year
risk adjustment data validation, these
issuers would not be subject to random
sampling under the materiality
threshold discussed below, and would
continue to not be subject to the
requirement to hire an initial validation
auditor or submit initial validation audit
results. We also explained that if the
approach for payment adjustments for
error rates outlined in the proposed rule
were finalized, then it would be
possible that no adjustment would
occur for issuers below this threshold.
We sought comments on the proposal,
including the 500 billable member
month threshold.
We are finalizing the exemption for
issuers with 500 billable member
months or fewer as proposed. We clarify
that, consistent with the approach in the
2017 Payment Notice for the lower,
separate risk adjustment default charge
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
for small issuers, the determination of
whether an issuer has 500 billable
member months or fewer will be
calculated Statewide (that is, combining
an issuer’s enrollment in a State’s
individual and small group markets in
a benefit year).
Comment: A commenter agreed with
the proposal, but suggested that issuers
with 500 or fewer billable member
months be excluded from risk
adjustment data validation entirely. One
commenter disagreed with the proposal
stating that all issuers should be subject
to audits for accountability. One
commenter agreed with the proposal,
but wanted an option for small issuers
to be adjusted by a default error rate
based on the issuer’s parent company’s
aggregate or average error rate.
Response: HHS recognizes that
issuers’ company-level affiliations may
vary in size considerably, but note that
regardless of parent company size,
issuers with 500 or fewer billable
member months Statewide face a
relatively large burden in complying
with an initial validation audit where
the initial validation audit sample
would be the issuer’s entire population.
Consistent with the risk adjustment data
validation error rate payment
adjustment policy finalized above, we
believe that only issuers with
statistically meaningful errors should
receive payment adjustments. We
believe that the implementation of this
policy provides similar relief to smaller
issuers for whom audits would have a
disproportionately high cost and who,
due to small size, are unlikely to have
a significant or material impact on
adjustments to other issuers. We note
that the risk adjustment data validation
policies finalized in this rule result in
issuers with 500 or fewer billable
member months Statewide effectively
being excluded from risk adjustment
data validation, as they do not have to
hire an initial validation auditor, submit
initial validation audit results, or be
subject to risk adjustment data
validation payment adjustments.
iv. Materiality Threshold for Risk
Adjustment Data Validation
In the 2018 Payment Notice, HHS
implemented a materiality threshold for
risk adjustment data validation to ease
the burden of annual audit requirements
for smaller issuers of risk adjustment
covered plans. Specifically, we stated
that issuers with total annual premiums
at or below $15 million (calculated
based on the premiums of the benefit
year being validated) would not be
subject to annual initial validation audit
requirements, beginning with the 2017
benefit year, but would still be subject
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
to an initial validation audit
approximately every 3 years. HHS based
the timeline for enforcement of the
materiality threshold on the expectation
that we would begin making payment
adjustments based on the results of the
2016 benefit year risk adjustment data
validation, effectively requiring all
issuers of risk adjustment covered plans
to participate in the first benefit year for
which risk adjustment payments are
adjusted. However, in light of our
subsequent decision to convert the 2016
benefit year to another pilot year,24 in
the proposed rule, we proposed to
postpone application of the materiality
threshold to the 2018 benefit year.
Therefore, all issuers of risk adjustment
covered plans would be required to
conduct an initial validation audit for
the 2017 benefit year risk adjustment
data validation, other than issuers with
500 billable member months or fewer
Statewide as discussed above.
Beginning with the 2018 benefit year
risk adjustment data validation, issuers
below the $15 million premium
materiality threshold would not be
required to conduct an initial validation
audit every year. Under this proposal,
HHS would still conduct random and
targeted sampling under which issuers
below the materiality threshold would
be subject to an initial validation audit
approximately every 3 years, beginning
with 2018 benefit year risk adjustment
data validation.25 In addition, we
explained that if the proposed approach
for error rate payment adjustments
outlined in the proposed rule were to be
finalized, issuers below the $15 million
threshold that are not selected for the
random and targeted sampling might
not have their risk adjustment transfers
adjusted for a given benefit year.
We are finalizing the postponement of
the materiality threshold to 2018 benefit
year risk adjustment data validation, as
proposed.
Comment: One commenter agreed
with the proposal. Another commenter
advocated for having a lower materiality
threshold such as 12,000 or fewer
billable member months. Some
commenters stated that there should be
no materiality threshold, and that all
issuers should be subject to risk
adjustment data validation.
24 ‘‘HHS-Operated Risk Adjustment Data
Validation (HHS–RADV)—2016 Benefit Year
Implementation and Enforcement.’’ May 3, 2017.
Available at https://www.regtap.info/uploads/
library/HRADV_PilotGuidance_5CR_050317.pdf.
25 In the 2018 Payment Notice, we stated that we
would consider risk-based metrics such as an
issuer’s prior year risk adjustment data validation
results and material changes to data submission, as
measured by our quality metrics, in selecting
issuers below the materiality threshold for more
frequent initial validation audits.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Response: Although we appreciate the
comments, we did not propose and are
not modifying the level at which the
materiality threshold is set in this rule.
The proposal addresses the timing for
implementation of the threshold and the
applicability of potential adjustments to
risk adjustment transfers for issuers at or
below the $15 million threshold. All
issuers of risk adjustment covered plans
will be required to conduct an initial
validation audit for the 2017 benefit
year risk adjustment data validation,
other than issuers with 500 billable
member months or fewer Statewide as
discussed above. Beginning with the
2018 benefit year, issuers at or below
the $15 million premium threshold will
not be required to conduct an initial
validation audit every year. HHS will
still conduct random and targeted
sampling under which issuers below the
materiality threshold would be subject
to an initial validation audit
approximately every 3 years, beginning
with 2018 benefit year risk adjustment
data validation. Under the policy
finalized in this rule with respect to
error rate payment adjustments, issuers
below the $15 million materiality
threshold that are not selected for the
random and targeted sampling will not
have their risk adjustment transfers
adjusted.
v. Data Validation Sampling
Methodology
Section 153.350(a) requires that a
statistically valid sample of enrollees
from each issuer of risk adjustment
covered plans be validated. In the 2015
Payment Notice, HHS finalized its
methodology for selecting the sample of
enrollees for the initial validation audit
for each issuer of a risk adjustment
covered plan. We established a sample
size per issuer for each State in which
the issuer offers risk adjustment covered
plans.26 In the proposed rule, we
explained that HHS would not calculate
a risk score, or apply risk adjustment
payment transfers except for high-cost
risk pool transfers beginning with the
2018 benefit year, on behalf of a State
in a market and risk pool when there is
only one issuer in the market and risk
pool. In addition, we proposed that the
issuer would not be required to validate
data for its plans in a risk pool that was
not risk adjusted against another issuer
in the State risk pool in the applicable
benefit year. Therefore, we proposed to
change the sampling methodology so
that, beginning with the 2017 benefit
26 The
proposed rule described the sampling
methodology incorrectly by stating that the sample
would include 200 enrollees per issuer for each risk
pool in which the issuer participates, instead of 200
enrollees per issuer across risk pools.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
year data validation, the initial data
validation audit sample would only
include enrollees from State risk pools
in which there was more than one
issuer.27 We are finalizing this policy as
proposed.
Comment: One commenter stated that
the proposed approach to allow sole
issuers to participate in another market
in the State where it is not the sole
issuer has the potential to create market
instability, as non-similar plans are
brought into the calculation.
Response: We clarify that, under the
finalized policy, HHS would only
sample from the issuer’s risk pool where
it is not the only issuer in the risk pool
for the initial validation audit.
Currently, the initial validation audit
sample pulls from an issuer’s
population across a State, irrespective of
risk pool. The finalized policy ensures
that only enrollee data for which risk
adjustment transfers were calculated in
a risk pool are validated.
Comment: One commenter disagreed
with our proposal due to concerns about
accountability of sole issuers.
Response: For issuers that are the sole
issuer in a risk pool, there is no risk
adjustment transfer and thus, there is no
payment or accountability to other
issuers in that risk pool. As explained
above, HHS will not calculate a risk
score or risk adjustment payment
transfers, on behalf of a State in a
market and risk pool in which there is
only one issuer, except for high-cost risk
pool transfers beginning with the 2018
benefit year, and data submitted for
high-cost risk pool transfers by all
issuers will be subject to a separate
audit. Therefore, we are finalizing the
proposal to change the sampling
methodology so that, beginning with
2017 benefit year risk adjustment data
validation, the initial validation audit
sample will only include enrollees from
State risk pools in which there was
more than one issuer and where HHS
conducted risk adjustment on behalf of
the State for the benefit year being
validated.
vi. Mental and Behavioral Health
Records
Under § 153.630(b)(6), the issuer of a
risk adjustment covered plan must
provide the initial validation auditor
and second validation auditor with all
relevant source enrollment
documentation, all claims and
encounter data, and medical record
27 For the 2018 and future benefit years, HHS
would not require the sole issuer in the State
market risk pool to include high-cost risk pool
enrollees in its sample for data validation, as these
payments will be subject to a separate audit
process.
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16967
documentation from providers of
services to each enrollee in the
applicable sample without unreasonable
delay and in a manner that reasonably
assures confidentiality and security in
transmission. Issuers have advised HHS
that certain States’ medical privacy laws
may limit providers’ ability to furnish
mental and behavioral health records for
risk adjustment data validation
purposes. As we explained in the
proposed rule, we believe that section
1343 of the PPACA and associated
regulations require issuers of risk
adjustment covered plans to furnish any
records needed for purposes of the risk
adjustment program, including mental
and behavioral health records, and that
the HIPAA Privacy Rule at 45 CFR
164.512(a) generally permits disclosures
of protected health information that are
required by law within the meaning of
§ 164.103. Nevertheless, we recognize
that some State and Federal privacy
laws impose requirements for mental
and behavioral health information that
are different from, and potentially more
restrictive than, the HIPAA regulations.
However, without the necessary mental
and behavioral health information, the
diagnosis code for an applicable
enrollee cannot be validated and,
therefore, it would be rejected during
risk adjustment data validation.
To address these potential issues, we
proposed to amend § 153.630(b)(6) to
provide that, if a provider is prohibited
from furnishing a full mental or
behavioral health record by State or
Federal privacy laws, the provider
instead may furnish a mental or
behavioral health assessment that
providers routinely prepare, for
validation of a mental or behavioral
health diagnosis. We explained that,
although HHS needs the full content of
the mental or behavioral health record
to ensure full validation of the accuracy
of diagnosis codes, we believed that we
can still perform some risk adjustment
data validation based on the information
contained in mental or behavioral
health assessments in those instances in
which State or Federal law prohibits
submission of the full record. For risk
adjustment data validation purposes, we
would expect a mental or behavioral
health assessment to be signed by a
qualified provider who is licensed by
the State to diagnose mental illness and,
to the extent permissible under
governing privacy and confidentiality
laws, to contain: (i) The enrollee’s name;
(ii) sex; 28 (iii) date of birth; (iv) current
28 For purposes of consistency, we made a
technical revision to the name of this data element
to ‘‘sex’’ in the final rule, rather than ‘‘gender’’ as
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
Continued
17APR2
16968
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
status of all mental or behavioral health
diagnoses; and (v) dates of service. We
noted that ‘‘psychotherapy notes,’’ a
subset of mental and behavioral health
information that receives special
protections under the HIPAA Privacy
Rule, are not required for the purposes
of risk adjustment data validation.29 We
also noted that some State and Federal
privacy laws require that providers
obtain patient consent before disclosing
mental or behavioral health records, and
that these consent requirements may
apply to mental or behavioral health
assessments. We clarified that we do not
view a State or Federal law requiring
patient consent as inconsistent with the
risk adjustment data validation
requirements to furnish a mental or
behavioral health record or assessment.
Additionally, we noted that certain
substance use disorder patient records
are subject to the Federal confidentiality
law at 42 U.S.C. 290dd–2 and the
regulations issued thereunder in 42 CFR
part 2 and certain State laws, and
generally require consent prior to
disclosure. We stated that we believed
that this proposal is consistent with the
foregoing Federal and State
confidentiality rules, and that the
substance use disorder confidentiality
requirements should govern when
applicable. Therefore, issuers or
providers may be required to obtain
written patient consent to comply with
this proposal.
We noted the proposal would allow
issuers an additional avenue to achieve
compliance by permitting abbreviated
mental or behavioral health assessments
for risk adjustment data validation in
the event that a provider is subject to
State or Federal privacy laws that
prohibit the provider from providing a
complete mental or behavioral health
record to HHS. Under the proposal, to
submit a mental or behavioral health
assessment instead of the full mental or
behavioral health record, a provider
would be required to attest that relevant
State or Federal privacy laws prohibit
him or her from providing the complete
mental or behavioral health record. We
was specified in the proposed rule. HHS uses the
data element of sex, as biologically determined, to
calculate enrollees’ risk scores under the PPACA
risk adjustment program.
29 ‘‘Psychotherapy notes’’ are notes recorded by a
health care provider who is a mental health
professional documenting or analyzing the contents
of conversation during a private counseling session,
or a group, joint, or family counseling session and
that are separated from the rest of the individual’s
medical record. Psychotherapy notes do not include
medication prescription and monitoring, counseling
session start and stop times, modalities and
frequency of treatment, test results, and summaries
of diagnoses, functional status, treatment plan,
symptoms, prognosis, and progress to date. See
§ 164.501.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
explained in the proposed rule that we
also believed that the proposal supports
the integrity of the risk adjustment data
validation program by ensuring that an
initial validation auditor obtains data
that will enable proper validation of
mental or behavioral health HCCs,
which are susceptible to discretionary
coding. Furthermore, we noted our
belief that the flexibility to use mental
or behavioral health assessments would
minimize the burden on providers of
complying with this requirement
because providers may be able to utilize
records they routinely prepare and may
already have, as opposed to preparing
special summaries solely for the
purpose of risk adjustment data
validation.
Based on our review of the comments
we received, we are generally finalizing
the amendments to § 153.630(b)(6) to
permit providers that are prohibited by
State law from furnishing a full mental
or behavioral health record to submit an
assessment instead. We are making one
clarification to convey that this
flexibility will not apply to providers
that are prohibited solely by Federal law
from furnishing a full mental or
behavioral health record. We recognize
that other State and Federal laws,
including the Federal confidentiality
law at 42 U.S.C. 290dd–2 and associated
regulations that govern certain patient
substance use disorder records
potentially apply to mental or
behavioral health assessments, and
would require a provider to obtain
enrollee consent before disclosing the
assessment if applicable. We reiterate
that the proposal on mental or
behavioral health assessments was not
intended to provide an exception to any
applicable enrollee consent requirement
under State or Federal law.
Comment: Most commenters
supported the proposal. These
commenters stated that the proposal
would reduce burden, ensure
compliance with privacy rules, and
assist with the chart retrieval process.
Others supported the proposal with
certain modifications. For example, one
commenter requested a safe harbor if
mental health diagnosis failure, or error
rates, are high due to noncompliance
from mental health providers. Similarly,
another commenter requested that HHS
avoid punitive payment adjustments for
issuers whose production of records is
constrained by compliance with State
law. The commenter also requested that
HHS acknowledge the existence of
varying State-specific limitations on
consent for disclosure of mental or
behavioral health records, evaluate the
extent to which State-specific rules can
be appropriately incorporated into the
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
data collection, and engage in a separate
solicitation of input from stakeholders
on this topic.
Response: Since we only have final
results from the first pilot year of risk
adjustment data validation thus far, we
do not currently have adequate
experience to be able to determine
whether failure rates for mental health
diagnoses are higher than other
diagnoses, and whether those failure
rates are consistent by State. The policy
for error rate payment adjustments
finalized in this rule mitigates the
potential for punitive payment
adjustments, because only issuers with
statistically meaningful failure rates will
receive risk score error rates resulting in
payment transfer adjustments.30 We will
continue to evaluate whether additional
relief is necessary, based on analysis of
risk adjustment data validation results.
Our policy to permit the use of mental
or behavioral health assessments by
providers that are prohibited by State
law from furnishing a full record is
intended to offer broadly applicable
relief and flexibility to account for the
variation in privacy laws in particular
States. Therefore, we do not intend to
solicit input on or otherwise engage in
an evaluation of State-specific
requirements.
Comment: Two commenters
expressed concern that initial validation
auditors may interpret or utilize mental
or behavioral health assessments
differently, and requested that HHS
provide guidance or training to ensure
consistent interpretation of the
assessments.
Response: We agree that consistent
interpretation and utilization of mental
and behavioral health assessments is
important, and seek to encourage it. For
purposes of risk adjustment data
validation, the assessment is limited to
the five discrete elements specified in
§ 153.630(b)(6), most of which are
straightforward, so HHS does not
anticipate a material risk of disparate
interpretation or utilization of mental or
behavioral health assessments by initial
validation auditors. HHS continues to
work to leverage existing provider
networks and communication channels
to educate providers on the HHSoperated risk adjustment data validation
requirements.
Comment: One commenter requested
the extension of flexibility to the actual
submission of documentation regarding
treatment for mental or behavioral
health conditions, expressing concern
that there may not be an affected
30 Please see the above preamble section on
‘‘Payment Adjustments for Error Rates’’ for more
information.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
underlying record to identify in the first
instance. The commenter also requested
additional information regarding who
bears responsibility for preparation of
the mental or behavioral health
assessment and how it differs from a full
record.
Response: The provider is responsible
for preparing the mental or behavioral
health assessment, and the assessment
is limited to the five elements specified
in § 153.630(b)(6). When being used for
risk adjustment data validation
purposes, it should be accompanied by
the provider’s signature and an
attestation that State privacy laws
prohibit the provider from furnishing a
complete medical record. This policy
provides flexibility in cases where the
State law prevents submission of the
full record, but that flexibility does not
extend to the provision of any
documentation regarding mental or
behavioral health conditions. HCCs
without adequate documentation,
whether through a full record or a
mental or behavioral health assessment,
would result in an error.
Comment: Several commenters did
not support the proposal. For example,
one commenter indicated that this
policy of permitting mental or
behavioral health assessments would
not significantly reduce burden, and
generally objected to the other State or
Federal laws that may require the
provider to obtain patient consent,
indicating that doing so may not be
possible. One commenter stated that
requiring provider attestation or patient
consent will add burden and reduce the
likelihood of mental or behavioral
health records being furnished by
issuers in risk adjustment data
validation. The commenter also
expressed concern that there will likely
be higher error rates for HCCs related to
mental health or substance use
disorders.
Response: HHS believes that the
finalized policy to permit the use of
existing mental or behavioral health
assessments affords flexibility to
providers to use an alternative source
for the documentation that otherwise
would be necessary under risk
adjustment data validation to maintain
the integrity of the risk adjustment
program while complying with State
and Federal privacy requirements. As
discussed previously in this section and
in the proposed rule, State and Federal
privacy requirements may
independently require a provider to
obtain patient consent in order to
furnish a mental or behavioral health
assessment. In providing the flexibility
to submit assessments for risk
adjustment data validation purposes,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
HHS does not intend to limit or
otherwise affect the application of any
such consent requirements under State
or Federal law, which provide
important protections to enrollees.
HHS recognizes, however, that our
policy to allow providers to furnish a
mental or behavioral health assessment
may impose a slight increase in the
burden of compliance with risk
adjustment data validation requirements
because the assessment must be
accompanied by an attestation from the
provider. Attestations are necessary to
demonstrate that the provider is
prohibited from furnishing the complete
medical record by State privacy laws,
but we do not expect compliance with
the attestation requirement to be
difficult.
As noted above, HHS does not intend
to exempt providers from any other
applicable consent requirements under
State or Federal law, and we do not yet
have adequate experience as to whether
failure rates will be higher for mental
health conditions or substance use
disorders. We reiterate that only issuers
with statistically meaningful failure
rates will receive risk score error rates
and subsequent payment transfer
adjustments pursuant to the policy
finalized in this rule.31 We will analyze
risk adjustment data validation results
to evaluate the impact of this policy on
error rates, and will consider whether
further refinements are appropriate.
Comment: Commenters expressed
concern that enrollees could be waiving
their HIPAA rights if their providers
furnish medical records that include
enrollees’ diagnoses for risk adjustment
data validation. The commenter
suggested that if a diagnosis can be
imputed by the presence of a
prescription drug, HHS should include
treatments for mental illness as a drug
class in the risk adjustment models, to
impute diagnoses for which a medical
record cannot easily be obtained.
Response: As noted above and in the
proposed rule, we believe that section
1343 of the PPACA and associated
regulations require issuers of risk
adjustment covered plans to furnish any
records needed for purposes of the risk
adjustment program, including mental
and behavioral health records. The
HIPAA Privacy Rule generally permits
disclosures that are required by law (see
45 CFR 164.512(a)). We recognize that
some State and Federal privacy laws
impose requirements for mental and
behavioral health information that are
different from, and potentially more
31 Please see the above preamble section on
‘‘Payment Adjustments for Error Rates’’ for more
information.
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16969
restrictive than, the HIPAA regulations,
and may require that providers obtain
patient consent before disclosing mental
or behavioral health records or
assessments. We do not view the risk
adjustment data validation requirements
to furnish a mental or behavioral health
record or assessment as inconsistent
with these consent requirements or
involving any ‘‘waiver’’ of enrollee
privacy rights.
As discussed in the 2018 Payment
Notice, in specific instances, risk
adjustment permits the use of
prescription drugs to impute diagnoses.
As noted elsewhere in this rule, HHS
will continue to evaluate the inclusion
of additional prescription drug classes
in the risk adjustment model, including
mental or behavioral health treatments,
to potentially impute missing diagnoses
for future benefit years.
Comment: One commenter requested
that HHS provide issuers flexibility to
develop standard language requiring the
provider’s signature to ease the
administrative burden of creating
mental or behavioral health
assessments.
Response: The approach being
finalized in this rule does not prevent
an issuer from developing standard
language for the provider attestation if
the issuer believes it will help providers
furnish mental or behavioral health
assessments and other required
documentation for risk adjustment data
validation purposes.
Comment: Some commenters
expressed concerns about the Federal
rules governing confidentiality of
substance use disorder patient records
under 42 CFR part 2, or their alignment
with the HIPAA Privacy Rule.
Response: The comments on the
Federal rules governing confidentiality
of substance use disorder patient
records under 42 CFR part 2 and the
HIPAA Privacy Rule concern
regulations that are implemented and
enforced by other agencies within HHS,
the Substance Abuse and Mental Health
Services Administration and the Office
for Civil Rights, respectively. Although
we appreciate these comments, we are
not able to address them in this
rulemaking.
vii. Inter-Rater Reliability Rates
Under § 153.630(b)(8), the initial
validation auditor must measure and
report to the issuer and HHS, in a
manner and timeframe specified by
HHS, its inter-rater reliability rates
among its reviewers. An initial
validation auditor must achieve a
consistency measure of at least 95
percent for his or her review outcomes,
except for the initial benefit years of risk
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
16970
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
adjustment data validation, for which
the initial validation auditor may meet
an inter-rater reliability standard of 85
percent. Consistent with our decision to
make the 2016 benefit year another pilot
year as referenced above, we proposed
to amend § 153.630(b)(8) to add the
2016 benefit year as an initial year of
risk adjustment data validation for
which the initial validation auditor may
meet the lower inter-rater reliability
standard of 85 percent. We are finalizing
the amendment to § 153.630(b)(8) as
proposed.
Comment: All commenters supported
the addition of the 2016 benefit year as
an initial year of risk adjustment data
validation for which the initial
validation auditor may meet an interrater reliability standard of 85 percent.
One commenter noted that permitting
the 85 percent standard for another year
would allow issuers to gain an
additional year of experience and
process improvement before the
standard is increased.
Response: We agree with commenters
and are finalizing the amendment to
§ 153.630(b)(8) as proposed.
viii. Civil Money Penalties
An effective risk adjustment data
validation program is essential to the
proper functioning of the HHS-operated
risk adjustment program. In order to
enforce risk adjustment data validation
standards when operating risk
adjustment data validation on behalf of
a State, we proposed to clarify and
amend the bases upon which HHS may
impose CMPs for violations of risk
adjustment data validation
requirements.
To give HHS additional flexibility for
ensuring compliance with the risk
adjustment data validation requirements
and in light of our experience in the first
pilot year of the risk adjustment data
validation program, HHS proposed to
amend § 153.630(b)(9) to give HHS the
authority to impose a CMP on an issuer
of a risk adjustment covered plan in the
event of misconduct or substantial noncompliance with the risk adjustment
data validation standards and
requirements. Specifically, we proposed
to amend § 153.630(b)(9) to state that, if
an issuer of a risk adjustment covered
plan (1) fails to engage an initial
validation auditor; (2) fails to submit the
results of an initial validation audit to
HHS; (3) engages in misconduct or
substantial non-compliance with the
risk adjustment data validation
standards and requirements applicable
to issuers of risk adjustment covered
plans; or (4) intentionally or recklessly
misrepresents or falsifies information
that it furnishes to HHS, HHS may
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
impose CMPs in accordance with the
procedures set forth in § 156.805(b)
through (e). We note that § 153.630(b)(9)
already addresses the possible
imposition of CMPs for (1) and (2)
above, and provides a cross-reference to
§ 156.805, which contains the bases and
procedures for imposing CMPs for (3)
and (4) above. Section 153.630(b)(9)
provides the authority to assess CMPs
on all issuers of risk adjustment covered
plans, not just issuers on an FFE as does
§ 156.805.32 We clarified that the
proposal to impose CMPs for (3) and (4)
would apply to all issuers of risk
adjustment covered plans, not just those
issuers on an FFE. We noted that the
CMP authority would be in addition to
HHS’s ability to adjust an issuer’s
transfers under § 153.350(c).
As previously noted in the Second
2013 Program Integrity Rule, and in the
2015 Payment Notice, we proposed that
HHS’s possible application of CMPs
would continue to take into account the
totality of the issuer’s circumstances,
including such factors as an issuer’s
previous record of non-compliance (if
any), the frequency and level of the
violation, and any aggravating or
mitigating circumstances. Additionally,
we would continue to impose any CMPs
so that the level of the enforcement
action is proportional to the level of the
violation. While we reserved the right to
impose penalties up to the maximum
amounts set forth in § 156.805(c), as a
general principle, we explained that we
intend to work collaboratively with
issuers to address any problems in
conducting the risk adjustment data
validation process.
We believe this additional CMP
authority will improve program
integrity and fairness by permitting HHS
the authority to assess CMPs on issuers
that engage in misconduct in risk
adjustment data validation. Although
§ 153.630(e) permits HHS to adjust
payments and charges for issuers that do
not comply with audit requirements and
standards, this provision only makes the
markets whole in the event of a
violation of the risk adjustment data
validation standards or misconduct. We
do not believe this provision provides a
sufficient deterrent effect to ensure
program integrity of the risk adjustment
data validation program. Additionally,
32 Pursuant to § 153.20, risk adjustment covered
plan means, for the purpose of the risk adjustment
program, any health insurance coverage offered in
the individual or small group market with the
exception of grandfathered health plans, group
health insurance coverage described in 45 CFR
146.145(c), individual health insurance coverage
described in 45 CFR 148.220, and any plan
determined not to be a risk adjustment covered plan
in the applicable Federally certified risk adjustment
methodology.
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
we believe this additional authority is
necessary in light of the policies
finalized in the 2018 Payment Notice,
specifically, the concerns HHS
highlighted around gaming and the
inclusion of prescription drug data in
the risk adjustment model. We are
finalizing as proposed the amendments
to § 153.630(b)(9) to clarify and
strengthen HHS’s CMP authority. We
also clarify that HHS would not impose
a CMP under § 153.630(b)(9) for a
benefit year on an issuer that is not
required to submit an initial validation
audit for risk adjustment data validation
for that benefit year.
Comment: Most of the comments
received supported the proposal. One
commenter requested definitions for
misconduct, substantial noncompliance,
and reckless misrepresentation, along
with examples for each case under
which an issuer could receive a CMP.
Response: The terms misconduct,
substantial noncompliance, and reckless
misrepresentation are incorporated from
§ 156.805(a)(1) and (5). Examples of
issuer misconduct that could warrant
imposition of a CMP under the amended
§ 153.630(b)(9) include knowingly
hiring an initial validation auditor who
has conflicts of interest, or failing to
ensure confidentiality and security of
data transmitted to the initial validation
auditor or second validation auditors.
Examples of substantial noncompliance
include unreasonable delays in
providing complete enrollment
documentation, claims and encounter
data, or medical records documentation
to an auditor, or failing to properly
oversee an initial validation auditor.
However, the determination of whether
conduct rises to the level of any of these
terms in any specific case is highly fact
sensitive, involving consideration of any
mitigating or aggravating factors.
ix. Adjustment of Risk Adjustment
Transfers Due to Submission of
Incorrect Data
On September 2, 2015, HHS released
the Adjustment of Risk Adjustment
Transfers Due to Submission of
Incorrect Data guidance,33 describing
the process by which HHS addresses
instances of materially incorrect EDGE
server data submissions. We reiterated
this guidance on November 3, 2017,
through the release of Evaluation of
EDGE Data Submissions for the 2017
Benefit Year.34 We proposed to include
risk adjustment data validation as a
33 Available at https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/
Resources/Regulations-and-Guidance/Downloads/
RA-Adjustment-Guidance-9-2-15.pdf.
34 Available at https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/
Resources/Regulations-and-Guidance/Downloads/
EDGE-Submissions-2017.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
method of discovering materially
incorrect EDGE server data submissions
and making adjustments pursuant to
§ 153.630(e), as described in the
September 2, 2015 guidance.35 We
proposed that demographic or
enrollment errors discovered during risk
adjustment data validation would be the
basis for an adjustment to the applicable
benefit year transfer amount, rather than
the subsequent benefit year risk score.
The elements being validated are related
to the transfer formula and demographic
variables in the risk adjustment models.
We explained that we believe the
process of identifying demographic and
enrollment errors is substantially
similar to a discrepancy in the transfer
formula, which is addressed in the
current benefit year as part of the EDGE
data discrepancy process under
§ 153.710, as opposed to a discrepancy
in underlying enrollee diagnoses
contributing to risk scores, which is
addressed through subsequent year risk
score adjustments as part of risk
adjustment data validation.
An overstatement or understatement
of premium data may affect issuers
differently, because it will lead to an
increase or decrease in the absolute
value of the magnitude of the risk
adjustment transfers (and will affect the
calculation of the geographic rating area
factors). Therefore, an issuer’s
submission of incorrect EDGE server
premium data may have the effect of
increasing or decreasing the magnitude
of risk adjustment transfers to other
issuers in the market, depending on the
direction of the premium error, holding
constant the other elements of the
payment transfer formula. In cases
where there is a material impact on risk
adjustment transfers for that particular
market as a result of incorrect EDGE
server premium data, HHS would
calculate the dollar value of differences
in risk adjustment transfers, and, where
the difference is detrimental to one or
more issuers in the market, adjust the
other issuers’ risk adjustment transfer
amount by that calculation, and increase
the risk adjustment charge (or decrease
the risk adjustment payment) to the
issuer that made the data error, in order
to balance the market.36 We explained
that we believe this approach would
allow HHS to operate the risk
35 This guidance is also included in the
Evaluation of EDGE Data Submissions for the 2017
Benefit Year, released on November 3, 2017,
available at https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/
Regulations-and-Guidance/Downloads/EDGESubmissions-2017.pdf.
36 Calculation of the dollar value will include
adjustment to the Statewide premium average and,
to the extent possible, adjustment to the geographic
cost factor.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
adjustment program efficiently, while
ensuring that issuers do not profit from
their data submission errors or harm
their competitors in the relevant market.
We sought comment on this proposal.
We are finalizing this policy as
proposed.
Comment: Commenters supported the
proposal, or agreed with it but requested
additional clarification. For example,
one commenter requested examples of
materially incorrect data submissions.
Another commenter sought clarification
on certain technical issues related to the
proposal, including the definition of
demographic and enrollment data
errors, whether these errors will impact
elements of the transfer formula, the
error rate, or both, and the timing of any
adjustments that HHS would make with
respect to current year risk adjustment
transfer amounts and related data
transfer element errors. One commenter
supported HHS’s current approach of
taking a subsample of 50 enrollees to
verify demographic and enrollment
information, but stressed that the
subsample results should not be the sole
basis for applying current year transfer
adjustments. Rather, if errors are
identified from the subsample, HHS
should then investigate the issuer’s data
further to assess if there were materially
incorrect EDGE data submissions.
Response: We clarify that significant
errors found in the risk adjustment data
validation demographic and enrollment
subsample review will result in
communications from HHS to the issuer
regarding the issuer’s underlying data
before the potential application of any
adjustments to risk adjustment transfers.
The demographic and enrollment data
elements collected for purposes of risk
adjustment are date of birth, sex, plan
identifier, enrollment start and end
dates, premium amount, and rating area.
In addition to the issues described
above regarding incorrect premium,
certain demographic or enrollment
errors could indicate the presence of
larger issues such as assignment of
enrollees to the incorrect model or metal
level, which would lead to incorrect risk
scores and a miscalculation of the AVs
and induced demand factors (IDF) in the
transfer formula, or incorrect age factors.
If this occurs, we would initiate a
separate process outside of risk
adjustment data validation to further
evaluate the impact of the incorrect data
submission, determine whether the
market needs to be made whole due to
the errors, and then make the necessary
adjustments to affected issuers.
Therefore, HHS will not be relying
solely on subsample results as the basis
for applying current year transfer
adjustments. Whether an error has an
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16971
effect on the transfer formula, error rate,
or both amounts will depend on the
specifics of the error. For example, if an
error affects premiums alone, only the
Statewide average premium would need
to be adjusted. HHS intends to be in
communication with affected issuers
throughout the second validation audit
process, and to resolve potential
discrepancies in a manner similar to the
EDGE data submission discrepancy
process.
h. Risk Adjustment User Fee for the
2019 Benefit Year (§ 153.610(f))
As noted above, if a State is not
approved to operate, or chooses to forgo
operating its own risk adjustment
program, HHS will operate risk
adjustment on its behalf. In 2019, HHS
will be operating a risk adjustment
program in every State. As described in
the 2014 Payment Notice, HHS’s
operation of risk adjustment on behalf of
States is funded through a risk
adjustment user fee. Section
153.610(f)(2) provides that an issuer of
a risk adjustment covered plan must
remit a user fee to HHS equal to the
product of its monthly billable member
enrollment in the plan and the per
member per month risk adjustment user
fee specified in the annual HHS notice
of benefit and payment parameters for
the applicable benefit year.
OMB Circular No. A–25R established
Federal policy regarding user fees, and
specified that a user charge will be
assessed against each identifiable
recipient for special benefits derived
from Federal activities beyond those
received by the general public. The risk
adjustment program will provide special
benefits as defined in section 6(a)(1)(B)
of Circular No. A–25R to issuers of risk
adjustment covered plans because it
mitigates the financial instability
associated with potential adverse risk
selection. The risk adjustment program
also contributes to consumer confidence
in the health insurance industry by
helping to stabilize premiums across the
individual and small group markets.
In the 2018 Payment Notice, we
calculated the Federal administrative
expenses of operating the risk
adjustment program for the 2018 benefit
year to result in a risk adjustment user
fee rate of $1.68 per billable member per
year or $0.14 PMPM, based on our
estimated contract costs for risk
adjustment operations and estimates of
billable member months for individuals
enrolled in a risk adjustment covered
plan. For the 2019 benefit year, we
proposed to use the same methodology
to estimate our administrative expenses
to operate the program. These contract
costs cover development of the model
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
16972
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
and methodology, collections,
payments, account management, data
collection, data validation, program
integrity and audit functions,
operational and fraud analytics,
stakeholder training, and operational
support. To calculate the user fee, we
divided HHS’s projected total costs for
administering the risk adjustment
programs on behalf of States by the
expected number of billable member
months in risk adjustment covered
plans in HHS-operated risk adjustment
States for the benefit year.
We previously estimated that the total
cost for HHS to operate the risk
adjustment program on behalf of States
for 2019 will be approximately $38
million, and the risk adjustment user fee
would be $1.68 per billable member per
year, or $0.14 PMPM. However, we now
estimate the cost for HHS to operate the
risk adjustment program on behalf of
States for the 2019 benefit year to be
approximately $40 million, and are
finalizing a risk adjustment user fee of
$1.80 per billable member per year, or
$0.15 PMPM, to take account of eligible
administrative and personnel costs
related to the operation of the HHSoperated risk adjustment program that
were previously excluded from the
estimate.
C. Part 154—Health Insurance Issuer
Rate Increases: Disclosure and Review
Requirements
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
1. Applicability (§ 154.103)
Since July 18, 2011, issuers have been
required to submit rate filing
justifications for rate increases for nongrandfathered plans in the individual
and small group markets. This
requirement was established, in part, to
carry out the Secretary’s responsibility,
in conjunction with States, under
section 2794(b)(2)(A) of the PHS Act to
monitor premium increases of health
insurance coverage offered through an
Exchange and outside of an Exchange.
Student health insurance coverage is
considered by HHS to be a type of
individual market coverage and is
generally subject to the PHS Act
individual market requirements, which
has included rate review. We proposed
to modify § 154.103(b) to exempt
student health insurance coverage from
the Federal rate review requirements,
effective for plan or policy years
beginning on or after January 1, 2019.
As we discussed in the proposed rule,
and as commenters noted, student
health insurance coverage is generally
rated and administered differently from
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
other forms of individual health
insurance coverage.37
States have allowed rating practices
for student health insurance coverage to
be more in line with large group pricing,
in which experience rating and other
factors can be used to determine rates.
Because student health insurance
coverage is typically experience rated,
and is typically only available to
students and their dependents with an
open enrollment period coinciding with
the start of the academic year, it is
exempt from single risk pool rating
requirements and not guaranteed to be
available or renewable to individuals
who are not students or dependents of
students in an institution of higher
education. We are finalizing the
exemption as proposed, except that we
are modifying the applicability date to
align with the timing of when student
health insurance coverage typically
begins, such that the exemption will be
effective for student health rate filings
for the next plan year. This change,
effective for student health insurance
coverage effective on or after July 1,
2018, will reduce the regulatory burden
on States and issuers of student health
insurance plans.
Comment: Most commenters
supported the proposal to exempt
student health insurance coverage from
Federal rate review requirements.
Commenters suggested that the
exemption should apply to coverage
effective on or after July 1, 2018, to
coincide with the traditional school
year. Some commenters expressed
concern that exempting student health
insurance coverage would result in
minimal oversight and decreased
affordability.
Response: We are finalizing the
exemption and it will apply to student
health insurance coverage, as defined in
§ 147.145, with an effective date on or
after July 1, 2018. We note that States
maintain the flexibility to review rate
increases of any size and any other
aspects of student health insurance
coverage. In States that do not have an
Effective Rate Review Program, we will
continue to monitor the compliance of
student health insurance coverage with
applicable market rating reforms based
on complaints and as part of targeted
market conduct examinations. In States
where we are enforcing market reforms,
we will continue to review form filings
for student health insurance coverage
for compliance with applicable PHS Act
individual market requirements.
37 See preamble discussion in the final rule,
‘‘Health Insurance Market Rules; Rate Review’’ 78
FR 13406, 13424 (February 27, 2013).
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2. Rate Increases Subject to Review
(§ 154.200)
Section 2794(a)(1) of the PHS Act
requires the Secretary, in conjunction
with States, to establish a process for the
annual review of unreasonable premium
increases for health insurance coverage.
Section 2794(a)(2) of the PHS Act
requires health insurance issuers to
submit to the Secretary and relevant
State a justification for an unreasonable
premium increase prior to
implementation. States may establish a
more robust review process, and many
have.
Section 154.200(a)(1) currently
provides that a rate increase for single
risk pool coverage beginning on or after
January 1, 2017 is subject to a
reasonableness review if: (1) The
average increase, including premium
rating factors described in § 147.102, for
all enrollees, weighted by premium
volume for any plan within the product,
meets or exceeds 10 percent; or (2) the
increase exceeds a State-specific
threshold approved by the Secretary.
We proposed to amend this provision to
establish a 15 percent default threshold
for reasonableness review, in
recognition of significant rate increases
in the past number of years, rather than
the current 10 percent default
threshold.38
Section 154.200(a)(2) currently
requires States to submit a proposal to
the Secretary for approval of any Statespecific threshold. We proposed to
amend § 154.200(a)(2) to require
submission of a proposal only if the
State-specific threshold is higher than
the Federal default threshold. We
proposed this change to reduce burden
and promote State flexibility.
We also proposed to delete paragraph
(b) in its entirety. That paragraph
currently requires that the Secretary
publish a notice each year indicating
which threshold applies to each State.
For States that request a State-specific
threshold above what is set by CMS,
CMS noted it would continue to post
information on its website beginning
with requests submitted on or after
January 1, 2019.
We proposed to redesignate paragraph
(c) as paragraph (b) and revise that
paragraph to delete the language related
38 The 10 percent threshold was established in the
‘‘Rate Increase Disclosure and Review’’ Final rule
(76 FR 29963, May 23, 2011) based upon three
indices. These indices are: (1) The medical
component of the Consumer Price Index (CPI); (2)
the National Health Expenditure data (NHE); and
(3) the Standard and Poor’s Healthcare Economic
Commercial Index. The threshold was finalized at
10 percent based on the analysis of the trend in
health care costs and rate increases provided in the
preamble to the proposed rule.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
to rates filed for coverage beginning
before January 1, 2017, currently
captured in paragraph (c)(1) as this
provision is no longer necessary.39 We
proposed to redesignate paragraph (d) as
paragraph (c). Finally, we proposed
conforming changes to update the cross
references in § 154.200 to align with the
changes described above.
We are finalizing these changes as
proposed with one modification,
described below. These changes will
apply to single risk pool rate filings
submitted by issuers for plan or policy
years beginning on or after January 1,
2019.
Comment: Some commenters
supported a threshold increase, noting
that raising the threshold to 15 percent
would allow regulators to focus their
attention on higher rate increases and
reduce the regulatory burden for both
States and issuers. Other commenters
supported raising the threshold, but did
not specify an alternative to 10 percent.
Many commenters opposed changing
the reasonableness review threshold to
15 percent, concerned that the change
may normalize excessive increases.
Other commenters opposed the change
because it would negatively affect
transparency of rate setting, noting that
the Consumer Justification Narrative
(Part II of the Rate Filing Justification)
is only required for increases that meet
or exceed the review threshold. Some
commenters suggested a 6 percent
threshold would be appropriate because
that would be in line with health
expenditures and still above the general
rate of inflation. A few commenters
suggested there should be a 15 percent
threshold at the product level and 20
percent threshold at the plan level.
Response: We note that the threshold
set by HHS constitutes a minimum
standard. By increasing the threshold
trigger to 15 percent, we are providing
an opportunity for States to reduce their
review burden, although most States
currently employ stricter rate review
standards and may continue to do so.
Additionally, increasing the Federal
default threshold for review will reduce
burden for issuers. After an analysis of
all rates subject to review that were
determined to be ‘‘unreasonable’’ since
the inception of the review threshold,
only one filing with this determination
has fallen between the 10 to 15 percent
range. For these reasons, we do not
39 This standard (that is, the average increase for
all enrollees weighted by premium volume meets or
exceeds the applicable threshold), however,
continues to apply to rates filed for coverage
beginning before January 1, 2017, including with
respect to compliance reviews and enforcement
actions.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
believe this change will normalize
excessive increases.
We are not lowering the threshold to
6 percent, as doing so may increase the
burden on issuers and States. We are not
establishing two thresholds (one at the
product level and one at the plan level).
When determining whether an increase
is subject to review, rate increases are
calculated at the plan level. That
ensures that a plan that experiences a
significant rate increase does not avoid
review simply because the average
increase for the product did not meet or
exceed the applicable threshold.
Because consumers are affected by rate
increases at the plan level, we believe
that increases for the plan, not the
product, should continue to be the
trigger for determining whether an
increase is subject to review.
We expect the change to have a
minimal impact on transparency. All
issuers must continue to submit a
Uniform Rate Review Template (URRT)
(Part I of the Rate Filing Justification) for
all single risk pool plan submissions.
Issuers offering a QHP or any single risk
pool submission containing a rate
increase of any size must continue to
submit an actuarial memorandum (Part
III of the Rate Filing Justification). We
are finalizing the proposal to change the
Federal default review threshold to 15
percent beginning with single risk pool
rate filings submitted by issuers for plan
or policy years beginning on or after
January 1, 2019.
Comment: Some commenters opposed
CMS requiring submission of a proposal
(and posting of that proposal) only if the
State-specific threshold is higher than
the Federal default threshold.
Response: The Federal review
threshold is a minimum standard. States
are able to apply a stricter standard, and
many already do. Because States that
apply a lower threshold meet the
Federal minimum standard, we do not
believe it is necessary or appropriate to
require those States to submit a proposal
to CMS. Therefore, we are finalizing the
proposed changes to § 154.200(a)(2)
with the following modification: We
added language to clarify that these
State proposals must be submitted in
the form and manner specified by the
Secretary. CMS will only require a
proposal from States requesting a higher
threshold. States that impose stricter
standards will communicate those
standards to their issuers as they
currently do with many other aspects of
State-specific requirements. CMS will
post information from States that
request a threshold higher than 15
percent and will issue further guidance
on the process for submission and
review of such State requests.
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16973
3. Submission of Rate Filing
Justification (§ 154.215)
Section 154.215(h)(2) includes a
reference to 45 CFR 5.65, which defined
trade secret and confidential
commercial or financial information
under HHS regulations implementing
the Freedom of Information Act, 5
U.S.C. 552. HHS revised 45 CFR part 5
in a final rule issued on October 28,
2016, effective on November 28, 2016
(81 FR 74930). We proposed to make a
technical correction to § 154.215(h)(2) to
refer to 45 CFR 5.31(d) because 45 CFR
5.65 no longer exists and § 5.31(d) now
lists the reasons a record may be
withheld. We are finalizing the change
as proposed.
Comment: Some commenters opposed
CMS’s use of the Freedom of
Information Act and requested issuer
information be provided without any
redaction.
Response: We proposed and are
finalizing a technical correction to the
regulatory reference. We did not
propose any change to our
interpretation of a trade secret and
confidential commercial or financial
information. The issuer may submit a
redacted actuarial memorandum, but
CMS does not make any redaction
beyond what is submitted in the rate
filing.
4. Timing of Providing the Rate Filing
Justification (§ 154.220)
Section 154.220(b) provides that a
health insurance issuer must submit
applicable sections of the Rate Filing
Justification for all single risk pool
coverage in the individual or small
group market by the earlier of (1) the
date by which the State requires
submission of a rate filing; or (2) the
date specified in guidance by the
Secretary. We have interpreted that
section to require submission of all rate
filings, for both QHPs and non-QHPs, at
a uniform time.40 We proposed to allow
a State to set a later submission deadline
for issuers who offer non-QHPs only,
starting with the 2019 plan year. We are
finalizing the change as proposed.
Comment: Some commenters
expressed concern that the proposal
provides an advantage to issuers
offering only non-QHPs and may
provide an opportunity for competitors
to shadow price. Many commenters
supported the proposal, in order to
reduce State burden.
Response: We are finalizing the
proposal. We remind issuers that offer
both QHPs and non-QHPs in a market
in a given State to submit its rate filing
40 80
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
FR 10782.
17APR2
16974
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
in accordance with the deadlines
established for QHPs to support
regulatory review of compliance with
the single risk pool requirement.
Establishing a later submission deadline
for issuers that offer only non-QHPs is
a State option, not a requirement. We
believe it will reduce burden while
empowering States to pick the
timeframe that works best for their
markets, and also accounts for market
differences between States. We also
remind States and issuers that even if
the submission deadlines differ; all
information must be submitted to CMS
by the earlier of the State deadline or
the Federal deadline. We also remind
States and issuers that only submission
deadlines may vary; uniform posting
will still be required, as discussed
below, to help mitigate the potential for
shadow pricing and other anticompetitive behaviors.
5. Determinations of Effective Rate
Review Programs (§ 154.301)
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
a. State Posting of Rate Increases
We proposed to modify
§ 154.301(b)(2), by reducing the advance
notification required, so that a State
with an Effective Rate Review Program
must notify us in writing, no later than
5 business days prior to the date it
intends to make any proposed or final
rate filing information public if the State
will be posting prior to the date
specified by the Secretary. We are
finalizing this change as proposed.
Comment: The majority of
commenters supported this proposal.
Some commenters requested that CMS
require States to inform issuers prior to
posting. Some commenters requested
that CMS require States to post rate
filing information on State websites
even if the information is also posted on
CMS’s website. Two commenters
opposed the proposal because they
interpreted the proposal as a reduction
to the public’s opportunity to review
and comment.
Response: We appreciate the
importance of State communication
with issuers, and we expect States to
maintain satisfactory communication
regarding posting deadlines to issuers,
but decline to propose requirements
related to such. We also did not propose
and are not making changes to the
requirements regarding States posting
on their own website. States are
permitted to use CMS’s website because
we are mindful of the burden and cost
associated with such posting, but we
encourage States to consider posting
rate filing information directly on their
respective websites, while also
providing a link to the CMS website. We
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
are finalizing the proposal. This change
will reduce the amount of time prior to
posting that the State must notify CMS,
but does not reduce the public comment
period.
b. Posting of Rate Increases
Section 154.301(b)(3) provides that a
State with an Effective Rate Review
Program must ensure that information
regarding rate increases is made
available to the public at a uniform time
for all proposed and final rate increases,
as applicable, in the relevant market
segment and without regard to whether
coverage is offered on or off of an
Exchange. That provision was codified
in order to set a level playing field, to
prevent issuers that submit rate filings
later from having an advantage over
their competitors that submitted rate
filings earlier.
We proposed to eliminate the
requirement for uniform posting so that
States that have an Effective Rate
Review Program would have the option
to post proposed and final rate filing
information on a rolling basis. We are
not finalizing this proposal.
Comment: A few commenters
supported the proposal, but the majority
of commenters opposed the proposal,
noting that uniform posting protects
issuers from shadow pricing and
ensures a level playing field in a fair
competitive market. Those commenters
were also concerned that posting on a
rolling basis may promote manipulation
by some market competitors, and could
inadvertently contribute to market
destabilization.
Response: We proposed to give States
the option to post rate increase
information on a rolling basis in order
to accommodate a few States that have
laws requiring immediate posting upon
receipt. We did not receive
overwhelming support for that change,
as only two States supported it; the
majority of commenters opposed the
change. We agree with commenters’
concerns that removing the requirement
for uniform posting could have
unintended, negative effects on
competition in the markets. Some
commenters also feared that posting on
a rolling basis could cause confusion
among consumers, and eliminate the
likelihood of consumers easily
comparing a rate increase across all
products. We do not want to provide
unfair advantages to issuers that file
later in the filing season, or contribute
to consumer confusion. Therefore, we
are not finalizing the proposal. We are
retaining § 154.301(b)(3) as it exists in
our current regulations to require that a
State with an Effective Rate Review
Program ensure that the information in
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 154.301(b)(1)(i) and (ii) is made
available to the public at a uniform time
for all proposed and final rate increases,
as applicable, in the relevant market
segment and without regard to whether
coverage is offered on or off of an
Exchange.
D. Part 155—Exchange Establishment
Standards and Other Related Standards
Under the Affordable Care Act
1. Standardized Options (§ 155.20)
In the 2017 Payment Notice, HHS
introduced standardized options (also
now referred to as Simple Choice plans).
A standardized option is a QHP offered
for sale through an individual market
Exchange that either has a standardized
cost-sharing structure specified by HHS
in rulemaking or has a standardized
cost-sharing structure specified by HHS
in rulemaking that is modified only to
the extent necessary to align with the
high deductible health plan (HDHP)
requirements under section 223 of the
Code or the applicable annual limitation
on cost sharing and HHS actuarial value
requirements. For the 2017 and 2018
benefit years, HHS specified
standardized options in rulemaking,
encouraged issuers to offer such plans,
and provided differential display of
these plans on HealthCare.gov.
As noted in the proposed rule, we
seek to encourage free market principles
in the individual market, and to
maximize innovation by issuers in
designing and offering a wide range of
plans to consumers. We noted concerns
that providing differential display for
these plans may limit enrollment in
coverage with plan designs that do not
match the standardized options,
removing incentives for issuers to offer
coverage with innovative plan designs.
We believe that encouraging innovation
is especially important now, given the
stresses faced by the individual market.
Therefore, we are finalizing our
proposal to not specify any standardized
options for the 2019 benefit year, and
not to provide differential display for
standardized options on
HealthCare.gov. Agents, brokers, and
issuers that assist consumers with QHP
selection and enrollment as described in
§ 155.220(c)(3) and § 156.265(b),
respectively, are also not required to
provide differential display for
standardized options on those thirdparty websites. We are finalizing the
policies on standardized options as
proposed.
Comment: Many commenters
supported the proposed policy to
discontinue standardized options for the
2019 plan year. Commenters noted that
they believed standardized options
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
stifled issuers’ ability to develop
innovative plan designs. Commenters
also noted that because of the
differential display, issuers may have
offered and consumers may have
purchased HHS-designed plans that did
not best meet consumers’ needs. Other
commenters noted that consumers may
have mistakenly thought that
standardized options were superior to
other plans; and that other tools, such
as AV, EHB, and other HealthCare.gov
plan filters were sufficient in assisting
consumers in selecting and comparing
plans. Other commenters questioned the
benefits of standardized options.
Many other commenters supported
HHS continuing to specify standardized
options, noting that they are a useful
consumer-support tool that aids in plan
comparisons and selection and that
withdrawing the standardized options
could create confusion for consumers,
especially those with low health literacy
or certain health conditions. Others
noted that removing the standardized
option designation could make plan
selection more difficult resulting in
fewer people enrolling in QHPs.
Some commenters noted that the
standardized cost sharing encourages
issuers to innovate on other plan
features and encourages issuers to
compete on networks and formularies.
Other commenters noted that the
standardized plan designs ensure
offerings had certain desirable features,
such as fewer specialty drug tiers and
first dollar coverage. Commenters noted
that standardized options were
voluntary and therefore could not stifle
innovation. Another commenter noted
that removing standardized options
could result in issuers designing plans
specifically for a healthy population.
Another commenter supported making
standardized options mandatory and
expanding to include SADPs.
Response: As we noted in the
proposed rule, we believe that not
specifying standardized options for the
2019 plan year will remove
disincentives for issuers to offer
coverage with innovative plan designs.
We agree that issuers are in the best
position to design and offer innovative
plan designs. We are similarly finalizing
the removal of the differential display of
standardized options.
As we noted in the 2017 Payment
Notice final rule,41 we designed the
standardized options to be as similar as
possible to the most popular (weighted
by enrollment) QHPs in the FFEs in
order to minimize market disruption
and impact on premiums. Consequently,
we believe that the plan design features,
41 81
FR at 12289 (March 8, 2016).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
such as annual limitations on cost
sharing and deductibles, previously
specified as part of standardized options
are mostly available to consumers in
FFEs. Therefore, we do not believe it is
necessary to mandate or otherwise
further provide an incentive for issuers
to offer plans that meet the
characteristics of standardized options.
We agree with commenters that
HealthCare.gov plan filters for other
tools are sufficient to enable most
consumers to make plan selections.
However, we continue to explore
strategies to make shopping on
HealthCare.gov as easy as possible, and
to better support consumers in choosing
coverage that is best for them.
Consumers are able to select a QHP
based on metal level, and are generally
offered coverage of a similar set of
essential health benefits. We agree with
commenters that certain populations
with specific health conditions may not
purchase a QHP that best meets their
needs if they merely select based on a
standardized option designation.
Standardized options offer simple plan
comparisons at a high level to assess
comparability on cost sharing of certain
services. However, consumers with
specific health conditions may be better
served by a different QHP that provides
benefits better suited for their
individual needs. By removing
standardized options, we are mitigating
the risk that consumers with special
coverage needs choose a standardized
option plan that may not provide the
optimal mix of cost-sharing protections,
benefits, and networks for their
situation. We believe these benefits
outweigh any potential additional
difficulty in selecting a QHP that could
result from the elimination of the
standardized option designation.
For these reasons we are finalizing the
policy as proposed.
Comment: One commenter requested
clarification that if the proposal is
finalized as proposed standardized
options would not appear on
HealthCare.gov or be designated in
public use files. Another commenter
requested that HHS release data related
to standardized options offerings and
enrollment publicly prior to making a
decision about ceasing to specify
standardized options.
Response: The proposal is being
finalized as proposed. Therefore
standardized options will not display as
‘‘Simple Choice Plans’’ on
HealthCare.gov, nor will information be
collected and reported in public use
files for the 2019 benefit year. We have
previously released data regarding
standardized options offerings in public
use files. We believe releasing data
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16975
regarding recent enrollment in
standardized options could cause
competitive harm to issuers, but intend
to continue to release historical
enrollment data for all QHPs, including
standardized options, in the future.
Commenter: A commenter noted that
standardized options assist States in
Federal and State review, certification,
and oversight.
Response: States have previously been
able to complete QHP certification,
review, and oversight for issuers that are
not offering standardized options, and
therefore, we believe that they will be
able to continue doing so without
relying on standardized options.
2. General Standards Related to the
Establishment of an Exchange
a. Flexibility for State Exchanges and
State Exchanges on the Federal Platform
(§ 155.106 and § 155.200)
While the PPACA allowed each State
to operate its own State Exchange,
currently 11 States and the District of
Columbia operate their own Exchanges,
five States utilize the SBE–FP model,
and FFEs operate in the remaining 34
States. We seek to support innovation
by States operating State Exchanges by
providing opportunities for increased
program flexibilities to help support the
retention and financial selfsustainability of States that adopted the
SBE model. In particular, we sought
comment on how HHS can best support
State Exchange efforts to utilize
commercial platform services, including
what type of technical support would be
useful and what, if any, specific
regulatory changes would facilitate the
use of these services.
We also proposed to explore strategies
to make the SBE–FP model more
appealing and viable to States with
FFEs, as well as to support retention of
existing SBE–FPs. As codified in the
2017 Payment Notice, the SBE–FP
model allows States to establish the
legal status of their Exchanges as State
Exchanges while leveraging the
economies of scale available through the
Federal eligibility and enrollment
platform and information technology
infrastructure. The SBE–FP model offers
States opportunities to retain more
control over their Exchanges than if an
FFE operated in the State, as it allows
them to control plan management and
consumer assistance activities, without
the additional responsibility of building
the infrastructure required to operate an
information technology eligibility and
enrollment platform. Accordingly, we
seek to explore options for streamlining
current requirements and leveraging
private sector and Federal platform
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16976
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
technologies and advances to increase
opportunities for those States interested
in remaining or becoming SBE–FPs. We
also intend to continue to explore areas
where current authority, technology,
and operational capacities would permit
HHS to provide additional options in
operational functions to SBE–FPs and
provide SBE–FPs with a greater role in
decision-making. We sought comment
on ways to strengthen and enhance the
SBE–FP model.
Comment: Several commenters
supported further actions by HHS to
allow SBE–FPs greater access to
enrollment data and consumer
assistance tools, and supported efforts to
customize the Federal platform to meet
SBE–FP needs. Other commenters
encouraged HHS to lower or eliminate
the SBE–FP user fee, increase
predictability of the user fee, or to tailor
the user fee to an Exchange based on use
of certain Federal platform options. One
commenter proposed HHS consider new
Federal grant funding for State
Exchanges to purchase commercial
technology platforms, while others
requested HHS reduce market
uncertainty and further streamline
eligibility verification requirements to
support the success of SBEs. Another
commenter requested that HHS promote
regional State Exchanges to mitigate
financial sustainability challenges faced
by smaller States. Several commenters
encouraged the use of direct enrollment
and enhanced direct enrollment
capabilities and private and Federal
platform technologies by State
Exchanges and SBE–FPs. One
commenter suggested State Exchanges
consolidate into a single entity utilizing
Federal platform technology while
enabling private partnerships and nonprofit entities to perform consumer
facing functions. Two commenters
suggested the Federal platform include
functionality to support independent
enrollment in dental plans in SBE–FPs.
Other commenters supported the
concepts of innovation and increased
customization of the Federal platform,
but suggested HHS prioritize
improvements to the overall
HealthCare.gov system infrastructure
before focusing on State-specific
enhancements to HealthCare.gov. Some
commenters emphasized the need for
guardrails to protect patients and
consumers as HHS explores flexibilities
and innovations in Exchange models.
One commenter expressed concern that
HHS’s support for expanding the SBE–
FP model signaled an intent to reduce
Federal support for small population
States and requested assurance the FFE
would continue to be available for small
States.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
Response: We appreciate the
comments, and will consider them as
we continue to explore incentives and
program flexibilities for the SBE and
SBE–FP models. The SBE–FP model
was intended to improve States’ ability
to operate efficient Exchanges by
providing the option for State
Exchanges to agree to rely on the
Federal eligibility and enrollment
platform and information technology
infrastructure to carry out certain
functions in order for the State to fulfill
requirements as a State Exchange. We
continue to explore ways to make this
a more appealing option to States that
currently have FFEs. In 2017, at the
request of the SBE–FPs, we shared new
data with the SBE–FPs to enhance their
consumer outreach functions, customer
relationships, and fiscal planning
activities. HHS intends to continue to
enhance these data-sharing efforts with
SBE–FPs to support their ability to
fulfill their responsibilities. However, at
this time, HHS is unable to offer a menu
of Federal platform functionalities to an
SBE–FP. Likewise, at this time, HHS is
unable to offer State-specific
customization of the Federal platform
agreement, but will continue engaging
with SBE–FPs to refine the agreement.
We also note that § 155.140 permits
States to participate in regional
Exchanges spanning two or more States.
This allows States interested in
operating State Exchanges to partner
with each other and leverage economies
of scale by sharing a common
information technology infrastructure or
platform, and HHS encourages States to
explore this as an option. States that are
interested in this option would need to
obtain HHS approval to operate as a
regional Exchange, fulfill the
requirements under § 155.140, and meet
the functional requirements in 45 CFR
part 155 that are applicable to States
who wish to operate their own SBE. We
also note that HHS has provided the
authority and flexibility for SBEs to
utilize the direct enrollment pathway as
an alternative option for enrolling
consumers into SBEs. HHS continues to
encourage SBEs and SBE–FPs to explore
this option in the context of evaluating
options that best suit the needs of their
Exchange, State, and consumers.
b. Election To Operate an Exchange
After 2014 (§ 155.106)
Section 155.106 describes the process
for a State electing to operate a State
Exchange, terminating its State
Exchange and transitioning to an FFE,
or seeking to operate an SBE–FP. This
section applies to both individual
market and SHOP Exchanges. Currently,
under § 155.106(c), as finalized in the
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2017 Payment Notice, States can elect to
operate an individual market SBE–FP,
an SBE–FP for SHOP, or both. If a State
operates an SBE–FP for SHOP, the SBE–
FP utilizes the Federal platform for
enrollment, eligibility, and premium
aggregation functions.
As discussed more fully in section
III.D.9 of this final rule, we proposed
changes to required SHOP functionality,
effective on the effective date of this
rule, for plan years beginning on or after
January 1, 2018, under which qualified
employers and employees could enroll
in SHOP plans by working with a QHP
issuer or SHOP-registered agent or
broker. As a result of the finalization of
these proposals, many Federal platform
functions currently available to a State
operating an SBE–FP for SHOP will no
longer exist, including employee
eligibility, enrollment, and premium
aggregation functions. Therefore, States
operating an SBE–FP for SHOP will no
longer be able to utilize the Federal
platform for those functions.
We proposed to amend § 155.106(c) to
remove the option for States to seek
approval to operate an SBE–FP for
SHOP after the effective date of this
rule, and are finalizing the policy as
proposed. Nonetheless, States that are
currently operating an SBE–FP for
SHOP, which include Kentucky and
Nevada, can choose to maintain their
existing SBE–FPs for SHOP, using the
Federal platform functionality that
would remain, subject to the applicable
requirements in § 155.200(f)(4), which
we are amending to align with the
changes to SHOP functionality
requirements. Issuers in these SBE–FPs
for SHOP will continue to be subject to
§ 156.350, which we are amending to
align with the changes to SHOP
functionality requirements. For those
issuers that offer SHOP QHPs in SBE–
FPs for SHOP beginning on or after
January 1, 2018, the expected burden (as
well as expected reduction in burden)
should be similar to that of issuers in
the FF–SHOPs.
Comment: One commenter suggested
HHS should consider continuing to
permit States to elect to operate as an
SBE–FP for SHOP, to increase the type
of Exchange models available to States.
Otherwise, we did not receive
substantive comments regarding the
proposed changes to § 155.106.
Response: As described above, as a
result of the finalization of the SHOP
proposals described in this rule, the
SHOP Federal platform currently
available to a State operating an SBE–FP
for SHOP will essentially no longer
exist, including the Federal platform
functions of employee eligibility,
enrollment, and premium aggregation
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
on which SBE–FPs for SHOP currently
rely. Therefore, States operating an
SBE–FP for SHOP will no longer have
an option to rely on the Federal
platform for those functions. We are
finalizing the policy as proposed, with
a minor, non-substantive change to the
regulatory text.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
c. Additional Required Benefits
(§ 155.170)
Section 1311(d)(3)(B) of the PPACA
permits a State, at its option, to require
QHPs to cover benefits in addition to
the EHB, but requires a State to make
payments, either to the individual
enrollee or to the issuer on behalf of the
enrollee, to defray the cost of these
additional State-required benefits. In
previous rulemaking, we directed States
to identify additional State-required
benefits that are subject to defrayal and
provided direction on how QHP issuers
in a State must calculate the cost of
those benefits.42
We made a number of proposals at
§ 156.111 related to State changes to
EHB-benchmark plans beginning for the
2019 plan year. In light of those
proposed changes, we stated that we
were not proposing any changes to the
policies governing State-required
benefits at § 155.170. That is, whether a
benefit mandated by State action could
be considered EHB would continue to
depend on when the State enacted the
mandate (unless the benefit mandated
was for the purposes of compliance with
Federal requirements). Under any of the
proposed methods for a State to select
a new EHB-benchmark plan, benefits
mandated by a State action prior to or
on December 31, 2011 would be
considered EHB in that State according
to the continuing policy described
above and would not require State
defrayal. However, State-required
benefits mandated by State action taking
place after December 31, 2011, other
than for purposes of compliance with
Federal requirements, would continue
to be considered in addition to EHB
even if embedded in the State’s newly
selected EHB-benchmark plan under the
proposals at § 156.111. Therefore, their
costs would be required to be defrayed
by the State.
As discussed more fully in the
preamble for § 156.111, we proposed
that § 155.170 would continue to apply
in the same manner as it currently
42 See 155.170(b) and (c). Also see the EHB Rule,
available at https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR2013-02-25/pdf/2013-04084.pdf, the 2016 Payment
Notice Final Rule, available at https://www.gpo.gov/
fdsys/pkg/FR-2015-02-27/pdf/2015-03751.pdf, and
the 2017 Payment Notice Final Rule, available at
https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2016-03-08/pdf/
2016-04439.pdf.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
applies to § 156.110, and that the
proposed § 156.111, which offers States
the flexibility to select a new EHBbenchmark plan, would not remove the
obligations required with regard to
maximum allowed generosity for a
State’s EHB-benchmark plan. For further
discussion of how the State mandate
policy at § 155.170 would apply to EHB
under the proposals at § 156.111
providing States with options to select
a new EHB-benchmark plan for plan
years beginning in 2020 and later, see
the preamble to § 156.111.
We sought comments on this
approach. Specifically, we were
interested in comments on different
applications of the State mandate policy
to the proposed policy for EHBbenchmark plan selections at § 156.111
that would increase State flexibility
while also being cost effective for States,
consumers, and the Federal government,
such as an approach that would allow
States the flexibility to update benefits
mandated by State action prior to or on
December 31, 2011, that are considered
EHB, so long as the State can prove that
the update to the State mandate is
budget neutral.
In this final rule, we are finalizing the
approach described above of not making
changes to the policy under § 155.170.
Comment: Many commenters
requested changes to the policies
governing State-required benefits at
§ 155.170 in light of new EHBbenchmark plan selection options
established at § 156.111. Some of these
commenters were concerned about
States selecting a more generous
benchmark plan under the proposed
options at § 156.111(a) that could reduce
affordability by allowing the selecting
State to include another State’s
mandates in its benchmark plan and
thereby allow the selecting State to
indirectly adopt another State’s
mandates without defrayal. These
commenters recommended that States
be required to defray the costs of any
additional required benefits that result
from the selection of a new EHBbenchmark plan if those benefits are
more generous than the State’s previous
EHB-benchmark plan, regardless of
whether the additional benefits were
put in place by the newly-selected EHBbenchmark plan or were the result of
benefits mandated by State action in the
selecting State. Other commenters were
concerned that the current policy of
requiring States to defray the costs of
State-required benefits mandated after
December 31, 2011, other than for
purposes of compliance with Federal
requirements, would prevent States
from updating benefits in response to
medical advances and their population’s
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16977
changing needs. These commenters
requested that HHS create a public
process for States to consider new Staterequired benefits as EHB without
additional cost to the State. Other
commenters opposed requiring States to
defray mandated benefits at all, because
the policy discourages States from
ensuring access to key health care
services for consumers—such as autism
and opioid dependency disorder
services. Several commenters supported
the proposal to maintain the policies at
§ 155.170, noting that section
1302(b)(4)(H) of the PPACA grants the
Secretary flexibility to update EHB
benefit categories as it becomes
necessary to do so. Other commenters
believed that a stricter standard
regarding defrayal is needed to ensure
that States comply with the current
defrayal requirement at § 155.170, and
to ensure that a sufficient defrayal
requirement is in place based on new
State EHB-benchmark plan selection
options at § 156.111.
Response: We understand the
importance of benefit mandates to States
under the policies described above.
With the finalization of the State’s new
EHB-benchmark plan options at
§ 156.111, States will continue to have
the authority to implement benefit
mandates as part of EHB, in accordance
with § 155.170.
Specifically, if a State selects a new
EHB-benchmark plan under any of the
options finalized in this rule at
§ 156.111, the benefits mandated by the
selecting State’s action prior to or on
December 31, 2011 will continue to be
considered EHB and will not be subject
to defrayal, in accordance with
§ 155.170. If the State is selecting from
another State’s EHB-benchmark plan
under the first or second option, as
discussed in preamble to § 156.111, and
the selected EHB-benchmark plan (or
category of services) includes benefits
mandated by the State from which the
plan originated that are EHB, those
benefits will also be incorporated into
the selecting State’s EHB-benchmark
plan without a requirement that the
selecting State defray their related costs,
unless the selecting State has its own
mandates regarding these same benefits
and those mandates meet the
requirements for defrayal in § 155.170.
Relatedly, our decision to maintain
the policies governing State-required
benefits at § 155.170 is motivated by our
goal to provide States with more
flexibility and reduce administrative
burden for selecting a new EHBbenchmark plan under Option 1 or 2
described in § 156.111. Specifically, we
believe that many benefits that are State
mandates are likely already embedded
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
16978
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
in States’ existing 2017 EHB-benchmark
plans, and removing them would be
complicated for a selecting State. In
particular, we are concerned that this
additional level of effort would create a
barrier to States trying to select another
State’s 2017 EHB-benchmark plan under
Options 1 or 2 being finalized at
§ 156.111(a)(1) and (2), particularly
when several types of benefits mandated
by State action overlap with one of the
ten EHB categories. More specifically,
because benefits mandated by State
action are generally EHB if the mandates
were enacted on or before December 31,
2011, and the 2017 EHB-benchmark
plans that are used for the options under
§ 156.111 are based on base-benchmark
plans that were available in 2014, we
believe that the majority of benefits
mandated by State action that are EHB
in accordance with § 155.170 are
already embedded in the originating
State’s EHB-benchmark plan
documents.
We also note that we are finalizing
that all options for a State to select a
new EHB-benchmark plan described in
§ 156.111 are limited by a generosity
standard. This generosity standard will
limit the State’s ability to increase the
overall scope of benefits in its EHBbenchmark plan beyond the generosity
of a set of comparison plans that
includes a State’s 2017 EHB-benchmark
plan and any of the State’s basebenchmark plan options for the 2017
plan year described in § 156.100(a)(1),
supplemented as necessary under
§ 156.110. In practice, this requirement
limits States’ overall ability to select a
new EHB-benchmark plan that transfers
benefits that were previously only
applied to the State’s large group
market, or that were mandated by other
States’ actions prior to 2012, into its
new EHB-benchmark plan. As a result,
we believe that this approach balances
our goal to promote State flexibility
with the need to preserve coverage
affordability. For additional discussion
on considerations related to § 155.170
for States that select a new EHBbenchmark plan using an option
described at § 156.111, see the preamble
to section § 156.111.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
3. General Functions of an Exchange
a. Functions of an Exchange (§ 155.200)
The 2017 Payment Notice finalized
requirements at § 155.200(f)(2) for SBE–
FPs to establish and oversee certain
requirements for their QHPs and QHP
issuers that are no less strict than the
requirements that apply to QHPs and
QHP issuers on an FFE. Due to the
operational complexities in
implementing these requirements from
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
both the State and Federal perspective,
and to promote the goal of returning
regulatory authority over the insurance
markets to States, we proposed to
eliminate requirements for SBE–FPs to
enforce FFE standards for network
adequacy at § 155.200(f)(2)(ii) and
essential community providers at
§ 155.200(f)(2)(iii). Instead, we proposed
that the SBE–FPs, like other State
Exchanges, would have the flexibility to
determine how to implement the
network adequacy and essential
community provider (ECP) standards
with which issuers offering QHPs
through the SBE–FP must comply. We
believe SBE–FPs are best positioned to
determine these standards for the QHP
certification process in their States, and
that the removal of the requirement that
SBE–FPs establish and oversee
requirements for their issuers that are no
less strict than the manner in which
these regulatory requirements are
applied to FFE issuers would streamline
certain aspects of the QHP certification
process, and return traditional
insurance market regulatory authority to
the States. Additionally, HHS proposed
that, for 2019 plan years and later, the
FFEs would rely on State reviews of
network adequacy standards where the
States have been determined to have an
adequate review process. Accordingly,
we believe similar deference should be
granted to States with SBE–FPs. We
believe these changes will further
empower SBE–FPs to use their QHP
certification authority to encourage
issuers to stay in the Exchange, enter the
Exchange for the first time, or expand
into additional service areas. We are
finalizing these changes as proposed.
We also proposed to remove the
requirement at § 155.200(f)(2)(iv) that
QHP issuers in SBE–FPs comply with
the Federal meaningful difference
standard to reflect the removal of
§ 156.298 described elsewhere in this
rule. We are finalizing this change as
proposed.
Comment: Several commenters
opposed eliminating requirements for
SBE–FPs to enforce FFE standards for
network adequacy at § 155.200(f)(2)(ii)
and ECPs at § 155.200(f)(2)(iii) for the
2019 benefit year and beyond. They
urged HHS to continue requiring SBE–
FPs to enforce these FFE standards,
stating that some State Exchanges that
do not currently use the Federal
platform have adopted less robust
network adequacy and ECP standards,
which are critical to providing access to
providers that serve vulnerable
populations. Other commenters
supported this proposal if the States
have an adequate review process, and
encouraged HHS to monitor State
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
oversight of networks to ensure that the
States in fact have the capacity to ensure
health plan compliance. Other
commenters supported this proposal,
stating that they believe networks are
best developed and regulated at the
State level to allow for variations in
State geography, demographics, and
market conditions.
Response: We are finalizing the
proposal to remove the requirement that
SBE–FPs establish and oversee
requirements for their issuers that are no
less strict than the manner in which
these regulatory requirements are
applied to FFE issuers. We believe SBE–
FPs are best positioned to determine
these standards for the QHP certification
process in their States, and elimination
of this requirement would streamline
certain aspects of the QHP certification
process by reducing oversight burden on
SBE–FPs.
Section 155.200(f)(4) describes
requirements for States that operate an
SBE–FP for SHOP. As discussed earlier
in this preamble, although we proposed
that States can no longer elect to operate
SBE–FPs for SHOP after the effective
date of this rule, which we are finalizing
as proposed, Kentucky and Nevada are
already approved to operate SBE–FPs
for SHOP, and thus the requirements in
§ 155.200(f)(4) remain relevant for those
SBE–FPs for SHOP. Therefore, we
proposed to amend § 155.200(f)(4) to
reflect the proposed amendments
(described in section III.D.9 of this final
rule) under which the functionality of
the FF–SHOPs’ platform would be
reduced for plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018. Specifically, we
proposed to amend the introductory text
to § 155.200(f)(4) to describe the
requirement applicable, effective on the
effective date of this rule for plan years
beginning on January 1, 2018 and
beyond, and to make the requirements
in paragraphs (f)(4)(i) through (vii),
effective on the effective date of this
rule applicable for only plan years
beginning prior to January 1, 2018.
Specifically the requirements in
(f)(4)(i) and (iv), which require SBE–FPs
for SHOP to align their premium
payment and employer contribution
calculation methodologies with those
used by the Federal platform, would not
apply for plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018, effective on the
effective date of this rule. Because under
our amendments to § 155.705 and newly
finalized § 155.706, for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018,
the Federal platform for SHOP will no
longer calculate premium rates or
employer contributions, and will no
longer aggregate premium payments (as
of the effective date of the final rule),
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
there will be no further need for such
alignment for plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018.
Because under the approach we are
finalizing, the Federal platform will
continue to include plan display with
premium amounts, we did not propose
changes to the requirement that States
operating an SBE–FP must require its
QHP issuers to make any changes to
rates in accordance with the timeline
applicable in a Federally-facilitated
SHOP under current
§ 155.705(b)(6)(i)(A), which regulation is
mirrored in our proposed introduction
of § 155.706(b)(6)(i)(A). However, we
proposed to specify that this
requirement applies in the introductory
text to (f)(4), to reflect the proposed
change to make the requirements in
(f)(4)(i) through (vii) applicable for only
plan years beginning prior to January 1,
2018, effective on the effective date of
this rule.
Additionally, because under the
approach we are finalizing, for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018, the Federal platform will,
effective on the effective date of this
rule no longer calculate whether a
qualified employer has met the
applicable minimum participation rate,
there will no longer be any need for
States operating an SBE–FP for SHOP to
align their minimum participation rate
requirements and calculation
methodologies with those applicable in
the FF–SHOPs for plan years beginning
on or after January 1, 2018. Therefore,
we proposed that this requirement
would only apply for plan years
beginning prior to January 1, 2018,
effective on the effective date of this
rule.
To align with our amendments at
§ 155.725 and newly finalized § 155.726,
under which the FF–SHOPs, effective
on the effective date of this rule, for
plan years beginning on or after January
1, 2018, will no longer establish annual
employee open enrollment periods, or
establish effective dates of coverage for
an initial group enrollment or group
renewal, we also proposed that the
requirements in § 155.200(f)(4)(v) and
(vi) would only apply for plan years
beginning prior to January 1, 2018,
effective on the effective date of this
rule. Finally, to align with our
amendments at § 155.735, under which
the FF–SHOP, effective on the effective
date of this rule for plan years beginning
on or after January 1, 2018, will no
longer determine the timing, form, and
manner in which coverage or
enrollment in a SHOP QHP may be
terminated, we proposed that the
requirement in § 155.200(f)(4)(vii)
would only apply for plan years
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
beginning prior to January 1, 2018,
effective on the effective date of this
rule.
We are finalizing as proposed the
changes to § 155.200. Substantive
comments related to SHOP proposals
are summarized in section III.D.9 of this
final rule.
b. Navigator Program Standards
(§ 155.210)
Each Exchange is required under
section 1311(d)(4)(K) and 1311(i) of the
PPACA to establish a Navigator program
under which it awards grants to entities
that, among other things: Conduct
public education activities to raise
awareness of the availability of QHPs,
distribute fair and impartial information
concerning enrollment in QHPs and the
availability of PTCs and CSRs, and
facilitate enrollment in QHPs. Under
section 1311(i)(2)(B) of the PPACA,
these entities may include trade,
industry, and professional associations;
commercial fishing industry
organizations; ranching and farming
organizations; community and
consumer-focused nonprofit groups;
chambers of commerce; unions;
resource partners of the Small Business
Administration; other licensed
insurance agents and brokers; and other
entities that meet the statutory
requirements at section 1311(i)(3), (4),
and (5) of the PPACA.
Currently, § 155.210(c)(2) specifies
that each Exchange must include among
its Navigator grantees both a community
and consumer-focused nonprofit group
and at least one other entity that is from
one of the other categories listed at
§ 155.210(c)(2), including other public
or private entities or individuals that
meet the requirements of § 155.210.
Section 155.210(c)(2)(viii) specifies that
these other entities may include Indian
tribes, tribal organizations, urban Indian
organizations, and State or local human
service agencies.
To maximize the flexibility and
efficiency of the Navigator program, we
proposed to amend § 155.210(c)(2) to
remove the requirements that each
Exchange must have at least two
Navigator entities and that one of these
entities must be a community and
consumer-focused nonprofit group. As
discussed further below, we are
finalizing this amendment as proposed.
We believe removing these requirements
will provide Exchanges with improved
flexibility to award funding to the
number and type of entities that will be
most effective for the specific Exchange.
We believe that eliminating the
requirement to have at least two
Navigator entities will allow each
Exchange to optimally use the funding
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16979
amounts available to direct investments
to effective and efficient Navigators,
which may include selecting a single,
high performing grantee in an Exchange.
The requirement that one Navigator
grantee in each Exchange must be a
community and consumer-focused
nonprofit group may unnecessarily limit
an Exchange’s ability to award grants to
the strongest applicants, particularly in
an Exchange that opts under this final
rule to have only one Navigator grantee
and where the strongest applicant is not
a community and consumer-focused
nonprofit group. Keeping this
requirement would effectively exclude
any other type of statutorily eligible
entities from becoming Navigators in an
Exchange that opts to have only one
Navigator grantee. Eliminating this
requirement will provide Exchanges
with the flexibility to target grants to the
highest scoring and performing entities,
regardless of organization type.
Removing these requirements at
§ 155.210(c)(2) will also promote
Exchange flexibility and autonomy to
structure Navigator programs tailored to
each Exchange. An Exchange could
award a grant to a single Navigator
entity from any of the permitted types.
Alternatively, Exchanges could elect to
continue awarding two or more grants,
as they have been doing thus far, and
include a community and consumerfocused nonprofit group among those
grantees.
Section 155.210(e)(7) requires each
Navigator entity to maintain a physical
presence in the Exchange service area,
so that face-to-face assistance can be
provided to applicants and enrollees.
We proposed to remove this
requirement to provide more flexibility
to each Exchange to structure its
Navigator program to best serve the
Exchange service area, and as discussed
further below, are finalizing this
amendment as proposed. Under section
1311(i)(2)(A) of the PPACA and
§ 155.210(c)(1)(ii), entities seeking to
become Navigator grantees must
demonstrate to the Exchange that they
have existing relationships, or could
readily establish relationships, with
employers and employees, consumers
(including uninsured and underinsured
consumers), or self-employed
individuals likely to be eligible for
enrollment in a QHP. Consistent with
those provisions, Navigator grant
applicants in the FFEs are scored on
their ability to make this demonstration.
Based on HHS’s experience with
Navigator programs in FFEs and other
public programs, we believe entities
with strong relationships in their FFE
service areas tend to deliver the most
effective outreach and enrollment
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16980
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
results. However, we believe that each
Exchange is best suited to determine the
weight to give a physical presence in the
Exchange service area when selecting
Navigator entities, as long as the
Exchange’s Navigator grantee selection
process is consistent with section
1311(i)(2)(A) of the PPACA and
§ 155.210(c)(1)(ii).
For reasons similar to those
motivating our proposed changes to
§ 155.210(e)(7), as well as to promote
consistency across programs, we
proposed to remove the corresponding
requirement at § 155.215(h) that requires
maintenance of a physical presence in
the Exchange service area by all nonNavigator entities subject to § 155.215.
We are also finalizing this amendment
as proposed.
In addition to the requirement to
maintain a physical presence in the
Exchange service area, §§ 155.210(e)(7)
and 155.215(h) currently provide that,
in an FFE, no individual or entity is
ineligible to operate as a Navigator or
non-Navigator assistance personnel
solely because its principal place of
business is outside of the Exchange
service area. We did not propose to
amend or remove that language, and it
will remain in effect.
In addition to seeking comment on
the proposed amendments described
above, we also sought comment on
statutorily acceptable alternative types
of entities that could serve as Navigators
and on possible new ways in which
Navigators could carry out their duties.
Comment: We received comments in
support of removing the requirement
that each Exchange must have at least
two Navigator entities. Several
commenters believed that adopting this
change could assist HHS with ensuring
that Navigator grants are expended
efficiently and effectively. Many
commenters, however, expressed
concern about reducing the number of
required Navigator entities per
Exchange, conveying that removing this
requirement could potentially
negatively affect consumer access to inperson assistance, and therefore make it
harder for consumers to understand
their coverage options and enroll in
health coverage. Several commenters
suggested that having two Navigator
entities per Exchange ensures that an
Exchange can have a general entity and
one more tailored to specific needs
within an Exchange, such as a focus on
young adults, limited English proficient
individuals, or other targeted
populations.
Response: We agree with commenters
who stated that removing these
requirements will provide Exchanges
with improved flexibility to award
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
funding to the number and type of
entities that would be most effective for
each specific Exchange. We appreciate
the importance of consumer access to
experienced, in-person assistance, and
believe this change will allow each
Exchange to optimally use available
funding amounts, such as by selecting a
single, high-performing grantee in an
Exchange. In this way, we do not
believe this change will have a
detrimental effect on the availability of
professional, unbiased, in-person
consumer assistance. Additionally, the
proposal does not require an Exchange
to have only one Navigator. It simply
provides Exchanges with that option.
We are finalizing this change as
proposed.
Comment: We received comments in
support of removing the requirement
that each Exchange must have one
Navigator entity that is a community
and consumer-focused nonprofit.
Several of these commenters supported
HHS’s promotion of Exchange flexibility
with this change. However, many
commenters expressed concern about
removing this requirement, conveying
that Navigators, and in particular
independent, nonprofit Navigators, have
proven to be a critical resource for
helping consumers enroll in coverage
that is appropriate for their needs in
previous enrollment periods. Many
commenters stated that nonprofit
Navigator entities are unique among
other types of Navigator groups because
they typically have expertise with one
or more hard-to-reach populations
within their communities, such as
veterans, limited English proficiency
individuals, or other targeted
populations, and have the trust of many
community members. In addition,
commenters suggested that this
requirement was initially added to
address concerns about fraud, abuse,
and the difficulty that Exchanges faced
overseeing other types of Navigator
entities.
Response: We agree with commenters
who emphasized the importance of
funding nonprofit Navigator entities,
and also agree that nonprofit Navigator
entities often have expertise with one or
more hard-to-reach populations within
their communities. Nothing in this rule
prevents an Exchange from selecting
and funding a nonprofit Navigator entity
if it determines that such an entity best
meets the needs of the community
served by the Exchange. However, we
also recognize that there are
circumstances in which another type of
entity may be the strongest applicant. In
these cases, an Exchange that chooses to
have only one Navigator grantee (as
permitted by the change finalized in this
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
rule), would be unable to select its
strongest applicant absent a change to
the requirement that one Navigator
grantee in each Exchange must be a
community and consumer-focused
nonprofit group. We also agree with
commenters that removing this
requirement will support Exchange
flexibility and autonomy to structure
Navigator programs tailored to each
Exchange and target grants to the
highest scoring and performing entities,
regardless of organization type. We
believe that Exchanges are well-situated
to determine the proper use of the
funding amounts available and are able
to determine the type of entity or
entities that will serve their Exchange
service areas best. We are finalizing this
change as proposed.
Comment: We received comments in
support of removing the standard
requiring Navigators to maintain a
physical presence in the Exchange
service area. Several commenters
believed that removing this requirement
will provide Exchanges with greater
flexibility and enable them to expand
options for consumer support. On the
other hand, many commenters believed
that entities not physically present in an
Exchange service area may not be able
to provide a full spectrum of local
outreach, education, and assistance to
support enrollment and post-enrollment
activities. Many commenters suggested
that removing this requirement would
negatively affect hard-to-reach
populations, as the in-person assistance
provided by Navigator entities is often
the only known resource and form of
support for some low-income and other
at-risk populations. In addition, some
commenters believe that web or phonebased assistance is a poor substitute for
in-person assistance delivered by a
known and trusted community-based
organization, and that this is
particularly true for those living with
significant health needs for whom
remote assistance may prove inadequate
and frustrating.
Response: We agree with commenters
who emphasized the importance of
providing more flexibility to each
Exchange to structure its Navigator
program to best serve the Exchange’s
service area. As we stated in the
proposed rule, we believe that entities
with a physical presence and strong
relationships in their FFE service areas
tend to deliver the most effective
outreach and enrollment results.
Nothing in this final rule prevents an
Exchange from selecting grantees that
are physically present and available to
provide a spectrum of in-person, local
outreach, education, and assistance,
including directing these services
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
towards vulnerable and hard-to-reach
populations, if the Exchange elects to
weight its selection process in that way
and its selection process is consistent
with section 1311(i)(2)(A) of PPACA
and § 155.210(c)(1)(ii). Furthermore, we
believe that there are various
organizations that might prove to be
promising partners in the delivery of
both local and remote consumer
assistance with regard to health
coverage enrollment and education.
While in-person assistance may be more
helpful than remote services in some
situations, we believe that determining
which entities are well-situated to serve
consumers within a particular Exchange
is best left up to each Exchange. By
allowing Exchanges greater flexibility,
each Exchange will be better able to
ensure that its service area can be
assisted by the entity or entities that
best fits the needs of its population. We
are finalizing this change as proposed.
Comment: We received comments
about the potential use of other entities
to provide enrollment assistance or
remote services to consumers, beyond
Navigator entities. Some commenters
conveyed that other types of
organizations are well-situated to
provide enrollment assistance, such as
local agents and brokers and direct
enrollment partners. Some commenters
believe that an approach to consumer
assistance that leverages experts from
different types of organizations that
have strong ties to the community is a
comprehensive way to provide
consumers with the best available
expertise.
Response: We agree that local
collaboration and leveraging community
partnerships can help in reaching
marginalized communities. For FFEs,
we will take these comments into
consideration when drafting Navigator
selection criteria for Navigator funding
opportunity announcements in future
years. While agents, brokers, and direct
enrollment partners might in many
cases not be eligible to become
Navigators due to statutory limitations
on Navigator eligibility at section
1311(i)(4) of PPACA, we also agree that
agents, brokers, and direct enrollment
partners can be well situated to provide
enrollment assistance or remote services
to consumers, and we intend to
continue to work with these
stakeholders to ensure consumers in
FFEs have access to a range of
enrollment assistance, including
Navigators.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
c. Standards Applicable to Navigators
and Non-Navigator Assistance
Personnel Carrying Out Consumer
Assistance Functions Under
§§ 155.205(d) and (e) and 155.210 in a
Federally-Facilitated Exchange and to
Non-Navigator Assistance Personnel
Funded Through an Exchange
Establishment Grant (§ 155.215)
For a discussion of the provisions of
this final rule related to standards
applicable to non-Navigator Assistance
Personnel subject to § 155.215, please
see the preamble to § 155.210.
d. Standards for Third-Party Entities To
Perform Audits of Agents, Brokers, and
Issuers Participating in Direct
Enrollment (§ 155.221)
HHS proposed new standards in the
proposed rule to replace the standards
set forth in the 2018 Payment Notice for
§ 155.221 for third-party onboarding
operational readiness reviews and
audits for direct enrollment partners.
HHS also proposed to expand the
applicability of this section to require
issuers, in addition to agents and
brokers, participating in direct
enrollment to engage third-party entities
to conduct the required operational
readiness reviews. We proposed a
conforming edit to § 156.1230(b)(2) to
reflect this proposal.
HHS proposed to implement an
approach wherein agents, brokers, and
issuers that participate in direct
enrollment and use their own internet
website for QHP selection or to
complete the Exchange eligibility
application would select their own
third-party entities for conducting
audits, rather than requiring HHS to
initially review and approve these
entities. As detailed in the proposed
rule, HHS anticipates this approach
would reduce the regulatory burden for
agents, brokers, and issuers, and reduce
duplicative HHS oversight. This
approach will also reduce the burden on
third-party entity reviewers.
Beginning with the open enrollment
period for the 2019 benefit year, we
proposed that an agent, broker, or issuer
must engage a third-party entity that
meets the standards outlined in the new
§ 155.221(b) to conduct an annual
operational readiness review prior to
participating in direct enrollment.
Consistent with § 155.220(c)(3)(i)(K) and
§ 156.1230(b)(2), the operational
readiness review would be performed
using the third parties’ own audit
processes and methods subject to HHSdefined specifications and
requirements. The third-party entity’s
review would verify compliance by the
agent, broker, or issuer with the
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16981
applicable requirements in §§ 155.220,
155.260, 156.265, and 156.1230, and
would need to be completed prior to the
use of the agent, broker, or issuer
internet website for submission of an
Exchange application or completion of
QHP selection. HHS would publish
technical guidance outlining the review
standards and other operational details,
as well as provide other resources to
assist the third-party entities in
conducting the reviews at a later date.
As outlined in the last sentence of the
new § 155.221(a), the third-party entity
would be a downstream or delegated
entity of the agent, broker, or issuer that
participates or wishes to participate in
direct enrollment. Therefore, these
third-party entities would be subject to
HHS oversight as delegated or
downstream entities of an agent, broker,
or issuer, and the agent, broker, or issuer
will remain responsible for compliance
with all applicable direct enrollment
requirements.
We also proposed revisions to
§ 155.221(b), which establishes
standards that third-party entities must
satisfy to perform the reviews to
demonstrate operational readiness
under § 155.220(c)(3)(i)(K) and
§ 156.1230(b)(2), beginning with the
open enrollment period for the 2019
benefit year. The proposed new
introductory language at § 155.221(b)
aligns with the new approach where the
agent, broker, or issuer selects the thirdparty entity to perform the audit under
paragraph (a). As proposed, new
§ 155.221(b)(1) would require the entity
to have experience conducting audits or
similar services, including specific
experience with relevant privacy and
security standards due to the
operational requirements of the current
direct enrollment processes and any
potential future enhancements. This
would include demonstrated experience
with current National Institute of
Standards and Technology (NIST) SP
800–53 or the HIPAA Security Rule
standards, and the review of compliance
with those standards. We proposed that
auditors must also be capable of
performing penetration testing on all
interfaces that collect personally
identifiable information or connect with
HHS. We proposed to modify
§ 155.221(b)(2) to include issuers
participating in direct enrollment and to
expand the scope of the audit to also
include review of compliance with
other applicable program requirements
(for example, website design, or
consumer disclosures). Under proposed
§ 155.221(b)(3), auditors would be
required to collect, store, and share with
HHS all data related to its audits of
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16982
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
agents, brokers, and issuers under
paragraph (a) in a manner, format, and
frequency specified by HHS until 10
years from the date of creation, and
would be required to comply with the
privacy and security standards HHS
adopts for agents, brokers, and issuers as
required in accordance with § 155.260.
The proposed revisions to paragraph
(b)(4) would implement a conflict of
interest standard that requires
disclosure of financial relationships
between a third-party entity conducting
a direct enrollment operational
readiness review and the agent, broker,
or issuer. In addition, the third-party
entity would be required, under
§ 155.221(b)(5), to comply with all
applicable Federal and State
requirements; under § 155.221(b)(6), to
ensure, on an annual basis, that
appropriate staff successfully complete
operational readiness review training as
established by HHS prior to conducting
audits under paragraph (a) of this
section; and, under § 155.221(b)(7), to
permit access by the Secretary and the
Office of the Inspector General (OIG), or
their designees, in connection with their
right to evaluate through audit,
inspection, or other means, to the thirdparty entity’s books, contracts,
computers, or other electronic systems,
relating to the third-party entity’s audits
of agents, broker’s, or issuer’s
obligations in accordance with Federal
standards under paragraph (a) of this
section until 10 years from the date of
creation. Finally, to provide flexibility,
under § 155.221(c) an agent, broker, or
issuer would be permitted to engage
multiple third-party entities to perform
the audits under paragraph (a) and each
such third-party entity would need to
separately comply with the standards
under paragraph (b). We are finalizing
these amendments as proposed, with a
minor, non-substantive change
described below.
Comment: Most commenters were
concerned that enrollment through a
non-governmental site would occur
without proper oversight and controls.
They expressed concern about the
potential for fraud, or the possibility
that agents, brokers, and issuers would
unfairly direct consumers to QHPs with
which the agent, broker, or issuer, had
an existing relationship. Additionally, a
number of commenters were concerned
about the potential for conflicts of
interest arising from relationships
between the agents, brokers, and issuers
and the third-party auditors they select
to conduct their audits.
Response: We are finalizing the
modifications to § 155.221 as proposed,
with a minor non-substantive edit to
paragraph (b)(7) to remove the acronym
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
‘‘OIG’’. We have put in place guidelines
and processes to oversee the activities of
agents, brokers, and issuers
participating in direct enrollment, and
anticipate continuing to monitor
enrollments through the direct
enrollment pathway for evidence of
fraud or abuse. While we acknowledge
the potential for conflicts of interest, we
believe the required disclosures,
continuous monitoring and oversight,
and standards established for thirdparty auditors will sufficiently mitigate
these concerns. Furthermore, we believe
the requirements being finalized in this
rule will ensure that quality operational
readiness reviews are conducted. Lastly,
we agree that it is important that
consumers enrolling using direct
enrollment be able to make informed
decisions about coverage. We believe
§ 155.220, which establishes standards
that apply when Exchange consumers
select an individual market QHP
through an agent’s or broker’s website,
including a requirement that agents and
brokers engaged in direct enrollment
display all QHP data provided by the
Exchange, will help promote informed
consumer choice about all available
QHPs, not just those with which the
agent or broker has an existing
relationship.
4. Exchange Functions in the Individual
Market: Eligibility Determinations for
Exchange Participation and Insurance
Affordability Programs
a. Eligibility Standards (§ 155.305)
Section 155.305(f)(4)(i) prohibits an
Exchange from determining a consumer
eligible for APTC if APTC payments
were made on behalf of the tax filer for
the consumer’s household (or either
spouse, if the tax filer is married) for a
previous year for which tax data would
be used for verification of household
income and family size, and the tax filer
or his or her spouse did not comply
with the requirement to file an income
tax return and reconcile APTC paid on
their behalf that year. Under the current
regulation at paragraph (f)(4)(ii),
Exchanges cannot discontinue APTC
due to a failure to file and reconcile
(FTR) associated APTC unless direct
notification is first sent to the tax filer
that his or her eligibility will be
discontinued as a result of the tax filer’s
failure to comply with the requirement
specified under paragraph (f)(4)(i) of
§ 155.305.
We proposed to amend § 155.305(f)(4)
by removing the direct notification
requirement in paragraph (f)(4)(ii) and
revising the remaining paragraph (f)(4)
to move the content in paragraph
(f)(4)(i) into paragraph (f)(4).
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
We are finalizing this policy as
proposed.
Comment: Nearly all commenters on
this issue expressed concern that relying
on a notice that is not explicit to inform
consumers that APTC eligibility may be
discontinued—without giving
consumers the specific reason and
clearly instructing them how to correct
the issue—is insufficient to ensure those
wishing to continue their eligibility
have the necessary information to do so.
A few commenters stated that FFE 43
notices are often difficult for consumers
to understand, and consumers often
bring their notices to assisters for help
understanding them. One commenter
stated that this confusion can be
compounded for non-English or nonSpanish speakers, who often are unable
to understand notices because they are
unable to read them and may not take
the notices to an enrollment assister or
otherwise have the notice translated in
time to take the appropriate action. One
commenter recommended Exchanges
send multiple notices regarding failure
to file and reconcile to affected
consumers and tax filers.
Response: We recognize that
describing complex information about
eligibility for APTC to consumers
involves a complicated balance between
providing complete and accurate
information, and being clear and
concise enough that the consumer is
likely to read and understand the
information. Understanding this
information can be especially
challenging for non-English speakers.
Exchanges must notify consumers when
they make eligibility determinations
based on FTR, but rules on the
disclosure of Federal tax information
(FTI) present significant challenges in
communicating with this population.
Historically, all communications
regarding FFE applicants and enrollees
are addressed to the household contact,
who in most cases is the tax filer for the
applicants on the relevant application.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) rules
generally prohibit the disclosure of FTI
to anyone other than the tax filer, and
FTI includes all information from a tax
return, including information as to
whether a tax return has been filed with
IRS. Also considered FTI is any list that
is generated based only on information
that is FTI itself. For example, a list of
consumers who have not filed a tax
return is considered FTI. The FFE’s
current noticing infrastructure does not
43 All Exchanges using the Federal eligibility and
enrollment platform, including SBE–FPs, take the
same approach to handling FTR associated APTC.
Therefore, in this section, the term ‘‘FFE’’ describes
all Exchanges using the Federal eligibility and
enrollment platform.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
have FTI privacy safeguards built into
its system to send notices to tax filers
(as distinct from the household contact),
to store notices in a manner compliant
with required protections for FTI, or to
establish user permissions for approved
Exchange and Exchange contractor
personnel only to access these notices
for operationally necessary purposes,
such as Call Center support, casework,
or appeals.
To avoid unauthorized disclosure of
FTI to individuals who are not the
relevant tax filer, the FFE sends notices
to FTR and non-FTR consumers that
contain language regarding FTR, but
also language that is broad enough to
apply to all consumers who receive
them; these notices are referred to as
‘‘combined notices.’’ For example, the
FFE sends the same Marketplace Open
Enrollment Notice to three groups of
consumers at risk for APTC
discontinuation in the upcoming
coverage year: Those flagged as FTR,
those for whom the FFE has received
updated income information that
suggests the consumers may have
income too high to qualify for APTC,
and those who did not permit the
Exchange to check IRS data. Because the
combined notices apply and are sent to
some consumers who are currently
unaffected by FTR, and not exclusively
to individuals who are affected by FTR,
these notices are not considered FTI
under IRS rules and are able to be sent
using the standard FFE notice
functionality.
To supplement the combined notice,
in November 2017, the FFE also mailed
warning notices that complied with FTI
rules to tax filers on whose behalf APTC
was being paid but for whom the FFE
had information the tax filer had not
met the requirement to file and
reconcile. These notices, which we refer
to as ‘‘direct notices,’’ urged the tax
filers to file and reconcile to avoid
losing APTC starting in January 2018.
To comply with FTI requirements, the
direct notices were not generated by the
FFE itself; rather, data was securely sent
to an FTI-compliant print contractor for
printing and mailing. In order to be FTIcompliant—including being accessible
only to the tax filer—direct notices are
not available through the online
Exchange account for the application.
We intend for the FFE to continue
sending two notices in advance of open
enrollment where the Exchange has
information that the tax filer on whose
behalf APTC is being paid has failed to
meet the requirement to file and
reconcile: (1) A combined notice
provided according to the
communication preference set for the
household contact (electronic or via
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
U.S. mail) that will be available in
consumers’ online accounts and to the
Exchange call center; and (2) a direct
notice sent via U.S. mail to the tax filer
that is not available electronically in the
household’s online account or to the
Exchange call center, in order to protect
FTI. The direct notice serves to
unambiguously explain that the tax filer
has been identified as having failed to
meet the requirement to file and
reconcile and must come into
compliance to avoid termination of
APTC. In 2018, the FFE will also send
a combined notice and a direct notice in
connection with its periodic check of
tax data described in
§ 155.330(e)(2)(iii)(B). As commenters
noted, we believe sending more than
one notice may increase the likelihood
that consumers identify and read the
notices and ultimately take action.
Comment: Many commenters
disagreed with our suggestion that a
success rate of 60 percent of FFE
household tax filers taking appropriate
action to file and reconcile in response
to the combined notices was sufficient
and stated that 40 percent of households
failing to take appropriate action
demonstrates the lack of clarity the
combined noticing approach creates
among consumers.
Response: We agree that there is room
for improvement on a success rate of 60
percent. We foresee this success rate
rising as the Exchanges mature and
consumers become more familiar with
the requirement to file and reconcile,
and as the FFE continues pairing the
combined notices with direct notices to
tax filers that more explicitly address
the requirement to file and reconcile.
Comment: Many commenters were
concerned that our proposal to remove
§ 155.305(f)(4)(ii) does not comply with
constitutional due process rights—
stating that when determining a tax filer
ineligible to continue receiving APTC,
Exchanges must issue a direct
individual notice that contains a
statement of the intended action,
reasons for the action, specific legal
support for the action, an explanation of
the individual’s hearing rights, and
rights to representation and to
continued benefits. They expressed
concerns about consumer confusion
given that neither the FFE’s combined
(non-FTI) notices nor follow-up through
the call center can give consumers
definitive guidance on their household
tax filer’s current tax filing status,
whether they will be redetermined
ineligible for APTC for the upcoming
benefit year (and why), how to correct
the problem, or how to challenge a
redetermination of eligibility for APTC.
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16983
Response: We recognize there are
limitations with the combined notices,
which are unable to be explicit;
however, this approach may be the only
option available to many State
Exchanges whose systems (including
notice functionality) were not built for
FTI compliance, and for which costly
and time-consuming infrastructure
upgrades are infeasible in the short
term. As described previously, the FFE
has begun mailing FTI-compliant direct
notices to tax filers that contain a
statement of the intended action,
reasons for the action including
regulatory support for the action, and an
explanation of the individual’s appeal
rights if APTC is discontinued. While
the FFE has been able to develop this
workaround to provide FTI-compliant
notices directly to tax filers, SBEs may
have fewer options available to them.
While some SBEs may be able to
contract with the FFE’s print contractor
or another FTI-compliant contractor, we
have heard that some are required to use
only in-State contractors, which can
create a significant barrier if there are no
FTI-compliant contractors in the State.
We agree with commenters that it is
important for all Exchanges to protect
consumers’ due process rights. Even in
the case of an Exchange that cannot
arrange to send direct notices that
explicitly address FTR to the tax filer
and that is limited to the combined
notice approach, we believe there are
adequate protections for due process.
First, the tax filer still has an
opportunity before the Exchange
redetermines eligibility to file a tax
return (or an amended tax return, as
applicable) and reconcile APTC paid for
the relevant benefit and tax year. We
expect Exchanges to send appropriate
notices to households affected by FTR
that alert the tax filer that FTR may be
the reason enrollees’ eligibility for
APTC is at risk. Second, for enrollees
whose eligibility for APTC is terminated
as a result of FTR, the enrollee will
receive an updated eligibility
determination notice that contains a full
explanation of appeal rights. Enrollees
who appeal may request to continue
receiving financial assistance during the
appeal, consistent with § 155.525. We
believe these measures, including the
option to maintain eligibility during an
appeal, are consistent with due process.
Comment: Some commenters stated
that tax filers have a property interest in
the continued receipt of APTC for
which they are eligible, and challenged
our belief that the financial and
operational burden for the Exchange of
establishing a mechanism to notify tax
filers without making an unauthorized
disclosure of protected FTI would be
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
16984
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
out of proportion with the limited need
for FTI handling in Exchange
operations, including generating
notices. Some referenced a Federal
judicial decision 44 stating that the
‘‘public interest in assuring that health
benefits will not be erroneously
terminated or denied outweighs the
State’s competing fiscal and
administrative concerns. Any
inconvenience the State might suffer is
out-balanced by the State’s and the
recipient’s interest in providing health
benefits to those who cannot otherwise
afford them.’’
One SBE supported the proposal to
remove the direct notification provision
in § 155.305(f)(4)(ii), citing significant
implementation challenges to
communicate with consumers without
violating IRS’s FTI security protections.
It stated that current FTR processes and
notifications being implemented by
most Exchanges provide adequate notice
to consumers.
Response: HHS is committed to
ensuring consumers eligible for APTC
maintain that important benefit;
however, we also believe that ensuring
consumers are not receiving APTC
improperly is necessary for program
integrity. Additionally, it is important to
reduce burden on Exchanges, which
have varying capacities. Establishing a
mechanism through which to notify tax
filers without making an unauthorized
disclosure of protected FTI is a heavy
undertaking for an Exchange if its
notification system was not originally
designed with that capability in mind.
For the FFE, it would involve not only
changes to its notice generation and
storage infrastructure, including
enhancements to segregate and secure
FTI data, but also substantial
modification to its entire account
creation framework.45 For a number of
SBEs, upgrading their systems to be FTI
compliant represents an undertaking
that may be infeasible to implement in
the short term. SBEs may also be unable
to take the FFE’s dual noticing approach
because of limited print contracting
44 Rodriguez by and through Corella v. Chen, 985
F.Supp. 1189 (D. Ariz. 1996).
45 The FFE’s current workaround of sending
print-only FTI notices directly to tax filers is being
performed outside of the FFE’s standard notice
processes, which allow household contacts to be
notified according to their communication
preferences (U.S. mail or electronic) and provides
availability of all notices in consumers’ online
accounts. At a minimum, enhancements to the
FFE’s identity proofing requirements for all FFE
accounts would be required in order to prevent
disclosure of FTI information to anyone except the
tax filer. Further, the call center’s identity proofing
practices and data systems would need to be
enhanced to safeguard the information to an FTI
standard, in order to continue assisting consumers
with the application and enrollment process.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
options, as discussed above. The FFE
plans to continue sending direct notices
to tax filers to supplement the combined
notices; we encourage SBEs to take a
similar noticing approach, where
feasible. We are available to provide
technical assistance, as needed.
Comment: A few commenters
recommended more research be done
prior to the rule change. One commenter
suggested we learn more about why
taxes are not being filed in a timely way,
suggesting there may be many reasons
for non-compliance, and that this
additional understanding could inform
appropriate Exchange and IRS policies.
Other commenters recommended we
retain the current rule until we
understand the impact of the new direct
notice mailed in November 2017 to FFE
enrollee tax filers affected by FTR. They
suggested that, following the open
enrollment period for 2018, we should
assess whether there was an increase in
the proportion of tax filers who took the
necessary action to file their tax return
and reconcile APTC, and a decrease in
consumer confusion (for example,
evidenced by the number of FTR-related
call center questions), and consider
whether any change is due to the
cumulative impact of the two notices
before finalizing any regulatory changes
related to FTR procedures.
Response: We agree that gathering
data on the effectiveness of FTR notices
is a worthwhile endeavor, and we look
forward to analyzing the numbers as
suggested by the commenter, now that
the open enrollment period for 2018
coverage is closed, to determine if
recent messaging increased compliance
and reduced the discontinuation of
APTC as a result of FTR. However, we
believe this regulatory change must be
implemented in the short term in the
interest of program integrity and to
reduce burden on Exchanges.
Comment: A few commenters
discussed the limitations when the
household tax filer (to whom the FFE
sent the direct notice in November
2017) does not reside with the
household contact on the application (to
whom the FFE sent the combined
Marketplace Open Enrollment Notice in
October 2017), which could hinder the
affected individual’s ability to
understand the totality of the
circumstances, and disagreed with our
assumption that the household contact
is likely to share the combined notice
with the tax filer, since not all
household contacts and tax filers on an
application can readily and easily
communicate with one another,
including during medical or other
emergency situations, death, separation
or divorce, domestic abuse, or spousal
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
abandonment. One commenter
suggested that the combined notice sent
to the household contact explain that
the specific reason for the potential
discontinuation of APTC will be
contained in the direct notice to the tax
filer. This commenter further suggested
that the mailing addresses be verified
against the United States Postal Service
National Change of Address Database to
help ensure deliverability, and that the
envelopes be conspicuous to signify
their importance (for example, red in
color).
Response: We recognize there are
household circumstances in which the
tax filer and the household contact on
the application do not live together.
However, our data show that for 2017
and 2018 applications for which any
amount of APTC was paid, 99.8 percent
of household contacts listed on the
application were also the tax filer. We
agree that adding language to the
combined notice pointing to the direct
notice for additional specifics may help
increase the likelihood that the tax filer
fully understands the risk to continued
APTC eligibility for enrollees in the
household, and we may explore this
approach through discussions with IRS
regarding any potential FTI concerns.
The FTI-compliant print contractor used
by the FFE in November 2017 does
verify addresses against the USPS
National Change of Address Database,
and we acknowledge that making
envelopes more conspicuous could help
ensure FTR notices are opened and read
by consumers.
When consumers submit an FFE
application, the filer of the application
must agree to a statement that he or she
has obtained consent for all people
listed on the application for their
information to be used for eligibility
determination purposes, including
verifying this information using the
Exchange’s trusted electronic data
sources. In addition, following
application submission and when
selecting a plan and choosing the
amount of APTC to apply to the
monthly premium, the tax filer is
required to agree to a statement that he
or she must file a tax return for the year
during which APTC is paid on his or
her behalf (or on behalf of his or her
spouse) and to reconcile those payments
with IRS. The filer of the application
specifies the contact person for
Exchange communications (the
household contact), as well as the
method of communication they prefer—
either electronic or via U.S. mail to the
address they enter on the application.
Because this household contact is
designated as the point of contact for the
enrollee(s) on the application, we
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
believe it is reasonable to assume he or
she intends to receive communications
about enrollees’ eligibility for and
enrollment in health coverage through
the Exchange. Further, as this
designated point of contact for Exchange
enrollees, we believe this household
contact would likely read these
communications, and if their content
discussed risk for financial assistance
loss, share with the tax filer in the rare
case that he or she is not the tax filer.
We further believe it is reasonable to
assume that the tax filer—if not the
household contact—would be in contact
with the Exchange enrollees for whom
he or she is responsible with respect to
tax filing, managing communications
related to health coverage through the
Exchange, or both.
We are finalizing these provisions as
proposed, but remain committed to
improving the clarity and effectiveness
of the FTR notification process in
circumstances where the Exchange has
information that the tax filer has failed
to file and reconcile.
b. Verification Process Related to
Eligibility for Insurance Affordability
Programs (§ 155.320)
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
i. Income Inconsistencies (§ 155.320(c))
Section § 155.320(c)(3)(iii) sets forth
the verification process for increases in
household income. Generally, if income
data from our electronic data sources
indicate a tax filer’s attested projected
annual income is more than the income
amount represented by income data
returned by the IRS and the SSA and
current income data sources,
§ 155.320(c)(3)(iii) requires the
Exchange to accept the attestation
without further verification. Currently,
Exchanges generally are not permitted
to create inconsistencies (data matching
issues) for consumers when the
consumer’s attested income is greater
than the amount represented by income
data returned by IRS and the SSA and
current income data sources.
We proposed to revise
§ 155.320(c)(3)(iii) to specify that the
Exchange will generate annual income
inconsistencies in certain circumstances
when a tax filer’s attested projected
annual income is greater than the
income amount represented by income
data returned by IRS and the SSA and
current income data sources. Current
regulations generally require the
Exchange to accept a consumer’s
attestation to projected annual
household income when the attestation
reflects a higher income than what is
indicated in data from the IRS and
Social Security Administration. This
approach makes sense from a program
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
integrity perspective when both the
attestation and data from trusted data
sources are over 100 percent Federal
poverty level (FPL), since an attestation
that is higher than data from trusted
data sources in that situation would
reflect a lower APTC than would be
provided if the information from trusted
data were used instead.
However, where electronic data
sources reflect income under 100
percent FPL and a consumer attests to
income between 100 percent FPL and
400 percent FPL, where the attested
income exceeds the income reflected in
trusted data sources by more than some
reasonable threshold, we believe it
would be reasonable to request
additional documentation to protect
against overpayment of APTC, since the
consumer’s attested income could make
him or her eligible for APTC that would
not be available using income data from
electronic data sources. Accordingly, we
proposed to add new paragraphs
(c)(3)(iii)(D) and (E), and to modify
paragraphs (c)(3)(vi)(C), (D), (F), and (G),
to specify that the Exchange will follow
the procedures in § 155.315(f)(1)
through (4) to create an annual income
data matching issue for consumers if: (1)
The consumer attested to projected
annual income between 100 percent and
400 percent of the FPL; (2) the Exchange
has data from IRS and SSA that
indicates income is below 100 percent
FPL; (3) the Exchange has not assessed
or determined the consumer to have
income within the Medicaid or CHIP
eligibility standard; and (4) the
consumer’s attested projected annual
income exceeds the income reflected in
the data available from electronic data
sources by a reasonable threshold
established by the Exchange and
approved by HHS. We proposed that a
reasonable threshold must not be less
than 10 percent, and can also include a
threshold dollar amount. In accordance
with the existing process in
§ 155.315(f)(1) through (4), if the
applicant fails to provide
documentation verifying their income
attestation, the Exchange would
redetermine the applicant’s eligibility
for APTC and CSRs based on available
IRS and SSA data, which under this
proposal would typically result in
discontinuing APTC and CSR as
required in paragraph (c)(3)(vi)(G). The
adjustment and notification process
would work in a manner consistent with
other inconsistency adjustments laid out
in paragraph (c)(3)(vi)(F).
We proposed to allow the Exchange to
set the threshold for setting a data
matching issue similar to
§ 155.320(c)(3)(vi). We proposed that a
reasonable threshold should take into
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16985
account that consumers with incomes
near 100 percent FPL have a smaller
margin for error in dollar terms.
Therefore, a reasonable threshold might
also include a fixed dollar amount in
addition to a percentage threshold.
We are finalizing this policy as
proposed, with two changes. First, after
considering the intended purpose of this
new program integrity measure, we have
decided to add additional regulatory
language to § 155.320(c)(3)(iii)(D) that
exempts from this additional
verification check non-citizen
applicants who are lawfully present and
ineligible for Medicaid by reason of
immigration status.46 These applicants
do not have the same incentive to inflate
their reported household income to
qualify for APTC, since they are also
able to qualify for APTC with a
household income under 100 percent
FPL. Additionally, if these applicants
inflate their income, they will receive
less APTC than they are eligible for,
and, therefore, performing the
additional verification check is not
necessary to prevent overpayment of
APTC. Second, we also removed the
proposed regulatory language that
clarified that non-citizens who attested
to projected income under 100 percent
FPL are not subject to this verification,
because the policy only applies to
consumers who attested to projected
annual income between 100 percent and
400 percent of the FPL, and therefore
would not apply to any applicant (either
citizen or lawfully present non-citizen),
making this clarifying language
unnecessary.
At § 155.320(c)(3)(vi)(D), we proposed
to make changes to provide consistency
with changes finalized in the 2017
Payment Notice regarding the threshold
for the generation of annual income data
matching issues for decreases in annual
household income. This proposed
change would specify that the 10
percent threshold standard no longer
applies to cases when a tax filer’s
attested projected income is less than all
data sources, or when no electronic data
sources are available. Instead, an
Exchange would use the reasonable
threshold established in accordance
with § 155.320(c)(3)(vi). We are
finalizing this change as proposed.
In the proposed rule, we also noted
our interest in providing further
guidance on the appropriate thresholds
for the generation of data matching
issues generally. We intend to
reconsider and provide further guidance
46 FFEs generally verify citizenship/immigration
status prior to verifying income. If an applicant’s
immigration status has not been verified when the
income verification would occur, they would not be
exempted from this additional verification check.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16986
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
on these thresholds in the near future,
and in anticipation of that effort, we
sought comment on the appropriate
thresholds to use at various income
levels and in various circumstances. In
particular, we welcomed data and
evidence on this issue.
We intend to address this issue as part
of broader rulemaking and guidance on
a number of related program integrity
issues, including further examination of
our processes for denying eligibility for
subsidies for individuals who have
failed to reconcile APTC on their
Federal income tax return, Exchange
processes for matching enrollment data
with Medicare and Medicaid in order to
address consumers who may be enrolled
in duplicative coverage, and our rules
around recalculation of eligibility for
APTC following a mid-year change in
eligibility. In anticipation of these
actions, we sought comment generally
on these and other program integrity
topics.
Comment: Several SBEs expressed
concerns over the cost and time needed
to implement the change in their IT
systems to accommodate the proposed
new verification process. They also
stated that State Exchanges should have
the flexibility to not conduct this
verification. One commented that there
is no incentive for applicants to inflate
their income in a State that expanded
Medicaid.
Response: HHS understands that
Exchanges may need additional time to
implement this proposal in order to
update their information technology
systems to incorporate new logic.
However, we believe this is a critical
program integrity measure. This process
is primarily intended as a program
integrity safeguard with respect to States
that did not expand Medicaid. However
the verification check could also help
identify some applicants who
inaccurately attested to too high an
income amount and were therefore
inaccurately determined or assessed not
to be eligible for Medicaid. This check
could help applicants identify potential
eligibility through their State Medicaid
program and encourage them to
disenroll from their Exchange plan.
Comment: Many commenters were
concerned that this new verification
process would disadvantage households
with lower household incomes, since
these households often have income
amounts that fluctuate more regularly
and by a larger percentage margin than
higher income households.
Additionally, many commenters
expressed concern that low-income
consumers have difficulty in providing
documentation to resolve their annual
income data matching issues and that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
this proposal would exacerbate that
problem. Commenters also suggested
that HHS should more strongly consider
providing notice to applicants that they
should update their application with
any income changes, rather than
creating annual income data matching
issues for this population.
Response: We recognize that
households with lower income might
experience higher relative levels of
variance in their income from year-toyear. This policy recognizes the need to
have a reasonable threshold for income
discrepancies to allow for normal
variations in income, which may
include a dollar threshold amount. HHS
believes that the alternate verification
process has improved significantly since
the program has launched. The
calculator used by HHS to calculate
income submitted by applicants has
been specifically modified to handle
instances where income fluctuates, or is
seasonal in nature. We released a
consumer guide to households to help
them provide the correct documentation
to verify their income in the event of an
inconsistency. We also released a
worksheet for households to help them
verify their attested income amount.
HHS supports encouraging applicants to
continue to update their income
throughout the year, as needed, through
notices and other appropriate consumer
outreach and educational materials. We
are also exploring strategies to promote
more timely and accurate reporting of
changes in circumstances by consumers.
Comment: Several commenters
expressed concern that HHS did not
provide evidence or data that this issue
was sufficiently problematic to require a
change in the regulation.
Response: HHS acknowledges that it
does not have firm data on the number
of applicants that might be inflating
their income to gain APTC, but believes
that it is reasonable to design an
appropriate program integrity check,
particularly when incentives may exist
for applicants to do so.
Comment: Commenters also suggested
that instead of generating annual
income data matching issues for this
population, HHS should instead closely
assess the eligibility for loss of MEC
special enrollment periods involving the
loss of Medicaid.
Response: HHS currently monitors
and verifies eligibility for special
enrollment periods due to loss of MEC,
including the loss of eligibility for
Medicaid/CHIP.
Comment: Several commenters
expressed concern that applicants who
could not successfully verify their
income in States that have not expanded
Medicaid would be left with no
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
practical ability to purchase health
insurance.
Response: HHS understands the
concern regarding these consumers and
believes the alternate verification
process will be able to verify income
information for applicants who
accurately reported their income
information. Applicants who inflate
their income to gain access to APTC
would not be able to produce
documentation required to verify their
income attestation, which would
properly result in the inconsistency
process under the proposed policy
determining these applicants ineligible
for APTC. This proposal is designed to
provide a program integrity check that
helps protect taxpayers from the
overpayment of APTC.
Comment: One commenter stated that
the proposal would not result in the
Treasury recouping excess APTC paid
for applicants who inflated their income
to gain access to APTC because
applicants with household income
under 100 percent FPL are exempted
from repaying APTC through the
reconciliation process at tax time under
current regulations.
Response: We view this policy as a
critical program integrity measure,
notwithstanding any liability that the
tax filer may have when filing income
taxes and reconciling APTC paid during
the inconsistency period. As observed
by the U.S. Government Accountability
Office, without proper procedures for
verifying incomes and family sizes, the
risk of providing APTC on behalf of
individuals who do not meet the
minimum income eligibility
requirements—including those who
may purposefully misstate their
incomes in order to gain access for
APTC—is increased.47 Particularly to
the extent funds paid for APTC cannot
be recouped through the tax
reconciliation process, it is important to
ensure these funds are not paid out
inappropriately in the first instance.
Comment: One commenter suggested
that the proposed policy could result in
increased churn between Medicaid and
coverage through the Exchange for
47 U.S. Government Accountability Office,
Improper Payments: Improvements Needed in CMS
and IRS Controls over Health Insurance Premium
Tax Credit (July 2017), available at https://
www.gao.gov/assets/690/685777.pdf. See, also
Office of Inspector General, U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services, Not All of the
Federally Facilitated Marketplace’s Internal
Controls Were Effective in Ensuring That
Individuals Were Properly Determined Eligible for
Qualified Health Plans and Insurance Affordability
Programs (August 2015), available at https://
oig.hhs.gov/oas/reports/region9/91401011.pdf
(concluding that HHS should improve its processes
for verifying income eligibility for insurance
affordability programs).
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
consumers whose household income
fluctuates near the 100 percent FPL
level if they are unable to verify their
income for APTC eligibility. The
commenter was concerned that in States
that expanded Medicaid, the applicants
that lost their APTC would not
necessarily know that their income may
make them eligible for Medicaid.
Response: HHS acknowledges this
concern and will explore ways to
provide helpful information in any
notice provided to these applicants that
lose APTC because of their inability to
verify their income and may be eligible
for Medicaid.
We are finalizing the changes as
proposed.
ii. Verification of Eligibility for
Employer Sponsored Coverage
(§ 155.320(d))
An employee, or a member of the
employee’s family, who is eligible to
enroll in qualifying coverage in an
eligible employer-sponsored plan is not
eligible for the PTC unless the plan’s
coverage for the employee is either
unaffordable, as defined in section
36B(c)(2)(C)(i)(II) of the Code, or does
not provide minimum value, as defined
in section 36B(c)(2)(C)(ii) of the Code.
An employee (or member of the
employee’s family) also is not eligible if
he or she actually enrolls in the
employer-sponsored plan, even if the
plan is not affordable or fails to provide
minimum value.
When an individual submits a request
for an eligibility determination for
insurance affordability programs,
including as part of the eligibility
verification process for APTC and CSRs,
§ 155.320(d) requires the Exchange to
verify whether the applicant reasonably
expects to be enrolled in an eligible
employer-sponsored plan or is eligible
for qualifying coverage in an eligible
employer-sponsored plan for the benefit
year for which coverage is requested.
Paragraph (d)(2) of § 155.320 describes
the data sources an Exchange must use
to perform verification. Paragraph
(d)(2)(i) requires an Exchange to obtain
data from any electronic data sources
that are available to the Exchange and
which have been approved by HHS
based on evidence showing that such
data sources are sufficiently current,
accurate, and minimize administrative
burden. Paragraph (d)(2)(ii) requires that
the Exchange also obtain available data
based on Federal employment through
HHS, and paragraph (d)(2)(iii) requires
the Exchange to obtain available data
from the SHOP that corresponds to the
State in which the Exchange is
operating. Under § 155.320(d)(4), if an
Exchange is unable to fulfill the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
requirement to connect to the data
sources set forth in (d)(2), the Exchange
is required to conduct sampling as
described under paragraph (d)(4)(i), or—
for benefit years 2016 and 2017—it may
conduct an HHS-approved alternative
process instead of sampling, as provided
under paragraph (d)(4)(ii).
We proposed to amend
§ 155.320(d)(4) to allow an Exchange to
conduct an HHS-approved alternative
process instead of sampling, as provided
under paragraph (d)(4)(ii), for benefit
years through 2019. When we
introduced this option for benefit years
2016 and 2017, we received comments
that encouraged us to make this option
permanent. However, at the time we
stated that we believed the alternative
process should be used as an interim
measure to gather information about the
verification process as Exchanges
improve their long-term verification
programs.48 When we first introduced
this option, we also stated that we
believed the temporary option would
provide Exchanges with needed
flexibility as verification processes are
refined and employer databases
compiled, to improve long-term
verification programs. We noted in the
proposed rule that while Exchanges
have since gained greater access to data
and explored approaches to sampling,
challenges remain. To reduce regulatory
burdens on Exchanges while they
address remaining hurdles to
developing a long-term approach to
verification, we stated we believe the
option to use an alternative process
instead of sampling should be extended
through plan year 2019.
After the option to use an alternate
process for benefit years 2016 or 2017
was finalized, HHS investigated the
feasibility of connecting to a
comprehensive database of information
on employer-sponsored coverage that
could be used by all Exchanges to fulfill
verification requirements under
§ 155.320(d)(2)(i). Such a database
would be most useful and cost-effective
if it contained information on employersponsored coverage from as many nonFederal and non-SHOP employers as
possible. We found that a
comprehensive database does not
currently exist and building such a
database would be a resource-intensive
endeavor. In addition, employers are not
required to provide information to
Exchanges or HHS regarding the
coverage they offer, potentially limiting
the completeness of such a database.
Because of the current challenges
associated with building an HHSapproved database that is sufficiently
48 81
PO 00000
FR 12203, 12269 (March 8, 2016).
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16987
complete and accurate to satisfy
requirements under paragraph (d)(2)(i),
we stated we anticipate many
Exchanges will fulfill verification
requirements using an alternate process,
as described under paragraph (d)(4). In
recognition of the challenges that
Exchanges may encounter with
conducting sampling, as explained
below, we proposed to extend the
option for Exchanges to conduct an
alternative process to sampling through
benefit year 2019. Our hope is that
Exchanges can continue to compile
databases sufficient to meet verification
requirements under paragraph (d)(2)
and to continue to refine their
approaches to sampling to meet
verification requirements under
paragraph (d)(4)(i).
In accordance with the requirement at
paragraph (d)(4) to pursue an alternate
process, the FFE conducted a pilot
study that incorporated many
components of sampling. The pilot was
intended to assess sampling’s value
protecting the integrity of the attestation
process regarding applicant access to
and enrollment in employer-sponsored
coverage. As part of this sampling pilot,
employers for a small sample of
enrollees receiving APTC through the
FFEs were contacted by telephone,
based on the employer contact
information applicants provided on
their Exchange applications, and asked
whether specified employees were also
enrolled in a qualifying employersponsored plan or were offered
qualifying coverage in an employersponsored plan. Since the FFE does not
have access to relevant data from
employers across the 38 States for
which the FFE operates Exchanges, this
effort provided an attempt to collect
information on each sampled employee
by contacting employers’ human
resources personnel. The FFE found that
this approach was not a cost-effective
way for the FFE to fulfill verification
requirements using an alternate process.
We acknowledged that sampling may
be a more cost-effective option for SBEs
compared to FFEs. For example, the FFE
operates Exchanges for 38 States, and
the volume of employers that the FFE
encompasses may inherently present
challenges in relying on sampling
results that States may not face. Some
States may collect and have access to
data from employers that make verifying
consumers’ attestations more efficient
and reliable, or may have existing
channels through which they can
communicate with in-State employers.
Therefore, we proposed to maintain the
option to use sampling as an alternate
method of verification under paragraph
(d)(4) to allow SBEs maximum
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16988
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
flexibility. We stated that we expect that
the proposed change to paragraph (d)(4)
to allow Exchanges to continue to use
an HHS-approved alternative process to
sampling through plan year 2019 will
provide Exchanges with important
flexibility to conduct the most efficient,
reliable alternate method of verification
as Exchanges refine their approaches to
conducting sampling over time, and
until data sources exist that provide an
effective way to verify consumers’
enrollment in or access to qualifying
employer-sponsored coverage. If SBEs
use an alternative process to sampling to
conduct verification under paragraph
(d)(4)(ii), the process must be approved
by HHS. To be approved by HHS, we
expect an Exchange to develop an
alternate process that provides insight
into whether employees provide
accurate information or the Exchange
effectively verifies information about
enrollment in and eligibility for
qualifying coverage in an eligible
employer-sponsored plan.49 This
requires Exchanges to conduct reliable
and sufficient verification, while giving
them the flexibility to find the most
efficient ways of doing so for their
Exchange.
We noted that to the extent an
Exchange believes an alternate process
to verification through data sources or
methods other than those described
under paragraph (d) may result in a
more efficient or comprehensive
verification procedure, the Exchange
may also, in accordance with
§§ 155.315(h) and 155.320(a)(2), request
HHS approval for use of an alternate
process for verifying enrollment in and
access to employer-sponsored coverage.
We noted that HHS received support for
providing flexibility for the use of
alternate data sources by Exchanges in
comments to the Request for
Information. For example, we received
comments indicating that, for some
Exchanges, due to the limited number of
Federal employees in their State,
connecting to the database containing
data on Federal employment provides
little utility in Exchange verification of
applicants’ eligibility for employersponsored coverage. One commenter
encouraged HHS to consider removing
the regulatory requirement to connect to
this database for purposes of employersponsored coverage verification. We
have also received feedback from some
Exchanges noting challenges and
limitations connecting to a SHOP
database. These Exchanges noted that,
given the limited enrollment in SHOP in
many States and that many States do not
have a SHOP database with which to
49 81
FR 94058, 94125 (December 22, 2016).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
connect, requiring verification through
SHOP imposes a technical and financial
challenge for States that may not be the
most efficient and cost-effective way to
perform verification.
Additionally, we sought information
and suggestions on ways to improve
verification of whether an applicant
reasonably expects to be enrolled in an
eligible employer-sponsored plan or is
eligible for qualifying coverage in an
eligible employer-sponsored plan for the
benefit year for which coverage is
requested.
We are finalizing this policy as
proposed.
Comment: All commenters supported
the proposal to amend § 155.320(d)(4) to
allow an Exchange to conduct an HHSapproved alternative process instead of
sampling, as provided under paragraph
(d)(4)(ii), for benefit years through 2019.
Most commenters noted the continued
need to perform verification through an
alternate process under paragraph (d)(4),
and supported the flexibility to perform
alternative methods of verification to
sampling under paragraph (d)(4)(ii).
Response: We acknowledge the
continuing need Exchanges may have to
use an alternate verification process and
the flexibility to perform an alternative
verification procedure to sampling. We
are finalizing this provision as
proposed.
Comment: Most commenters
indicated that challenges remain in
performing verification through some or
all of the databases described under
paragraph (d)(2). One commenter
questioned the value of verifying based
on Federal employment data and
through data based on the State’s SHOP
Exchange due to the low number of
applicants offered eligible coverage from
those sources in the relevant State.
Several commenters supported the
flexibility provided under § 155.315(h)
for Exchanges to request HHS approval
to perform verification through data
sources or methods other than those
specified in paragraph (d) where an
Exchange believes alternate data sources
or methods may result in a more
efficient verification procedure for that
Exchange.
Response: We agree that challenges
remain to performing verification
through databases described under
paragraph (d)(2), and that an Exchange
may believe verification through
alternate data sources would be a more
appropriate method of verification for
their Exchange. While we believe that
verification through databases described
under paragraph (d)(2) remains a viable
option for some Exchanges, we continue
to provide Exchanges the flexibility
afforded under § 155.315(h), and
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
support Exchanges in considering this
option for verification.
c. Eligibility Redetermination During a
Benefit Year (§ 155.330)
We sought comment on ways to better
encourage enrollees to report changes in
circumstance occurring during the
benefit year that may affect their
eligibility for Exchange coverage or for
APTC or CSRs. The FFEs currently
conduct proactive outreach to enrollees
through a variety of means, including
emails, phone calls, and paper mail, to
encourage them to return to the
Exchange to update their information
throughout the benefit year and during
key Exchange operational efforts, such
as open enrollment. The FFEs also
periodically provide general
information and reminders to enrollees.
However, many changes in
circumstance, such as changes in
household income or size, remain
unknown by the Exchanges until
reported by the enrollee.
We are interested in hearing from
stakeholders about ways to increase
enrollee reporting of individual changes
in circumstance within 30 days of the
change in order to ensure compliance
with § 155.330(b). Increasing such
reporting would benefit enrollees by
ensuring that they continue to be
enrolled based on their current
eligibility for financial assistance, and
would improve program integrity.
Comment: Commenters supported
finding ways to better encourage
Exchange enrollees to report changes in
circumstance during the benefit year so
that they receive updated eligibility
determinations, including with respect
to any APTC they are receiving.
Commenters acknowledged the benefit
of timely updates to an enrollee’s
household income or family size as a
way to help minimize any large APTC
reconciliation payments due to the
Federal government upon filing a
Federal income tax return. Commenters
also acknowledged the benefit to the
program integrity of the Exchanges, so
that they may continue to have updated
and accurate enrollee information, as
well as the benefit to the Federal
government to minimize the amount of
financial assistance being paid on behalf
of enrollees who are not eligible (or are
eligible for a lesser amount).
Commenters recommended increasing
Exchange outreach efforts, through mail,
email, and social media networks, to
periodically remind consumers to report
any life changes that may have
occurred. One commenter
recommended that Exchanges use more
distinct envelopes when an enrollee
action is required to improve the rate at
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
which these mailings are recognized,
read, and acted upon. Commenters
acknowledged the benefit of personal
interactions as a way to encourage
consumer behavior and recommended
that Exchanges engage Navigators who
have personal relationships with many
Exchange enrollees to keep in contact
with the enrollees throughout the year
and remind them that they should
timely report changes in circumstance
to the Exchange.
Commenters recommended that
Exchanges make it easier for enrollees to
report changes in circumstance online.
One State Exchange stated they have
information about reporting changes in
circumstance on the main page of their
Exchange website outside of open
enrollment, and that enrollees are asked
about whether they need to report a
change either over the phone if they call
the Exchange call center, or online upon
logging into their Exchange accounts.
Response: We appreciate comments
received on this topic and will take
them into consideration for FFE
operations and possibly in future
rulemaking.
d. Annual Eligibility Redetermination
(§ 155.335)
We are considering the possibility of
amending the length of time that
individuals may authorize the
Exchanges to obtain the updated tax
return information for enrollees as
described in § 155.335(k)(2). Currently,
the Exchanges may obtain updated tax
return information for a period of no
more than 5 years based on a single
authorization.
We sought comment on whether 5
years is an appropriate duration for this
type of an authorization, or whether a
shorter time period should be
considered. In particular, we are
contemplating whether shortening this
authorization period would improve
Exchange program integrity by helping
to ensure that the enrollee’s application
at the time of re-enrollment accurately
reflects his or her data collection
preferences, that all sources of income
that may affect his or her eligibility for
APTC and cost-sharing reductions are
listed on the application, and that
individuals update their applications on
a more regular basis to reflect other
changes in circumstances that affect
eligibility (such as changes in
employment or marital status).
Comment: Many commenters opposed
changing the length of time that
individuals may authorize Exchanges to
obtain their updated tax information.
Many commenters agreed that 5 years is
the appropriate length of time for this
type of authorization, and that this
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
period accurately balances the
Exchanges’ need for updated
information with the consumer burden
of actively authorizing Exchanges to
access this information. One commenter
recommended that we consider
extending the authorization period past
5 years, and another recommended that
Exchanges be able to access this
information indefinitely. In addition,
several commenters questioned how
shortening this authorization window
would improve Exchange program
integrity.
Response: We appreciate the
comments and will take them into
consideration in future rulemaking.
5. Exchange Functions in the Individual
Market: Enrollment in Qualified Health
Plans
a. Special Enrollment Periods
(§ 155.420)
i. Plan Options Under Select Special
Enrollment Periods
For many special enrollment periods,
a dependent of an Exchange enrollee
may newly enroll in Exchange coverage
or switch Exchange plans when the
dependent or another qualified
individual on the Exchange application
qualifies for a special enrollment period.
Even though dependents may access
special enrollment periods based on
different qualifying events, when they
qualify for a special enrollment period
to newly enroll in Exchange coverage,
regardless of whether it is a special
enrollment period due to gaining or
becoming a dependent or due to a loss
of minimum essential coverage, we
believe that they should be treated alike.
Section 155.420(a)(4) defines the
coverage changes Exchange enrollees
may make when they or their
dependents qualify for special
enrollment periods. We proposed to
modify how paragraph (a)(4)(iii) treats
dependents to align more closely with
paragraph (a)(4)(i) which addresses
when an existing enrollee gains a new
dependent. To do this, we proposed to
modify paragraph (a)(4)(iii) to establish
a distinction between how the rule
treats existing enrollees who qualify for
one of the relevant special enrollment
periods themselves or when existing
Exchange enrollees themselves and their
dependent(s) qualify for one of the
relevant special enrollment periods; and
when only new dependents qualify for
one of the relevant special enrollment
periods and are enrolling in coverage
with an existing Exchange enrollee. We
proposed to establish this distinction by
separating these situations into new
paragraphs (a)(4)(iii)(A) and
(a)(4)(iii)(B). We believe the latter
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16989
situation is akin to when an enrollee
adds a new dependent to their coverage,
even though in this situation the
dependent is qualifying for a different
special enrollment period.
Proposed new paragraph (a)(4)(iii)(A)
would address the coverage options
available to current enrollees and
dependents who qualify for a special
enrollment period. As is current policy
under paragraph (a)(4)(iii), paragraph
(a)(4)(iii)(A) would continue to allow
enrollees and their dependents who
qualify for the special enrollment
periods specified in paragraphs (d),
other than those described in
paragraphs (d)(2)(i), (d)(4), (d)(6)(i) or
(ii) for becoming newly eligible for
CSRs, (d)(8), (d)(9), and (d)(10) of this
section, to use their special enrollment
period to change to another QHP within
the same level of coverage or one metal
level higher or lower, if no such QHP is
available, as outlined in § 156.140(b) of
this subchapter.
Proposed new paragraph (a)(4)(iii)(B)
would address the coverage options
available when only a dependent who is
not currently enrolled in Exchange
coverage qualifies for a special
enrollment period. We proposed to
revise the policy for these qualified
individuals to align with paragraph
(a)(4)(i) of this section. We proposed
that, if a new dependent qualifies for
one of the special enrollment periods
specified in paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(3),
(d)(6)(iii), (d)(6)(iv), (d)(7), (d)(11), and
(d)(13) of this section and an enrollee
would like to add the dependent to his
or her QHP at that time, the Exchange
must allow the enrollee to add the
dependent to his or her current QHP; or,
if the plan’s business rules do not allow
the dependent to enroll, the Exchange
must allow the enrollee and dependent
to change to another QHP within the
same level of coverage; or, if no such
QHP is available, allow them to switch
to a QHP one metal level lower or
higher, as outlined in § 156.140(b) of
this subchapter. Alternatively, the
enrollee may enroll the dependent in a
separate QHP at any metal level.
We believe that these modifications
are needed in order to align the
flexibilities available to enrollees and
dependents when a dependent is newly
enrolling in Exchange coverage during
the benefit year due to qualifying for a
special enrollment period. With this
proposed change, regardless of the
special enrollment period for which a
dependent qualifies, an enrollee may
either add the dependent to his or her
existing QHP, as long as he or she
continues to qualify for it, or enroll the
new dependent in a separate QHP at any
metal level.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16990
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
In the event that both the enrollee and
the new dependent qualify for special
enrollment periods referenced in
proposed paragraphs (a)(4)(iii)(A) and
(a)(4)(iii)(B), respectively, and the
enrollee wants to add this new
dependent to his or her QHP, the
Exchange would allow both the enrollee
and dependent to switch to a new QHP
at the same metal level, if available, as
described in proposed paragraph
(a)(4)(iii)(A).
We are finalizing this policy as
proposed.
Comment: The majority of
commenters supported the proposal to
align plan options for a dependent of an
Exchange enrollee who qualifies for a
special enrollment period to newly
enroll in Exchange coverage along with
the existing Exchange enrollee,
regardless of the special enrollment
period the dependent qualifies for,
thereby aligning the dependent policies
in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) and (a)(4)(iii)(B).
Commenters appreciated the
simplification of plan option rules for
enrollees who seek to newly enroll a
dependent in Exchange coverage after
that dependent has qualified for a
special enrollment period, and stated
that this simplification will benefit
Exchange enrollees, as well as those
providing enrollment assistance, such as
Navigators, agents, and brokers, by
making it easier for them to understand
and explain the enrollee’s enrollment
options. In addition, some commenters
supported aligning the plan option rules
out of fairness, to ensure that all
similarly situated dependents who are
newly enrolling in Exchange coverage
should have the same enrollment
options available to them.
A few commenters supported this
proposal, but also requested that
changes to the plan option restrictions
in paragraph (a)(4) be amended to give
affected enrollees and dependents the
option to enroll in a QHP at a lower
level of coverage, alongside the option
to enroll in either the same QHP or
another QHP at the same level of
coverage, as applicable. Commenters
stated that this increased flexibility is
especially necessary for situations
where enrollees are gaining or become
a new dependent, in accordance with
paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section,
because changes in household
composition, especially the addition of
a new infant or child to a household,
likely change a household’s health care
needs and what level of coverage is best
suited to meet those needs. Other
special enrollment periods included in
paragraph (a)(4)(iii)(B), such as the
special enrollment periods for loss of
minimum essential coverage in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
paragraph (d)(1) of this section and for
being determined ineligible for
Medicaid or the Children’s Health
Insurance Program, may similarly
change a household’s health care needs
if, for example, dependents had been
previously enrolled in Medicaid or
CHIP and are losing that coverage for
the first time.
Several commenters expressed
concern about the technical impact the
proposed changes would have on State
Exchanges, especially those States that
had already been working toward
implementing the plan option
restrictions as finalized in the 2017
Market Stabilization Rule. States
cautioned that finalizing this proposal
would delay their ability to implement
this policy and several States requested
State flexibility with respect to this
proposal.
Other commenters expressed
opposition to this proposed change
because it would further restrict plan
options available to enrollees and
dependents newly enrolling in QHP
coverage. These commenters stated that
imposing restrictions of individuals’
choice of QHPs to enroll in after he or
she qualifies for a special enrollment
period contradicts the intent of special
enrollment periods. One commenter
stated that limiting plan options for
enrollees or dependents upon qualifying
for a special enrollment period is
prohibited by the guaranteed issue
provision of the PPACA statute. The
guaranteed issue provision requires that
issuers accept every individual in the
State who applies for such coverage
and, while issuers may restrict
enrollment periods, they stated,
restrictions on the type of plan the
individual enrolls in is not permitted.
Response: We agree that there is a
benefit to aligning the plan options
available to enrollees who are adding a
dependent newly enrolling in Exchange
coverage through a special enrollment
period. We appreciate commenters’
concerns about the impact household
changes may have on a family’s health
coverage needs, but believe that
maintaining these restrictions is
necessary in order to continue to avoid
adverse selection. We continue to
encourage enrollees to explore all
available QHPs during open enrollment,
and to change plans if another QHP
better meets their or their family’s
needs.
We understand that the proposed
changes may delay State Exchanges’
ability to implement the plan option
restrictions, especially in those States
where this proposal will require a
change to Exchange system
functionality, and, therefore, we believe
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
it is appropriate for States to take
additional time, as needed, in order to
comply with this change.
Lastly, as we noted in the 2017
Market Stabilization Rule, we
considered the concerns regarding
conflicts of this policy with the statute,
but believe that limiting enrollees’
ability to change QHPs or metal levels
is consistent with the requirements in
section 1311(c)(6)(C) of the PPACA
directing the Secretary to require
Exchanges to establish special
enrollment periods as specified in
section 9801 of the Code and under
circumstances similar to such periods
under Part D of title XVIII of the Act, as
well as the Secretary’s authority under
section 2702(b)(3) of the PHS Act to
promulgate regulations for the
individual market with respect to
special enrollment periods for
qualifying events under section 603 of
the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974. Given that the
PPACA itself called for one annual open
enrollment period and additional
enrollment opportunities only in the
case of special circumstances, we
believe it is reasonable to interpret the
special enrollment period and
guaranteed issue provisions of the
PPACA in this manner.
We proposed to exclude the special
enrollment period in paragraph (d)(12)
for material plan or benefit display
errors from paragraph (a)(4)(iii). This is
because we understand that certain
material plan or benefit display errors
may impact an enrollees’ decision to
enroll in a level of coverage, in addition
to his or her decision to enroll in a
specific QHP. Therefore, we believe
that, if an enrollee qualifies for the
special enrollment period because of a
material plan or benefit display error, he
or she should be allowed to switch to
a different QHP at any metal level that
better meets his or her needs.
We are finalizing the policy as
proposed.
Comment: Commenters supported the
proposal to exempt from the plan option
restrictions in paragraph (a)(4)(iii) the
special enrollment period in paragraph
(d)(12) for when a qualified individual,
enrollee, or his or her dependent
adequately demonstrates to the
Exchange that a material error related to
plan benefits, service area, or premium
influenced the qualified individual’s or
enrollee’s decision to purchase a QHP
through the Exchange. Such a material
plan error may have impacted not only
the specific QHP an individual enrolled
in, but also the level of coverage the
individual decided to purchase. One
commenter requested that we provide
additional guidance regarding the types
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
of errors that we would consider
material for purposes of being excluded
from the plan option restrictions in
paragraph (a)(4)(iii).
Response: We are finalizing this
policy as proposed. We also clarify that,
while we are finalizing an amendment
to exempt this special enrollment period
from the plan option restrictions in
paragraph (a)(4)(iii), we are not
amending the criteria for qualifying for
the special enrollment period in
paragraph (d)(12), which is intended for
when an enrollee adequately
demonstrates to the Exchange that a
material error related to plan benefits,
service area, or premium influenced the
qualified individual’s or enrollee’s
decision to purchase a QHP through the
Exchange and refer the commenter to
the preamble discussion of the 2018
Payment Notice where we discuss this
special enrollment period.
ii. Exception to Prior Coverage
Requirement for Qualified Individuals
Who Have Lived in Service Areas
Where No QHP Is Offered Through an
Exchange
HHS recently added a prior coverage
requirement to the special enrollment
period for gaining access to new QHPs
as a result of a permanent move,
described in § 155.420(d)(7), and the
special enrollment period for gaining or
becoming a dependent through
marriage, described in § 155.420(d)(2)(i).
Section 155.420(a)(5) specifies how a
qualified individual can satisfy the prior
coverage requirement. Qualified
individuals can demonstrate that they
had minimum essential coverage as
described in 26 CFR 1.5000A–1(b) for 1
or more days during the 60 days
preceding the date of the qualifying
event; lived in a foreign country or in
a United States territory for 1 or more
days during the 60 days preceding the
date of the qualifying event; or are an
Indian, as defined by section 4 of the
Indian Health Care Improvement Act.
This prior coverage requirement
encourages individuals to maintain
coverage throughout the year.
However, we recognize that
individuals living in a service area
where no Exchange QHPs are offered
may not be able to obtain affordable
coverage. We believe that individuals in
this situation should not later be
prevented from enrolling in coverage
through a special enrollment period that
requires prior coverage when they were
previously unable to enroll in Exchange
coverage because it was unavailable or
inaccessible. Therefore, we proposed to
amend paragraph (a)(5) to exempt
qualified individuals from the prior
coverage requirement if, for at least 1 of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
the 60 days prior to the date of their
qualifying event, they lived in a service
area where there were no QHPs offered
through an Exchange. Absent this
change, qualified individuals who have
lived for part of the benefit year in a
location where no QHPs were offered
through an Exchange, and, therefore,
may have been unable to enroll in
minimum essential coverage, would be
prevented from subsequently qualifying
for a special enrollment period due to a
permanent move or marriage.
Additionally, we noted that the
proposed amendment to paragraph
(a)(5) would apply, along with the rest
of the paragraph, to the individual
market outside of the Exchange through
the cross-reference to § 155.420(d) in
§ 147.104(b)(2). In this context, health
insurance issuers offering coverage
outside an Exchange would not be able
to require qualified individuals to
demonstrate prior coverage if they lived
for at least 1 of the 60 days prior to their
qualifying event in a service area where
there were no QHPs offered through an
Exchange.
We are finalizing the policy as
proposed, except that we are amending
the regulatory text to ensure the
exception applies to individuals who
lived in a service area where no QHPs
were offered through an Exchange
during their most recent Exchange
enrollment period, regardless of
whether that enrollment period was an
Exchange open enrollment period or a
special enrollment period. This change
will address situations where no QHPs
were available to an individual during
their enrollment window, but later
became available in the individual’s
service area prior to his or her marriage
or move.
Comment: Commenters supported the
proposal to exempt qualified
individuals from the prior coverage
requirement if, for at least 1 of the 60
days prior to the date of their qualifying
event, they lived in a service area where
there were no QHPs offered through an
Exchange. Several commenters added
that HHS should continue to implement
procedures currently in place to verify
other aspects of the applicable special
enrollment period qualifying event,
such as a move, within the required 60day window. Commenters also
requested, if this exception to the prior
coverage requirement becomes
necessary, that HHS publish a list of
service areas in which no QHPs are
offered through an Exchange, in part to
ensure that issuers can apply the
exception accurately in the off-Exchange
individual market.
One commenter raised the concern
that our proposed criteria for the
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16991
exception, in particular that a person
only have lived for 1 of the 60 days
prior to their qualifying event in a
service area where there were no QHPs
offered through an Exchange, was not
stringent enough. This commenter
suggested that such a brief residency
requirement could lead individuals to
move to an affected service area on a
transitional basis in order to avoid the
prior coverage requirement. To reduce
the likelihood that individuals who did
not qualify would be able to take
advantage of this exception, the
commenter recommended that we
require individuals to have been
residents in a service area without QHPs
for the entire 60 day period prior to
their qualifying event.
Response: We will consider
publishing a list of service areas in
which no QHPs are offered by the
Exchange, so that this exception can be
applied consistently and accurately offExchange. In addition, we may release
additional guidance if a service area is
left without QHP coverage and it
becomes necessary to implement this
exception.
We understand concerns that
individuals may seek to fraudulently
claim this exception in order to avoid
the prior coverage requirement, and we
remain committed to promoting
continuity of coverage and ensuring that
only eligible consumers may access
coverage through special enrollment
periods. However, we believe that this
exception for individuals who have
lived in a service area where no QHPs
are offered by the Exchange for at least
1 of the 60 days before a qualifying
event or during their most recent
preceding enrollment period is
important, because it takes into account
the potential for a service area to
temporarily be without a QHP, such as
in the case of a temporary QHP
suppression or mid-year QHP
decertification, and the need to protect
individuals who may be affected by this
lack of availability. Additionally, we
note the need to ensure that individuals
are not prevented from accessing
coverage through a special enrollment
period mid-year because of having lived
in a service area where no QHPs were
offered through the Exchange during
their most recent enrollment period
(open enrollment or special enrollment
period) when they could have otherwise
enrolled in affordable coverage, even if
during the 60 days before a subsequent
qualifying event a QHP is available in
their service area. Therefore, we are
finalizing this exception to the prior
coverage requirement that currently
applies to certain special enrollment
periods to include consumers who lived
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
16992
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
in a service area where no QHP was
available through the Exchange during
their most recent preceding enrollment
period.
We also note that concerns that
individuals will fraudulently claim
eligibility for an exception to the prior
coverage requirement are addressed in
part because the FFE will continue to
require document-based verification of
the individual’s eligibility for the
special enrollment period and, in order
to qualify for the special enrollment
period due to a permanent move,
individuals will continue to be required
to meet the residency requirements for
their new and former addresses, in
accordance with § 155.305(a)(3) and as
explained in the January 2016 FAQs on
the Marketplace Residency Requirement
and the Special Enrollment Period due
to a Permanent Move.50 Finally, we
anticipate that this exception will be
granted extremely rarely, which
minimizes the risk that it will be used
inappropriately.
iii. Effective Date Options for Special
Enrollment Periods Relating To Gaining
or Becoming a Dependent
Paragraph (b)(2)(i) of § 155.420
requires Exchanges to provide
individuals who qualify for a special
enrollment period due to gaining or
becoming a dependent through birth,
adoption, placement for adoption, or
placement in foster care, as described in
paragraph (d)(2)(i), with a retroactive
coverage effective date back to the date
of the qualifying event. It also gives
Exchanges the option to allow these
consumers to elect an effective date of
the first of the month following the date
of the event or following regular
coverage effective dates, in accordance
with paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
Paragraph (b)(2)(v) addresses coverage
effective date options for special
enrollment periods related to gaining or
becoming a dependent due to a child
support or other court order, as also
described in paragraph (d)(2)(i). It
requires Exchanges to ensure that
coverage takes effect on the date of the
court order, and it permits Exchanges to
allow qualified individuals to elect an
effective date based on paragraph (b)(1).
However, it does not provide Exchanges
with the option to allow qualified
individuals to elect that their coverage
begin the first of the month following
the date of the event.
We proposed to remove paragraph
(b)(2)(v) of this section and to revise
paragraph (b)(2)(i) to include the special
50 Available at https://www.regtap.info/uploads/
library/ENR_FAQ_ResidencyPermanentMove_SEP_
5CR_011916.pdf.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
enrollment period for a court order and
redesignate current paragraph (b)(2)(vi)
as paragraph (b)(2)(v). These revisions
would align the coverage effective dates
for all special enrollment periods based
on gaining or becoming a dependent,
with the exception of gaining or
becoming a dependent through
marriage. Aligning coverage effective
date options ensures that Exchanges
provide qualified individuals in similar
situations with the same flexibility with
regard to coverage effective dates.
We also proposed to modify
paragraph (b)(2)(i) so that, in addition to
requiring an Exchange to ensure that
coverage is effective retroactive to the
date of the qualifying event, it may
permit the qualified individual or
enrollee to elect a coverage effective
date of the first of the month following
plan selection, rather than the first of
the month following the qualifying
event, as currently written, or following
regular coverage effective dates, in
accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this
section. This amendment would
streamline Exchange operations and
align this coverage effective date option
with the accelerated prospective
coverage effective date rule as it applies
to other special enrollment periods,
including the special enrollment period
for gaining or becoming a dependent
through marriage, as described in
(b)(2)(ii) of this section.
Therefore, individuals who qualify for
a special enrollment period due to
gaining or becoming a dependent
through birth, adoption, placement for
adoption, or placement in foster care, or
through a child support or other court
order, will be able to elect from the
same alternate coverage effective date
options, if offered by their Exchange.
We are finalizing this policy as
proposed.
Comment: Commenters supported the
proposal to align the coverage effective
date options for those who gain or
become a dependent through birth,
adoption, or foster care placement with
those who gain or become a dependent
through a child support or other court
order. Commenters agreed that aligning
special enrollment period coverage
effective date options for most situations
where individuals are gaining or
becoming a dependent would result in
a simpler rule and more intuitive
operational processes, both reducing
administrative burden on issuers and on
agents and brokers and helping
individuals better understand their
coverage effective date options. One
commenter opposed this proposal due
to concerns that it would reduce State
flexibility, could increase burden on
Exchanges due to costs associated with
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
updating their systems to reflect new
effective date options in States that offer
this optional alternate coverage effective
date option to consumers, and limit
individuals’ access to retroactive
coverage options.
Response: We agree that these
changes will promote the goals of
providing the same alternate coverage
effective date options to consumers who
qualify for a special enrollment period
due to gaining or becoming a dependent
through a birth, adoption, foster care
placement, or court order, and of
streamlining Exchange operations by
revising the ‘‘first of the month’’
coverage effective date option so that it
can be operationalized in the same way
for all special enrollment periods for
which it is an option. We note that this
proposal does not remove or alter the
requirement at § 155.420(b)(2) that
Exchanges ensure that coverage is
effective retroactive to the date of the
qualifying event for consumers who
qualify for a special enrollment period
due to gaining or becoming a dependent
through a birth, adoption, foster care
placement, or court order.
We acknowledge that allowing
Exchanges to permit individuals to elect
that their coverage take effect on the
first of the month following plan
selection instead of on the first of the
month after the date of their qualifying
event will mean that consumers only
have one option for their coverage to
take effect retroactively—back to the
date of their qualifying event—whereas
prior to the change, they could request
that coverage take effect retroactive to
the first of the month after their
qualifying event if their Exchange
allowed this option. However, we also
note that the proposed change adds an
accelerated prospective option that is
not currently available to these
consumers.
Additionally, we believe that, while
some Exchanges may need to make
system updates based on this change,
they will have the flexibility that they
need in order to manage the potential
impact because Exchanges are not
required to offer these alternate coverage
effective date options and may delay
implementation if necessary. Finally,
the alignment of this effective date
option with the ‘‘first of the month’’
effective date that also applies to other
types of special enrollment periods (in
particular the special enrollment period
due to gaining or becoming a dependent
through a marriage), will also likely
generate efficiencies for Exchanges in
the long term.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
iv. Loss of Coverage Special Enrollment
Period (§ 155.420(d)(1)(iii))
Section 155.420(d)(1) establishes a
special enrollment period for qualified
individuals who lose certain types of
coverage, including minimum essential
coverage. As described in paragraph
(d)(1)(iii), qualified individuals who
lose certain types of Medicaid
pregnancy-related coverage not
considered minimum essential coverage
may also qualify for this special
enrollment period. This is to ensure that
women losing eligibility for coverage of
pregnancy-related services that often
meet their primary and specialty health
care needs are not left without the
option to enroll in a QHP through an
Exchange after they lose access to those
services.
We proposed to revise paragraph
(d)(1)(iii) to include women who lose
access to health care services that they
were receiving through CHIP coverage
for their unborn child. While CHIP
coverage for unborn children, provided
based on the definition of a child
described in 42 CFR 457.10, is
considered minimum essential coverage
for the unborn child, it is not considered
minimum essential coverage for the
pregnant woman. Nonetheless, these
pregnant women may receive a set of
health services comparable to those
available to women enrolled in
Medicaid pregnancy-related coverage.
For this reason, pregnant women who
have received prenatal care as part of
CHIP coverage for their unborn child
may apply and be determined eligible
for a hardship exemption from the FFEs
so that they are not required to also
maintain minimum essential coverage
during that time.
The proposed revision to paragraph
(d)(1)(iii) would provide a pathway to
coverage for new mothers who lose
access to health care services provided
through unborn child CHIP coverage
following the birth of their child, and
who are otherwise eligible to enroll in
a QHP through the Exchange. Under
paragraph (c)(2) of this section, these
qualified individuals would have up to
60 days before or after the loss of access
to CHIP unborn child coverage to
qualify for the loss of coverage special
enrollment period and enroll in a QHP.
If they select a plan prior to their loss
of CHIP unborn child coverage, their
Exchange coverage would begin as soon
as the first day of the month following
the loss of coverage. If they select a plan
after the loss of CHIP unborn child
coverage, their Exchange coverage
would begin either the first of the
following month or following regular,
prospective coverage effective dates at
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
the option of the Exchange, as provided
under paragraph (b)(2)(iv). We believe
that this revision is needed to ensure a
pathway to coverage for women in the
17 States that offer unborn child CHIP
coverage, so that they may maintain
access to continuous coverage after the
birth of their child.
We are finalizing this policy as
proposed.
Comment: We received overwhelming
support for this proposal; commenters
did not raise any concerns, and noted
that it would help streamline Exchange
operations and ensure that women
losing access to CHIP coverage for their
unborn child are able to maintain
continuous coverage.
Response: We are finalizing this
provision as proposed.
iv. Technical Amendment
(§ 155.420(d)(10)(i))
We proposed to make a technical
amendment to update the cross
reference to 26 CFR 1.36B–2T in
§ 155.420(d)(10)(i), regarding the special
enrollment period for victims of
domestic abuse or spousal
abandonment. The temporary regulation
under section 36B of the Code originally
cited has now been finalized without
change to the definition cited in this
special enrollment period. This
technical correction would not alter the
parameters of this special enrollment
period.
Commenters supported this proposal;
we are finalizing this change as
proposed.
b. Effective Dates for Terminations
(§ 155.430)
Section 155.430 specifies the
termination dates for Exchange
enrollees. Paragraph (d)(1)(i) of
§ 155.430 defines ‘‘reasonable notice’’ as
at least 14 days before the requested
effective date of termination. Paragraph
(d)(2) sets forth three possible effective
dates for enrollee-initiated terminations
made in accordance with paragraph
(b)(1): (1) The termination date specified
by the enrollee, if the enrollee provides
reasonable notice; (2) 14 days after the
termination is requested by the enrollee,
if the enrollee does not provide
reasonable notice; or (3) on a date on or
after the date on which the termination
is requested by the enrollee, if the
enrollee’s QHP issuer agrees to
effectuate termination in fewer than 14
days, and the enrollee requests an
earlier termination effective date.
Further, current paragraph (d)(2)(iv) sets
the QHP termination effective date for
enrollees newly eligible for Medicaid,
CHIP, or the Basic Health Program
(BHP) as the day before the individual
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16993
is determined eligible for Medicaid,
CHIP, or BHP.
We proposed to remove paragraphs
(d)(1)(i) and (d)(2)(i) through (d)(2)(iii)
to align the effective dates for all
enrollee-initiated terminations on the
date on which the termination is
requested by the enrollee or on another
prospective date selected by the
enrollee. We also proposed removing
existing paragraph (d)(2)(iv), which
states that the QHP termination date for
an enrollee newly determined eligible
for Medicaid, CHIP or a BHP is the date
before the Medicaid, CHIP, or BHP
eligibility determination. We invited
comment from Exchanges, issuers, and
other stakeholders on any burdens these
rule changes may impose, as well as
whether we should make the changes at
the option of the Exchange or the issuer.
We are not finalizing this policy as
proposed. Rather, we are restructuring
paragraph (d)(2) to improve its
readability, and, in response to
comments from Exchanges responding
to our solicitation of comments,
providing additional flexibility to allow
Exchanges to retain the current policy or
operate under the proposed policy.
Comment: Supporters of our proposal
to eliminate the ‘‘reasonable notice’’
requirement referenced the more
streamlined and straightforward
approach to terminations for consumers
and its ability to reduce duplicate or
overlapping coverage when enrollees
obtain other coverage. Many supporters
cited challenges consumers face
transitioning into Medicare and stated
that being able to choose the date of
their QHP termination would alleviate
the need to reach out to the Exchange
multiple times to ensure the proper
termination date to avoid having dual
coverage.
Response: We agree that allowing
enrollees to terminate their coverage
immediately or on a future date of their
choosing will provide consumers with
greater control over ending their QHP
coverage and will help minimize or
eliminate overlaps in coverage, for
example, when aging into Medicare.
Such flexibility will also allow
Exchanges to send termination
transactions to issuers that do not need
subsequent adjustment, reducing the
need for casework or direct consumer
contact with issuers to request
termination dates to effectuate in less
than 14 days.
Comment: Some commenters
requested that we provide flexibility in
the implementation of this rule, citing
technical and operational challenges
with premium proration, in addition to
the common consumer desire to
terminate plans at the end of the month.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16994
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Response: We acknowledge that not
all Exchanges have the same system
capabilities, and are providing
Exchanges flexibility to implement this
change at their discretion.
Comment: Several commenters
opposed the rule, stating that 14 days is
a reasonable industry practice for
issuers, while others expressed concerns
that same-day terminations are not
feasible for issuer processing, due to the
timing of Exchange-sent 834
transactions. Some urged HHS to work
with issuers to determine a more
realistic timeframe—ranging from nextday to 5 days—and implement a default
end-of-month termination effective date.
One commenter discussed the
importance of coordination between
issuers and Exchanges to synchronize
enrollment and termination effective
dates to reduce adverse downstream
effects on payment reconciliation
processes.
Response: Issuers already process a
significant number of same-day
terminations when removing less than
the whole enrollment group from QHP
coverage, and they have reported no
difficulties in doing so. While we expect
the vast majority of enrollees will want
their coverage to end at the end of
month, this option for a more precise
termination date is necessary for
consumers because retroactive
terminations are only available in very
limited circumstances.
Comment: One commenter urged us
to allow issuers to transmit 834 files to
the Exchange with consumer-initiated
terminations, stating that most
consumers notify their issuers first
when terminating coverage.
Response: We recognize that many
enrollees reach out to their issuers to
initiate terminations. However,
terminations must be triggered through
the Exchange so enrollees remaining on
the application can receive an updated
eligibility determination.
Comment: Supporters of the proposal
to remove the current Medicaid/CHIP/
BHP termination rule—which allows for
retroactive QHP terminations based on
new Medicaid/CHIP/BHP eligibility
determinations—described the current
rule as a source of confusion for issuers,
States, Exchanges and consumers, and
noted challenges coordinating with
State Medicaid agencies, as well as the
volume of complex casework the rule
currently triggers. One commenter
recommended that HHS permit
retroactive QHP terminations if the
Medicaid, CHIP or BHP determination
was less than 30 days in the past
because it is more difficult for plans to
reverse claims after 30 days.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
A few commenters encouraged
flexibility to maintain existing policy
and business operations, and others
encouraged HHS to allow States to
determine how the change would
impact their populations, given their
Medicaid eligibility processing times, as
well as their ability to reach and inform
consumers about their need to take
action.
Response: We agree that the current
Medicaid/CHIP/BHP rule causes
unnecessary confusion, given that we do
not provide QHP termination dates
according to eligibility for other forms of
coverage, such as Medicare or employersponsored coverage. We also recognize
that eligibility determinations
conducted through the State Medicaid
agency, instead of the Exchange, can
result in challenges coordinating
effective dates through the State agency,
the Exchange, and its issuers; and can
result in consumer complaints and
subsequent casework. We recognize
issuer challenges with retroactive
terminations and appreciate willingness
to process limited retroactive
terminations. However, because we
recognize that Exchanges’ coordination
with their Medicaid and CHIP programs
varies, we are providing Exchanges
flexibility to implement this change at
their discretion.
Comment: Most commenters who
opposed the proposal to remove the
Medicaid/CHIP/BHP rule cited adverse
consumer impact, and were primarily
concerned about placing the burden to
terminate QHP coverage on the
Medicaid/CHIP/BHP enrollee who may
not understand the need to terminate.
One commenter stated it was important
for QHP enrollees to continue to be able
to recoup premium payments made
when in fact eligible for Medicaid due
to Medicaid’s 90-day retroactive
eligibility rules. Others stated that the
QHP should terminate automatically
with Medicaid eligibility.
Response: We recognize there may be
some consumer impacts with the
implementation of this rule. We also
recognize that the removal of this rule
may limit enrollees’ ability to
retroactively terminate QHP coverage
when it overlaps with Medicaid/CHIP/
BHP coverage, which could result in
consumers being unable to recoup
premiums paid for periods when the
enrollee was enrolled in QHP coverage
through the Exchange and gains
retroactive eligibility for Medicaid/
CHIP/BHP. However, these types of
retroactive terminations can lead to
major challenges for consumers as
Medicaid/CHIP/BHP providers may not
cover claims reversed by the QHP—
leading to unexpected out-of-pocket
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
costs for consumers. Finally, we agree
that automatic transition from QHP
coverage to Medicaid/CHIP/BHP
coverage without consumer intervention
is a worthy goal, but we recognize that
many Exchanges do not have real-time
coordination with their Medicaid/CHIP/
BHP agencies in order to do so.
Comment: A few commenters
expressed concerns about possible
downstream effects on eligibility for
future QHP coverage from putting the
full responsibility for QHP termination
on the Medicaid/CHIP/BHP consumer.
For example, if a consumer fails to
terminate QHP coverage for which
APTC are paid, he may stop paying
premiums because he is enrolled in
Medicaid and the issuer will terminate
his coverage for nonpayment. At the end
of the grace period, he will still owe
premium for one month of coverage
after the Medicaid determination.51
Under certain circumstances set forth in
the Market Stabilization final rule,52 the
QHP issuer could then attribute
payments made toward subsequent
enrollments to the premium amount
owed, and deny enrollment in the new
coverage for failure to pay the binder
payment. In regions with only one
issuer, this could leave consumers who
rise above the Medicaid income
threshold without access to coverage
options.
Response: We acknowledge there may
be downstream effects on eligibility for
future QHP coverage due to nonpayment of premiums for those who do
not terminate their coverage timely and
enter a grace period. The FFEs continue
to make IT improvements and enhance
consumer education and outreach with
the purpose of making it easier and
clearer for an individual to terminate
QHP coverage in a timely manner.
6. Definitions (§ 155.500)
This section defines terms that are
relevant to this subpart. We proposed to
amend the definitions of ‘‘Appeal
request’’ and ‘‘Appeals entity’’ by
adding a cross reference to proposed
section § 155.716(e)’’ to align with other
proposals discussed throughout the
proposed rule, and finalized in this rule,
regarding SHOP. We did not receive
substantive comments specific to this
proposal, and are finalizing as proposed.
51 This grace period only applies to APTC
recipients. Termination rules for non-payment of
premium default to State law for non-financial
assistance enrollees, for whom the last day of
coverage is generally the last day of the month in
good standing.
52 82 FR 18349–18353.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
7. Eligibility Standards for Exemptions
(§ 155.605)
a. Hardship Exemptions (§ 155.605(d))
Section 1311(d)(4)(H) of the PPACA
and section 5000A(e)(5) of the Code
allow individuals to seek an exemption
from the individual shared
responsibility provision due to a lack of
affordable coverage based on an
individual’s projected income. Although
tax reform legislation enacted in
December 2017 reduces to $0 the
individual shared responsibility
payment for months beginning after
December 31, 2018, individuals may
still have a need to seek a hardship
exemption for 2019 and future years due
to a lack of affordable coverage based on
projected income. For example,
individuals may continue to seek a
hardship exemption after 2018 to be
eligible for catastrophic coverage.
Section 155.605(d)(2) establishes the
circumstances under which an
Exchange must determine an applicant
eligible for an exemption due to lack of
affordable coverage based on projected
income. For determining whether
affordable coverage is available,
paragraph (d)(2) states that the Exchange
should use the standards specified in
section 5000A(e)(1) of the Code that,
among other things, specify that the
Exchange should use, for individuals
not eligible for employer-sponsored
coverage, the annual premium for the
lowest-cost bronze plan available in the
individual market through the Exchange
in the State in the county in which the
individual resides.
However, market instability has
resulted in limited offerings of plans on
the Exchanges in many regions, and
there may be individuals who live in a
county without a bronze plan. Under
the current regulation, the Exchange
would not be able to make a
determination as to whether an
individual not eligible for employersponsored coverage who lives in a rating
area without a bronze plan is eligible for
the exemption due to lack of affordable
coverage based on projected income. We
proposed to amend paragraph
§ 155.605(d)(2)(iv), to allow an
Exchange to make a determination of
lack of affordable coverage based on
projected income for individuals not
eligible for employer-sponsored
coverage using the annual premium for
the lowest cost Exchange metal level
plan, excluding catastrophic plans,
available in the individual market
through the Exchange in the State in the
county in which the individual resides
if there is no bronze level plan sold
through the Exchange in that county.
Absent this proposed change,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
individuals may lack access to
affordable coverage, but be unable to
qualify for an exemption determination
from the Exchange due to the
Exchange’s inability to calculate
whether coverage is unaffordable due to
the absence of a bronze plan in that
county. Under the proposed amendment
to § 155.605(d)(2), Exchanges would use
the amount of the lowest cost Exchange
metal level plan available to the
individual when no bronze level plan is
available.
Comment: All commenters supported
the proposed change to use the lowest
cost metal level plan when calculating
whether a plan is affordable in the
instances when no bronze plan is
available. Commenters suggested that
the regulatory text clarify that the
determination of the lowest-cost plan is
made at the county level rather than the
rating area level, and that the
determination of the ‘‘lowest-cost
Exchange plan’’ on which to base
eligibility for an exemption should be
made without consideration of
catastrophic plans. Some commenters
supported the proposal, but asked that
the exemption not be interpreted
broadly so that the exemption would
weaken the risk pool. One commenter
recommended that HHS bring forward
the effective date of the rule to plan year
2018.
Response: We are finalizing this
policy, and are clarifying that eligibility
for an exemption should be made at the
county level and without consideration
of catastrophic plans. We appreciate the
concerns about the risk pool, but believe
that this change is targeted specifically
to handle the issue of when no bronze
plans are available to the individual.
This change will be effective on the
effective date of this rule, which occurs
during the 2018 plan year.
b. Required Contribution Percentage
(§ 155.605(e)(3))
Under section 5000A of the Code, an
individual must have minimum
essential coverage for each month,
qualify for an exemption, or make an
individual shared responsibility
payment. Under section 5000A(e)(1) of
the Code, an individual is exempt if the
amount that he or she would be
required to pay for minimum essential
coverage (the required contribution)
exceeds a particular percentage (the
required contribution percentage) of his
or her actual household income for a
taxable year. In addition, under
§ 155.605(d)(2), an individual is exempt
if his or her required contribution
exceeds the required contribution
percentage of his or her projected
household income for a year. Finally,
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16995
under § 155.605(d)(2)(iv), certain
employed individuals are exempt if, on
an individual basis, the cost of self-only
coverage is less than the required
contribution percentage, but the
aggregate cost of individual coverage
through employers exceeds the required
contribution percentage and no family
coverage is available through an
employer at a cost less than the required
contribution percentage. Although tax
reform legislation enacted in December
2017 reduces to $0 the individual
shared responsibility payment for
months beginning after December 31,
2018, individuals may continue to seek
a hardship exemption based on the
required contribution amount after 2018
to obtain catastrophic coverage. Further,
the excess of the rate of premium
growth over the rate of income growth
also is used for determining the
applicable percentage in section
36B(b)(3)(A) of the Code and the
required contribution percentage in
section 36B(c)(2)(C) of the Code. As
such, we are continuing to finalize the
excess of the rate of premium growth
over the rate of income growth and the
required contribution percentage for the
2019 benefit year below.
Section 5000A of the Code established
the 2014 required contribution
percentage at 8 percent. For plan years
after 2014, section 5000A(e)(1)(D) of the
Code and 26 CFR 1.5000A–3(e)(2)(ii)
provide that the required contribution
percentage is the percentage determined
by the Secretary of HHS that reflects the
excess of the rate of premium growth
between the preceding calendar year
and 2013, over the rate of income
growth for that period.
We established a methodology for
determining the excess of the rate of
premium growth over the rate of income
growth for plan years after 2014 in the
2015 Market Standards Rule (79 FR
30302), and we stated that future
adjustments would be published
annually in the HHS notice of benefit
and payment parameters.
Under the HHS methodology, the rate
of premium growth over the rate of
income growth for a particular calendar
year is the quotient of (x) 1 plus the rate
of premium growth between the
preceding calendar year and 2013,
carried out to ten significant digits,
divided by (y) 1 plus the rate of income
growth between the preceding calendar
year and 2013, carried out to ten
significant digits.53
53 We also defined the required contribution
percentage at § 155.600(a) to mean the product of
8 percent and the rate of premium growth over the
rate of income growth for the calendar year,
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
Continued
17APR2
16996
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
As the measure of premium growth
for a calendar year, we established in
the 2015 Market Standards Rule that we
would use the premium adjustment
percentage. The premium adjustment
percentage is based on projections of
average per enrollee employersponsored insurance premiums from the
National Health Expenditure Accounts
(NHEA), which are calculated by the
CMS Office of the Actuary.54 (As
discussed elsewhere in this preamble,
we are finalizing the proposed 2019
premium adjustment percentage of
1.2516634051, (or an increase of about
25 percent over the period from 2013 to
2018). This reflects an increase of about
7.7 percent over the 2018 premium
adjustment percentage (1.2516634051/
1.1617303196).)
As the measure of income growth for
a calendar year, we established in the
2017 Payment Notice that we would use
per capita personal income (PI). Under
the approach finalized in the 2017
Payment Notice, and using the NHEA
data, the rate of income growth for 2019
is the percentage (if any) by which the
most recent projection of per capita PI
for the preceding calendar year ($53,729
for 2018) exceeds per capita PI for 2013
($44,555), carried out to ten significant
digits. The ratio of per capita PI for 2018
over the per capita PI for 2013 is
estimated to be 1.2059028167 (that is,
per capita income growth of about 20.6
percent). This reflects an increase of
about 4.5 percent relative to the increase
for 2013 to 2017 (1.2059028167/
1.1540603665) used in the 2019
Payment Notice final rule.
Thus, using the 2019 premium
adjustment percentage finalized in this
rule, the excess of the rate of premium
growth over the rate of income growth
for 2013 to 2018 is 1.2516634051/
1.2059028167, or 1.0379471610. This
results in a required contribution
percentage for 2019 of
8.00 * 1.0379471610 or 8.30 percent,
when rounded to the nearest onehundredth of one percent, an increase of
0.25 percentage point from 2018
(8.30358–8.05317).
We sought comment on whether there
are other measures of premium growth
or income growth that we could use to
calculate the required contribution
percentage.
rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of one
percent.
54 For any given year, the premium adjustment
percentage is the percentage (if any) by which the
most recent NHEA projection of per enrollee
employer-sponsored insurance premiums for the
preceding year exceeds the most recent NHEA
estimate of per enrollee employer-sponsored
insurance premiums for 2013.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
Comment: We received no comments
on other measures of premium growth
or income growth that we could use to
calculate the required contribution
percentage. One commenter supported
the current methodology, saying it
provides consistency and stability,
given highly volatile premiums.
Response: We are finalizing the
required contribution percentage as
proposed.
8. Eligibility Process for Exemptions
Section 155.610(h)(2) describes the
timeframe during which the Exchange
will accept an individual’s application
for a hardship exemption. We proposed
to make a technical correction to
§ 155.610(h)(2) to reflect the prior
redesignation of paragraph
§ 155.605(g)(1), which describes the
criteria for a hardship exemption, to
§ 155.605(d)(1) in the 2017 Payment
Notice.55
Commenters did not oppose this
correction, and we are finalizing as
proposed.
9. Exchange Functions: Small Business
Health Options Program
We previously interpreted the
PPACA’s provisions regarding the
SHOPs to require that all SHOPs
provide for employer eligibility,
employee eligibility, and certain
enrollment functions, including
premium aggregation functions.
As we have stated in previously
released guidance,56 the FF–SHOPs and
the SBE–FPs for SHOPs have seen lower
than expected enrollment, to date. As of
January 1, 2017, approximately 7,554
employer groups were enrolled in the
FF–SHOPs, covering 38,749 lives.
Further, we recognize that many SHOPs,
including FF–SHOPs, continue to face
challenges and, to accommodate those
challenges and to provide SHOPs with
more flexibility in operating their
programs, we proposed to allow SHOPs
to operate in a leaner fashion beginning
for plan years beginning on or after
January 1, 2018. We are generally
finalizing the policies as proposed, and
describe changes to certain of the
regulations later in this section of the
preamble. These changes will be
effective as of the effective date of this
rule. In the 2018 Payment Notice, HHS
finalized the removal of a participation
provision that had required certain QHP
issuers to participate in an FF–SHOP in
55 81
FR 12346 (March 8, 2016).
56 https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/
Regulations-and-Guidance/Downloads/The-Futureof-the-SHOP-CMS-Intends-to-Allow-SmallBusinesses-in-SHOPs-Using-HealthCaregov-MoreFlexibility-when-Enrolling-in-HealthcareCoverage.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
order to participate in an FFE. As a
result, HHS expected a significant
decrease in the number of issuers in the
FF–SHOPs in the 2018 plan year and
fewer enrollments in the FF–SHOPs and
SBE–FPs for SHOP. With the significant
decreases in SHOP QHP issuer
participation and enrollment for plan
year 2018, and, due to lower than
expected enrollment in the FF–SHOPs
and SBE–FPs for SHOP to date, it is not
cost effective for the Federal
government to continue to maintain
certain FF–SHOP functionalities, collect
significantly reduced user fees on a
monthly basis, maintain the
technologies required to maintain an
FF–SHOP website and payment
platform, generate enrollment and
payment transaction files, and perform
enrollment reconciliation.
We proposed to remove regulatory
burden on SHOPs by removing several
of the existing requirements imposed
upon the SHOPs, focusing on removing
requirements to provide certain
functionality that is not expressly
required by the PPACA, while still
ensuring appropriate implementation of
statutorily required functions of the
SHOP. Under the proposals, employer
groups that are currently enrolled in a
SHOP QHP for plan years that began
prior to January 1, 2018, would not be
affected by the proposed changes to
enrollment through a SHOP. We are
generally finalizing this rule as
proposed, and describe changes to
certain of the regulations later in this
section of the preamble. The changes
will take effect for plan years beginning
on or after January 1, 2018, as of the
effective date of this rule.
Under the approach we proposed and
are finalizing, SHOPs will no longer be
required to provide employee eligibility,
premium aggregation, and online
enrollment functionality for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018,
effective on the effective date of this
rule. The FF–SHOPs, and SBE–FP for
SHOPs, will take advantage of these
flexibilities. Despite the removal of
several regulations on SHOPs, State
Exchanges will continue to have the
flexibility to operate their SHOPs as
they choose, in accordance with
applicable Federal and State law.
Notably, we received comments to the
Request for Information that provided
support for this proposed enrollment
approach. Moreover, a few State
Exchanges currently utilize a similar
enrollment approach as is being
finalized as a transitional measure that
was expected to extend through plan
years beginning in 2018. These SBEs
have already inquired about continuing
to permit enrollment of their SHOP
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
consumers through a participating QHP
SHOP issuer, or a SHOP-registered agent
or broker, for plan years beginning in
2019 and beyond.57 Additionally, these
SBEs have each indicated that this
enrollment method has contributed to
reduced SHOP Exchange programmatic
expenses, which is critical for SBEs to
maintain financial sustainability as
required by section 1311(d)(5)(A) of the
PPACA.
We are finalizing the modifications
throughout the requirements applicable
in the SHOPs for plan years beginning
on or after January 1, 2018, effective on
the effective date of this rule. However,
because some groups’ plan years that
begin prior to the effective date of this
final rule will continue beyond the
effective date of this rule, both the
existing requirements applicable to
plans beginning before January 1, 2018,
and the new requirements applicable to
plans beginning after January 1, 2018
will need to be in place simultaneously.
For this reason, we are finalizing our
proposal to make many of the existing
regulatory sections regarding SHOP
applicable for plan years beginning
prior to January 1, 2018 only, and new
regulatory sections applicable for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018. After the effective date of this
rule, the new regulatory sections will be
effective for all 2018 plans, regardless of
whether the plans started prior to the
effective date of the rule. Except as
described in this rule, we proposed and
now finalize that these new regulatory
sections will mirror the existing
regulatory sections.
Specifically, we proposed to amend
§§ 155.705, 155.715, 155.720, 155.725,
155.730, 155.735, 155.740, 156.285 and
157.205 to make each section applicable
only to plan years beginning prior to
January 1, 2018. Additionally, we
proposed to introduce mirroring new
sections, applicable for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018, at
§§ 155.706, 155.716, 155.721, 155.726,
155.731, 155.741, 156.286 and 157.206.
We did not propose a new section
mirroring current § 155.735, as further
explained later in this preamble. We
also proposed minor changes to
§ 155.700. These are described in the
sections that follow. We also proposed
additional changes related to the
proposed new approach to SHOP in
§§ 155.106, 155.200, and 156.350, to
define the streamlined enrollment
approach that groups enrolling in a
SHOP QHP in an SBE–FP for SHOP will
57 Extension of State-based SHOP Direct
Enrollment Transition (April 18, 2016), available at
https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/Regulationsand-Guidance/Downloads/1332-and-SHOPGuidance-508-FINAL.pdf.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
take when this rule becomes effective.
In light of the substantial changes, we
have made conforming amendments and
updated applicable cross references in
these and other regulations, including
§§ 147.102, 147.104, 155.500, 156.200,
and 156.340.
We are finalizing the following
policies as proposed. SHOPs that opt to
operate in a leaner fashion, such as the
FF–SHOPs, will still assist qualified
employers who are small employers in
facilitating the enrollment of their
employees in QHPs offered in the small
group market in the State, consistent
with section 1311(b)(1)(B) of the
PPACA, because the basic
functionalities of an Exchange will still
be provided. SHOPs will continue to be
required to certify plans for sale through
a SHOP, and the following features will
still be available: An internet website
that displays and provides QHP
information, a premium calculator that
generates estimated prices of the
available QHPs, and a call center to
answer questions related to the SHOP.
Further, small employers will continue
to obtain an eligibility determination
from the SHOP website but will enroll
in a SHOP QHP by working with a
SHOP-registered agent or broker, or with
a QHP issuer participating in a SHOP to
complete the enrollment process.
An enrollment completed by working
with a SHOP-registered agent or broker,
or with a QHP issuer participating in a
SHOP in the SHOPs that decide to
operate in a leaner fashion, like the FF–
SHOPs, will be considered to be an
enrollment through a SHOP, and an
employer will be considered to have
offered its employees coverage through
a SHOP for purposes of section 45R of
the Code (the Small Business Health
Care Tax Credit), if the employer: (1)
Obtains from the SHOP a favorable
determination of eligibility to
participate in the SHOP; (2) enrolls in
a SHOP QHP offered by an issuer; and
(3) chooses to have the enrollment
identified as being through the SHOP. If
an enrollment meets this definition, the
QHP issuer will be required to conduct
enrollment with all applicable SHOP
rules and policies.
Because SHOPs will be required to
determine employer eligibility to
participate in a SHOP only, and will not
be required to determine employer
group members’ eligibility to enroll,
SHOPs will only be required to handle
appeals as they relate to an employer’s
eligibility in a SHOP, as currently
described in § 155.740. If, under the
flexibilities described here, employer
group members enrolled in a SHOP
QHP needed to file an appeal related to
their SHOP coverage, they generally will
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16997
file the appeal directly with the
insurance company, or could take
advantage of other appeals mechanisms
under applicable State and Federal law.
If an employer group member enrolled
in coverage though a SHOP operating
under the flexibilities outlined in this
rule and believes that he or she were
entitled to a SHOP special enrollment
period, but was denied that special
enrollment period, the employer group
member could file a complaint with the
SHOP and the SHOP will investigate.
SHOP special enrollment periods will
continue to be available to enrollees
who experience specified qualifying
events. SHOPs that use the new
flexibilities, such as the FF–SHOPs, will
no longer have the information required
to determine employer group members’
eligibility for special enrollment
periods. Therefore, issuers wishing to
participate in such a SHOP will be
required to administer special
enrollment periods.
SHOPs opting to operate in a leaner
fashion, like the FF–SHOPs, will
continue to provide employers with the
option to offer a choice of plans,
consistent with section 1312(a)(2) of the
PPACA, by continuing to allow
employers to offer their employees a
choice of plans, either by coverage level,
or, in some States, by participating QHP
issuer. Employers will be able to see the
SHOP plans available, by coverage level
and issuers, in their area using the plan
comparison tool available on a SHOP
website. Employers who choose to offer
a choice of plans to employees would
contact the participating QHP issuers
whose plans they would like to offer to
their employees to obtain the
application information necessary in
order to enroll in coverage.
Once the necessary information
required to enroll is obtained from the
QHP issuer or issuers or from the SHOPregistered agent or broker, the employer
could disseminate the application
information to its employees. The
employer could later collect the
information from its employees and
send it to the applicable QHP issuer or
issuers or the SHOP-registered agent or
broker. Employers generally will also be
responsible for collecting monthly
premium payments from employees and
sending them to the appropriate issuers.
While initially offered to support
employers’ option to offer a choice of
plans across issuers, premium
aggregation functions are not a function
mandated by the PPACA and therefore
may be altered or removed, as
previously proposed and now finalized
with this rule. SHOP-registered agents
and brokers will be able to assist
employers in performing these tasks, if
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16998
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
the employer chooses to work with a
SHOP-registered agent or broker.
Additionally, to further support
employers’ option to offer a choice of
plans across issuers, under the
proposals we are finalizing, an
employer’s minimum participation rate
will continue to be calculated at the
employer level, though the SHOPs will
not be required to calculate it, and the
FF–SHOPs will no longer calculate it.
No changes were proposed to the way
in which an employer’s minimum
participation rate is calculated or to the
70 percent minimum participation rate
default in FF–SHOPs. Participating QHP
issuers will not be permitted to deny
enrollment on the basis of failure to
meet minimum participation
requirements to employers who have
been determined eligible to participate
in the SHOP, and who have met the
applicable minimum participation rate,
as specified by the SHOP, even if only
one employee in a group wishes to
enroll with a particular issuer.
Under the approach we proposed and
are finalizing, SHOPs will also still be
able to administer the provision at
section 1304(b)(4)(D) of the PPACA that
guarantees continuing eligibility for
growing small employers by limiting the
validity of an employer’s eligibility
determination such that it terminates
when the employer makes a change that
could end its eligibility under
§ 155.710(b), by requiring the employer
to submit a new single employer
application to the SHOP if the employer
makes a change that could end its
eligibility under § 155.710, and by
requiring issuers to be able to
distinguish SHOP enrollments from
non-SHOP enrollments. Under the
flexibilities being finalized, issuers will
be expected to rely on the determination
of eligibility to reflect the employer’s
ongoing eligibility to participate in the
SHOP, and the IRS will have the option
to follow up with an employer for
additional information if necessary.
HHS understands that the changes
outlined in this final rule will allow
SHOPs to adopt changes (and that the
FF–SHOPs will adopt such changes)
that result in a substantial departure
from current operations for participating
SHOP QHP issuers, employers, and
enrollees. It is important to note that
employer groups enrolled in a SHOP
plan that began in 2017 in a SHOP that
will opt to operate in a leaner fashion,
like the FF–SHOPs, will not be affected
until their plan year ends, as the current
regulations will be in effect for the
entirety of a plan that began in 2017. We
recognize that some employers have
already completed an enrollment that
took effect on or after January 1, 2018.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
The current regulations will also be in
place for the beginning of plan year
2018 for those plans that start before the
effective date of this rule. But, after the
effective date of this rule, the finalized
regulations pertaining to plan year 2018
will be effective for all plans that begin
or began in 2018, regardless of whether
the enrollment occurred prior to the
effective date. HHS acknowledged that
this transition would create challenges
and was concerned about employers
enrolling between when rates become
available for plan years beginning in
2018 and when the flexibilities in this
rule will go into effect. We sought
comment on how to best ease this
transition and did not receive any
comments on this point. In addition, we
released guidance on this issue in
conjunction with the release of the
proposed rule.58
Because many comments focused on
the general approach we had proposed
for SHOPs, we have summarized
comments related to SHOP proposals
here, with a few exceptions, rather than
after summarizing the proposed
amendments to each section.
Comment: Many commenters
supported our proposal to remove many
of the regulatory requirements imposed
upon SHOPs. Some commenters
expressed concern over our proposal to
remove the regulatory burden on
SHOPs, stating that removing such
requirements does not address the
reasons the SHOP Exchanges have been
unattractive to small employers. We
received a comment specifically noting
that SHOPs saw low enrollment for
reasons other than a poor enrollment
system. Some commenters requested
that HHS should require that State
Exchanges either operate entirely under
the SHOP regulations prior to them
being amended or otherwise identically
to how the FF–SHOP will operate. We
also received a comment stating that
removing many of the requirements on
SHOPs will also do away with a
centralized system for free and impartial
information for small employers looking
for coverage. One commenter noted that
the proposals would impose an
additional burden on agents, brokers,
and issuers without providing
additional compensation.
Response: We are finalizing the
policies as proposed, with minor,
mostly non-substantive adjustments
further described in the following
58 CMS to Allow Small Businesses and Issuers
New Flexibilities in the Small Business Health
Options Program (SHOP) For Plan Year 2018
(October 27, 2017), available at https://
www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/Regulations-andGuidance/Downloads/New-Flexibilities-SHOP2018.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
sections of the preamble. The primary
purpose of these regulatory changes was
not to increase the attractiveness of
SHOPs to small employers, but to
remove the regulatory burden on SHOPs
to give Exchanges the flexibility to
operate their SHOPs in a cost-effective
way that best meets the needs of their
State’s small group market. We believe
this rule achieves that primary purpose.
Nonetheless, under this rule, SHOPs
will continue to offer a centralized
system that will provide certain free and
impartial information to small
employers looking for coverage. For
example, all SHOPs, including FF–
SHOPs, will still be required to make a
premium calculator available. This
calculator will provide small employers
seeking SHOP coverage with free and
impartial information about the SHOP
QHP and stand-alone dental plan QHP
options available in their area. With
regard to any burden on agents, brokers,
and issuers, we believe that the
proposed changes will reduce, rather
than increase, the burden for agents,
brokers and issuers. For example, in
SHOPs that use the finalized
flexibilities, issuers will no longer be
required to maintain the infrastructure
to connect with SHOPs, and agents and
brokers who assist small groups in
enrolling in SHOP coverage will use the
issuer enrollment channels they are
most familiar with, not a SHOP website.
As previously noted, given the
reduction in issuer participation in the
SHOPs, HHS believes the impact of
removing the requirement to maintain
premium aggregation functions, which
the FF–SHOPs and SBE–FPs for SHOP
will no longer have, will be minimal.
HHS also notes that State Exchanges are
encouraged to continue to operate their
SHOPs as they do today, or design a
SHOP within the bounds of the
flexibilities being finalized within this
final rule.
Comment: We received comments
seeking clarification on the applicability
of other Exchange requirements to
SHOPs where we did not explicitly
propose changes. Specifically, we
received comments requesting
clarification on whether HHS will
collect SHOP enrollment data under
§ 155.1200(b)(2) from either States or
issuers, in States where the Exchange
pursues the flexibilities outlined herein,
such as the FF–SHOP States. We also
received a comment seeking
clarification on whether States that
operate under the flexibilities described
herein would be required to perform
enrollee satisfaction surveys, as
described under § 155.200(d).
Response: HHS recognizes that
Exchanges that operate under these
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
SHOP flexibilities may not have records
of SHOP enrollments, and as such, does
not expect these Exchanges to submit
SHOP enrollment data to HHS under
§ 155.1200(b)(2). QHP issuers are
required to contract with an HHSapproved enrollee satisfaction survey
vendor to administer the enrollee
satisfaction survey of QHPs’ enrollees,
and Exchanges, including SHOPs, are
merely required to continue overseeing
implementation of the enrollee
satisfaction surveys, as described at
§ 155.200(d).
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
a. Standards for the Establishment of a
SHOP (§ 155.700)
Section 155.700 outlines the general
requirements to establish a SHOP and
defines certain terms specific to SHOPs.
We proposed to amend § 155.700(a) by
adding paragraph (a)(1) to make the
current requirements applicable for only
plan years beginning prior to January 1,
2018. We proposed to add paragraph
(a)(2) to describe the general
requirements applicable for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018.
Proposed paragraph (a)(2) more closely
aligns with the statutory language in
section 1311(b)(1)(B) of the PPACA than
existing paragraph (a), and will specify
that SHOPs must assist qualified
employers in facilitating the enrollment
of their employees in small group
market QHPs. We believe that the
PPACA does not have to be interpreted
to require SHOPs to process the
enrollment of qualified employees into
QHPs, as is required by the current
regulation. Instead, we believe it can
also be interpreted in a less burdensome
way, to require SHOPs to assist
qualified employers in facilitating
employees’ enrollment into QHPs,
which will still be provided for under
our proposals. We sought comment on
this proposal.
We are finalizing as proposed; these
changes will be effective as of the
effective date of this rule. Comments
related to the proposed approach for
SHOP are discussed at the beginning of
section III.D.9 of this rule.
b. Functions of a SHOP (§ 155.705) for
Plan Years Beginning Prior to January 1,
2018 (§ 155.705)
As discussed in the following section,
we proposed to modify the regulatory
requirements regarding functions of a
SHOP for plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018, and to introduce
those requirements in a new § 155.706.
To reflect the proposal that the
requirements currently in § 155.705 will
apply only for plan years beginning
before January 1, 2018, we proposed to
amend the heading of § 155.705 and add
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
paragraph (f), to state that the section
would apply only for plan years that
begin prior to January 1, 2018. We
discuss new § 155.706 below.
We are finalizing this policy as
proposed. Comments related to the
proposed approach for SHOP are
discussed at the beginning of section
III.D.9 of this rule.
c. Functions of a SHOP for Plan Years
Beginning on or After January 1, 2018
(§ 155.706)
Section 155.705 describes required
Exchange functions that are specific to
SHOPs. To permit SHOPs to operate in
a leaner fashion for plan years beginning
on or after January 1, 2018, we proposed
several changes to the required
functions of a SHOP to become effective
as of the effective date of this rule.
Under these proposals, which we
proposed to introduce in new § 155.706,
certain functions that are currently
required would become optional for
SHOPs for plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018, and the FF–
SHOPs would not provide them. With
the exception of the proposed changes
to the functions described here, the
functions would remain the same as in
§ 155.705. We proposed only to include
the paragraphs in current paragraph
(b)(3) of § 155.705, that would be
applicable to plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018, maintaining the
currently applicable policy requiring
SHOPs to allow employers to select a
level of coverage and to offer a choice
of QHPs across that level of coverage,
and permitting SHOPs to allow
employers to offer a choice of all QHPs
from a single issuer, or another method
of providing employer choice. To
provide additional flexibility, we also
proposed to codify that State Exchanges
may, as the FF–SHOPs have, offer
employers a choice of SADPs in their
SHOPs. To reflect the proposals
described in § 156.150(b) of this
document, we proposed that State
Exchanges could, and FF–SHOPs
would, allow employers to offer a
choice of SADPs in their SHOP. If no
SADP coverage levels are available,
employers would be able to offer a
choice of all SADPs offered in an area.
We also proposed conforming
amendments to the structure of this
paragraph.
Because, as discussed earlier in this
preamble, premium aggregation
functions are not mandated by the
PPACA and to maximize the flexibilities
associated with operating a SHOP, we
proposed to remove required functions
related to premium aggregation.
Specifically, we proposed that the only
premium aggregation function from
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16999
§ 155.705(b)(4) that would be applicable
in plan years beginning on or after
January 1, 2018, would be an amended
version of the function in
§ 155.705(b)(4)(ii)(A), relating to the
continuation of coverage. State
Exchanges would be permitted to
continue providing remaining premium
aggregation functions in their SHOPs
currently described at § 155.705(b)(4) if
they choose to do so. SHOPs electing
not to provide premium aggregation
functions, like the FF–SHOPs, would
still be required to provide an
opportunity for employers to offer
employees a choice of plans. In SHOPs
not offering premium aggregation
functions, we stated that we expected
that employers generally would receive
premium bills from each of the plans or
issuers with which an employee enrolls
and will pay premiums to each such
plan or issuer. Section
155.705(b)(4)(ii)(A) (which we proposed
to include in a revised form in
§ 155.706) describes the process through
which the SHOP may enter into an
agreement with a qualified employer
related to the administration of
continuation coverage. Under the
approach for enrollment in a SHOP QHP
for plan years beginning on or after
January 1, 2018, the FF–SHOPs would
no longer facilitate the collection of
premiums. Therefore, we proposed that
§ 155.706(b)(4) would mirror
§ 155.705(b)(4)(ii)(A), but would not
include the provision that permits the
FF–SHOPs to limit the service to the
collection of premiums related to the
requirements under 29 U.S.C. 1161, et
seq.
Paragraph (b)(7) of § 155.705 describes
the SHOP function related to QHP
availability in merged markets and
paragraph (b)(8) describes the function
related to QHP availability in unmerged
markets. We proposed to include these
functions in § 155.706(b)(7) and (b)(8).
However, under the proposal to
streamline SHOP enrollment for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018, we proposed to change the
references to a ‘‘qualified employee’’ to
an ‘‘employer group’’ in both
paragraphs, as the SHOP would no
longer be required to process employee
enrollments.
Paragraph (b)(10) of § 155.705
establishes requirements related to
minimum participation rates and SHOP
coverage; we proposed to include these
requirements in § 155.706(b)(10), with
certain modifications. In order to
facilitate employers’ ability to offer
employees a choice of plans through a
SHOP, as is required under section
1312(a)(2) of the PPACA,
§ 155.705(b)(10) requires that any
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
17000
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
minimum participation rate applicable
in a SHOP be calculated based on the
rate of employee participation in the
SHOP, rather than on the rate of
participation in any particular QHP or
QHPs of any particular issuer. In the
FF–SHOPs, this requirement has been
implemented through the requirements
currently outlined at § 155.705(b)(10)(i)–
(iii). Currently, the FF–SHOPs calculate
a group’s minimum participation rate
based on the information provided by
the employer and the employees during
online enrollment. Under the approach
we proposed, SHOPs would not be
required to collect the enrollment
information needed to calculate a
group’s minimum participation rate.
Issuers would be permitted to use their
established practices allowed under
State law for groups enrolling in their
certified SHOP plans for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018, so
long as they comply with § 147.104, and
so long as the minimum participation
rate is calculated based on the level of
participation in the SHOP instead of on
the level of participation in any one
QHP or with any one issuer (that is, so
long as SHOP participation is measured
at the employer group level). We did not
propose to make any changes to the way
in which the minimum participation
rate in SHOPs is calculated or the
default 70 percent minimum
participation rate used in the FF–SHOPs
unless otherwise determined by a State.
Issuers participating in the FF–SHOPs
would be required to adhere to the level
of participation as would continue to be
specified in § 155.706(b)(10), and
issuers offering QHPs in State
Exchanges would be subject to any
minimum participation rate established
by the SHOP, consistent with this
provision. We also proposed that
§ 155.706(b)(10) would not include the
language in § 155.705(b)(10)(i) because
it applies to plan years beginning before
January 1, 2016, and would therefore
not be applicable for the period covered
in § 155.706. We also proposed to clarify
that, under the proposed approach, the
reference in proposed § 155.706(b)(10)
to the time the employer submits the
SHOP group enrollment would be
interpreted to mean the time when the
employer submits a complete group
enrollment or renewal to the QHP issuer
or SHOP-registered agent or broker, if
applicable.
Section 155.705(b)(11) specifies the
requirements related to an online
premium calculator. For plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018,
we proposed to modify these
requirements and include the modified
requirements in § 155.706(b)(11).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
Specifically, § 155.706 (b)(11) would
specify that the premium calculator
described in § 155.205(b)(6) must
facilitate the comparison of available
QHPs. This would reflect that SHOPs
would no longer be required to maintain
enrollment and premium payment
information or administer premium
billing, and therefore, would no longer
necessarily have employer contribution
information. SHOPs would be required
to maintain a calculator that facilitates
the comparison of available QHPs and
would generate premium estimates, but
would no longer be required to reflect
any employer contribution. Therefore,
we proposed to not include the
requirements in § 155.705(b)(11)(i) or
(ii) in § 155.706(b)(11), since these
reflect methods SHOPs would use for
determining employer contributions. In
the FF–SHOPs, this premium calculator
would be where an employer or SHOPregistered agent or broker could go to
see a complete listing of all the QHPs
available in a given area. The tool has
served and would continue to serve as
a resource for employers and SHOPregistered agents and brokers. Because
we believe the premium calculator
requirement at section 1311(d)(4)(G) of
the PPACA could be interpreted to
apply to only individual market
Exchanges based on its reference to
APTCs and CSRs, which are not
available through SHOPs, we believe
that this proposal is consistent with the
statute.
Section 155.705(c) generally requires
a SHOP to provide data related to
eligibility and enrollment of a qualified
employee to the applicable individual
market Exchange. For plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018,
we proposed that this requirement
would apply only in SHOPs that collect
employee enrollment data related to
eligibility and enrollment of a qualified
employee, unless the SHOP is operated
pursuant to § 155.100(a)(2).
Finally, we proposed in paragraph (e)
that the provisions of the section would
be applicable for plan years beginning
on or after January 1, 2018.
We are finalizing these policies as
proposed, except that we are finalizing
minor changes to reflect the changes to
the actuarial value requirements for
SADP QHPs in § 156.150 of this rule,
and small, nonsubstantive changes to
the regulatory text for clarity and
consistency; these policies will be
effective as of the effective date of this
rule.
Comment: We received a few
comments regarding the minimum
participation rate in SHOPs. One
commenter requested that we maintain
the 70 percent minimum participation
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
rate in FF–SHOPs, and another
requested that the 70 percent minimum
participation rate be lowered. We also
received a comment disagreeing with
the intent of the proposals within this
section. A commenter noted that groups
that do not meet the minimum
participation rate should not be
permitted to enroll in coverage. Finally,
a commenter requested that HHS
continue to promote the annual 1-month
window in which the minimum
participation rate does not apply.
Response: In our proposed changes to
SHOPs, we did not propose to change
the applicable minimum participation
rate, or the way in which the minimum
participation rate is calculated. The FF–
SHOPs will continue to maintain a
minimum participation rate of 70
percent unless otherwise specified by
the State. This percentage is consistent
with industry standards. The annual
1-month window from November 15–
December 15, when employers can
enroll in a SHOP QHP without meeting
any minimum participation rate for
their State, will remain in place. This
window aligns with the guaranteed
availability standards outlined in the
PPACA.
Comment: We received a comment in
support of our proposal to codify an
employer’s ability to offer a choice of
SADPs and our proposal to allow
employers to offer a choice of all SADPs
offered through a SHOP, in accordance
with the proposals made elsewhere in
this rule to remove actuarial values for
SADPs.
Response: We are finalizing this
policy as proposed, with revisions to the
regulation text to reflect the changes to
the actuarial value requirements for
SADP QHPs, as noted in the proposed
rule, and to clarify that the third option
refers to all SADPs offered in an area by
a single issuer. We also added a title for
paragraph (b)(4) that was inadvertently
omitted in the proposed rule.
Comment: We received a comment
requesting that the option for States to
submit an annual letter opting out of the
third method of employee choice, a
choice of all plans offered by a single
issuer, be removed.
Response: We did not propose to
remove this option in the proposed rule,
and are finalizing this section as
described earlier in the preamble for
this section. We continue to believe it is
important for States to have a choice
regarding whether employee choice of
all QHPs offered by a single issuer
applies in their markets.
Comment: One commenter noted that
without premium aggregation, it is
difficult or impossible for small
businesses to offer a choice of multiple
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
insurers and plans to their employees.
The commenter recommended that HHS
provide data on the number of
employers currently offering employee
choice in the FF–SHOPs and provide
annual updates on that data, so that
HHS, stakeholders, and policymakers
can monitor the impact of this change
on employee choice in SHOP.
Response: As discussed throughout
this preamble, HHS believes that the
PPACA does not have to be interpreted
to require SHOPs to provide premium
aggregation functions and thus is
finalizing the proposals to allow SHOPs
to not provide premium aggregation
functions other than those related to
continuation of coverage under finalized
§ 155.706(b)(4). State SHOPs are
permitted to continue offering premium
aggregation functionality. While we
recognize that the elimination of
premium aggregation in the FF–SHOPs
could increase the administrative
burden on employers, we believe that
potential increased burden is
outweighed by the other benefits to the
SHOPs and, ultimately, to the
employers described throughout this
preamble regarding the changes to the
SHOPs. Under the proposals being
finalized in this rule, SHOPs will not be
required to have access to ongoing
enrollment information, and the FF–
SHOPs will not require issuers to report
SHOP employee choice enrollment
information to HHS.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
d. Eligibility Determination Process for
SHOP for Plan Years Beginning Prior to
January 1, 2018 (§ 155.715)
As discussed in the following section,
we proposed to modify the regulatory
requirements regarding the eligibility
determination process for SHOP for
plan years beginning on or after January
1, 2018, effective on the effective date of
this rule, and to introduce those
requirements in a new § 155.716. To
reflect that the requirements currently
in § 155.715 will apply only for plan
years beginning before January 1, 2018,
we proposed to amend the heading of
§ 155.715 and add paragraph (h), to state
that the section applies only for plan
years that begin prior to January 1, 2018.
We are finalizing this section as
proposed. Comments related to the
proposed approach for SHOP are
discussed at the beginning of section
III.D.9 of this rule.
e. Eligibility Determination Process for
SHOP for Plan Years Beginning on or
After January 1, 2018 (§ 155.716)
Section 155.715 describes the SHOP
eligibility determination process for
employers and employees. We proposed
to add new § 155.716 to describe the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
eligibility determination process for
SHOPs for plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018. With the
exception of the changes to the process
described here, the process will remain
the same as in § 155.715. However, this
new section will modify and remove
some of the requirements in § 155.715.
The proposals described in this section
will be effective on the effective date of
this rule.
Section 155.715(a) requires that before
permitting the purchase of coverage in
a QHP, a SHOP must determine that the
employer or individual who requests
coverage is eligible. This requirement
means that employers and employees
must complete an application to
participate in a SHOP. Accordingly, the
FF–SHOPs have established certain
operational requirements related to
submitting an application through the
FF–SHOP website, including providing
information on the business (including
location, Employer Identification
Number, and number of employees),
and identity verification.
To reduce the barriers on employers
to obtain SHOP coverage, we proposed
in § 155.716 that SHOPs must determine
that the employer who requests
coverage is eligible, but that SHOPs
generally would not always need to do
so before the issuer permits the
purchase of coverage in a QHP through
a SHOP, for plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018. This would
generally permit an employer to
purchase a QHP before obtaining a
determination of SHOP eligibility and
confirming with the issuer the status of
the enrollment as being through the
SHOP. As further explained in the
preamble to § 156.286, issuers would be
expected to establish processes to
ensure that they can accurately identify
which enrollments are considered
SHOP enrollments and which are not.
We encouraged employers to obtain an
eligibility determination from a SHOP
as close to the date in which they
purchase a SHOP QHP as possible. We
considered establishing a limit on how
long an employer can wait between
purchasing the QHP and obtaining the
determination of eligibility for that QHP
to be considered purchased through the
SHOP. We solicited comments on
whether to establish such a limit, and
how long it should be. Ultimately, we
are finalizing this policy as proposed,
and are not establishing a timeline
under which employers must obtain an
eligibility determination from a SHOP
for their enrollments to be considered
through the SHOP.
As a condition of claiming the Small
Business Health Care Tax Credit, small
employers must be prepared to provide
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17001
sufficient proof that they meet
applicable criteria. Part of the
employer’s responsibility in providing
evidence that it is a small employer
eligible for the Small Business Health
Care Tax Credit includes the ability to
verify not only the purchase of a SHOP
QHP, but the ability to produce a
favorable eligibility determination from
a SHOP. Therefore, employers applying
for the Small Business Health Care Tax
Credit are also encouraged to obtain an
eligibility determination from the SHOP
in the taxable year in which they intend
to apply for the credit.
Section 155.715(b) requires the SHOP
to accept SHOP applications from both
employers and employees, and
§ 155.715(c) provides for the verification
of both employer and employee
eligibility. For plan years beginning on
or after January 1, 2018, we proposed to
provide SHOPs flexibility to forgo
providing for employee eligibility
determinations and related functionality
and obligations (and the FF–SHOPs will
pursue this flexibility). We proposed
that SHOPs would not be required to
accept applications by employees or
determine eligibility of employees
because, under the proposed approach
to enrollment in a SHOP, SHOPs will
not be required to interact with
employees. Proposed paragraphs (b) and
(c) of § 155.716 would still require
SHOPs to accept a SHOP single
employer application form from
employers, and to verify employer
eligibility subject to provisions like
those currently in § 155.715(c)(2)
through (4). We have updated and made
available a single employer application
that SHOPs can use to determine
employer eligibility to participate in the
SHOP to reflect the new rule at
§ 155.731, described elsewhere in this
preamble. Currently, employee
information is primarily collected for
purposes of enrollment, and therefore
will not be necessary for SHOPs to
collect under the approach we are
finalizing, allowing SHOPs to operate in
a leaner fashion. State Exchanges that
intend to maintain more robust SHOP
functionalities, in lieu of the flexibilities
adopted in this rule, will be permitted
to continue to determine employee
eligibility. We believe this proposal is
consistent with the statute because, as
noted above, the PPACA does not have
to be interpreted to require SHOPs to
provide for employee enrollment
functionality, and does not define
qualified employees.
Paragraph (d) of § 155.715 describes
the eligibility adjustment period. We
proposed to include in § 155.716(d)
these requirements as they relate to
eligibility for employers. However,
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
17002
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
because SHOPs will not be required to
accept applications from employees, we
proposed not to include the
requirements in § 155.715(d)(2), relating
to eligibility for employees, in new
§ 155.716. We also proposed to add
language to reflect that SHOPs also must
address inconsistencies in employer
eligibility information received from
sources other than those used in the
employer eligibility process described
in § 155.715(c).
To reflect our proposed changes to the
employer eligibility verification process,
as further described in this section and
in the preamble to § 157.205, and our
proposal not to include a section
mirroring § 155.735 regarding
terminations, we are adding a
requirement in the paragraphs mirroring
paragraphs (d)(3)(i) and (e) of § 155.715
to require the SHOP to notify employers
not only of a denial of the employer’s
eligibility to participate in the SHOP,
but also of a termination of the
employer’s eligibility to participate in
the SHOP.
Paragraph (f) of § 155.715 specifies the
requirement that the SHOP notify an
employee of his or her eligibility to
enroll in a SHOP. Because we will not
be requiring SHOPs to determine
employee eligibility for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018,
we proposed not to include this
requirement in § 155.716. SHOPs that
continue to provide employee eligibility
functionality should continue notifying
employees of their eligibility. In the
SHOPs that operate in a leaner fashion,
like the FF–SHOPs, we anticipate that
the participating QHP issuer or
employer will determine the method of
employee enrollment and notification,
consistent with otherwise applicable
Federal or State law.
Paragraph (g) of § 155.715 describes
the requirements surrounding
communication between the SHOP and
QHP issuers in the event of an employer
withdrawing from the SHOP and the
notification of qualified employees of an
employer’s withdrawal from SHOP.
Under the proposed approach for
SHOPs beginning for plan years that
begin on or after January 1, 2018, the
enrollment and disenrollment processes
would be addressed between the
employer and the issuer or the agent or
broker. Therefore, we proposed not
including these requirements in
§ 155.716.
We further proposed in paragraph (f)
of § 155.716 that an employer’s
determination of eligibility to
participate in the SHOP obtained under
paragraph (a) remains valid until the
employer makes a change that could
end its eligibility under § 155.710(b).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
This could include terminating offers of
coverage to employees maintaining fulltime status, growing to be a large
employer without having maintained
continuous SHOP coverage, or moving
its principal business address or eligible
employee worksites out of the SHOP
service area. The employer will be
required under new regulations being
finalized in part 157 to take further
action upon termination of the validity
of the determination of eligibility to
participate in a SHOP to submit a new
application for determination of
eligibility or to withdraw from
participation in the SHOP. We
considered requiring SHOPs to
acknowledge an employer’s withdrawal
from participation in the SHOP within
a reasonable time. Alternatively, we
considered requiring that employers
reapply to determine their SHOP
eligibility on an annual basis. We sought
comment on these proposals, and
ultimately are moving to finalize our
proposal without requiring employers to
reapply to determine their SHOP
eligibility on an annual basis or
requiring SHOPs to acknowledge such a
withdrawal.
We proposed to specify in paragraph
(g) that the provisions in § 155.716 will
be applicable for plan years beginning
on or after January 1, 2018.
We are finalizing these policies as
proposed. These changes will become
effective as of the effective date of this
rule.
Comment: We received several
comments urging us not to establish a
30-day timeline on employers to obtain
an eligibility determination because the
timeframe would be burdensome on
employers. We received comments from
State Exchanges also recommending
that no timeline should be established
for SHOP. These State Exchanges do not
impose such a timeline in their SHOPs
and have found success with the model.
Response: We are finalizing this
section as proposed, and no timeline
will be imposed on employers to obtain
an eligibility determination from a
SHOP. We note that issuers may require
employers to obtain an eligibility
determination from the SHOP as a
condition of enrollment when there is a
legal basis for restricting enrollment to
enrollment through the SHOP. Further,
the IRS may request to see an
employer’s eligibility determination
from the SHOP if the employer chooses
to apply for the Small Business Health
Care Tax Credit.
Comment: We received one comment
regarding whether employers should be
required to notify a SHOP of their intent
to withdraw from a SHOP, and if a
SHOP should acknowledge an
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
employer’s withdrawal. The commenter
recommended that we not require
employers to notify the SHOP of their
intent to withdraw their participation
from a SHOP and, therefore not require
SHOPs to acknowledge an employer’s
withdrawal.
Response: Although we appreciate the
commenter’s suggestion as another way
to ease burden on employers, for SHOPs
to be able to determine which
employers remain eligible to participate,
the rules must impose some obligation
on employers to notify the SHOP when
their eligibility ends. As such, as further
described in the preamble to § 157.206,
we are finalizing our proposal that
requires employers to submit a new
single employer application to the
SHOP or withdraw from participating in
the SHOP if the employer makes a
change that could end its eligibility
under § 155.710 of this subchapter. As
noted above, SHOPs will not be
required to acknowledge an employer’s
withdrawal.
f. Enrollment of Employees Into QHPs
Under SHOP for Plan Years Beginning
Prior to January 1, 2018 (§ 155.720)
Section 155.720 contains
requirements related to the enrollment
of employees into QHPs under SHOP.
To reflect that our proposed approach
would no longer require SHOPs to
provide functionality related to
enrollment of employees for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018,
we proposed to amend the heading of
§ 155.720 and add paragraph (j), to state
that the section will apply only for plan
years that begin prior to January 1, 2018.
Specifically, we proposed that the
requirement in paragraph (b) of
§ 155.720 that SHOPs establish a
timeline and process for QHP issuers
and employers to follow regarding
purchasing coverage and processing of
enrollment would not be applicable for
plan years that begin on or after January
1, 2018. State Exchanges that choose to
maintain their current operations may
continue establishing enrollment
timelines, as State law and SHOP
technology permit. We also proposed
that the requirements to transmit
enrollment information on behalf of
qualified employers and employees to
QHP issuers as described in current
paragraph (c), and to process payments
as described in current paragraph (d)
would not apply after plan year 2017,
since SHOPs may not have enrollment
or payment information to transmit. We
proposed that the requirement in
paragraph (e) that SHOPs ensure a QHP
issuer notifies a qualified employee
enrolled in a QHP of the effective date
of his or her coverage would not apply
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
for plan years beginning on or after
January 1, 2018 because SHOPs may not
have the enrollment information
necessary to enforce this requirement.
We anticipated QHP issuers will notify
employees in accordance with
applicable State law. Additionally, after
plan year 2017 plans have ended, we
proposed not to require SHOPs to
reconcile enrollment information as
described in paragraph (g), as SHOPs
may not have enrollment files to
reconcile with issuers. We also
proposed that the requirements
described in current paragraph (h),
which requires a SHOP to notify a
qualified employee’s employer in the
event the qualified employee terminates
his or her SHOP coverage, would no
longer apply for plan years beginning on
or after January 1, 2018. Under the
proposed approach, SHOPs may not
have that information to communicate
to the qualified employee’s employer.
We are finalizing these policies as
proposed. These changes will become
effective as of the effective date of the
final rule. Comments related to the
proposed approach for SHOP are
discussed at the beginning of section
III.D.9 of this rule.
g. Record Retention and IRS Reporting
for Plan Years Beginning on or After
January 1, 2018 (§ 155.721)
The approach we are finalizing will
not require SHOPs to provide
functionality related to enrollment of
employees for plan years beginning on
or after January 1, 2018, and therefore,
we proposed that § 155.720 be
inapplicable for those plan years,
effective on the effective date of this
rule. However, there are requirements in
that section related to record retention
and IRS reporting that will continue to
be applicable with some modifications.
We proposed to include modified
versions of these requirements in a new
§ 155.721, titled ‘‘Record retention and
IRS Reporting for plan years beginning
on or after January 1, 2018.’’
We proposed that all SHOPs still be
required to maintain records of
employer eligibility for 10 years, as
described in paragraph (f). Because
SHOPs utilizing the proposed
flexibilities, like the FF–SHOPs, would
not have information on employees, we
did not propose to continue requiring
that SHOPs maintain information on
employees.
Section 155.720(i) describes the
information a SHOP is currently
required to communicate to the IRS for
purposes of the Small Business Health
Care Tax Credit. We proposed to modify
the reporting requirement for SHOPs
such that for plan years beginning on or
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
after January 1, 2018, effective on the
effective date of this final rule, SHOPs
would be required to send the IRS
information about the employers
determined eligible to purchase a SHOP
QHP only upon the request of the IRS.
We stated that we believe providing the
IRS with a list of employers determined
eligible to participate in a SHOP, at the
IRS’s request, fulfills HHS’s reporting
responsibility. As mentioned earlier in
this document, employers in all States
must be able to provide sufficient
evidence to the IRS that they meet all
the necessary eligibility requirements
for the Small Business Health Care Tax
Credit, if they intend to apply for it. The
IRS may ask employers to produce the
aforementioned evidence and employers
have a responsibility to produce it.
Further, we stated that employers may
work with their issuer to verify their
contribution information, employee
enrollment information, and any other
applicable information required to
apply for the Small Business Health
Care Tax Credit through their tax filings.
We are finalizing these policies as
proposed.
Comment: Commenters were
generally supportive of these proposals.
One commenter disagreed with the
premise of this section, citing their lack
of support for the overall proposed
approach to allow SHOPs to operate in
a leaner fashion. We also received a
comment supporting the proposals to
require SHOPs to only report
information to the IRS as requested.
This commenter sought clarification on
whether HHS will continue to collect
SHOP enrollment data per § 155.1200,
which was addressed earlier in this rule
at the beginning of section III.D.9.
Finally, one commenter expressed
concern about an employer’s access to
claim the Small Business Health Care
Tax Credit if an employer is in a county
where no SHOP plans are available. The
commenter noted that in the past, the
IRS has granted flexibility to employers
in counties that had no SHOP plans
available and allowed employers to still
claim the Small Business Health Care
Tax Credit, if otherwise applicable.
Response: We are finalizing this
section as proposed. As noted above, we
believe that the information being
collected under our proposals and
communicating that information only as
requested by the IRS is sufficient for the
purposes of their administration of the
Small Business Health Care Tax Credit.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have jurisdiction over the Small
Business Health Care Tax Credit.
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17003
h. Enrollment Periods Under SHOP for
Plan Years Beginning Prior to January 1,
2018 (§ 155.725)
As discussed in the following section,
we proposed to modify the regulatory
requirements regarding enrollment
periods under a SHOP for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018,
and to introduce those requirements in
a new § 155.726. To reflect the proposal
that the requirements currently in
§ 155.725 would apply only for plan
years beginning before January 1, 2018,
we proposed to amend the heading of
§ 155.725 and add paragraph (l), to state
that the section would only apply for
plan years that begin prior to January 1,
2018. These changes would become
effective as of the effective date of the
final rule. We discuss the proposed new
§ 155.726 below.
We are finalizing these policies as
proposed. Comments related to the
proposed approach for SHOP are
discussed at the beginning of section
III.D.9 of this rule.
i. Enrollment Periods Under SHOP for
Plan Years Beginning on or After
January 1, 2018 (§ 155.726)
Section 155.725 describes enrollment
periods under SHOP, including the
timeline under which employer groups
must enroll in SHOP coverage, and the
notices the SHOP is required to send
related to enrollment periods. We
proposed to introduce a new § 155.726,
which would retain the rolling
enrollment and minimum participation
rate provisions of § 155.725(b) and (k),
but would remove the requirements
applicable to enrollment periods under
SHOP other than those related to special
enrollment periods for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018, to
reflect the increased flexibility we
proposed. The policies described in this
section were proposed to be effective on
the effective date of this rule.
Section § 155.725(a) requires that
SHOPs ensure that enrollment
transactions are sent to QHP issuers and
that issuers adhere to coverage effective
dates in accordance with this section.
We proposed that many previously
required enrollment and election
periods would no longer apply for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018. State Exchanges that continue to
provide online enrollment functionality
for their SHOP will be able to continue
to adhere to these requirements.
However, under the proposed approach,
some SHOPs (including the FF–SHOPs)
may not have enrollment information to
communicate to the issuers and may not
want to continue setting and enforcing
coverage effective dates under the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
17004
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
previously specified requirements. In
SHOPs that pursue the full extent of the
proposed approach, like the FF–SHOPs,
we anticipated that most enrollment
timelines, deadlines, and coverage
effective dates in SHOPs would be set
by employers and issuers consistent
with applicable State law and otherwise
applicable Federal law. We stated that
we did, however, believe that, under the
proposed approach, the SHOP should be
responsible for ensuring that QHP
issuers adhere to the remaining required
enrollment periods and their
corresponding coverage effective dates.
Therefore, we proposed to include this
requirement in § 155.726(a).
Paragraph (c) of § 155.725 states that
the SHOP must provide qualified
employers with an annual election
period prior to completion of the
employer’s plan year and paragraph (d)
of § 155.725 requires the SHOP to
provide notice of that period in
advance. Given that, under the proposed
approach for SHOPs for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018,
SHOPs would not be required to process
enrollments, we proposed that these
requirements would not apply for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018. We anticipated that participating
QHP issuers in SHOPs pursuing the
proposed approach, like in the FF–
SHOPs, would be responsible for setting
any requirements around renewals,
annual employer election periods, and
annual employee open enrollment
periods, based on their current
practices, and subject to applicable State
law and otherwise applicable Federal
law, including §§ 147.104 and 147.106.
For similar reasons, we proposed that
the requirements in § 155.725(e), which
requires the SHOP to set a standard
open enrollment period for qualified
employees, and § 155.725(f), which
requires the SHOP to send a notice to
the employee about the open enrollment
period, would not apply for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018.
Section 155.725(g) requires SHOPs to
establish and maintain enrollment and
coverage effective dates, including
waiting periods, for newly qualified
employees. However, the amendments
we proposed at § 155.716 would remove
the requirement for SHOPs to perform
employee eligibility determinations,
accept and process single employee
SHOP application forms, as well as
verify employee eligibility for plan years
beginning on or after January 1,2018.
Furthermore, our proposed amendments
not to include paragraphs (c) and (d) of
§ 155.725 in § 155.726 would remove
the requirement for SHOPs to maintain
enrollment records for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
SHOPs that utilize these proposed
flexibilities, like the FF–SHOPs, may be
unable to satisfy the requirements in
§ 155.725(g). To align with these
proposed amendments, we proposed
that the requirements in § 155.725(g)
would not apply for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018.
Instead, we anticipated that enrollment
timelines, deadlines, and coverage
effective dates for newly qualified
employees in SHOPs that pursue the
proposed approach would be set by
employers and issuers consistent with
applicable State law and otherwise
applicable Federal law, including
§ 147.116. Further, as noted above,
issuers offering plans in SHOPs would
still be required to adhere to the
guaranteed availability requirements set
in § 147.104(b)(1)(i) and the special
enrollment period requirements in
proposed § 155.726(c).
We also proposed that the
requirement in § 155.725(h)(1) that a
SHOP establish the effective dates of
coverage for initial and annual group
enrollments would not apply for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018. Because SHOPs utilizing the
proposed flexibilities, like the FF–
SHOPs, would no longer be involved in
processing group enrollments, and
would therefore not be able to hold
issuers accountable to these enrollment
deadlines, we stated that we believed it
was more appropriate to permit QHP
issuers in SHOPs to set their own
enrollment timelines. However, State
Exchanges would be permitted to
continue establishing these effective
dates for their SHOPs. We also proposed
to remove paragraph (h)(2) for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018, which establishes the effective
dates for initial and annual group
enrollments in FF–SHOPs, because the
FF–SHOPs would utilize the proposed
flexibilities. We anticipated that issuers
in SHOPs that pursue this approach,
like in FF–SHOPs, would set enrollment
timelines for employer groups
participating in these SHOPs, based on
their current practices, and consistent
with the market rules set forth in
§§ 147.104 and 147.106, and otherwise
applicable State law.
We proposed that the special
enrollment periods specified in
§ 155.725(j) would continue to be
applicable in the SHOPs for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018,
and proposed to include these in
§ 155.726(c). We also proposed that the
requirements regarding special
enrollment periods in § 155.725(j)(3)
would apply for plan years beginning on
or after January 1, 2018. However, we
proposed to modify the SHOPs’
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
responsibilities with respect to special
enrollment periods. As stated earlier in
this preamble, under the new
flexibilities for SHOPs beginning in plan
years starting on or after January 1,
2018, SHOPs would no longer be
required to provide functionality related
to enrollment of employees. For SHOPs
that pursue this flexibility, like the FF–
SHOPs, issuers will preliminarily be
responsible for completing enrollments,
and so we expected issuers would
implement enrollment periods.
Therefore, we proposed to modify the
requirements to reflect that the SHOP’s
revised role would not be to provide
special enrollment periods, but to
ensure that QHP issuers offering
coverage through the SHOP provide the
special enrollment periods set forth in
regulation.
We are finalizing these policies as
proposed, with one minor nonsubstantive change to correct the
placement of numbering in the
regulation text.
Comment: Some commenters
requested clarification on our proposals
at § 155.726(c), and recommended that
the proposals better align with
§ 155.420, while another recommended
that issuers be permitted to provide the
same special enrollment periods as they
provide outside the SHOP.
Response: Special enrollment periods
offered through a SHOP are aligned with
the special enrollment periods available
in the individual market FFEs unless
the special enrollment periods offered
in the FFEs do not practically apply in
the SHOP. We did not propose any
changes to special enrollment periods in
SHOPs and finalize this section as
proposed.
j. Application Standards for SHOP for
Plan Years Beginning Prior to January 1,
2018 (§ 155.730)
As discussed in the following section,
we proposed to modify the regulatory
requirements regarding application
standards of a SHOP for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018
and to introduce those requirements in
a new § 155.731. To reflect the proposal
that the requirements currently in
§ 155.730 would apply only for plan
years beginning before January 1, 2018,
we proposed to amend the heading of
§ 155.730 and add paragraph (h), to state
that the section would apply for only
plan years that begin prior to January 1,
2018.
We are finalizing these policies as
proposed; the policies will be effective
on the effective date of the final rule.
Comments related to the proposed
approach for SHOP are discussed at the
beginning of section III.D.9 of this rule.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
k. Application Standards for SHOP for
Plan Years Beginning on or After
January 1, 2018. (§ 155.731)
Section 155.730 describes the
requirements for employer and
employee applications in the SHOPs.
We proposed to modify these
requirements for plan years beginning
on or after January 1, 2018, and to
introduce these modified requirements
in § 155.731. With the exception of the
proposed changes to the requirements
described here, the requirements would
remain the same as in § 155.730.
In accordance with our approach
allowing SHOPs to operate in a leaner
fashion for plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018, effective as of the
effective date of this rule, QHP issuers
would complete the process of enrolling
qualified employees into coverage in
SHOPs that will operate in a leaner
fashion, like the FF–SHOPs. In those
SHOPs it would not be necessary for a
SHOP to collect information necessary
for purchasing coverage. Therefore, we
proposed to modify the information
collection requirements related to the
single employer application to require
SHOPs to collect only information that
would be necessary for SHOPs to
determine employer eligibility to
participate in the SHOP under
§ 155.710(b). To more closely align the
description of the data elements
collected with those standards for
eligibility to participate, we proposed to
require the SHOP to collect the
employer name and address of the
employer’s locations; information
sufficient to confirm that the employer
is a small employer; the Employer
Identification Number; and information
sufficient to confirm that the employer
is offering, at a minimum, all full-time
employees’ coverage in a QHP through
a SHOP. SHOPs could collect other
information, at their option subject to
the limitations in § 155.716(c)(2) and
§ 155.731(f).
Paragraph (c) of § 155.730 requires the
use of a single employee application.
We proposed that this requirement
would not apply for SHOP beginning for
plan years starting on or after January 1,
2018, as the information collected in
this application would no longer be
necessary, since the SHOP would no
longer be required to process
employees’ enrollment.
Section 155.730(d) permits a SHOP to
use a model single employer application
and model single employee application
provided by HHS, and § 155.730(e)
permits the use of HHS-approved
alternatives to these model applications.
We also proposed to maintain these
options, but for consistency with the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
new approach to SHOP, we proposed
not to reference a model single
employee application. The model single
employer application with the elements
described in proposed § 155.731(b) has
been updated to reflect these changes.59
Paragraph (g) of § 155.730 describes
additional application safeguards for
SHOP employer and employee
applications, which we proposed to
maintain in § 155.731(f) with minor
amendments to reflect the proposal to
eliminate the requirement to collect a
single employee application. We also
proposed in new paragraph (g) to state
that § 155.731 would only be applicable
for plan years beginning on or after
January 1, 2018.
We are finalizing these policies as
proposed. These changes will become
effective as of the effective date of this
rule.
Comment: One commenter expressed
concern that our proposals to approve
alternative applications will be
burdensome, since applications are
reviewed by the State.
Response: Section 155.731(b)
discusses the application an employer
submits to the SHOP for the purposes of
determining eligibility to participate in
a SHOP. No State review is required
under § 155.731(b) (although a State
Exchange could perform such a review,
at its option, for its SHOP). The
information that SHOPs are required to
collect under these rules is minimal.
HHS does not believe that additional
information to determine an employer’s
eligibility to participate in a SHOP is
necessary, and therefore maintains the
ability to review any alternate
application a SHOP may use to
determine an employer’s eligibility to
participate in a SHOP. This section is
being finalized as proposed.
Comment: We received one comment
requesting clarification that State
Exchanges can meet § 155.731(e)(2) by
making an application available for
download on a website as opposed to
implementing an interactive web
application portal.
Response: Section 155.730(e)(2) does
not currently distinguish whether an
employer application be available for
download on an internet website as
opposed to through an interactive web
application portal on an internet
website, so long as the tools to file an
application be available on an internet
website. We did not make any changes
to this language in § 155.731(e)(2).
59 Available at https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/
Programs-and-Initiatives/Health-InsuranceMarketplaces/Downloads/SHOP-EligibilityDetermination-Form.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17005
l. Termination of SHOP Enrollment or
Coverage (§ 155.735)
Section 155.735 outlines requirements
related to terminations of SHOP
coverage or enrollment. Under our
proposed approach, described in detail
in the preamble to earlier sections of
this final rule, the process of completing
enrollments, as well as terminating
coverage, could be completed by
issuers, and would not be required to be
completed by SHOPs operating in a
leaner fashion under the flexibilities
provided for in this rule, like the FF–
SHOPs. Issuers would be expected to
comply with otherwise applicable State
and Federal law regarding terminating
coverage, the timelines and effective
dates for termination, and any notice
requirements, including those at
§§ 147.106 and 156.285. Accordingly,
we proposed that this section would be
applicable for only plan years beginning
prior to January 1, 2018, as described in
the proposed amendment to the heading
and new paragraph (h), effective on the
effective date of this rule. SHOPs
maintaining current enrollment
functions were encouraged to set
termination guidelines and distribute
notices for terminations based on
nonpayment of premiums or loss of
employee eligibility, unless State law
requires QHP issuers to send the
notices. Because SHOPs, such as the
FF–SHOPs, would no longer be required
to enroll groups into a SHOP QHP, they
would no longer be required to maintain
the ability to terminate coverage. We
believe new §§ 155.716 and 157.206
sufficiently address terminations of
eligibility for participation in a SHOP.
We are finalizing these policies as
proposed. Comments related to the
proposed approach for SHOP are
discussed at the beginning of section
III.D.9 of this rule.
m. SHOP Employer and Employee
Eligibility Appeals Requirements for
Plan Years Beginning Prior to January 1,
2018 (§ 155.740)
As discussed in the following section,
we proposed to modify the regulatory
requirements regarding employer and
employee eligibility appeals in SHOP
for plan years beginning on or after
January 1, 2018, and to introduce those
modified requirements in a new
§ 155.741. To reflect the proposal that
the requirements currently in § 155.740
would apply only for plan years
beginning before January 1, 2018,
effective on the effective date of this
rule, we proposed to amend the heading
of § 155.740 and add paragraph (p), to
state that the section would apply only
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17006
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
for plan years that begin prior to January
1, 2018.
We are finalizing these policies as
proposed. Comments related to the
proposed approach for SHOP are
discussed at the beginning of section
III.D.9 of this rule.
n. SHOP Employer and Employee
Eligibility Appeals Requirements for
Plan Years Beginning on or After
January 1, 2018 (§ 155.741)
Section 155.740 describes the SHOP
eligibility appeals process for employers
and employees. These provisions
describe the applicable definitions, the
general requirements to provide for
appeals, and employers’ and employees’
rights to appeal an eligibility
determination from the SHOP.
To continue to provide for employer
eligibility appeals, we proposed to add
new § 155.741, mirroring § 155.740,
with the following exceptions. Because
we proposed elsewhere that the
requirement to provide employees with
eligibility determinations and the
requirement in § 155.715(f) regarding
notification of employee eligibility
would no longer apply in plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018,
we proposed not to include a paragraph
mirroring § 155.740(d), which describes
employees’ rights to appeal. We also
proposed to omit other references to
employee appeal rights, to add
references to provide for appeals of
terminations of eligibility to participate
in a SHOP, and to update crossreferences as applicable.
We proposed in paragraph (o) that the
provisions of § 155.741 would only be
applicable to plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018, effective on the
effective date of this rule.
We are finalizing these policies as
proposed. Comments related to the
proposed approach for SHOP are
discussed at the beginning of section
III.D.9 of this rule.
E. Part 156—Health Insurance Issuer
Standards Under the Affordable Care
Act, Including Standards Related to
Exchanges
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
1. FFE and SBE–FP User Fee Rates for
the 2019 Benefit Year (§ 156.50)
Section 1311(d)(5)(A) of the PPACA
permits an Exchange to charge
assessments or user fees on participating
health insurance issuers as a means of
generating funding to support its
operations. In addition, 31 U.S.C. 9701
permits a Federal agency to establish a
charge for a service provided by the
agency. If a State does not elect to
operate an Exchange or does not have an
approved Exchange, section 1321(c)(1)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
of the PPACA directs HHS to operate an
Exchange within the State. Accordingly,
in § 156.50(c), we specified that a
participating issuer offering a plan
through an FFE or SBE–FP must remit
a user fee to HHS each month that is
equal to the product of the monthly user
fee rate specified in the annual HHS
notice of benefit and payment
parameters for FFEs and SBE–FPs for
the applicable benefit year, and the
monthly premium charged by the issuer
for each policy under the plan where
enrollment is through an FFE or SBE–
FP.
OMB Circular No. A–25R establishes
Federal policy regarding user fees; it
specifies that a user fee charge will be
assessed against each identifiable
recipient for special benefits derived
from Federal activities beyond those
received by the general public. As in
benefit years 2014 through 2018, issuers
seeking to participate in an FFE in the
2019 benefit year will receive two
special benefits not available to the
general public: (1) The certification of
their plans as QHPs; and (2) the ability
to sell health insurance coverage
through an FFE to individuals
determined eligible for enrollment in a
QHP. These special benefits are
provided to participating issuers
through the following Federal activities
for the 2019 benefit year in connection
with the operation of FFEs:
• Provision of consumer assistance
tools;
• Consumer outreach and education;
• Management of a Navigator
program;
• Regulation of agents and brokers;
• Eligibility determinations;
• Enrollment processes; and
• Certification processes for QHPs
(including ongoing compliance
verification, recertification and
decertification).
OMB Circular No. A–25R further
states that user fee charges should
generally be set at a level that is
sufficient to recover the full cost to the
Federal government of providing the
service when the government is acting
in its capacity as sovereign (as is the
case when HHS operates an FFE).
Activities performed by the Federal
government that do not provide issuers
participating in an FFE with a special
benefit are not covered by this user fee.
Based on estimated contract costs,
enrollment and premiums for the 2019
benefit year, we proposed to maintain
the 2019 benefit year user fee rate for all
participating FFE issuers at 3.5 percent
of total monthly premiums. We sought
comment on this proposal.
State Exchanges on the Federal
platform enter into an agreement with
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
HHS to leverage the systems established
for the FFEs to perform certain
Exchange functions, and to enhance
efficiency and coordination between
State and Federal programs.
Accordingly, in § 156.50(c)(2), we
specified that an issuer offering a plan
through an SBE–FP must remit a user
fee to HHS, in the timeframe and
manner established by HHS, equal to
the product of the monthly user fee rate
specified in the annual HHS notice of
benefit and payment parameters for
SBE–FPs for the applicable benefit year,
unless the SBE–FP and HHS agree on an
alternative mechanism to collect the
funds from the SBE–FP or State instead
of direct collection from the SBE–FP
issuers. The benefits provided to issuers
in SBE–FPs by the Federal government
will include use of the Federal
Exchange information technology and
call center infrastructure used in
connection with eligibility
determinations for enrollment in QHPs
and other applicable State health
subsidy programs, as defined at section
1413(e) of the PPACA, and enrollment
in QHPs under § 155.400. As previously
discussed, OMB Circular No. A–25R
established Federal policy regarding
user fees, and specified that a user
charge will be assessed against each
identifiable recipient for special benefits
derived from Federal activities beyond
those received by the general public.
The user fee rate for SBE–FPs is
calculated based on the proportion of
FFE costs that are associated with the
FFE information technology
infrastructure, the consumer call center
infrastructure, and eligibility and
enrollment functions, and allocating a
share of those costs to issuers in the
relevant SBE–FPs. A significant portion
of expenditures for FFE functions are
associated with the information
technology, call center infrastructure,
and eligibility determinations for
enrollment in QHPs and other
applicable State health subsidy
programs as defined at section 1413(e)
of the PPACA, and personnel who
perform the functions set forth in
§ 155.400 to facilitate enrollment in
QHPs. Based on this methodology, we
proposed to charge issuers offering
QHPs through an SBE–FP a user fee rate
of 3.0 percent of the monthly premium
charged by the issuer for each policy
under plans offered through an SBE–FP.
This fee would support FFE operations
associated with providing the functions
described above. We sought comment
on this proposal.
We are finalizing the FFE and SBE–
FP user fees rates at 3.5 and 3.0 percent
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
of monthly premiums, respectively, as
proposed.
As we describe elsewhere in this rule,
for plan years beginning on or after
January 1, 2018, effective on the
effective date of this rule, we are
removing employee eligibility, premium
aggregation, and online enrollment
functionality through the FF–SHOPs for
FFE and SBE–FP SHOP issuers. Given
the changes to the functionality for the
FF–SHOPs, HHS will not provide these
special benefits through the FF–SHOPs
or SBE–FP SHOPs after the effective
date of the rule. Therefore, we proposed
that HHS would not assess a user fee on
issuers offering QHPs through FF–
SHOPs or SBE–FP SHOPs because these
user fees are only charged to issuers
who receive special benefits from
enrolling individuals through the
Federal platform. In instances where
enrollment did occur through the
Federal platform, for example, for plan
years beginning prior to the effective
date of the final rule, HHS will continue
charging SHOP issuers monthly FFE or
SBE–FP user fees, as applicable. We are
finalizing this policy as proposed.
Comment: Commenters noted the FFE
user fee rate should decrease over time,
particularly given the reduction in
outreach and education activities that
HHS conducts. Additionally,
commenters noted that the collection
and allocation of the user fees should be
made more transparent. Other
commenters also noted that HHS should
allocate a greater portion of the user fees
to outreach and education programs.
Response: The FFE and SBE–FP user
fee rates for the 2019 benefit year are
based on expected total costs to offer the
special benefits to issuers offering plans
on FFEs or SBE–FPs and evaluation of
expected enrollment and premiums for
the 2019 benefit year. These estimates
yielded an FFE user fee rate of 3.5
percent of premiums and an SBE–FP
user fee rate of 3.0 percent of premiums.
We reiterate that under OMB Circular
No. A–25R, collections are only spent
on user fee eligible activities. We will
continue to examine cost estimates for
the special benefits provided to issuers
offering QHPs on the FFEs and SBE–FPs
for future benefit years. Additionally,
outreach and education efforts will be
evaluated annually and funded at the
appropriate level.
Comment: Some commenters did not
support the proposed SBE–FP user fee
rate, stating the proportion of FFE costs
allocated to SBE–FP functions do not
represent market value, the fee is
overstated particularly in context of
reduced outreach and education
functions by the Federal platform, and
increased premiums due to cost-sharing
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
reductions amounts loaded to silver
premiums ought to also reduce the user
fee rate. Some of these commenters also
stated that HHS has not provided SBE–
FPs with enrollment data or access to
HealthCare.gov back-end customer tools
that the SBE–FPs could use to improve
outreach and enrollment activities at the
State level. Commenters suggested that
HHS maintain the 2018 benefit year
SBE–FP user fee rate of 2 percent given
the impact of user fee rates on market
premiums.
Response: The final SBE–FP user fee
rate for the 2019 benefit year of 3.0
percent of premiums is based on HHS’s
calculation of the percent of contract
costs of the total FFE functions utilized
by SBE–FPs—the costs associated with
the information technology, call center
infrastructure, and eligibility
determinations for enrollment in QHPs
and other applicable State health
subsidy programs. We have calculated
the total costs allocated to SBE–FP
functions and enrollment and premium
estimates to yield a user fee rate of 3.0
percent for SBE–FP issuers benefiting
from functions provided by the Federal
platform. We believe issuers offering
QHPs through the Federal platform,
either the FFEs or SBE–FPs, ought to be
charged proportionally for the special
benefits provided by the Federal
platform. HHS has provided SBE–FPs 2
years to transition to the full rate.
Additionally, although HHS reduced its
outreach and education costs, we do not
charge SBE–FPs for these costs as
outreach and education activities are
SBE–FPs’ responsibility, and therefore
the proportion of Federal platform costs
associated with SBE–FP functions
increased slightly compared to prior
years. We also continuously collaborate
with our SBE–FP partners to share data
within our information disclosure
agreements, and welcome continued
conversations with SBE–FPs on their
data needs.
Comment: Commenters also noted
that HHS setting the SBE–FP user fee
rate at 3 percent requires State entities
to operate a referral hotline, consumer
assistance, QHP rate review and
certification, legal and finance
operations, auditing and other functions
with collections based on a State user
fee rate of 0.5 percent of premiums,
which would not be feasible, or require
SBE–FPs to increase assessments on
carriers. Commenters noted keeping a
lower user fee rate for the SBE–FP
model would likely increase States’
take-up of these models and enrollment
due to the resulting slightly lower
increase in premiums.
Response: As we have previously
stated, we are not requiring SBE–FPs to
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17007
allocate a certain share of the State’s
assessments on various functions, and
we are not requiring the SBE–FPs to set
the State assessment at any specific rate.
If SBE–FP States require more than 0.5
percent of premiums to carry out State
functions for the 2019 benefit year, one
option for the SBE–FP States could be
to assess a higher State charge on
issuers, and another option is for the
SBE–FP States to assess a charge more
broadly on issuers rather than just on
issuers offering QHPs on the respective
SBE–FPs. We are setting the 2019 SBE–
FP user fee rate at 3.0 percent of
premiums charged on participating
issuers in SBE–FPs to recover the
proportion of costs to the Federal
government for the benefits associated
with SBE–FPs, as required under OMB
Circular No. A–25R. We continue to
encourage and support States in
pursuing the SBE–FP model, in
assessing charges on participating
issuers, or otherwise, to recover the
costs associated with the State’s
functions and most effectively carry out
those functions. We do not believe the
total Federal charge assessed on FFE
issuers are appropriately compared to
the total State and Federal charge
assessed on SBE–FP issuers because
SBE–FPs provide the benefit of more
proximately engaging issuers and
consumers.
2. Essential Health Benefits Package
Section 2707(a) of the PHS Act, as
added by the PPACA, directs health
insurance issuers that offer nongrandfathered health insurance coverage
in the individual or small group market
to ensure that such coverage includes
the EHB package, which is defined
under section 1302(a) of the PPACA to
include coverage that provides for the
EHB defined by the Secretary under
section 1302(b) of the PPACA; limits
cost sharing in accordance with section
1302(c) of the PPACA; and provides
either the bronze, silver, gold, or
platinum level of coverage, or is a
catastrophic plan under sections
1302(d) and (e) of the PPACA. Section
1302(b) of the PPACA states that the
Secretary is to define EHB, except that
EHB must include at least the following
general categories and the items and
services covered within the categories:
(1) Ambulatory patient services; (2)
emergency services; (3) hospitalization;
(4) maternity and newborn care; (5)
mental health and substance use
disorder services including behavioral
health treatment; (6) prescription drugs;
(7) rehabilitative and habilitative
services and devices; (8) laboratory
services; (9) preventive and wellness
services and chronic disease
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
17008
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
management; and (10) pediatric
services, including oral and vision care.
Additionally, section 1302(b)(2) of the
PPACA states that the Secretary must
ensure that the scope of EHB for the 10
EHB categories be equal to the scope of
benefits provided under a typical
employer plan, as determined by the
Secretary. Furthermore, section
1302(b)(2) of the PPACA states, in
defining and revising EHB, that the
Secretary is to submit a report to the
appropriate committees of Congress
containing a certification from the CMS
Chief Actuary that such EHB are equal
in scope to the benefits provided under
a typical employer plan. In defining and
revising the 10 EHB categories, the
Secretary must also provide notice and
an opportunity for public comment.
Additionally, section 1302(b)(4)(G) and
(H) of the PPACA require the Secretary
to periodically review and update the
definition of EHB and provide a report
to Congress and the public that contains
assessments related to the need to
update the definition of EHB.
Section 1302(b)(4) of the PPACA
requires the Secretary, in defining the
EHB, to: (1) Ensure that such EHB
reflect an appropriate balance among
the categories so that benefits are not
unduly weighted toward any category;
(2) not make coverage decisions,
determine reimbursement rates,
establish incentive programs, or design
benefits in ways that discriminate
against individuals because of their age,
disability, or expected length of life; (3)
take into account the health care needs
of diverse segments of the population,
including women, children, persons
with disabilities, and other groups; (4)
ensure the health benefits established as
essential not be subject to denial to
individuals against their wishes on the
basis of the individuals’ age or expected
length of life or of the individuals’
present or predicted disability, degree of
medical dependency, or quality of life;
and (5) provide that a QHP shall not be
treated as providing coverage for EHB
unless it meets certain requirements for
coverage of emergency services.
To implement section 1302(b) of the
PPACA, HHS defined EHB based on a
benchmark plan approach, which
provided at § 156.100 for the States’
selection from one of 10 basebenchmark plans, including the largest
health plan by enrollment in any of the
three largest small group insurance
products by enrollment, any of the
largest three employee health benefit
plan options by enrollment offered and
generally available to State employees
in the State, any of the largest three
national Federal Employees Health
Benefits Program (FEHBP) plan options
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
by aggregate enrollment that is offered
to all health-benefits-eligible Federal
employees under 5 U.S.C. 8903, or the
coverage plan with the largest insured
commercial non-Medicaid enrollment
offered by a health maintenance
organization operating in the State.
States were required at § 156.110 to
supplement their base-benchmark plan
from § 156.100 to ensure the 10 EHB
categories were being covered to
establish the State’s EHB-benchmark
plan. Section 156.110 also ensures that
the EHB-benchmark plan meets the
standards of nondiscrimination and
balance of benefits, and allows
habilitative services to be determined by
the State.
We believe that States should have
additional choices with respect to
benefits and affordable coverage. As
such, we proposed to provide States
with additional flexibility in their
selection of an EHB-benchmark plan for
plan year 2019 and later plan years. In
addition to granting States more
flexibility regulating their markets, we
believed these changes would permit
States to modify EHB to increase
affordability of health insurance in the
individual and small group markets
beginning in 2019. We proposed that the
current EHB-benchmark plan selection
would continue to apply for any year for
which a State does not select a new
EHB-benchmark plan under this
proposal.
In the preamble of the proposed rule,
we stated that we were considering
establishing a Federal default definition
of EHB for plan years further in the
future that would allow States
continued flexibility to adopt their own
EHB-benchmark plans, provided they
defray costs that exceed the Federal
default. We understood that in
developing this type of default
definition there are trade-offs in
adjusting benefits and services. We gave
an example of establishing a national
benchmark plan standard for
prescription drugs that could balance
these tradeoffs and provide a consistent
prescription drug default standard
across States. We solicited initial
comments on this type of long-term
approach and the trade-offs in adjusting
benefits from the current EHBs with a
plan to solicit further comments in the
future.
Comment: Many commenters
requested more detail on a Federal
default definition of EHB, with some
commenters suggesting the publication
of a white paper to discuss such a policy
in more detail.
Most commenters opposed a Federal
default definition of EHB. Many
commenters were concerned that a
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Federal default definition of EHB would
be implemented in the pursuit of
seeking arbitrary benefit limits, even at
the cost of inferior health outcomes.
Some commenters expressed concern
over diminishing the State’s flexibility
in defining their own EHB, especially
since other proposals with regard to
EHB concentrated on giving additional
flexibility to the States. These
commenters also expressed concern
over requiring States to defray the costs
of benefits in excess of a Federal
standard.
Many commenters expressed support
for a Federal default EHB definition if
such a standard represented a minimum
level of benefits required in an EHBbenchmark plan, rather than a
maximum level of benefits. Commenters
noted that plans should include a wide
array of benefits to account for the
diverse needs of the population at large.
Other commenters supported a Federal
default EHB definition to the extent that
certain benefits would be included in
such a definition.
Most commenters opposed a Federal
default definition of EHB as it pertains
to a national prescription drug benefit,
noting that States and issuers are best
positioned to evaluate and respond to
prescription drug needs. Many of these
commenters expressed concerns similar
to those raised regarding a general
Federal default EHB definition:
Concerns that such a standard would, in
the pursuit of arbitrary benefit limits,
have a negative impact on health
outcomes by inhibiting the availability
of needed drugs; establish a maximum
level of benefits for EHB-benchmark
plans; diminish the States’ flexibility to
define EHB; and increase the defrayals
required by States.
Some commenters noted that a
national prescription drug benefit
standard would require continuous and
frequent updating to account for
changes in clinical guidelines and drug
innovation. These commenters
supported a national prescription drug
benefit standard that uses a qualitative
approach reliant upon Pharmacy &
Therapeutics Committees to respond to
such rapid changes, rather than a
standard based on providing a
minimum number of drugs per category
or class.
A few commenters supported a
national prescription drug benefit,
noting that multi-State issuers face
complexity dealing with minimum drug
counts which vary widely across EHBbenchmark plans, with no rational
medical justification for the variation.
Some commenters expressed concern
about the impact of a Federal
prescription drug benefit on the ability
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
of entities to negotiate drug prices. One
commenter noted that a Federal default
EHB definition for prescription drugs
would stifle innovation due to
uncertainty over whether a new drug
would be covered.
Response: Our intention is to better
align medical risk in insurance products
by balancing costs to the scope of
benefits. We will take these comments
under consideration as we consider this
policy. In order to avoid market
instability and inefficiencies for States
that have used the expanded flexibilities
regarding EHB that we are finalizing in
this rule and issuers in those States, it
is our intent that any Federal default
standard would not require a State to
make immediate changes to its EHBbenchmark plan within 3 years
following a State change.
a. State Selection of Benchmark Plan for
Plan Years Beginning Prior to January 1,
2020 (§ 156.100)
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
To reflect the proposed options in
§ 156.111 for States to adopt new EHBbenchmark plans for plan years 2019
and later, we proposed to make
conforming changes to § 156.100 to
explicitly state that the selection process
in § 156.100 applies only through plan
years beginning in 2018, and § 156.111
applies for plan years beginning after
2018. Because we are finalizing
§ 156.111 to apply for plan years 2020
and later, we are not finalizing these
conforming changes as proposed, but
are instead making changes to § 156.100
to state that the selection process in
§ 156.100 applies only through plan
years beginning in 2019, and § 156.111
applies for plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2020.
Comment: A few commenters
commented on the proposal to make
conforming changes to § 156.100 as a
result of our proposed changes to
§ 156.111. These commenters generally
did not support the proposed policy of
§ 156.111 and supported retaining the
current benchmark plan options at
§ 156.100 that provided benchmark plan
options at the State level.
Response: Since we are finalizing the
new options for a State’s EHBbenchmark plan at § 156.111 starting for
plan year 2020, we are finalizing
conforming changes to § 156.100, to
reflect § 156.111.
b. State Selection of EHB-Benchmark
Plan for Plan Years Beginning on or
After January 1, 2020 (§ 156.111)
i. States’ EHB-Benchmark Plan Options
(§ 156.111(a))
We proposed to add new § 156.111,
which would provide States with the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
flexibility to update their EHBbenchmark plans more frequently and to
select among more options. Specifically,
we proposed that a State may change its
EHB-benchmark plan by: (1) Selecting
the EHB-benchmark plan that another
State used for the 2017 plan year 60
under § 156.100 and § 156.110; (2)
replacing one or more EHB categories of
benefits under § 156.110(a) in its EHBbenchmark plan used for the 2017 plan
year with the same categories of benefits
from another State’s EHB-benchmark
plan used for the 2017 plan year under
§ 156.100 and § 156.110; or (3)
otherwise selecting a set of benefits that
would become the State’s EHBbenchmark plan, provided that the EHBbenchmark plan does not exceed the
generosity of the most generous plan
among a set of comparison plans. Under
this third option, the comparison plans
would be the State’s EHB-benchmark
plan used for the 2017 plan year and the
plans described in § 156.100(a)(1) for
the 2017 plan year, supplemented as
necessary under § 156.110. These plans
would include the largest health plan by
enrollment in each of the three largest
small group insurance products by
enrollment from the State’s 2017 basebenchmark plan options.61 Under any of
the available three options, we proposed
that a State could change its EHBbenchmark plan in any given year, not
only in the years that HHS specified. At
the same time, this proposed policy
would also allow States that prefer to
maintain their current EHB-benchmark
plans to do so without action.
Option 1: Select Another State’s EHBBenchmark Plan
Under the first option, we proposed
that a State be permitted to select one
of the EHB-benchmark plans used for
the 2017 plan year by another State. We
did not propose to change the State
mandate policy at § 155.170 under this
option. Under this proposed policy, we
proposed that benefits mandated by
State action prior to or on December 31,
2011 could continue to be considered
EHB under § 155.170, and would not
require the State to defray the costs.
Conversely, if a State selects an EHB60 The States’ EHB-benchmark plans used for the
2017 plan year are based on plans from the 2014
plan year, but we occasionally refer to them as 2017
plans because these plans are applicable as the
States’ EHB-benchmark plans for plan years
beginning in 2017.
61 The Essential Health Benefits: List of the
Largest Three Small Group Products by State for
2017 is available at https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/
Resources/Regulations-and-Guidance/Downloads/
Top3ListFinal-5-19-2015.pdf. States’ EHBbenchmark plans used for the 2017 plan year are
able at https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/DataResources/Downloads/Final-List-of-BMPs_4816.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17009
benchmark plan from another State
using this option, the selecting State
would still be required to defray the cost
of any benefits included in that State’s
EHB-benchmark plan that are benefits
mandated by the selecting State after
December 31, 2011, and that are subject
to defrayal under the current
regulations.62 For example, if State A
selects the EHB-benchmark plan of State
B, State A would be required to defray
the cost of any benefits included in
State B’s EHB-benchmark plan that are
required to be provided by State A’s
action after December 31, 2011, and that
are subject to defrayal under current
regulations. We solicited comments on
this proposal, including on the
application of the State mandate policy
under this proposal and on whether
other flexibilities are needed by States
under this proposed option.
Option 2: Replace Category or
Categories From Another State’s EHBBenchmark Plan
Under the second option, we
proposed that a State be allowed to
partially replace its current EHBbenchmark plan, using EHB-benchmark
plans used by other States for the 2017
plan year. Under this option, we
proposed that a State may replace any
EHB category or categories of benefits in
its EHB-benchmark plan from the 10
required EHB categories with the same
category or categories of benefits from
another State’s EHB-benchmark plan
used for the 2017 plan year. For
example, a State may select the
prescription drug coverage from another
State’s EHB-benchmark plan (which
might include a different formulary drug
count) and a third State’s EHBbenchmark plan hospitalization
category. Similar to the first option, we
proposed that benefits mandated by
State action prior to or on December 31,
2011, could continue to be considered
EHB under this proposal in accordance
with § 155.170, and would not require
the State to defray their costs. However,
if a State uses this option to replace one
or more categories of its EHBbenchmark plan used for the 2017 plan
year with a category or categories of
benefits from another State’s EHBbenchmark plan used for the 2017 plan
year, the selecting State would be
required to defray the cost of any
benefits included in the categories of
benefits from the other State’s EHBbenchmark plan that are mandated by
the selecting State’s action after
62 Under § 155.170, the State must make
payments to defray the cost of additional required
benefits either to an enrollee, as defined in § 155.20,
or directly to the QHP issuer on behalf of the
enrollee.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17010
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
December 31, 2011 and that are subject
to defrayal under current regulations.
For example, if State A replaces a
category of benefits in its EHBbenchmark plan with a category of
benefits from State B’s EHB-benchmark
plan, State A must defray the cost of any
benefits in that category mandated by
State A after December 31, 2011 that are
included in the replacement category of
benefits and that are subject to defrayal
under current regulations.
Option 3: Select a Set of Benefits To
Become the State’s EHB-Benchmark
Plan
Lastly, under the third option, we
proposed that a State be permitted to
select a set of benefits that would
become its EHB-benchmark plan using a
different process, so long as the new
EHB-benchmark plan does not exceed
the generosity of the most generous
among a set of comparison plans. Under
this option, the set of comparison plans
would be the State’s EHB-benchmark
plan used for the 2017 plan year and the
plans described in § 156.100(a)(1) that
were available as base-benchmark plan
options for the 2017 plan year,
supplemented as necessary under
§ 156.110. These plans would include
the largest health plan by enrollment in
each of the three largest small group
insurance products by enrollment from
the State’s base-benchmark options for
the 2017 plan year. We proposed that
the State would determine if its
proposed EHB-benchmark plan does not
exceed the generosity of the most
generous of a set of comparison plans
using an actuarial certification,
developed by an actuary who is a
member of American Academy of
Actuaries, in accordance with generally
accepted actuarial principles and
methodologies. For this actuarial
certification, we proposed that the State
could determine generosity in the same
manner as we would use to measure
whether the plan provides benefits that
are equal in scope of benefits provided
under a typical employer plan,
described later in this section.
We also recognized that the increased
flexibility offered to States under this
proposed option to define an EHBbenchmark plan could allow a State to
embed any desired benefit mandate into
the EHB-benchmark plan, without any
requirement to defray the obligation. For
this reason, we proposed to apply the
benefit mandate defrayal policy under
§ 155.170 to this option. Specifically, we
proposed that benefits mandated by
State action prior to or on December 31,
2011 could continue to be considered
EHB under this proposal according to
§ 155.170, and would not require State
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
defrayal. However, if a State selects its
EHB-benchmark plan using this option,
the State must continue to defray the
cost of any benefits mandated by State
action after December 31, 2011 that are
subject to defrayal under current
regulations. For example, if the State
selects a set of benefits to become its
EHB-benchmark plan under paragraph
(a)(3), any benefits mandated by that
State after December 31, 2011 that are
subject to defrayal under current
regulations would not be considered
EHB, and the State would be required to
defray the cost of any such benefits
included in the State’s EHB-benchmark
plan under this proposed option.
We solicited comments on all of the
proposals, including on whether to
allow a State to select its EHBbenchmark plan from any of the 10
previous base-benchmark plan options
available to the State or other States
under § 156.100, supplemented as
necessary under § 156.110, on whether
a different approach is needed to defray
the cost of any benefits mandated by
State action, on whether other
flexibilities are needed by States under
the proposed options, on our proposed
approach to limit a State’s new EHBbenchmark plan under Option 3, such
that it does not exceed the generosity of
the comparison plans, and on whether
other options should be provided to
States to select their EHB-benchmark
plans beyond the three proposed
options. We are finalizing these new
EHB-benchmark plan options as
proposed, with one amendment. As
further discussed in the comments and
responses below, we are extending the
proposed requirements at
§ 156.111(a)(3)(i) and (ii) that ensure
that the State’s new EHB-benchmark
plan does not exceed the generosity of
the most generous among a set of
comparison plans to all of the State’s
options to select a new EHB-benchmark
plan at § 156.111(a). We are finalizing
these requirements at § 156.111(b)(2)(ii).
Comment: Some commenters
supported the proposed EHBbenchmark plan options for States
because they offer increased State
flexibility through additional options for
States. Many commenters did not
support the proposed EHB-benchmark
plan policy or supported retaining the
current policy, and noted that it already
allows State flexibility. Many of these
commenters were concerned that States
would decrease EHB benefits as a result
of the proposed policy, or that issuers
would not cover benefits that are not
EHB. Some commenters were concerned
that the options would create a
patchwork of benefit designs that could
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
diminish care, increase or shift costs or
affect issuer competition.
Other commenters believed that the
proposed policy was inconsistent with
the statutory requirements that the
Secretary define EHB and that the
Secretary ensure other EHB consumer
protections under section 1302(b)(2),
(3), and (4) of the PPACA are
incorporated into the definition of EHB.
These commenters believed that the
Secretary has no authority to delegate
defining EHB or its parameters to States
or issuers. Commenters also believed
that the proposed options allowed
States to select an EHB-benchmark plan
from among an endless set of options,
whereas the prior policy allowed a
preset list of 10 plan options per State,
with most options being from the State
in which the plan was applying. Some
commenters also believed that the
proposed policy was inconsistent with
the statutory requirement that the
Secretary update EHB based on gaps in
coverage or changes in the evidence
identified in the Secretary’s report to
Congress as established at section
1302(b)(4)(H) of PPACA. Some of these
commenters also noted that this report
has not been completed.
Response: As described in the EHB
Final Rule, we originally established the
benchmark plan policy to ensure that
EHB is equal to the scope of benefits
provided under a typical employer plan
and in recognition that the typical
employer plans differ by State.
Specifically, the Secretary balanced
these directives, and minimized market
disruption, by directing plans to offer
the 10 statutory EHB categories while
allowing the State to select the specific
details of their EHB coverage from a set
of reference plans. Accordingly, States
maintained their traditional role in
defining the scope of insurance benefits
and exercised that authority by selecting
a plan that reflects the benefit priorities
of that State, within the bounds of the
definition of EHB set by the Secretary.63
This deference to States within the
definition established by the Secretary
continues under the policies finalized in
this rule.
We believe that States should have
additional choices with respect to
benefits, which may foster innovation in
plan design and greater access to
coverage, and provide States with a
mechanism for affecting affordability.
This approach may balance these
considerations in manners different
from the balance achieved under the
previous benchmark plans. The
Secretary is defining an expanded set of
options from which the State can select
63 EHB
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
Rule, 78 FR at 12843. February 23, 2013.
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
its EHB-benchmark plan, allowing the
State to select the specific details of that
plan. This policy recognizes the need
for increased State flexibility beyond
that which the original policy allowed.
For this reason, we are finalizing the
new options for a State’s EHBbenchmark plan, along with additional
requirements for the State’s selection as
detailed later in this preamble. We
believe these requirements, when taken
together, provide States with significant
flexibility while appropriately limiting
the range of choices, thereby fulfilling
the Secretary’s obligation to define EHB.
Specifically, the requirement that a
State’s EHB-benchmark plan provide a
scope of benefits that is equal to, or
greater than, to the extent any
supplementation is required to provide
coverage within each EHB category at
§ 156.110(a), the scope of benefits
provided under a typical employer plan,
as defined at § 156.111(b)(2), establishes
a minimum scope of benefits that is
required to be covered as EHB.
Furthermore, the requirement that the
EHB-benchmark plan cannot exceed the
generosity of the most generous among
a set of comparison plans, which are
those group market plans that comprise
the basis for the scope of benefits under
the current definition of EHB, further
limits the range of benefits that can be
considered EHB. Together with the
other requirements specified at
§ 156.111(b)(2), these requirements
provide States with flexibility to adjust
their States’ EHB-benchmark plan
within a limited range.
At the same time, this policy also
allows a State to retain its current EHBbenchmark plan. This flexibility was not
afforded under the previous policy. In
fact, the previous default option, which
was the largest plan by enrollment in
the largest product by enrollment in the
State’s small group market, could vary
between benchmark plan selection
years, creating unnecessary disruption
for States that were unable to select a
benchmark plan. Under the new policy,
these States, as well as States that do not
wish to make changes, will not be
required to do so, and will not need to
take action to prevent the disruption
caused by a change to the State’s EHBbenchmark plan.
We are not completing the report to
Congress and the public on the periodic
review of EHB under section
1302(b)(4)(G) of the PPACA at this time.
We do not believe that a report on EHB
at this time will provide conclusive
results on the assessments required
under section 1302(b)(4)(G) of the
PPACA, as a large portion of plans
required to comply with EHB are QHPs
offered both on and off of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
Exchanges. These QHP markets have
seen significant changes from year to
year since their inception, with the
number of issuers offering plans in each
market changing on an annual basis and
the number of enrollees in these plans
fluctuating. Furthermore, the frequent
modifications to EHB policies and other
related Federal benefit policies, such as
guidance on complying with the Paul
Wellstone and Pete Domenici Mental
Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act
of 2008 (MHPAEA) and preventive
services regulations, have not allowed
these plans’ benefit structures to
stabilize enough for conclusive analysis.
Since the PPACA only requires this
report to Congress to be conducted
periodically, and we do not believe that
conducting this report at this time will
establish meaningful conclusions, this
report will not be completed at this
time. We intend to conduct this report
once the market has stabilized, which
we believe will be furthered by the
policy we are finalizing in this rule.
Comment: Many commenters were
concerned that the proposed EHBbenchmark plan options would create a
race to the bottom among States’ scope
of benefits for their EHB-benchmark
plans. These commenters were
especially concerned that these benefit
designs would not meet the needs of
vulnerable populations, would increase
costs to consumers, and would reduce
the value of coverage. Some commenters
were concerned that benchmark plans
selected under one of the first two
options would not reflect plans in the
State or meet the needs of beneficiaries
in that State. Some commenters were
concerned that these proposed options
discourage States from selecting more
generous coverage, with some
commenters stating that if the true goal
of the policy was to increase State
flexibility, the State should also have
the option to increase benefits.
Other commenters were concerned
that the first two options allow States to
pick more generous plans, and some
commenters recommended preventing
States from being able to select an
option without being responsible for the
costs of the additional benefits. In
general, these commenters were
concerned that the proposed policy
would allow States to select benchmark
plans with more generous State
mandates. Other commenters were
concerned that there is significant
variation in benchmark plan coverage of
particular services, and some
commenters stated that the goal of
allowing State flexibility should be
secondary to ensuring
comprehensiveness of the benefit
package.
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17011
Other commenters noted that the
second option allows the State to define
EHB by selecting the least generous
benefits for each category, thus creating
a standard that does not resemble any
existing plan in the market today.
Commenters were similarly concerned
that the third option could allow a State
to greatly reduce the generosity of
coverage, even though the definition
would still require the coverage of the
10 EHB categories. Some commenters
were concerned that the third option
was too broad and did not ensure
consumer protections to ensure the
comprehensive scope of benefits.
Response: We are not persuaded that
the new options will create a race for
States to establish the least generous
plan possible because all States’ EHBbenchmark plans will be required to
include coverage for all 10 EHB
categories of benefits, and the State will
be required to confirm its EHBbenchmark plan includes coverage for
each EHB category in accordance with
§ 156.111(e)(1). Section 156.111(e)(1)
also requires States to confirm that its
new EHB-benchmark plan meets the
applicable requirements of § 156.111(b)
on scope of benefits, including that the
State’s EHB-benchmark plan provide a
scope of benefits that is equal to, or
greater than, to the extent any
supplementation is required to provide
coverage within each EHB category at
§ 156.110(a), the scope of benefits
provided under a typical employer plan
in accordance with § 156.111(e)(2).64
Through those requirements, the
options at § 156.111(a) do not allow a
State to substantially reduce the level of
coverage, and instead allow a State the
option to adjust its EHB-benchmark
64 We are also retaining the current issuer
requirements related to EHB at §§ 156.115, 156.122,
and 156.125 and those requirements would
continue to apply to all plans subject to the EHB
requirements. This includes 45 CFR 156.122(a)(1)
that establishes that, generally, a health plan does
not provide EHB unless it covers at least the greater
of: (1) One drug in every USP category and class;
or (2) the same number of prescription drugs in
each category and class as the EHB-benchmark
plan. Under the current version of the USP
Medicare Model Guidelines (MMG) drug
classification system used for the EHB drug count
at § 156.122(a)(1), this proposal means that all
plans required to comply with EHB will continue
to have to cover at least one drug in the AntiAddiction/Substance Abuse Treatment Agents
(Opioid Reversal Agent) class. Naloxone is
currently the only active ingredient in the Opioid
Reversal Agent class, and as a result all plans
required to comply with EHB would be required to
continue to cover at least one form of naloxone
under this proposed policy. This was previously
addressed in the 2018 Letter to Issuers in the
Federally-facilitated Marketplaces available at
https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/Regulationsand-Guidance/Downloads/Final-2018-Letter-toIssuers-in-the-Federally-facilitated-Marketplacesand-February-17-Addendum.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
17012
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
plan to use benefit structures that have
worked well in other States or other
parts of the employer markets, or
otherwise innovate benefits within the
range of plans in the employer market.
Because each State has different market
conditions and demographic
distributions, a plan that may be the
least generous plan in one State may not
be the least generous plan in another
State, and for that reason, we are not
concerned that this policy is going to
create a race to establish the least
generous plan.
In short, this flexibility established
under § 156.111(a) is not intended to
reduce benefits, but to allow for more
innovative benefits within the current
benefit requirements. This means that a
State’s EHB-benchmark plan may not
have the exact same benefits and limits
as the typical employer plan the State
identifies under this policy, but this
policy will still result in the State’s
EHB-benchmark plan providing a scope
of benefits equal to, or greater than, to
the extent any supplementation is
required to provide coverage within
each EHB category at § 156.110(a), the
scope of benefits provided under a
typical employer plan, satisfying the
Secretary’s obligations at section
1302(b) of the PPACA. Furthermore, as
described later in this rule, we are
finalizing a definition of a typical
employer plan that requires the plan
have enrollment and be sold in the
State. This definition ensures that
regardless of the benchmark plan option
selected by the State under this rule,
that benchmark plan will be at least
equal to the scope of benefits to a
popular employer plan that was
previously offered in the State’s
employer plan market.
Furthermore, we encourage States to
select EHB-benchmark plans that foster
innovation in plan design that would
provide greater access to coverage that
would ultimately improve affordability.
As discussed in the proposed rule, in
addition to granting States more
flexibility in regulating their markets,
one of the goals with this policy was to
permit States to modify EHB to increase
affordability of health insurance in the
individual and small group markets.65
As we also note in our discussion of
benefits mandated by State action at
§ 155.170, we want to ensure that States
do not select EHB in a manner that
decreases affordability of coverage.
Therefore, in response to commenters’
concerns about ensuring that the
options under § 156.111(a) do not
undermine the goal of affordability, we
are incorporating into the regulation
65 82
FR at 51102.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
protections to ensure that a State’s EHBbenchmark plan selections take into
account affordability of coverage, by
applying the generosity test proposed in
connection with the third option to all
three EHB-benchmark plan selection
options for States. Accordingly,
§ 156.111(b)(2)(ii) provides that a State
may not select a new EHB-benchmark
plan that exceeds the most generous
among a set of comparison plans, no
matter the option used to generate the
EHB-benchmark plan. These
comparison plans include the State’s
EHB-benchmark plan used for the 2017
plan year and the plans described in
§ 156.100(a)(1) for the 2017 plan year,
supplemented as necessary under
§ 156.110.66 We recognize that it may be
possible for a State’s EHB-benchmark
plan to provide a scope of benefits that
is equal to (or greater than, to the extent
any supplementation is required to
provide coverage within each EHB
category at § 156.110(a)) the scope of
benefits provided under a typical
employer plan at § 156.111(b)(2)(i), and
not meet the generosity standard at
§ 156.111(b)(2)(ii) (for example, a
proposed EHB-benchmark plan could
satisfy the typical employer plan
requirement but exceed the generosity
standard because of the way
supplementation was performed).
However, we believe that by extending
this generosity limit to all selection
options, we are minimizing the
opportunity for a State to select EHB in
a manner that would make coverage
unaffordable for patients and increase
Federal costs, while still helping to
ensure that States are ensuring that
benefits are equal to the scope of
benefits provided under a typical
employer plan.
Comment: Some commenters were
concerned that a State would have
difficulty knowing what another State’s
EHB-benchmark plan was covering,
because the benefits or benchmark plan
documentation were not broken into
separate EHB categories. Some
commenters were generally concerned
about using the 2017 EHB-benchmark
66 The actual number of comparison plans for
each State depends on the State’s EHB-benchmark
plan for 2017. Most States will only have three
comparison plans as the State’s EHB-benchmark
plan for 2017 is a plan within the options at
§ 156.100(a)(1). However, a few States will have
four comparison plans as the State’s EHBbenchmark plan for 2017 is not a plan within the
options at § 156.100(a)(1). The list of plan options
at § 156.100(a)(1) for each State for 2017 is available
at https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/
Regulations-and-Guidance/Downloads/
Top3ListFinal-5-19-2015.pdf. Also, the States’ EHBbenchmark plans used for the 2017 plan year are
available at https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/
Data-Resources/Downloads/Final-List-of-BMPs_
4816.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
plans. These commenters noted that
States are only supplementing
categories of benefits in those plans
when those categories are missing and
are not considering the scope of benefits
within the category, leading to
inadequate coverage. Other commenters
wanted to understand how
supplementation would work under the
options.
Response: Additional
supplementation of the EHB-benchmark
plans generally should not be required
under the three State EHB-benchmark
plan selection options being finalized at
§ 156.111(a). For the first option at
§ 156.111(a)(1), the selecting State
would be selecting another State’s EHBbenchmark plan, which already would
be supplemented, as necessary.67 For
the second option at § 156.111(a)(2), the
State would replace a category or
categories of benefit from its current
EHB-benchmark plan with another
State’s EHB-benchmark plan’s category
or categories of benefits, which already
would have been supplemented, if
necessary, by that other State.
A State using the third option will
need to ensure that its EHB-benchmark
plan satisfies the requirements being
finalized at § 156.111(b), such as the
requirements to cover items and
services in each of the ten statutory
categories of EHB; to not have benefits
unduly weighted towards any of those
categories of benefits; and to provide a
scope of benefits equal to (or greater
than, to the extent any supplementation
is required to provide coverage within
each EHB category at § 156.110(a)), the
scope of benefits provided under a
typical employer plan. Since States have
been supplementing their EHBbenchmark plans since the inception of
the EHB policy, we expect States to be
familiar with categorizing benefits.
Comment: Various commenters
supported coverage of specific services
within an EHB category, with some
commenters noting that many of the
services that might be considered for
reduction are only a small portion of
spending. They stated that not covering
these services would not meaningfully
reduce premiums and would increase or
shift costs for the services for the
consumers who need them. Other
commenters noted that all of the options
are linked in part to the 2017 EHBbenchmark plans (including the
generosity standard under Option 3),
and that these are in fact 2014 plans.
Certain commenters were concerned
67 Information on whether the State
supplemented its EHB-benchmark plan for 2017 is
available at https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/
Data-Resources/Downloads/Final-List-of-BMPs_
4816.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
that these 2014 plans do not comply
with new requirements, such as the
applicability of requirements under
MHPAEA or noted that using 2014
plans in the long term means that EHB
would still be linked to 2014 plans.
Comments varied on whether States that
are selecting an EHB-benchmark plan
should be allowed to select from any
States’ previous EHB-benchmark plans
for options § 156.111(a)(1) or (2). A few
commenters recommended that HHS
give States additional technical
assistance. For example, one commenter
sought clarification on which State
entity would be authorized to select the
State’s EHB-benchmark plan. Certain
commenters also had concerns about
provider discrimination under the
proposed policy.
Response: Because § 156.111
continues to define EHB based on a
‘‘benchmark plan’’ approach, we are
continuing the policy of not requiring
that a State’s EHB-benchmark plan
cover a specific service or services or
use particular providers. We are limiting
the policy to the 2017 EHB-benchmark
plans under Options 1 and 2 at
§ 156.111(a)(1) and (2) to ensure that the
set of plans available for States to select
from under Option 1 and 2 are clearly
defined and reflect an EHB-benchmark
plan that was used by another State. We
believe that this policy balances
providing flexibility to States to select
from more options for their EHBbenchmark plans while at the same time
providing simplification of choice
within a defined set of plan options.
Furthermore, this policy will not overly
limit State flexibility, as the third option
would permit a State to select from any
of the other 10 previous base-benchmark
plan options. While the 2017 EHBbenchmark plans and the benchmark
plans selected by States under
§ 156.111(a)(3) may not comply with all
of the market reforms and consumer
protections applicable to plans offered
in the individual and small group
markets, this is not a departure from the
benchmarks that have been used to date.
We reiterate the policy that nongrandfathered insurance plans in the
individual and small group markets that
are required to comply with EHB must
not only provide benefits that are
substantially equal to the EHBbenchmark plan, but must also comply
with all Federal requirements applicable
to plans offered in those markets, such
as those benefit requirements at
§§ 156.115, 156.122, 156.125, and
156.130(g).
We also recognize that States have
different processes for selecting a
benchmark plan and as a result, the
State needs discretion in determining
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
what entity has the authority to select
the State’s EHB-benchmark plan. We
therefore will not dictate which State
entity must act to select a State’s EHBbenchmark plan, but we may consider
providing States with additional
technical assistance to aid in their
selection under the policy finalized in
this rule.
Comment: Many commenters were
concerned about the impact of the
proposed policy on the determination of
which benefits are subject to the
prohibition of annual and lifetime dollar
limits in section 2711 of the PHS Act,
as added by the PPACA, and the annual
limitation on cost sharing at section
1302(c) of the PPACA (which is
incorporated into section 2707(b) of the
PHS Act). Some commenters were
particularly concerned about the impact
of this policy on markets beyond the
Exchanges, particularly the large group
market and self-insured group health
plans. These plans are not required to
provide coverage of EHB but must use
a definition of EHB to determine which
benefits apply to the prohibition of
annual and lifetime dollar limits and the
annual limitation on cost sharing. These
commenters were generally concerned
about increased or shifting costs to
consumers for benefits that are no
longer EHB, particularly for vulnerable
populations. Some commenters were
concerned that since large group market
and self-insured group health plans
could use any State’s definition of EHB
for purposes of the annual and lifetime
dollar limit prohibition and the annual
limitation on cost sharing, any State’s
definition could have the potential to
impact plans nationwide. Other
commenters wanted additional
information and evaluation of the
impact on how the change in definition
would be implemented.
Response: As discussed in more detail
earlier in this section, the flexibility
established under § 156.111(a) is not
intended to reduce benefits, but to allow
for more innovative benefits within the
current benefit requirements. This
means that a State’s EHB-benchmark
plan may not have the exact same
benefits and limits as the typical
employer plan the State identifies under
this policy, but this policy will still
result in the State’s EHB-benchmark
plan providing a scope of benefits that
is equal to, or greater than, the scope of
benefits provided under a typical
employer plan in accordance with
§ 156.111(b)(2)(i), satisfying the
Secretary’s obligations at section
1302(b) of the PPACA. Accordingly, we
do not expect that there will be a
substantial change to the scope of the
protections afforded under the annual
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17013
and lifetime dollar limit prohibition or
the annual limitation on cost sharing.
ii. The Requirements for States’ EHBBenchmark Plans (§ 156.111(b) Through
(d))
Under the proposed options for States
to select a new EHB-benchmark plan,
we proposed that a State’s EHBbenchmark plan must meet certain
requirements established under the
PPACA with regard to EHB coverage,
scope of benefits, and notice and
opportunity for public comment. First,
under paragraph (b)(1), we proposed to
require that the State’s EHB-benchmark
plan provide an appropriate balance of
coverage for the 10 EHB categories of
benefits as established at § 156.110(a)
and under section 1302(b)(1) of the
PPACA. Second, we proposed at
paragraph (b)(2) to define requirements
regarding the scope of benefits that must
be provided by a State’s EHBbenchmark plan. Specifically, we
proposed at paragraph (b)(2)(i) that the
State’s EHB-benchmark plan must be
equal in scope of benefits to what is
provided under a typical employer plan.
This proposed requirement reflects
section 1302(b)(2) of the PPACA, which
requires the Secretary to ensure that the
scope of the EHB is equal to the scope
of benefits provided under a typical
employer plan, as determined by the
Secretary. We proposed to define a
typical employer plan as an employer
plan within a product (as these terms
are defined in § 144.103 of this
subchapter) with substantial enrollment
in the product of at least 5,000 enrollees
sold in the small group or large group
market, in one or more States, or a selfinsured group health plan with
substantial enrollment of at least 5,000
enrollees in one or more States. We
sought comment on many parts of this
definition, including:
• Whether the definition of a typical
employer plan should reflect in
substantial part a plan that would be
typical in the State in question;
• Whether an appropriate way to
measure typicality in that case would be
to provide that the typical employer
plan be defined to also have at least 100
enrollees enrolled in that plan or
product in the applicable State;
• Whether typicality should be
defined in other ways, including
whether it should be based upon the
State’s 10 base-benchmark plan options
for plan year 2017, supplemented as
required to become the State’s EHBbenchmark plan under § 156.110;
• Whether the definition of a typical
employer plan for this purpose should
be limited to plans that already cover all
10 EHB categories;
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17014
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
• Whether the proposed typical
employer plan definition should
exclude self-insured plans, since States
may not have the ability to obtain the
required information on those plans;
and
• Whether we should provide
additional guidance or requirements for
the definition of a typical employer
plan, such as requiring that the plan
selected as a typical employer plan be
from a recent year after December 31,
2013, requiring that the plan provide
minimum value, or requiring that the
plan selected as a typical employer plan
not be an indemnity plan or an accountbased plan like a health reimbursement
arrangement.
Given that the proposed definition of
a typical employer plan was a plan with
enrollment of at least 5,000 enrollees in
one or more States, we believed that the
State’s option to select another State’s
EHB-benchmark plan at proposed
§ 156.111(a)(1) would automatically
meet the typical employer plan
requirement because each of the
available options is an employer plan
that had substantial enrollment.
We also solicited comment on
whether actuaries could develop a
standard of practice for a benefit
comparison calculation to determine
that a plan is equal to the scope of
benefits provided under a typical
employer plan that could also apply to
determine that a State’s EHB-benchmark
plan does not exceed the generosity of
the most generous plan in accordance
with the third option under proposed
§ 156.111(a)(3). We specifically sought
comment on our draft example of an
acceptable methodology for comparing
benefits of a State’s EHB-benchmark
plan selection to the benefits of a typical
employer plan.68
In addition to meeting the typical
employer plan requirements, we
proposed at paragraph (b)(2)(ii) that the
State’s EHB-benchmark plan must also
not have benefits unduly weighted
towards any of the categories of benefits
at § 156.110(a) as established under
section 1302(b)(4)(A) of the PPACA.
Furthermore, we proposed at paragraph
(b)(2)(iii) that the State’s EHBbenchmark plan must provide benefits
for diverse segments of the population,
including women, children, persons
with disabilities, and other groups as
68 The Draft Example of an Acceptable
Methodology for Comparing Benefits of a State’s
EHB-benchmark Plan Selection to Benefits of a
Typical Employer Plan As Proposed under the HHS
Notice of Benefit and Payment Parameters for 2019
(CMS–9930–F) is available at https://www.cms.gov/
CCIIO/Resources/Regulations-and-Guidance/
Downloads/Example-Acceptable-MethodologyStates-EHB.pdf.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
established under section 1302(b)(4)(C)
of the PPACA.
At paragraph (c), we proposed that the
State must provide reasonable public
notice and an opportunity for public
comment on the State’s selection of an
EHB-benchmark plan. We proposed that
this process would apply whenever a
State changes its EHB-benchmark plan
in accordance with proposed
§ 156.111(a).
Lastly, we proposed at paragraph (d)
that a State must notify HHS of the
selection of a new EHB-benchmark plan
by a date to be determined by HHS for
each applicable plan year. We also
proposed that if the State does not make
a selection by the annual selection date,
the State’s EHB-benchmark plan for the
applicable plan year would be that
State’s EHB-benchmark plan applicable
for the prior plan year. Taken together,
these proposed requirements were
intended to align with statutory
requirements. We affirmed that
§§ 156.115, 156.122, and 156.125 would
continue to apply to all plans subject to
the EHB requirements.
We are finalizing the requirements for
a State’s EHB-benchmark plan with
certain amendments to: (1) Clarify that
the State’s EHB-benchmark must
provide coverage of items and services
for at least the 10 EHB categories; (2)
add a codification of the currently
applicable requirement at § 156.110(d)
that the State’s EHB-benchmark plans
must not include discriminatory benefit
designs that contravene the nondiscrimination standards defined in
§ 156.125; (3) modify the definition of a
typical employer plan; (4) add a
requirement that the State must post a
notice of its opportunity for public
comment with associated information
on a relevant State website; (5) provide
that any State EHB-benchmark plan may
be no more generous than the most
generous among a set of comparison
plans, as described above; and (6) codify
in regulation text the proposed standard
in the preamble of the proposed rule
that if a State’s benchmark plan
selection does not meet the
requirements of this section and section
1302 of the PPACA, the State’s EHBbenchmark plan will be the State’s EHBbenchmark plan applicable for the prior
year, as further described under the data
collection section below. To reflect the
application of the generosity standard to
all three options under this regulation,
we moved that provision from
§ 156.111(a)(3) to § 156.111(b)(2), and
have renumbered parts of
§ 156.111(b)(2) for clarity.
Comment: Many commenters stated
that the definition of EHB provides
important protection to consumers,
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
particularly with regard to various
populations. Some commenters
appreciated the codification of certain
EHB protections under section 1302(b)
of the PPACA into the regulation text,
with some requesting the nondiscrimination provisions from section
1302(b) of the PPACA be included, too.
Some commenters wanted strong
Federal enforcement of EHB
requirements, such as nondiscrimination. Some commenters
believed that the standards were too
vague or wanted additional guardrails
on States’ EHB-benchmark plans. A few
commenters wanted certain
clarifications to § 156.111(b)(1), such as
the inclusion of items and services or on
requiring coverage of the 10 EHB
categories.
Response: In the proposed rule, we
did not propose to eliminate the EHBbenchmark plan standards under
§ 156.110. However, we recognize based
on comments that the applicability of
that section to benchmark plans selected
under the proposed § 156.111 was not as
clear as it could have been. Therefore,
in response to commenters, we are
finalizing § 156.111(b) with certain
amendments that align with the statute
and that clarify the applicability of EHBbenchmark plan standards. We are
amending § 156.111(b)(1) to more
explicitly state that the EHB-benchmark
plan must not only provide an
appropriate balance of coverage of the
10 statutory categories of EHB, but also
cover items and services in all 10
categories.
We are also adding a new
§ 156.111(b)(2)(v) to codify the
continuing applicability of the currently
applicable benchmark plan nondiscrimination provisions under
§ 156.110(d) to the EHB-benchmark plan
selection options under § 156.111(a).
Specifically, a State’s EHB-benchmark
plan may not violate the nondiscrimination standards defined in
§ 156.125, which reflects the nondiscrimination provisions of section
1302(b)(4) of the PPACA.
Comment: Many commenters opposed
allowing States to annually update their
EHB-benchmark plans. These
commenters had a variety of concerns
about annual updates to the benchmark
plans, such as annual updating would
be administratively and financially
burdensome to issuers, confusing for
consumers, lack predictability, or would
create instability that would not allow
issuers to assess the effectiveness of
previous changes before new changes
are implemented. Some commenters
recommended limiting the changes to
every few years, with some supporting
every 3 years, which aligns with the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
frequency with which the benchmark
plans have previously been updated.
Some commenters recommended
timeframes for the State’s annual
submission process, such as requiring
the EHB-benchmark plans to be
finalized 18 months prior to the benefit
year, to help ensure that issuers have
sufficient time to design products in
advance of the filing deadlines for the
upcoming benefit year.
Response: As discussed in the
proposed rule, we recognize the burden
on States and issuers of making changes
to a State’s EHB-benchmark plan.
Specifically, we anticipated most States
would need to invest resources to
analyze the three new EHB-benchmark
plan selection options to make an
informed selection, even if a State
defaults. We also anticipated that
issuers offering plans that provide EHB
would incur additional administrative
costs associated with designing plans
compliant with the State’s newly
selected EHB-benchmark plan.69
Because of the level of effort needed by
the State and its issuers to make changes
to a State’s EHB-benchmark plan, we
believe that in only very limited cases
will a State choose to make EHBbenchmark plan changes on an annual
basis. We believe that if a State does
decide to make changes annually, there
may be a specific reason for needing an
annual change such as for a medical
innovation where such benefits would
outweigh any potential for consumer
confusion. We also do not believe that
such changes would rise to the level of
creating market instability. The purpose
of this policy is to allow for State
flexibility in selecting an EHBbenchmark plan, and we believe it is
important for States to retain the
flexibility to choose when the State
wants to make changes to its EHBbenchmark plan. Therefore, we are
finalizing the policy as proposed.
As described in the next section, we
are finalizing the 2020 deadline for
submission of a State’s EHB-benchmark
plan under § 156.111(a). For plan years
after 2020, we intend to announce the
annual EHB-benchmark plan selection
deadline to States in the annual notice
of benefits and payment parameters.
Because we expect that the number of
submissions for each plan year will
vary, we will not be providing a specific
date as to when the State’s EHBbenchmark plans for a given plan year
will be finalized.
Comment: Many commenters opposed
allowing the definition of typical
employer plan to include self-insured
plans, as these plans can have unique
69 82
FR at 51131.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
benefit designs, and are not directly
regulated by States, and because it
would be difficult to obtain plan
information for such plans. Some
commenters stated that the lack of
specificity in the definition of a typical
employer plan could allow rare, outlier
plans with extremely limited coverage
to become the typical employer plan, or
they requested that there be additional
requirements on the typical employer
plan to prevent outlier plans from being
the typical employer plan. Commenters
were concerned that the definition
could jeopardize adequate coverage of
the 10 EHB categories, lowering the
threshold for minimum coverage, or
allowing insurers to offer plans with
less generous benefits, weakening the
PPACA protections for individuals with
disabilities and complex medical needs.
Some commenters were particularly
concerned that the policy in the
proposed rule generally focused on
using the definition of EHB to create a
ceiling for the scope of benefits. They
expressed concern that the generosity
standard limits the scope of benefits to
certain previous benchmark plan
options, instead of providing the floor
for the scope of benefits, as they stated
PPACA intended the definition of EHB
to be. These commenters were
concerned that decreased benefits
would result in high costs for
consumers to access those services.
Some commenters wanted more
specificity in the definition of typical
employer plan, such as wanting the plan
to be specific to the State to ensure
compatibility in the State or meet State
requirements, be required to cover all 10
EHB categories or minimum benefit
standards, be from a recent plan year,
constitute MEC, provide minimum
value (or some other actuarial value
standard), not be an account-based plan,
not be a preventive-services-only plan
or an excepted benefit plan or not be an
indemnity plan. Some commenters
supported the definition of a typical
employer plan for its flexibility or
supported aspects of the proposed
definition. Another commenter noted
that if a State-specific enrollment
requirement is added, current EHBbenchmark plans under the first option
may not automatically meet the
definition.
Commenters recommended different
enrollment thresholds for the typical
employer plan, with some commenters
noting that substantial enrollment varies
by State or the lack of justification for
the 5,000 enrollee threshold. Other
commenters believed that the proposed
policy disregarded the concept of
typicality as being the scope of coverage
typically seen in employer-based plans
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17015
or did not believe enrollment should be
an indicator for typicality (as typicality
is about comparability and enrollment is
about size).
Response: We agree with commenters
that the definition of EHB should
establish a minimum level of benefits.
In response to commenters’ concerns
with the proposed definition of typical
employer plan, we are finalizing two
sets of typical employer plans from
which a State may choose for purposes
of ensuring a minimum scope of
benefits for the State’s EHB-benchmark
plan, which establishes the State’s EHB
definition.
First, we are finalizing that the typical
employer plan may be one of the
selecting State’s 10 base-benchmark
plan options established at § 156.100
from which the State could select for the
2017 plan year. This definition, which
allows the selecting State to continue to
select from its previous options, will
allow a selecting State to modify its
previous base-benchmark plan options
to innovate those benefits to better meet
the needs of consumers in its market.
Second, we are finalizing that a
typical employer plan also may be the
largest health insurance plan by
enrollment in any of the five largest
large group health insurance products
by enrollment in the selecting State, as
product and plan are defined at
§ 144.103, provided that: (1) The
product has at least 10 percent of the
total enrollment of the five largest large
group health insurance products by
enrollment in the selecting State; (2) the
plan provides minimum value, as
defined under § 156.145; (3) the benefits
are not excepted benefits, as established
under § 146.145(b) and § 148.220; and
(4) the benefits in the plan are from a
plan year beginning after December 31,
2013.
For purposes of this definition, we are
applying the Federal definitions of plan
and product at § 144.103.70 Under these
definitions, the product comprises all
plans offered with the same covered
benefits and as a result, each plan
within a product must have the same
benefit package. To ensure that these
plans are typical within the selecting
State, the determination of each
product’s enrollment numbers is based
on enrollment in the selecting State.
70 Section 144.103 defines ‘‘product’’ as ‘‘a
discrete package of health insurance coverage
benefits that are offered using a particular product
network type (such as health maintenance
organization, preferred provider organization,
exclusive provider organization, point of service, or
indemnity) within a service area’’ and a plan as
‘‘with respect to a product, the pairing of the health
insurance coverage benefits under the product with
a particular cost-sharing structure, provider
network, and service area.’’
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
17016
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Also, to ensure that none of these
products are outliers within the State,
only plans from products that have at
least 10 percent of the total enrollment
of the five largest large group health
insurance products can be selected. For
example, if a selecting State’s three
largest large group health insurance
products under the second definition at
§ 156.111(b)(2)(ii) have 92 percent of the
enrollment in the selecting State among
the five largest large group health
insurance products in the State, the
fourth and fifth largest large group
health insurance products in the
selecting State will not have at least 10
percent of the enrollment and therefore,
will not be an option under the second
prong of the typical employer plan
definition. The use of enrollment size in
defining the typical employer plan
aligns with the previous policy where
the base-benchmark plan options were
also determined based on the
enrollment in those markets.
Furthermore, by using the largest
products by enrollment in the selecting
State, rather than on a specified
enrollment size, we ensure that any
variation in population size by the
selecting State is taken into account. We
believe this second prong of the
definition provides States with
important additional flexibility, as it
expands the comparison options
available to States when comparing
their selected EHB-benchmark plan to a
typical employer plan, while
simultaneously ensuring the statutory
requirement that the definition of EHB
be equal in scope to a typical employer
plan is met.
We agree with commenters that selfinsured plans have a significantly
greater likelihood of being plans with
atypical benefit designs. Therefore, this
definition for typical employer plan
does not include self-insured plans,
including health reimbursement
arrangements. We also recognize that
States would have challenges obtaining
information about these other types of
plans, especially at the level of detail
needed for the plan to be used as a
comparison to the State’s EHBbenchmark plan. To limit the burden on
States to determine which plans in the
State would be included in the second
set of plans, we are limiting the second
set under the definition of typical
employer plan to large group market
health insurance plans and products.
In response to commenters who
recommended that the typical employer
plan be required to provide minimum
value (MV), we are also finalizing as
part of the second prong of the
definition of the typical employer plan
that the plan must meet MV
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
requirements under § 156.145. Under
§ 156.145, an employer-sponsored plan
provides minimum value only if the
percentage of the total allowed costs of
benefits provided under the plan is
greater than or equal to 60 percent, and
the benefits under the plan must
include substantial coverage of inpatient
hospital services and physician services,
characteristics that we believe are
reflective of typical employer plans. For
example, by requiring the typical
employer plan meet MV, outlier plans,
such as preventive-services-only plans,
which do not provide substantial
coverage of inpatient hospital and
physician services in accordance with
the MV requirement, could not satisfy
the second definition of typical
employer plan.
To further respond to comments
recommending that we ensure that
outlier plans are excluded from the
definition of typical employer plan, we
are finalizing as part of the second
prong of the definition a requirement
that the plan’s benefits are not excepted
benefits, as defined under § 146.145(b),
and § 148.220. For example, a worker’s
compensation plan would not meet the
second prong of the definition of a
typical employer plan. This requirement
specifically ensures that the typical
employer plan is a major medical plan.
Lastly, we are requiring that the benefits
in the plan are from a plan year
beginning after December 31, 2013. This
requirement is consistent with the
options under the first prong of the
typical employer plan definition, which
references plans originally offered in
2014.
In applying the typical employer plan
definition, we recognize that States may
find that the plans that meet the
definition of a typical employer plan
may not provide coverage for items and
services within each EHB category at
§ 156.110(a). Therefore, we are
finalizing that the State’s EHBbenchmark plan must provide a scope of
benefits that is equal to, or greater than,
to the extent any supplementation is
required to provide coverage within
each EHB category at § 156.110(a), the
scope of benefits provided under a
typical employer plan. The purpose of
this approach is to permit States’ EHBbenchmark plans’ scope of benefits not
to be equal to the benefits under the
typical employer plan definition, only
by exceeding the scope of benefits
provided by the typical employer plan,
and only if necessary to ensure that all
EHB categories of benefits are being
covered. We believe that these
requirements, when taken together,
ensure outlier plans are excluded from
the definition of a typical employer
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
plan, respond to commenters’ concerns
regarding the risk that the definition of
typical employer plan would include
atypical plans and ensure that the
requirement for the EHB-benchmark
plans’ scope of benefits to be equal to
that of a typical employer plan can
account for benefits within each EHB
category at § 156.110(a).
Comment: Some commenters believed
that the statute requires that the scope
of benefits for the typical employer plan
be informed by the Department of Labor
report 71 required under section
1302(b)(2)(A) of PPACA. These
commenters did not believe that the
proposed typical employer plan
definition was informed by the 2011
DOL report and were concerned that
defining the typical employer plan
using enrollment instead of typicality of
benefits allows skimpier benefits, which
would have a detrimental effect on the
most vulnerable enrollees in a way that
contravenes the PPACA requirement
and implicates the Americans with
Disabilities Act. Some commenters were
particularly concerned about the impact
of the proposed typical employer plan
definition under the third option and
some commenters expressed concern
about the potential scope of coverage
under plans that meet the proposed
definition. Some commenters expressed
concern about coverage of benefits for
specific groups, such as those with
opioid use disorders.
Response: As required by section
1302(b)(2)(A) of the PPACA, the
Department of Labor conducted a survey
of employer-sponsored coverage and
published a report on the survey on
April 15, 2011. In determining what
constitutes a typical employer plan,
HHS reviewed and considered the
findings of this survey. As discussed in
more detail earlier in this section, the
flexibility established under
§ 156.111(a) is not intended to reduce
benefits, but to allow for more
innovative benefits within the current
benefit requirements. Similarly, with
regard to comparing the scope of
benefits of an EHB-benchmark plan to a
typical employer plan, we note that the
scope of benefits refers to the overall
extent of benefits covered, not to the
inclusion of any particular benefits. A
State’s EHB-benchmark plan is not
required to cover a particular benefit
because that benefit is part of the typical
employer plan the State uses to assess
the scope of benefits in its EHBbenchmark plan. Rather, the particular
71 Selected Medical Benefits: A Report from the
Department of Labor to the Department of Health
and Human Services. April 15, 2011. https://
www.bls.gov/ncs/ebs/sp/selmedbensreport.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
benefits and limitations in a State’s
EHB-benchmark plan are established
through one of the options defined in
§§ 156.100, 156.110 or 156.111 and the
resulting EHB-benchmark plan provides
a scope of benefits that is equal to, or
greater than the scope of benefits that
typical employer plan, as explained
earlier in this preamble.
We encourage States to consider, as
they select their EHB-benchmark plans,
the potential impact on vulnerable
populations, and the need to educate
consumers on benefit design changes.
Specifically, as States work to address
the opioid crisis, we urge States to
consider whether and how selecting a
new EHB-benchmark plan could help
address the crisis in their State.
Comment: Commenters generally
supported requiring States to provide
public notice and an opportunity for
public comment on its selection of an
EHB-benchmark plan, with some
commenters supporting State flexibility
to determine the process. Most
commenters, on the other hand, wanted
minimum or standardized requirements
for the public comment process, such as
requiring the solicitation of input from
certain groups, a public hearing, a
comment period of 30 days or 60 days,
the posting of usable and
understandable data, analysis and plan
documents (such as the documentation
to be submitted to HHS under
§ 156.111(e)), posting of any changes, a
requirement that the State submit
documentation on its public hearing
process to HHS, or some combination of
these standards. These commenters
typically wanted a transparent process
to ensure meaningful and equal
participation of consumers, or wanted to
reduce the burden of having a different
process for each State. One commenter
wanted the regulation to at least
reference the State’s applicable public
comment period under the State’s
administrative procedure act or
department of insurance rules while
another was concerned that the rule
assumes that a State has in place a
reasonable public comment process.
Some commenters supported requiring
the State to post public notice while
other comments wanted a process to
identify inadequacies or appeal a State’s
decision.
Response: We agree with commenters
that the State public notice and
comment period is important for
transparency to allow consumers to
provide feedback on the States’
proposed changes to their EHBbenchmark plans. However, we believe
that States have varying processes for
soliciting and receiving comments and
may have used varying processes
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
previously to provide public notice and
an opportunity for public comment on
their EHB-benchmark plan selections.
Therefore, in an effort to retain State
flexibility under this requirement, with
one exception, we are finalizing a policy
under which States must provide
reasonable public notice and
opportunity for public comment, but
will look to States to reasonably
interpret that requirement. In response
to comments, we are finalizing a
requirement that the State, regardless of
the public comment process it uses to
select its EHB-benchmark plan, must
post a notice on a relevant State website
regarding the opportunity for public
comment with associated information.
For States that do not have a public
notice and comment process for these
purposes, these States should consider
using a similar process for public
comment to the one established at
§ 155.1312(a)–(c). We also remind States
that any public participation processes
must continue to comply with
applicable Federal civil rights laws,
including those that require covered
entities to provide meaningful access for
individuals with limited English
proficiency, and those that require
effective communications for
individuals with disabilities, including
web accessibility requirements. The
public notice process at § 156.111(c)
applies whenever a State changes its
EHB-benchmark plan in accordance
with § 156.111(a).
iii. Data Collection for State’s EHBBenchmark Plans for 2020 Plan Year
and Later (§ 156.111(e))
We proposed data collection
requirements at § 156.111(e) for a State
that opts to select a new EHBbenchmark plan under § 156.111(a) in
any given year, beginning with the 2019
plan year. We proposed that a State
must submit documents in a format and
manner specified by HHS by a date
determined by HHS and proposed four
areas of documentation. First, at
paragraph (e)(1), we proposed to require
documentation that would confirm that
the State’s EHB-benchmark plan
complies with the requirements under
proposed § 156.111(a), (b) and (c),
which includes the requirement that the
10 EHB categories of benefits are
covered under the State’s EHBbenchmark plan. This documentation
would also include information on
which selection option under proposed
§ 156.111(a) the State is using, including
whether the State is using another
State’s EHB-benchmark plan.
Second, in paragraph (e)(2), we
proposed, for a State selecting an EHBbenchmark plan under § 156.111(a)(2) or
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17017
(3), that the State’s documentation must
include an actuarial certification and an
associated actuarial report from an
actuary, who is a member of the
American Academy of Actuaries, in
accordance with generally accepted
actuarial principles and methodologies,
affirming that the State’s EHBbenchmark plan is equal in scope of
benefits provided under a typical
employer plan. We proposed that if the
State is selecting its EHB-benchmark
plan using § 156.111(a)(3), which allows
the State considerable flexibility to
otherwise select a set of benefits that
would become its EHB-benchmark plan,
that the actuarial certification and
associated report would also affirm that
the new EHB-benchmark plan does not
exceed the generosity of the most
generous among the set of comparison
plans specified in paragraph (a)(3). For
the actuarial certification, we proposed
that these documents, in accordance
with generally accepted actuarial
principles and methodologies, would
include complying with all applicable
Actuarial Standards of Practice (ASOP)
(including but not limited to ASOP 41
on actuarial communications). We also
sought comment on a draft methodology
for comparing benefits of a State’s EHBbenchmark plan selection to the benefits
of a typical employer plan for the
actuarial certification and associated
actuarial report 72 and on whether the
draft methodology should be the
required approach for the State’s
actuarial certification and associated
actuarial report.
Third, we proposed at paragraph
(e)(3) that the State would be required
to submit an EHB-benchmark plan
document that reflects the benefits and
limitations in the benchmark plan,
including the medical management
requirements, a schedule of benefits
and, if the State is selecting its EHBbenchmark plan using the option in
paragraph (a)(3), a formulary drug list in
a format and manner specified by HHS
similar to current § 156.120. For a State
that chooses an EHB-benchmark plan
under proposed § 156.111(a)(1), the
State may submit the plan document
from the other State’s EHB-benchmark
plan used for the 2017 plan year to
fulfill this proposed requirement. For a
State that selects an EHB-benchmark
plan under proposed § 156.111(a)(2), the
72 The Draft Example of an Acceptable
Methodology for Comparing Benefits of a State’s
EHB-benchmark Plan Selection to Benefits of a
Typical Employer Plan As Proposed under the HHS
Notice of Benefit and Payment Parameters for 2019
(CMS–9930–F) is available on CCIIO’s Regulation
and Guidance web page at https://www.cms.gov/
cciio/resources/regulations-and-guidance/
index.html.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
17018
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
State could create a combined plan
document by assembling parts of the
plan documents from the other State’s
or States’ benchmark plan documents.
We acknowledged that States may need
to make conforming edits in the other
States’ plan documents to align
language and terminology. For a State
that chooses the option proposed at
§ 156.111(a)(3), the State may need to
develop a plan document. Additionally,
under proposed § 156.111(e)(3), if the
State is selecting its EHB-benchmark
plan using the option in § 156.111(a)(3),
we proposed that the State must also
include a formulary drug list for the
State’s EHB-benchmark plan in a format
and manner specified by HHS. We also
proposed that for a benefit, such as the
pediatric dental benefit, that is defined
by another program under the State’s
EHB-benchmark plan, the State may
submit a separate document that reflects
the benefits and limitations, including
the medical management requirements
and a schedule of benefits comparable
to how States that defined their dental
coverage using their State’s CHIP
programs have done previously.
Otherwise, regardless of which option
the State is using to select a new EHBbenchmark plan, the State would be
expected to submit one comprehensive
plan document for the entire State’s
EHB-benchmark plan selection.
Lastly, we proposed under paragraph
(e)(4) to require the State to submit
documentation specified by HHS, which
is necessary to operationalize the State’s
EHB-benchmark plan. This
documentation would be used to
provide public resources on a State’s
EHB-benchmark plan and support
related templates and tools. We
proposed that this documentation
would include a complete and accurate
EHB summary chart that reflects the
State’s EHB-benchmark plan and aligns
with the documentation that we
currently make publicly available on a
State’s EHB-benchmark plan. For States
that choose § 156.111(a)(1) or (a)(2)
where the State is developing its
benchmark plan based on another
State’s EHB-benchmark plan, the State
could develop this document utilizing
information from the EHB summary
chart that is currently publicly
available.73
We proposed that HHS would post
the State’s EHB summary document and
the State’s EHB-benchmark plan
document on the Center for Consumer
Information and Insurance Oversight
73 All States’ current benchmark plan documents
are posted on CCIIO’s website at https://
www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/Data-Resources/
ehb.html.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
(CCIIO) website. We also considered
posting the State’s EHB-benchmark plan
confirmations proposed at
§ 156.111(e)(1).
We proposed that in order for a State’s
selection of a new EHB-benchmark plan
from the proposed options to be
accepted, the State’s new EHBbenchmark plan must comply with the
associated EHB regulatory and statutory
requirements, including those under
this final rule. If a State’s EHBbenchmark plan selection does not meet
these regulatory and statutory
requirements, the State’s current EHBbenchmark plan would continue to
apply. We solicited comments on the
proposed processes and deadlines for
the 2019 and 2020 plan years.74 We also
solicited comments on the proposed
data collection and associated
documents and whether other
specifications for these documents are
needed. We are finalizing the provisions
at § 156.111(e) with an amendment to
§ 156.111(e)(2) to reflect the changes to
§ 156.111(b)(2)(i) and (ii) described
above. We are finalizing that the policy
will begin applying for the 2020 plan
year.
Comment: Commenters generally
supported transparency in EHBbenchmark plan documents and making
these documents publicly available.
Some commenters noted concerns about
the completeness and accuracy of
current EHB-benchmark plan
documents and the inconsistent level of
detail among EHB summary charts,
encouraging accuracy in plan
information to limit confusion.
Response: Section 156.111(e) is
designed to ensure that the State’s EHBbenchmark plan meets the requirements
at § 156.111(b), (c), and (d) and to
ensure that the State’s EHB-benchmark
plan has a clearly defined set of covered
benefits. In an effort to support
transparency, we will post all
documents 75 that a State submits
pertaining to its EHB-benchmark plan
selection on CCIIO’s website with the
exception of the drug list. These
documents will include the State’s
confirmations (§ 156.111(e)(1)), any
actuarial certification and associated
actuarial report (§ 156.111(e)(2)), the
plan documents (§ 156.111(e)(3)), and
the documents necessary to
operationalize the State’s EHBbenchmark plan (§ 156.111(e)(4)). The
74 For the 2019 plan year, HHS would post States’
EHB-benchmark plan documents after the proposed
State submission deadline, which would likely be
in April 2018.
75 CMS’s PRA website is available at https://
www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/
Legislation/PaperworkReductionActof1995/PRAListing.html.
PO 00000
Frm 00090
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
State’s EHB-benchmark plan drug list
will be posted in the category and class
count format in the EHB summary chart
as the current drug counts are currently
posted.76
Because EHB-benchmark plan
benefits are based on plans that were
sold in 2014, some of the benchmark
plan documents may not comply with
current Federal requirements. For this
reason, the State confirmations require
the State to confirm that its EHBbenchmark plan meets the requirements
to be an EHB-benchmark plan. Since
States are typically the primary enforcer
of EHB policy, States may take varying
approaches to the level of details
included in the EHB Summary Chart, as
we believe the manner in which the
State displays the EHB-benchmark plan
in the EHB Summary Chart may be
reflective of the State’s EHB
enforcement strategies.
Furthermore, we also recognize that
the States’ 2017 EHB-benchmark plans
may need conforming edits to comply
with other laws and regulations, and to
account for any benefits considered EHB
under § 155.170. For these reasons, we
clarified in the proposed rule that
benefits and limits described in the
available benchmark plan documents on
our website may not be fully applicable
due to other laws and regulations. For
instance, under section 2711 of the PHS
Act, as added by the PPACA, issuers
may not impose lifetime or annual
dollar limits on EHBs. When lifetime or
annual dollar limits are specified in
available EHB-benchmark plan
documents, States would have removed
the dollar limits or converted them to
non-dollar limits when interpreting and
applying EHB policy. HHS recognizes
most States as the primary enforcers of
EHB policy. Thus, when a State would
use an EHB-benchmark plan that
originated in another State under any
proposals under § 156.111, we would
generally defer to the selecting State’s
implementation of the benefits and
limits consistent with otherwise
applicable law, even when such
interpretation differs from the
originating State’s interpretation. Where
possible, States should provide clarity
on benefits and limits in the documents
collected under § 156.111(e) or note
differences in the States’ EHB summary
chart.
Lastly, we are codifying in regulation
text at § 156.111(d)(1) a proposed
standard that we discussed in the
preamble of the proposed rule, under
which the State’s new EHB-benchmark
plan must comply with the regulatory
76 https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/DataResources/ehb.html.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
and statutory requirements, including
those under this final rule, in order for
HHS to accept a State’s selection of a
new EHB-benchmark plan from the
options under § 156.111(a). If a State’s
EHB-benchmark plan selection does not
meet these regulatory and statutory
requirements, the State’s current EHBbenchmark plan would continue to
apply.
Comment: Some commenters on the
Draft Example of an Acceptable
Methodology for Comparing Benefits of
a State’s EHB-benchmark Plan Selection
to Benefits of a Typical Employer Plan
As Proposed under the HHS Notice of
Benefit and Payment Parameters for
2019 (CMS–9930–F) did not support
parts of the proposed methodological
approach. Comments generally did not
support the use of small group index
rates or wanted an upper-bound limit of
98 percent to 102 percent for the
category comparison, with some
commenters, noting the difficulty in
conducting this type of calculation or
recommending additional input or more
detail. Others wanted to require
actuarial data from the States to justify
adoption of a benchmark plan that
varies significantly from their current
benchmarks in any category. Comments
on the actuarial certification and
associated actuarial report requirements
varied on which EHB-benchmark
selection options it should apply to.
Response: To account for the
application of the typical employer plan
definition at § 156.111(b)(2)(i) and the
generosity standard at § 156.111(b)(2)(ii)
to all selection options, we are finalizing
§ 156.111(e)(2) with certain changes.
Specifically, we are finalizing the
requirement that States provide an
actuarial certification and an associated
report from an actuary from the
American Academy of Actuaries, in
accordance with generally accepted
actuarial principles and methodologies,
that affirms: (1) That the State’s EHBbenchmark plan provides a scope of
benefits that is equal to, or greater than,
to the extent any supplementation is
required to provide coverage within
each EHB category at § 156.110(a), the
scope of benefits provided under a
typical employer plan as defined at
§ 156.111(b)(2)(i); and (2) the State’s
EHB-benchmark plan does not exceed
the generosity of the most generous
among the set of comparison plans at
§ 156.111(b)(2)(ii)(A) and (B). States will
be required to submit an actuarial
certification and an associated report
under § 156.111(e)(2) to affirm that both
of the standards at § 156.111(b)(2)(i) and
§ 156.111(b)(2)(ii) are met, regardless of
which selection option under
§ 156.111(a) they use.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
The purpose of the policy being
finalized at § 156.111 is to strike a
balance between providing flexibility to
allow States’ additional options to select
their EHB-benchmark plans and
ensuring that States’ EHB-benchmark
plans meet the associated statutory
requirements. To that end, the actuarial
certification and associated actuarial
report are intended to ensure that the
scope of EHB is equal in scope to the
benefits provided under a typical
employer plan, and to provide the
information to support the certification
from the Chief Actuary of CMS for the
Secretary to submit along with a report
to Congress, consistent with section
1302(b)(2)(B) of the PPACA. Section
1302(b)(2)(B) of the PPACA requires that
the Chief Actuary of CMS certify that
the scope of EHB as defined by the
Secretary is equal to the scope of
benefits provided under a typical
employer plan. Through this rule, the
Secretary is determining that the
actuarial certification and associated
actuarial report at § 156.111(e)(2)
ensures any EHB-benchmark plan
selection is meeting the requirements at
section 1302(b)(2)(A) of PPACA;
therefore, we are finalizing these
requirements.
This includes the requirement that the
actuarial certification and associated
actuarial report be prepared in
accordance with generally accepted
actuarial principles and methodologies.
This includes all applicable ASOPs. For
example, ASOP 41 contains disclosure
requirements, including those that
apply to the disclosure of information
on the methods and assumptions being
used and ASOP 50 contains information
on determining MV and AV. In
accordance with ASOP 41, we would
expect that the actuarial report is based
on a data analysis that is reflective of an
appropriate population.
State actuaries may need flexibility in
developing the actuarial certification
and report depending on the type of
changes that the State is interested in
making to its EHB-benchmark plan and
depending on the typical employer plan
that the State is using for the
certification and report. For these
reasons, we are finalizing an example
methodology with several changes.77
First, to provide clarification for
actuaries, we expanded the
methodology to address the
determination of the plan generosity
under § 156.111(b)(2)(ii) in parallel to
77 Example of an Acceptable Methodology for
Comparing Benefits of a State’s EHB-benchmark
Plan Selection in Accordance with 45 CFR
156.111(b)(2)(i) and (ii) is available at https://
www.cms.gov/cciio/resources/regulations-andguidance/.
PO 00000
Frm 00091
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17019
the determination of the typical
employer plan, and further explained
how an actuary could use a typical
employer plan or a comparison plan for
this certification and associated report.
Second, we are finalizing the
definition of a typical employer plan to
establish the minimum level of benefits
for the State’s EHB-benchmark plan and
the generosity standard to establish the
maximum level of benefits for a State’s
EHB-benchmark plan selection. By tying
the maximum level of benefits, in part,
to certain previous States’ EHBbenchmark plan options, the new State
EHB-benchmark plan selections are tied
to generosity of the current EHBbenchmark plans in the States, which is
not what a 102 percent upper bound
limit would provide. For these reasons,
we believe that creating an additional
upper-bound limit under the typical
employer plan in the example
methodology is not necessary, would be
duplicative, and would be difficult to
implement with the generosity standard
at § 156.111(b)(2)(ii).
Lastly, to support the use of more
appropriate data for the actuarial
certification and associated actuarial
report, we removed the use of small
group index rates from the calculation
of the expected value. Instead, we
provide other examples of acceptable
data that an actuary may use, including
data acquired from issuers in the State
for a recent plan year, and weighted the
services and benefits provided in each
EHB category. We believe that the
changes to the methodology will help
inform actuaries on how to approach the
actuarial certification and associated
report at § 156.111(e)(2).
Comment: Commenters generally
opposed implementing the new EHBbenchmark plan options for the 2019
benefit year. Some of these commenters
were concerned about operational and
administrative feasibility and burden to
implement an EHB change for 2019, as
well as the lack of adequate time to
design products and meet 2019 rate and
form filing deadlines. Other commenters
were concerned about the ability for
States and issuers to evaluate options, or
the impact of the policy leading to
market instability, increased costs, or
consumer confusion. Some commenters
noted that the goal of market stability
was more important than the goal of
providing States with added flexibility.
Another commenter was concerned
about the potential for data errors due
to short timeframes.
Commenters generally supported
making EHB-benchmark plan changes
for the 2020 plan year at the earliest,
with some noting that the 2020
timelines aligns with previous
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17020
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
benchmark plan timelines. Certain
commenters wanted additional analysis
or information before implementing any
change. Other commenters wanted to
ensure that States provide outreach to
consumers on the EHB-benchmark plan
changes. A commenter wanted to
understand how guaranteed
renewability might affect changes to
plans being made to reflect changes
from a new State EHB-benchmark plan
selection.
Response: We acknowledge the
operational and administrative
difficulties for States, issuers and
consumers with implementing a
changing benefit design under the
timeframes for the 2019 benefit year,
and believe that a 2020 implementation
date would provide these stakeholders
with additional time to ensure a smooth
implementation of any benefit design
changes. For these reasons, we will
make § 156.111 effective for the 2020
plan year. We are also finalizing the
deadline for State submission of its
EHB-benchmark plan as July 2, 2018, for
the 2020 plan year.78 This deadline
aligns with the timing of HHS’s
previous updates to the benchmark
plans.
As for guaranteed renewability, under
some circumstances, issuers may be
permitted to change their products to
reflect new requirements for providing
EHB as uniform modifications of their
products. Otherwise, if the changes to
products are deemed to result in the
removal of products from the market,
issuers would be required to meet the
product discontinuance requirements
under § 147.106, which generally
require at least 90 days advanced notice
to the enrollees of the discontinuance.
c. Provision of EHB (§ 156.115)
Currently, to provide EHB, plans are
required to provide benefits that are
substantially equal to the EHBbenchmark plan. However, an issuer of
a plan offering EHB may substitute
benefits within categories, if allowed by
the State, provided that the benefits are
actuarially equivalent to the benefit that
is being replaced. Substitutions of
prescription drug benefits are not
permitted.79 In the EHB Rule, we
finalized a policy at § 156.115(b)(1)
under which substitution may not occur
between different benefit categories.
In an effort to promote greater
flexibility, consumer choice, and plan
innovation through coverage and plan
design options, we proposed modifying
78 We proposed July 1, 2018, but recognize that
July 1, 2018 is a Sunday, so we are finalizing the
2020 deadline as July 2, 2018.
79 See § 156.115(b)(1)(iii), as established in the
EHB Rule.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
paragraph (b)(1)(ii) to allow States to
permit issuers to substitute benefits
within the same EHB category and
between EHB categories, as long as the
substituted benefit is actuarially
equivalent to the benefit being replaced
and is not a prescription drug benefit.
The plan with substitutions would still
be required to provide benefits that are
substantially equal to the EHBbenchmark plan, to provide an
appropriate balance among the EHB
categories such that benefits are not
unduly weighted towards any category,
and to provide benefits for diverse
segments of the population. It is
generally the State’s responsibility to
assess that plans required to provide
EHB adhere to these requirements.
We noted that nothing in this
proposal would prohibit plans required
to provide EHB from imposing nondollar limits, unless otherwise
prohibited by Federal law.80 In addition,
we noted that we would continue to
defer to States, which have the option
to set criteria for benefit substitution, to
enforce a stricter standard on benefit
substitution, or to prohibit it altogether
consistent with paragraph (b) of this
section. We sought comment on
examples of substitution that issuers
would be interested in pursuing.
We are finalizing the proposal with
amendments to clarify when issuers
may substitute benefits and States’ roles
in permitting or prohibiting
substitution. Specifically, we are
finalizing the change to allow issuers to
substitute benefits between EHB
categories, beginning with plan year
2020, if the State in which the plan will
be offered permits such substitution and
notifies HHS of its decision to allow
substitution between categories. We also
add a clarification at § 156.115(b)(3)(i)
that plans with substitutions are not
relieved of their requirements under
§ 156.115(a), including the requirement
to cover preventive health services, as
required under 45 CFR part 147.
We are finalizing 2020 as the first
plan year in which issuers, with the
permission of the State, may substitute
benefits between categories to align with
the first year for which States may
update their EHB-benchmark plans
under § 156.111.
80 See Frequently Asked Questions on Essential
Health Benefits Bulletin (February 17, 2012), Q9,
available at https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/
Files/Downloads/ehb-faq-508.pdf and the EHB rule.
As finalized in the EHB Rule, issuers of QHPs were
permitted to make actuarially equivalent
substitutions within statutory categories under
§ 156.115(b)(1)(ii). Therefore, and as further
explained in the EHB FAQ, plans are permitted to
impose non-dollar limits, consistent with other
guidance, that are at least actuarially equivalent to
the annual dollar limits.
PO 00000
Frm 00092
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
We believe States are best positioned
to weigh the benefits of innovative plan
design with any effects on State risk
pools, and therefore, will only permit
substitution between EHB categories in
States that have notified HHS that
substitution between EHB categories is
permitted by the State. Further, because
States are generally the primary
enforcers of EHB requirements,
including the prohibition on
discrimination at § 156.125, we believe
States can best assure that plan designs
meet the needs of their State residents.
We anticipate that States will notify
HHS of their decision, if any, to allow
substitution between EHB categories
through the same means States use to
notify HHS of an updated EHBbenchmark plan selection under
§ 156.111. If a State wishes to permit
between-category substitution, it will
notify HHS, and that notification will be
in effect unless and until the State
notifies HHS otherwise. States that
permit between-category substitution
should work with their issuers to ensure
they are aware of this option. We plan
to post on CCIIO’s website a list of
States that allow substitution between
EHB categories.
Comment: The majority of
commenters to this proposal expressed
concerns about this proposed policy,
and many commenters to this proposal
raised concerns about this policy’s
potential impact on the risk pool.
Specifically, commenters were
concerned that the proposal would
permit issuers to design products that
are intended to be unattractive to
higher-cost populations to discourage
enrollment from these populations.
Some of these commenters were
concerned about resulting adverse
selection, and were concerned that
finalizing the policy could ultimately
interfere with the stability of the
individual and small group market risk
pools. Several commenters were
concerned that the requirement that
substituted benefits be actuarially
equivalent does not address this
concern, because actuarial equivalence
is based on a standard population and
cannot take into account the potential
effects of adverse selection. Commenters
were concerned that this type of
‘‘gaming’’ to deter enrollment from
members of certain groups could
undermine State risk adjustment
programs. Additionally, many
commenters requested that if we chose
to finalize this proposal, we publish
additional guidance clarifying how
issuers could utilize substitution
between EHB categories without
violating antidiscrimination
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
requirements. Some commenters stated
that they could not conceive of a
situation in which cross-category
substitution would be useful, and
notwithstanding our request for such
examples, we did not receive any.81
Response: We seek to promote issuer
flexibility and consumer choice with
this proposal, but recognize that there
are potential trade-offs with regard to
the risk pool and risk adjustment
programs. We believe that States are
more attuned to the needs of their
issuers and consumers than HHS and
can better assess the proper balance
between flexibility in plan benefits and
risk pool stability. Because issuers are
required under the rule to provide
benefits that are substantially equal to
the EHB-benchmark plan, provide an
appropriate balance among the EHB
categories such that benefits are not
unduly weighted towards any category,
and provide benefits for diverse
segments of the population, we expect
that effects on the risk pool will be
limited and can be appropriately
managed through State regulation.
Because States are generally the primary
enforcers of the prohibition on
discrimination in the provision of EHB,
we defer to States to provide guidance
to issuers on how to utilize substitution
while meeting anti-discrimination
requirements.
Comment: While commenters
generally supported efforts to provide
States and issuers with additional
flexibility, a majority of commenters
expressed strong concerns that this
specific policy would put undue burden
on multiple stakeholders due to
increased plan design complexity. For
example, many commenters wrote that
regulators in States that choose to
permit substitution between EHB
benefit categories would face additional
challenges due to the difficulty of
determining whether plans that
substituted benefits between EHB
offered an adequate distribution of
benefits across all EHB categories. One
commenter added that evaluating plans
that incorporated substitution between
EHB categories would be more difficult
for States than evaluating plans with
substitution within EHB categories,
because when comparing the allowed
cost associated with particular types of
services and limits on those services
with other services in the same EHB
category, the same dollar amount
represents the same proportion of all
81 One commenter submitted what they described
as an example of how an issuer could use this
policy to promote the use of high-value services,
but their example was a case of adjustments to
actuarial value, as opposed to an example of
substitution between EHB categories.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
services in that EHB category. However,
this equivalence of dollar amounts and
proportionality does not apply when
comparing between different categories,
making a comparison more difficult.
Relatedly, another commenter noted
that the lack of uniformity among plans
this policy could produce could
increase administrative burden on
issuers, as well as States, by making it
more difficult for issuers to conform
plans to filing templates related to QHP
certification.
Due to concerns including additional
burden on State regulators, commenters
also requested that if we were to finalize
this proposal, States be permitted to bar
substitution between EHB categories.
Almost all commenters asked that we
consider the increased burden that
consumers would face when comparing
plans due to plan complexity related to
a possible lack of uniformity across EHB
benefit categories and across available
plans. In particular, commenters noted
that it would become more difficult for
consumers in States that chose to permit
this option to make meaningful
comparisons between plans due to the
difficulty in determining whether
benefits had been substituted between
EHB categories and, if so, whether the
resulting coverage package adequately
met their needs. One commenter added
that these difficulties could also
undermine the value of the market
signals that consumers’ choices
currently generate to issuers and other
key stakeholders.
Finally, in addition to concerns about
consumer burden due to increased plan
complexity, many commenters also
objected to this proposal due to the
possibility that it could undermine
coverage for services that are crucial for
vulnerable consumers and prevent
coverage of chronic conditions.
Response: We agree that permitting
substitution between EHB categories
could make it more difficult for State
regulators to review plans. However, we
believe States should have the flexibility
to determine whether allowing such a
policy will in fact create challenges for
State regulators, and if so, whether those
challenges are offset by the benefits of
allowing more innovation in plan
design in the form of between-category
substitution. Under the policy we are
finalizing, States that determine that
allowing substitution between EHB
categories would pose excessive burden
on regulators have the authority to
withhold permission and avoid such
burden.
In response to comments, we are
finalizing that substitution between
categories would only be permitted if
the State in which the plan will be
PO 00000
Frm 00093
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17021
offered has notified HHS that
substitution between EHB categories is
permitted in the State. We recognize
that State legislative cycles may make it
challenging for States to adopt
legislative requirements allowing or
prohibiting substitution between
categories in time for plan year 2020. By
finalizing this notification approach, we
seek to make it easier for States to
immediately exercise the flexibility
provided in this rule.
We appreciate the comment about
increased burden on issuers. Because
issuers are already familiar with
substituting benefits within benefit
categories, we do not believe that
broadening the policy to allow benefit
substitution between benefit categories
will create additional burden for issuers.
However, if it does, issuers have the
discretion to avoid additional burden by
choosing not to substitute benefits
between EHB categories, even if allowed
by their State. If a State chooses, we
believe issuers should be permitted to
decide whether the additional flexibility
in plan design provided by substitution
between categories is worth any
additional required effort. We also
encourage States to consider the impact
on issuers as they weigh whether to
allow substitution between categories.
We recognize that consumers may
face some additional burden in
comparing plans when States allow
between-benefit substitution and one or
more issuers in the State utilize such
substitution. However, we believe
permitting substitution between
categories could offer significant benefit
to consumers in the form of more
choices, particularly those actively
engaged in shopping for health plans.
Some consumers are likely to find plans
that better meet their needs under this
change, because issuers are likely to
make substitutions that fulfill consumer
demands. Further, we believe States are
best positioned to weigh the benefits of
innovative plan design with the
potential for increased burden for
consumers in their individual and small
group markets.
We believe that this change will not
undermine coverage for vulnerable
consumers or prevent coverage of
chronic conditions, because issuers will
still be required to offer benefits
substantially equal to the EHBbenchmark plan, cover each EHB
category without undue weight toward
any, provide benefits for diverse
segments of the population, and refrain
from discrimination based on an
individual’s age, expected length of life,
present or predicted disability, degree of
medical dependency, quality of life, or
other health conditions.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17022
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
d. Premium Adjustment Percentage
(§ 156.130)
Section 1302(c)(4) of the PPACA
directs the Secretary of HHS to
determine an annual premium
adjustment percentage, which is used to
set the rate of increase for three
parameters detailed in the PPACA: The
maximum annual limitation on cost
sharing (defined at § 156.130(a)); The
required contribution percentage used
to determine eligibility for certain
exemptions under section 5000A of the
Code; 82 and the assessable payment
amounts under section 4980H(a) and (b)
of the Code. Section 156.130(e) provides
that the premium adjustment percentage
is the percentage (if any) by which the
average per capita premium for health
insurance coverage for the preceding
calendar year exceeds such average per
capita premium for health insurance for
2013, and that this percentage will be
published in the annual HHS notice of
benefit and payment parameters.
Under the methodology established in
the 2015 Payment Notice and amended
in the 2015 Market Standards Rule for
estimating average per capita premium
for purposes of calculating the premium
adjustment percentage, the premium
adjustment percentage is calculated
based on the estimates and projections
of average per enrollee employersponsored insurance premiums from the
NHEA, which are calculated by the CMS
Office of the Actuary. Accordingly,
using the employer-sponsored insurance
data, the premium adjustment
percentage for 2019 is the percentage (if
any) by which the most recent NHEA
projection of per enrollee employersponsored insurance premiums for 2018
($6,396) exceeds the most recent NHEA
estimate of per enrollee employersponsored insurance premiums for 2013
($5,110).83 Using this formula, the
premium adjustment percentage for
2019 is 1.2516634051 or approximately
25 percent. We are finalizing this index
as proposed. Based on the proposed
2019 premium adjustment percentage,
82 As noted above, although the individual shared
responsibility payment in section 5000A is reduced
to $0, effective for months beginning after December
31, 2018, individuals may still have a need to seek
certain exemptions under section 5000A of the
Code to obtain catastrophic coverage after 2018.
83 We note that the 2013 premium used for this
calculation has been updated to reflect the latest
NHEA data. See ‘‘NHE Projections 2016–2025—
Tables’’ available at https://www.cms.gov/ResearchStatistics-Data-and-Systems/Statistics-Trends-andReports/NationalHealthExpendData/
NationalHealthAccountsProjected.html in Tables 1
and 17. A detailed description of the NHE
projection methodology is available at https://
www.cms.gov/Research-Statistics-Data-andSystems/Statistics-Trends-and-Reports/
NationalHealthExpendData/Downloads/
proj2016.pdf.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
we proposed the following cost-sharing
parameters for calendar year 2019.
Maximum Annual Limitation on Cost
Sharing for Calendar Year 2019
Under § 156.130(a)(2), for the 2019
calendar year, cost sharing for self-only
coverage may not exceed the dollar limit
for calendar year 2014 increased by an
amount equal to the product of that
amount and the premium adjustment
percentage for 2019, and for other than
self-only coverage, the limit is twice the
dollar limit for self-only coverage.
Under § 156.130(d), these amounts must
be rounded down to the next lowest
multiple of $50. Using the premium
adjustment percentage of 1.2516634051
for 2019 as proposed above, and the
2014 maximum annual limitation on
cost sharing of $6,350 for self-only
coverage, which was published by the
IRS on May 2, 2013,84 we proposed that
the 2019 maximum annual limitation on
cost sharing would be $7,900 for selfonly coverage and $15,800 for other
than self-only coverage. This represents
an approximately 7 percent increase
above the 2018 parameters of $7,350 for
self-only coverage and $14,700 for other
than self-only coverage.
Comment: Several commenters
supported the 7 percent increase in the
maximum limitation on cost sharing,
saying it permits flexible plan design.
Many other commenters objected to the
2019 maximum limitation on cost
sharing noting it is the highest increase
since 2014, saying the HHS
methodology no longer works when
paired with plan designs that offer less
generous EHBs and asked HHS to revisit
factors including the premium
adjustment percentage used in the
methodology.
Commenters noted that while many
people with high health needs benefit
from a maximum limitation on cost
sharing, the percentage increase in 2019
is more than twice the rate of medical
inflation and wage growth and far
higher than general inflation. Two
commenters asked HHS to spread the
maximum limitation over the benefit
year to reduce the financial burden on
chronically ill enrollees whose medical
conditions require them to meet the
limitation during the first month or
quarter of the year.
Response: The annual maximum
limitation on cost sharing reflects
changes in the underlying economic
data, as stated above. We are
sympathetic to the hardship faced by
those whose health needs require them
to meet their maximum limitation on
84 See https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-drop/rp-1325.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00094
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
cost sharing early in the year, but the
indexing of this parameter is required
by statute, and a payment plan for the
maximum annual limitation is
inconsistent with industry practice. We
are finalizing the 2019 maximum
limitation on cost sharing as proposed.
e. Reduced Maximum Annual
Limitation on Cost Sharing (§ 156.130)
Sections 1402(a) through (c) of the
PPACA direct issuers to reduce cost
sharing for EHBs for eligible individuals
enrolled in a silver level QHP. In the
2014 Payment Notice, we established
standards related to the provision of
these cost-sharing reductions.
Specifically, in part 156, subpart E, we
specified that QHP issuers must provide
cost-sharing reductions by developing
plan variations, which are separate costsharing structures for each eligibility
category. At § 156.420(a), we detailed
the structure of these plan variations
and specified that QHP issuers must
ensure that each silver plan variation
has an annual limitation on cost sharing
no greater than the applicable reduced
maximum annual limitation on cost
sharing specified in the annual HHS
notice of benefit and payment
parameters. Although the amount of the
reduction in the maximum annual
limitation on cost sharing is specified in
section 1402(c)(1)(A) of the PPACA,
section 1402(c)(1)(B)(ii) of the PPACA
states that the Secretary may adjust the
cost-sharing limits to ensure that the
resulting limits do not cause the AVs of
the health plans to exceed the levels
specified in section 1402(c)(1)(B)(i) of
the PPACA (that is, 73 percent, 87
percent, or 94 percent, depending on the
income of the enrollee). Accordingly,
we proposed to continue to use a
method we established in the 2014
Payment Notice for determining the
appropriate reductions in the maximum
annual limitation on cost sharing for
cost-sharing plan variations. As we
discussed above, the 2019 maximum
annual limitation on cost sharing is
$7,900 for self-only coverage and
$15,800 for other than self-only
coverage. We analyzed the effect on AV
of the reductions in the maximum
annual limitation on cost sharing
described in the statute to determine
whether to adjust the reductions so that
the AV of a silver plan variation will not
exceed the AV specified in the statute.
Below, we describe our analysis for the
2019 benefit year and our proposed
results.
Consistent with our analysis in the
2014 through 2018 Payment Notices, we
developed three test silver level QHPs,
and analyzed the impact on AV of the
reductions described in the PPACA to
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
the estimated 2019 maximum annual
limitation on cost sharing for self-only
coverage ($7,900). The test plan designs
are based on data collected for 2017
plan year QHP certification to ensure
that they represent a range of plan
designs that we expect issuers to offer
at the silver level of coverage through
the Exchanges. For 2019, the test silver
level QHPs included a PPO with typical
cost-sharing structure ($7,900 annual
limitation on cost sharing, $2,350
deductible, and 20 percent in-network
coinsurance rate), a PPO with a lower
annual limitation on cost sharing
($5,250 annual limitation on cost
sharing, $3,050 deductible, and 20
percent in-network coinsurance rate),
and an HMO ($7,900 annual limitation
on cost sharing, $3,375 deductible, 20
percent in-network coinsurance rate,
and the following services with
copayments that are not subject to the
deductible or coinsurance: $500
inpatient stay per day, $500 emergency
department visit, $25 primary care
office visit, and $55 specialist office
visit). All three test QHPs meet the AV
requirements for silver level health
plans.
We then entered these test plans into
the proposed 2019 AV Calculator and
observed how the reductions in the
maximum annual limitation on cost
sharing specified in the PPACA affected
the AVs of the plans. We found that the
reduction in the maximum annual
limitation on cost sharing specified in
the PPACA for enrollees with a
household income between 100 and 150
percent FPL (2⁄3 reduction in the
maximum annual limitation on cost
sharing), and 150 and 200 percent of the
FPL (2⁄3 reduction), would not cause the
AV of any of the model QHPs to exceed
the statutorily specified AV levels (94
and 87 percent, respectively). In
contrast, the reduction in the maximum
annual limitation on cost sharing
specified in the PPACA for enrollees
with a household income between 200
and 250 percent of FPL (1⁄2 reduction),
would cause the AVs of two of the test
QHPs to exceed the specified AV level
of 73 percent. As a result, we proposed
that the maximum annual limitation on
cost sharing for enrollees in the 2017
benefit year with a household income
between 200 and 250 percent of FPL be
reduced by approximately 1⁄5, rather
than 1⁄2. We further proposed that the
maximum annual limitation on cost
sharing for enrollees with a household
income between 100 and 200 percent of
the FPL be reduced by approximately
2⁄3, as specified in the statute, and as
shown in Table 10. These proposed
reductions in the maximum annual
limitation on cost sharing should
adequately account for unique plan
designs that may not be captured by our
three model QHPs. We also note that
selecting a reduction for the maximum
annual limitation on cost sharing that is
less than the reduction specified in the
statute would not reduce the benefit
afforded to enrollees in aggregate
because QHP issuers are required to
further reduce their annual limitation
on cost sharing, or reduce other types of
17023
cost sharing, if the required reduction
does not cause the AV of the QHP to
meet the specified level. We are
finalizing these reductions as proposed.
In prior years, we have found that for
individuals with household incomes of
250 to 400 percent of the FPL, without
any change in other forms of cost
sharing, any reduction in the maximum
annual limitation on cost sharing will
cause an increase in AV that exceeds the
maximum 70 percent level set in the
statute. In the Market Stabilization Rule,
we analyzed the effect of reducing the
maximum annual limitation on cost
sharing based on how we calculated the
2018 reduced maximum annual
limitation on cost sharing. We stated
that we were not certain what the AV
spread of plan designs will be under the
finalized policy, whether issuers will in
fact reduce the AVs of their base silver
plans to the lower end of the de minimis
range, and whether issuers will retain
plan designs above the 70 percent AV
range and that we would monitor 2018
standard silver plan designs. As a result,
we did not propose to reduce the
maximum annual limitation on cost
sharing for individuals with household
incomes between 250 and 400 percent
FPL.85
We note that for 2019, as described in
§ 156.135(d), States are permitted to
submit for approval by HHS Statespecific datasets for use as the standard
population to calculate AV.86 No State
submitted a dataset by the September 1,
2017 deadline.
TABLE 10—REDUCTIONS IN MAXIMUM ANNUAL LIMITATION ON COST SHARING FOR 2019
Reduced maximum
annual limitation
on cost sharing
for self-only
coverage for 2019
Eligibility category
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Individuals eligible for cost-sharing reductions under § 155.305(g)(2)(i) (that is, 100–150 percent of FPL) .............................................................................................................................
Individuals eligible for cost-sharing reductions under § 155.305(g)(2)(ii) (that is, 150–200 percent of FPL) .............................................................................................................................
Individuals eligible for cost-sharing reductions under § 155.305(g)(2)(iii) (that is, 200–250 percent of FPL) .............................................................................................................................
Reduced maximum
annual limitation on
cost sharing
for other than
self-only coverage
for 2019
$2,600
$5,200
2,600
5,200
6,300
12,600
Comment: Several commenters
objected to reducing the maximum
annual limitation on cost sharing by
only one-fifth for enrollees with 200–
250 percent FPL, calling the resulting
reduced maximum annual limitation on
cost sharing about 28 percent of income
in this category and too high for most
consumers. Commenters asked HHS to
revise its test plan, with one commenter
saying it does not reflect shifts in plan
network type and structure and, as a
result, hurts enrollees in this income
level.
Response: When developing our test
plan, we generally try to match features
of actual 2018 plans submitted for
certification. We understand State-byState plans may differ from the HHS test
plans and we will continue to apply
statutory reductions in maximum
annual limitation on cost sharing to
plans that most accurately represent
those submitted for certification.
85 2014 Payment Notice, 78 FR at 15481; Market
Stabilization Rule. 82 FR at 18370–18371.
86 The annual deadline for submitting State
specific data for the AV Calculator was announced
August 15, 2014. See https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/
Resources/Regulations-and-Guidance/Downloads/
final-state-avc-guidance.pdf.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00095
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17024
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Comment: One commenter cautioned
HHS against introducing a new plan
variation for enrollees with incomes
between 250–400 percent FPL in the
absence of Federal payments to issuers
for cost-sharing reductions, stating that
additional requirements to provide
reduced cost sharing would cause
issuers to increase premium for all
enrollees, and disproportionately hurt
those not eligible for any or all
subsidies.
Response: We share the commenter’s
concern that additional reductions for
some enrollees could result in higher
charges for others without other
changes. We will continue to monitor
plan AV and benefit design for impact
on premiums and out-of-pocket costs.
f. Application to Stand-Alone Dental
Plans Inside the Exchange (§ 156.150)
Section 1302(d)(2) of the PPACA
directs the Secretary to issue regulations
on the calculation of AV and its
application to the levels of coverage. In
the 2013 EHB Rule, HHS finalized the
requirements for the calculation of AV
for stand-alone dental plans.
Specifically, § 156.150 directs SADPs to
cover the pediatric dental EHB at one of
two AV levels, within an allowable de
minimis variation of +/¥ 2 percentage
points.
We proposed to remove the
requirement under § 156.150(b) for
SADP issuers to meet the low (70
percent +/¥ 2 percentage points) or
high (85 percent +/¥ 2 percentage
points) AV level. We are finalizing the
elimination of the requirement that
SADP issuers offer EHBs at the low or
high levels of coverage. The PPACA
does not specifically require SADP
issuers to offer coverage at the high or
low levels of AV. Removing the AV
level requirement will give SADP
issuers the opportunity to offer more
flexible plan designs to consumers. In
previous comments, SADP issuers had
noted that it is difficult to meet the low
AV requirement and offer preventive
care without cost sharing, to which
consumers are accustomed in the large
group market. Issuers could offer SADPs
at varying premiums and levels of
coverage, so long as they continue to
offer the pediatric dental EHB and meet
the annual limitations on cost sharing.
We believe that this will allow
consumers to select from a greater
variety of plans and find one that is
more likely to meet their specific needs.
We are not finalizing the elimination
of the requirement that SADP issuers
certify their plans’ level of coverage of
EHB, as proposed. We will no longer
require certification of the level of
coverage since SADPs will no longer be
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
required to be offered at certain levels
of coverage. However, HHS will
continue to require certification by a
member of the American Academy of
Actuaries of the AV of the SADPs’
coverage of EHB. HHS will consider
ways to use the certified AV to provide
consumers with additional information
to assist in plan selection.
Comment: Several commenters
opposed the proposal. They expressed
concern that the removal of AV
requirements for EHB would allow
SADP issuers to offer plans with little
value, and that consumers would have
difficulty comparing SADPs. Several
commenters requested that HHS
establish a minimum AV of 70 percent
for EHB covered by SADPs, and that the
level of coverage of EHB of an SADP be
displayed to consumers when they
choose plans.
Several commenters supported the
proposal. They expected the proposal to
result in greater plan choice for
consumers. Some also expected SADPs
to have greater ability to maintain
similar cost sharing from year to year,
since SADP issuers would not be
required to alter their plans to meet a
particular level of coverage. One
commenter observed that AV for
pediatric EHB is a poor indicator of plan
value for SADPs, since most SADP
enrollees are adults. Some commenters
requested that HHS implement
consumer support tools to aid
consumers in choosing among SADPs.
Response: In order to facilitate the
implementation of consumer support
tools related to SADPs in the future, we
are not finalizing the elimination of the
requirement that SADPs’ AV for EHB be
certified by a member of the American
Academy of Actuaries. Further, we are
codifying an operational requirement
that such certification be reported to the
Exchange, which issuers of SADPs have
already been fulfilling, as part of the
QHP certification process.
We believe consumers benefit when
they have a range of plan choices,
including some plans with lower
premiums and a lower AV. All SADPs
will continue to be required to cover the
pediatric dental EHB and to limit
annual cost sharing on EHB. We expect
many SADPs with AVs at and above 70
percent will remain available to
consumers, even without a minimum
AV standard, because SADPs often
provide preventive services without cost
sharing. While we acknowledge that
removing AV standards will make plan
comparison more difficult for some
consumers, we note that standardized
levels of coverage of pediatric dental
EHB are not a useful plan comparison
tool for the large share of SADP
PO 00000
Frm 00096
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
enrollees who are adults. HHS will
consider ways to provide consumers
with additional information to assist in
comparison and selection of SADPs.
Comment: Some commenters
questioned whether an SADP with a
different AV from one year to the next
would be considered the same plan for
the purposes of guaranteed renewability
or plan crosswalk.
Response: We note that guaranteed
renewability requirements at 45 CFR
147.106 generally do not apply to
SADPs because they are excepted
benefit plans. HHS plans to develop a
plan crosswalk hierarchy for Exchanges
that use the Federal eligibility and
enrollment platform that does not rely
on SADPs being offered at either a high
or low level of coverage.
3. Qualified Health Plan Minimum
Certification Standards
a. Qualified Health Plan Certification
(Subpart C)
HHS is committed to recognizing
States’ role as the primary regulator of
their insurance markets, and has made
a number of recent changes in the QHP
certification process to promote this
role, and to limit duplicative oversight
over issuers. Previously, in the
Guidance to States on Review of
Qualified Health Plan Certification
Standards in Federally-facilitated
Marketplaces for Plan Years 2018 and
Later,87 released on April 13, 2017, we
outlined areas where, starting in plan
year 2018, HHS began relying on State
reviews of QHP certification standards
for States with FFEs, including States
with FFEs that perform plan
management functions in partnership
with HHS. We made these changes to
streamline the QHP certification process
and avoid duplicative Federal and State
efforts. In that guidance, we provided
that in FFE States that do not perform
plan management functions, HHS will
continue to review QHP data, but will
rely on State review for licensure and
good standing standards required at
§ 156.200(b)(4), and for network
adequacy standards required at
§ 156.230. For FFEs in States performing
plan management functions, HHS will
continue to rely on State plan data
review for QHP certification standards,
including for service area and
prescription drug formulary outliers and
non-discrimination in cost sharing. We
stated that we will continue to review
plan data relating to Federal funds or
plan display on HealthCare.gov, such as
cost-sharing reductions structures, data
87 https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/
Regulations-and-Guidance/Downloads/QHPCertifcation-Reviews-Guidance-41317.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
integrity, and plan crosswalks to
implement annual re-enrollment at
§ 155.335(j). In the proposed rule, we
reaffirmed this approach, and did not
propose changes to this guidance.
To further streamline QHP
certification by avoiding duplicative
reviews, we also previously announced
in the QHP Rate Outlier Analysis for
Plan Year 2018 and Beyond 88 that we
would rely on States to identify rate
outliers for purposes of QHP
certification,89 except for those States
that do not have an Effective Rate
Review Program. These changes were
intended to allow States and issuers
greater flexibility in facilitating the
certification of plans best suited to their
markets, while avoiding duplicative
State and Federal activities. We did not
propose any changes to the approach
described in this guidance.
In the Market Stabilization final rule,
HHS also finalized several standards to
affirm the traditional role of States in
overseeing their health insurance
markets while reducing the regulatory
burden of participating in Exchanges for
issuers for the 2018 plan year.
In the proposed rule, we continued
these efforts to enhance States’ role in
the QHP certification process. We
proposed to continue to enhance the
State flexibilities in QHP certification
that began for plan year 2018 by
identifying additional areas where
States are already performing reviews
that are duplicative of the Federal QHP
certification process and incorporating
these reviews into the QHP certification
process. In addition to empowering
States, we believed these proposals
would reduce issuer burden.
We proposed to extend for the 2019
benefit year and beyond policies related
to QHP certification standards for
network adequacy (§ 156.230) and
essential community providers
(§ 156.235) that we had finalized in the
Market Stabilization final rule for only
plan year 2018. Specifically, with
respect to network adequacy, we
proposed to rely on the States’ reviews
in States in which an FFE is operating,
provided the State has a sufficient
network adequacy review process. For
the 2019 benefit year and beyond, we
proposed to defer to the States’ reviews
in States with the authority to enforce
88 https://www.regtap.info/uploads/library/QHP_
RateOutlier_FAQ_5CR_071017.pdf.
89 This review generally identifies rates that are
relatively low compared to other QHP rates in the
same rating area. The identification of a QHP rate
as an outlier does not necessarily indicate
inappropriate rate development; instead, this
information helps inform the determination of
whether certifying the QHP to be offered on the
Exchange would be in the interest of consumers.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
standards that are at least equal to the
‘‘reasonable access standard’’ defined in
§ 156.230 and means to assess issuer
network adequacy. In States that do not
have the authority and means to
conduct sufficient network adequacy
reviews, we proposed for the 2019
benefit year and beyond to rely on an
issuer’s accreditation (commercial,
Medicaid, or Exchange) from an HHSrecognized accrediting entity, which we
proposed would include the three
accrediting entities HHS has previously
recognized for the accreditation of
QHPs: The National Committee for
Quality Assurance, URAC, and
Accreditation Association for
Ambulatory Health Care.90
Unaccredited issuers would be required
to submit an access plan as part of the
QHP application. To show that the
QHP’s network meets the requirement
in § 156.230(a)(2), the access plan would
need to demonstrate that an issuer has
standards and procedures in place to
maintain an adequate network
consistent with the National Association
of Insurance Commissioners’ Health
Benefit Plan Network Access and
Adequacy Model Act (the Model Act is
available at https://www.naic.org/store/
free/MDL-74.pdf). We proposed to
further coordinate with States to
monitor network adequacy, for example,
through complaint tracking.
With respect to QHP certification
review for the essential community
provider (ECP) standard, we proposed
for the 2019 benefit year and beyond
that we would continue to allow issuers
to use the ECP write-in process to
identify ECPs that are not on the HHS
list of available ECPs and would
maintain the 20 percent ECP standard.
We believe this standard will
substantially reduce the regulatory
burden on issuers while preserving
adequate access to care provided by
ECPs. As in previous years, if an issuer’s
application does not satisfy the ECP
standard, the issuer would be required
to include as part of its application for
QHP certification a satisfactory narrative
justification describing how the issuer’s
provider networks, as presently
constituted, provide an adequate level
of service for low-income and medically
underserved individuals and how the
issuer plans to increase ECP
participation in the issuer’s provider
networks in future years. At a
minimum, such narrative justification
90 Recognition of Entities for the Accreditation of
Qualified Health Plans 77 FR 70163 (November 23,
2012) and Approval of an Application by the
Accreditation Association for Ambulatory Health
Care (AAAHC) To Be a Recognized Accrediting
Entity for the Accreditation of Qualified Health
Plans 78 FR 77470 (December 23, 2013).
PO 00000
Frm 00097
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17025
would include the number of contracts
offered to ECPs for the applicable plan
year; the number of additional contracts
an issuer expects to offer and the
timeframe of those planned
negotiations; the names of the specific
ECPs to which the issuer has offered
contracts that are still pending; and
contingency plans for how the issuer’s
provider network, as currently designed,
will provide adequate care to enrollees
who might otherwise be cared for by
relevant ECP types that are missing from
the issuer’s provider network.
We are finalizing as proposed the
policies for network adequacy
(§ 156.230) and ECPs (§ 156.235).
Comment: Many commenters
supported the network adequacy
proposal, favoring the elimination of
duplicative reviews, while others
opposed the proposal, stating that
States’ and accrediting entities’ review
processes do not do enough to ensure
enrollees have adequate access to
necessary care. We also received many
comments that strongly opposed the
continuation of the 20 percent ECP
standard and urged that HHS return to
the 30 percent ECP standard, expressing
concerns that the lower threshold
requirement will result in access
barriers to care for low-income
consumers.
Response: We are finalizing as
proposed our policies for network
adequacy and ECP, as we believe they
will continue to help stabilize the
markets by reducing regulatory burden
on issuers, while also preserving
adequate access to care, and
streamlining the QHP certification
process. We have relied on State and
accrediting entities for this review in the
past, and believe they provide
appropriate review because both
typically have requirements in place
that specifically address access to
adequate networks. Many States already
address issuer network adequacy in
State-specific regulation. The National
Committee for Quality Assurance
requires accredited plans to create
standards for the number and
geographic distribution of providers and
establish standards regarding the ability
of consumers to access care. Similarly,
URAC requires that plans have proper
methods in place to build, manage, and
evaluate their networks. We will also
continue to monitor enrollee complaints
for access concerns.
For plan years 2019 and later, HHS
proposed to further expand the role of
States in the QHP certification process
for FFEs, including FFEs where the
State performs plan management
functions. Specifically, we proposed to
defer to States for additional review
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17026
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
areas, including accreditation
requirements at § 156.275, compliance
reviews at § 156.715, minimum
geographic area of the plan’s service
area at § 155.1055, and quality
improvement strategy reporting at
§ 156.1130, if feasible and appropriate.
In the proposed rule, we stated that we
believed States currently perform
reviews in these areas that are
duplicative of the Federal reviews for
QHP certification. As a result, we did
not believe this policy would require
States to undertake additional reviews
or change existing reviews to match the
Federal standards for QHPs. We are not
finalizing the proposal to defer to States
for reviews in these four areas.
Comment: Some commenters
supported the proposal to defer the
additional review areas of accreditation,
minimum geographic area of the plan’s
service area, compliance reviews, and
quality improvement strategy reporting
to States for purpose of QHP
certification, while some commenters—
including some States—opposed the
proposal, citing lack of State resources,
insufficient staff, and the possibility of
increased costs.
Response: We are not finalizing as
proposed the deferral to States for the
review of service area; accreditation;
compliance review—which in this
context we interpreted to be review of
an issuer’s organizational chart and
compliance plan; and quality
improvement strategy reporting. Based
on comments received, we understand
that States presently lack resources,
including staffing resources, to conduct
these reviews. We are less concerned
about the potential for Federal reviews
to impose unnecessary additional
burden on issuers, given information
from States and commenters that not all
States currently perform these reviews.
Our proposal was intended to eliminate
duplication in reviews, not to compel
States to take on reviews that they are
not already performing.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
b. QHP Issuer Participation Standards
Section 156.200 sets forth many of the
standards a plan must meet to be
certified as a QHP. We proposed to
amend paragraph (b)(2) to add a cross
reference to proposed § 155.706 to align
with other changes made throughout
this final rule regarding changes to
SHOP. Comments related to the
proposed approach for SHOP are
discussed at the beginning of section
III.D.9 of this rule. We are finalizing the
change as proposed.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
c. Additional Standards Specific to
SHOP for Plan Years Beginning Prior to
January 1, 2018 (§ 156.285)
As discussed in the following section,
we proposed and are finalizing a
modification to the regulatory
requirements regarding additional
standards specific to SHOP for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018 and are introducing those
requirements in a new § 156.286. To
reflect the proposal that the
requirements currently in § 156.285
would apply only for plan years
beginning before January 1, 2018, we
proposed to amend the heading of
§ 156.285 and add paragraph (f), to state
that the section would only apply for
plan years that begin prior to January 1,
2018. We discuss the new standards
applicable for plan years beginning on
or after January 1, 2018 in the following
section. These changes will be effective
on the effective date of the final rule.
Comments related to the proposed
approach for SHOP are discussed at the
beginning of section III.D.9 of this rule;
we are finalizing these policies as
proposed.
d. Additional Standards Specific to
SHOP for Plan Years Beginning on or
After January 1, 2018 (§ 156.286)
As discussed above, we proposed to
make § 156.285, which describes the
requirements on QHP issuers
participating in SHOPs to accept
enrollment and payment information
from a SHOP on behalf of an employer
or enrollee applicable only for plan
years beginning prior to January 1, 2018,
and to modify the additional standards
specific to QHP issuers participating in
SHOPs applicable for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018,
through the introduction of a new
§ 156.286. We proposed that new
§ 156.286 would include only those
standards that have been applicable
under § 156.285 that would continue to
apply to the SHOPs under the proposed
approach discussed earlier in this
preamble, with minor modifications and
clarifications.
We proposed to retain § 156.285(a) as
§ 156.286(a). However, we proposed to
require issuers to accept payment not
only from the SHOP, but from a
qualified employer or enrollee or a
SHOP, to reflect the proposal that a
SHOP would not be required to process
enrollments and payments. We also
proposed not to include the requirement
currently in § 156.285(a)(4)(ii), which
prohibits issuers in FF–SHOPs from
using average enrollee premiums, as the
FF–SHOPs and SBE–FPs for SHOP,
would no longer be involved in
PO 00000
Frm 00098
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
premium payments. For the same
reason, we also proposed a narrower
version of § 156.285(b) as § 156.286(b),
requiring only that issuers adhere to the
enrollment periods and processes
established by the SHOP consistent with
§ 155.726, and establish uniform
enrollment timelines and processes for
qualified employers and group
members. We also proposed in
§ 156.286(c) to include only those
requirements from § 156.285(c) that do
not relate to the payment and
enrollment processes that we have
proposed would no longer be required.
We proposed not to include a
paragraph mirroring paragraph (d) of
§ 156.285. This reflects our proposal to
remove the requirements contained in
current § 155.735, and generally not to
impose coverage related timelines on
issuers of QHPs through the SHOPs for
plans beginning on or after January 1,
2018. We proposed to include a
paragraph mirroring § 155.285(e) as
§ 156.286(d).
Finally, under our proposed and
finalized approach, SHOPs will no
longer be required to provide employee
enrollment functionality. When
enrollments are completed by working
with SHOP issuers or SHOP-registered
agents or brokers, which will be the case
for FF–SHOPs, it may not always be
immediately apparent to the issuer
whether the enrollment is through the
SHOP, and whether it is part of an
employer’s offering a choice of plans. To
ensure that issuers offering QHPs
through a SHOP do so in a manner that
is consistent with our new
interpretation of the SHOP provisions of
the statute, we proposed to add new
paragraphs (e) and (f) in § 156.286.
These will require that QHP issuers
offering a QHP through the SHOP accept
enrollments from groups in accordance
with the employer choice policies
applicable to the SHOP under
§ 155.706(b)(3), that they maintain
processes sufficient to identify whether
a group market enrollment is an
enrollment through the SHOP, and they
maintain records of SHOP enrollments
for a period of 10 years following the
enrollment. Proposed paragraph (f) also
would require issuers to utilize a
uniform enrollment form, as required by
section 1311(c)(1)(F) of the PPACA. As
noted in the preamble to § 155.716, we
intend to update the single employer
application to reflect our changes in
§ 155.731. An issuer will be considered
to satisfy this requirement if it uses that
application form.
Finally, we proposed in paragraph (g)
to state that the requirements contained
within § 156.286 are only applicable for
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
plan years beginning on or after January
1, 2018.
We are finalizing these policies as
proposed, with a minor change to
§ 156.286(a)(1) to reflect that SBEs can
continue operating their SHOPs under
current practices. These changes are
effective as of the effective date of this
rule.
Comment: We received a comment
that requested clarification on the issuer
requirements at § 156.286(a)(1),
regarding whether the proposal
precluded State Exchanges from
directing issuers offering QHPs in their
SHOPs to accept payments only from
the SHOP.
Response: State Exchanges that do not
take advantage of the flexibilities
described above for their SHOPs are
encouraged to continue operating in a
manner consistent with § 156.285, or in
a way that best meets the needs of their
small group market. The requirements
in § 156.286(a)(1) represent minimum
SHOP requirements for issuers that
would apply to all SHOPs, including
those that take advantage of the
flexibilities provided for by this final
rule, like the FF–SHOPs. We did not
intend that the leaner approach to SHOP
prohibit State Exchanges from requiring
QHP issuers in their SHOPs from
accepting payments on behalf of a
qualified employer or enrollee from
sources other than the SHOP, as the FF–
SHOPs had previously done. We have
clarified the regulatory text accordingly.
e. Meaningful Difference Standard for
Qualified Health Plans in the FederallyFacilitated Exchanges (§ 156.298)
We proposed to remove § 156.298 to
eliminate meaningful difference
standards for QHPs offered through an
FFE or SBE–FP. Under this standard, in
order to be certified as a QHP, a plan
must be meaningfully different from all
other QHPs offered by the same issuer
of that plan within a service area and
level of coverage in the Exchange. As
defined in § 156.298(b), QHPs are
considered meaningfully different from
other plans if a reasonable consumer
would be able to identify one or more
material differences among five key
characteristics between the plan and
other plans to be offered by the same
issuer.
This meaningful difference standard
was implemented to make it easier for
consumers to understand differences
between plans, and choose the right
plan option for them. However, with
fewer issuers participating in the
Exchange, and fewer plans for
consumers to choose from, we proposed
to remove these standards, as we no
longer believe the requirement is
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
necessary. We believe removing the
meaningful difference standard would
encourage plan design innovation, by
providing more flexibility to issuers in
designing plans, and thus increase plan
offerings and choice for consumers.
We are finalizing this policy as
proposed.
Comment: While some commenters
supported removing the meaningful
difference standard, several commenters
opposed removing it, stating that the
standard helps consumers avoid
confusion and improves the consumer
shopping experience. Some commenters
stated that removing the standard would
decrease the comparative value of the
data and increase the probability of
duplicative QHP offerings, with one
commenter stating that removing the
standard would encourage a
proliferation of plans. One commenter
stated that removing the standard could
lead to benefit designs aimed to attract
healthy enrollees and repel sick
enrollees. One commenter
recommended that we provide an
exception to the meaningful difference
standard in cases where a comparison is
not feasible, while maintaining the
requirement in cases where
comparisons are feasible. One
commenter supported removing the
standard as long as certain conditions
outside the scope of this rule were met.
Response: We believe that removing
the meaningful difference standard will
not substantially increase the number of
materially similar plans from the same
issuer. Plan selection tools provide
consumers with information to
distinguish between plans and see
similarities or differences. With fewer
plans on the Exchanges than in prior
years, we believe removing this
standard will encourage innovation and
increase plan offerings and choice for
consumers, the benefits of which would
outweigh any potential confusion.
f. Other Considerations
We sought comment on ways in
which HHS can foster market-driven
programs that can improve the
management and costs of care and that
provide consumers with quality, personcentered coverage. As we stated in the
2017 and 2018 Payment Notices, we
believe that innovative issuer, provider,
Exchange, and local programs or
strategies can successfully promote and
manage care, in a manner that
contributes to better health outcomes
and lower rates while creating
important differentiation opportunities
for market participants. We sought
comment on ways in which we can
facilitate such innovation, and in
particular on whether there are
PO 00000
Frm 00099
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17027
regulations or policies in place that we
should modify in order to better meet
the goals of affordability, quality, and
access to care.
We also sought comment on how we
may encourage value-based insurance
design within the individual and small
group markets and ways to support
issuers in using cost sharing to
incentivize more cost-effective enrollee
behavior and higher quality health
outcomes, in accordance with section
2713(c) of the PHS Act. Currently, under
our rules, issuers have considerable
discretion in the design of cost-sharing
structures, subject to certain statutory
AV requirements, non-discrimination
laws and rules,91 and other applicable
law, such as MHPAEA.
We would like to encourage issuers to
offer HDHPs that can be paired with a
health savings account (HSA) as a cost
effective option for enrollees. While the
proportion of available HSA-eligible
HDHPs has been stable in the FFEs, the
percentage of enrollees in HDHPs has
decreased slightly over the last 3 years
as there are certain technical barriers for
issuers in offering HDHPs.92 We are
particularly interested in exploring how
to use plan display options on
HealthCare.gov to promote the
availability of HDHPs to applicants, and
sought comment on how best to do so.
We are also interested in value-based
insurance designs that focus on cost
effective drug tiering structures; address
overused, higher cost health services;
provide innovative network design that
incentivizes enrollees to use higher
quality care; and promote use of
preventive care and wellness services.
We solicited comments on how HHS
can better encourage these types of plan
designs, and whether any existing
regulatory provisions or practices
discourage such designs.
Comment: Many commenters
supported HHS exploring ways to
encourage innovation and value-based
insurance design. There was general
support for HHS to drive towards
improved health outcomes and efficient
health care delivery. Commenters noted
that issuers should be encouraged to
91 We note that issuers are also subject to Federal
civil rights laws, including Title VI of the Civil
Rights Act, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act,
the Age Discrimination Act, section 1557 of the
Affordable Care Act, and conscience and religious
freedom laws.
92 For instance, the maximum annual limitation
on cost sharing established at section 1302(c) of the
PPACA is increasing at a faster rate than the
maximum out of pocket cost limits for HDHPs
under section 223 of the Code. Therefore, a plan
that utilizes the maximum annual limitation on cost
sharing under the PPACA would not meet the
requirements to be an HDHP under the Code that
could be paired with an HSA.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
17028
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
engage in value-based insurance design
that utilizes clinical effectiveness
research and drives consumers to
efficient high quality providers.
Commenters questioned how services
would be deemed high-value and
cautioned against disincentivizing
consumers from seeking preventive and
wellness care, and care for chronic
conditions. Commenters suggested that
HHS seek public comment on services
that are high value or leverage data from
comparative effectiveness research to
identify low-value services.
Commenters generally supported
increasing transparency of health
information, but cautioned that
consumers would need education and
tools in order to make information
useful. Some requested that additional
information be incorporated into
HealthCare.gov, plan selection tools, the
Summary of Benefits and Coverage, or
the out-of-pocket estimator tool.
Others suggested that specific
alternative payment options be
allowable, such as reference pricing or
allowing issuers the flexibility to apply
the annual limitation on cost sharing to
accumulate differently in tiered
networks.
Comments were mixed regarding
HSA-eligible HDHPs. Many commenters
cautioned that HDHPs do not meet the
needs of low-income consumers and
urged that HHS provide appropriate
explanations and ensure there are
consumer protections to make sure
consumers make appropriate plan
selections. Others noted that
HealthCare.gov should provide more
information on how to use HDHPs and
how to set up HSAs. Others commented
that promoting HDHPs would require
training of Navigators and call center
staff to handle additional questions.
Some noted that HealthCare.gov support
should not answer questions more
appropriate for HSA custodians.
Commenters noted the statutory and
regulatory issues with offering HSAeligible HDHPs on Exchanges, including
the misalignment of annual limitations
on cost sharing between the PPACA and
the Code. Others requested that the IRS
expand preventive care safe harbors
under section 223(c)(2)(C) of the Code to
include services and benefits related to
the management of chronic conditions
and medications.
One commenter suggested that HHS
provide subsidies in the form of HSA
contributions instead of cost-sharing
reductions. Other commenters offered
additional responses related to drug
pricing, encouraging HHS to prioritize
the transparency of drug pricing in
general, and other health care costs.
Others noted that with the removal of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
standardized options, HHS should
consider other ways to incentivize
issuers to offer at least some QHPs with
prescription drugs not subject to the
deductible. Other commenters noted
specific examples where issuers were
waiving cost sharing for high value
prescription drugs, such as those to treat
high blood pressure. Others suggested
that drug rebates could be available to
consumers at the point of sale.
Additional commenters expressed
concerns about changes to the 340B
drug discount program.
Response: We appreciate these
comments and will take them under
consideration. We note that the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
jurisdiction over HSAs and HSA-eligible
HDHPs under section 223 of the Code.
4. Standards for Downstream and
Delegated Entities (§ 156.340)
Section 156.340 sets forth the
responsibilities of a QHP issuer and its
applicable downstream entities. We
proposed to amend paragraph (a)(2) to
add a cross reference to proposed
§ 155.706 to align with other changes
made throughout this rule regarding
SHOP. Comments related to the
proposed approach for SHOP are
discussed at the beginning of section
III.D.9 of this rule.
We are finalizing the change as
proposed.
5. Eligibility and Enrollment Standards
for Qualified Health Plan Issuers on
State-Based Exchanges on the Federal
Platform (§ 156.350)
Section 156.350 describes the
eligibility and enrollment standards for
issuers that offer QHP coverage in the
SBE–FPs. Currently, § 156.350(a)(1) and
(2) state that for a QHP issuer to
participate in an SBE–FP for SHOP, it
must comply with the requirements at
§ 156.285(a)(4)(ii) and § 156.285(c)(5)
and (c)(8)(iii), respectively. However, as
discussed elsewhere in this final rule, to
align with our proposal regarding the
SHOPs, we proposed, and are finalizing,
that these referenced requirements at
§ 156.285 would not be applicable for
plan years beginning on or after January
1, 2018, effective on the effective date of
this rule. Therefore, we proposed to
amend § 156.350(a)(1) and (a)(2) to
specify that they only apply through
plan years beginning prior to January 1,
2018.
Comments related to the proposed
approach for SHOP are discussed at the
beginning of section III.D.9 of this rule.
We are finalizing the changes as
proposed.
PO 00000
Frm 00100
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
6. Minimum Essential Coverage
a. Other Coverage That Qualifies as
Minimum Essential Coverage
(§ 156.602)
A CHIP program is a type of
government-sponsored coverage,
defined under title XXI of the Act that
provides low-cost health coverage to
children in low-income families that do
not otherwise have health coverage.
States may be eligible to receive Federal
funds to initiate and expand such
programs. A CHIP buy-in program, a
‘‘full pay’’ option where a covered
family pays the full premium typically
without any Federal or State assistance,
often provides similar or identical
benefits as the State’s CHIP program
under title XXI of the Act (the title XXI
CHIP program) for children in families
that do not financially qualify for the
title XXI CHIP program.93 We proposed
to amend § 156.602 to specifically
designate as MEC CHIP buy-in programs
that provide identical coverage to that
title XXI CHIP program pursuant to the
Secretary’s authority under section
5000A(f)(1)(E) of the Code. We sought
comment on whether CHIP buy-in
programs that provide greater coverage
than the title XXI CHIP program should
be categorically designated as MEC.
Finally, we sought comment on whether
other types of government-sponsored
buy-in programs, such as Medicaid buyin programs, should be categorically
designated as MEC. We are not
finalizing the policy to categorically
designate as MEC CHIP buy-in programs
that provide identical or greater
coverage to the title XXI CHIP program.
Comment: Some commenters
supported categorically designating as
MEC CHIP buy-in programs that provide
identical or greater coverage to the title
XXI CHIP program because the
categorical designation would drive
down premiums and out-of-pocket costs
for full-pay families, as well as
eliminate deductibles. In addition, the
change would permit consumers to
move between the title XXI CHIP
program and CHIP buy-in programs
without experiencing a change in
benefits. Other commenters expressed
concern that a categorical designation
would prevent HHS from verifying that
the benefits of a CHIP buy-in program
are identical to the title XXI CHIP
program which could lead to adverse
selection in the individual market or
erosion of CHIP benefits.
93 Under IRS Notice 2015–37, individuals who
may enroll in a CHIP buy-in program designated as
MEC are eligible for MEC under the CHIP buy-in
program for purposes of the premium tax credit
under section 36B of the Code only if they are
enrolled in the program.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Response: Following the publication
of the proposed rule, Congress
designated qualified CHIP look-alike
plans as MEC. Section
5000A(f)(1)(A)(iii) of the Code, as
amended by section 3002(g)(2)(A) of the
HEALTHY KIDS Act, specifically
designates CHIP look-alike plans as
MEC. Section 2107 of the Social
Security Act, as amended by section
3002(g)(1) of the HEALTHY KIDS Act,
defines a CHIP look-alike plan as a CHIP
buy-in program that provides ‘‘benefits
that are at least identical to the benefits
provided’’ by the title XXI CHIP
program.94 Therefore, we are not
finalizing the proposed changes to
§ 156.602 since CHIP look-alike plans
are now statutorily designated as MEC.
However, because the amendment
does not designate all CHIP buy-in
programs as MEC, we recognize that
States and enrollees may have questions
regarding whether a particular State’s
CHIP buy-in program is MEC. To
provide States and enrollees with
certainty as to whether their coverage
constitutes MEC, States will have the
option to verify with HHS that their
CHIP buy-in program meets the
definition of a CHIP look-alike plan. A
State may verify that a CHIP buy-in
program is a qualified CHIP look-alike
plan by submitting documentation to
HHS via the Health Insurance Oversight
System (HIOS) (as described in section
V of the October 31, 2013 Insurance
Bulletin 95) that provides a detailed
summary of the coverage provided by
the CHIP buy-in program and the title
XXI CHIP program. Upon review and
comparison of the coverage, if HHS
determines that the CHIP buy-in
program provides at least the same
coverage as the title XXI CHIP program,
then HHS will confirm that the CHIP
buy-in program is a CHIP look-alike
plan. If HHS determines that the CHIP
buy-in program does not provide at least
the same coverage as the title XXI CHIP
program, then the plan sponsor may
work with HHS to modify the CHIP buyin program to offer at least the same
coverage as the title XXI CHIP program.
In the alternative, the plan sponsor may
apply for MEC recognition through the
process outlined in § 156.604 under
which HHS will evaluate whether the
CHIP buy-in program complies with
94 Extension of Continuing Appropriations Act,
2018; HEALTHY KIDS Act; Federal Register
Printing Savings Act of 2017, Public Law 115–120,
101 (2018).
95 See CCIIO Sub-regulatory Guidance: Process for
Obtaining Recognition as Minimum Essential
Coverage (October 31, 2013). Available at https://
www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/Regulations-andGuidance/Downloads/mec-guidance-10-312013.pdf.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
‘‘substantially all’’ of the provisions of
title I of the PPACA that apply to nongrandfathered individual health
insurance coverage.
CHIP buy-in plans that are not CHIP
look-alike plans may also continue to
receive MEC recognition through the
MEC application process if the State can
demonstrate that the coverage meets
substantially all the requirements of title
I of the PPACA pertaining to nongrandfathered, individual health
insurance coverage.
Comment: One commenter stated that
States should have the flexibility to offer
a Medicaid buy-in program in an effort
to stabilize the market and increase
competition.
Response: While we are not finalizing
that Medicaid buy-in programs are
designated as MEC, HHS invites all
States to apply for their Medicaid buyin programs to be recognized as MEC in
the process outlined in § 156.604.
b. Requirements for Recognition as
Minimum Essential Coverage for Types
of Coverage Not Otherwise Designated
Minimum Essential Coverage in the
Statute or This Subpart (§ 156.604)
Under § 156.604, the Secretary may
recognize coverage as MEC provided
HHS determines that the plan meets
substantially all the requirements of title
I of the PPACA pertaining to nongrandfathered, individual health
insurance coverage (the ‘‘substantially
all’’ standard). In the proposed rule, we
sought comment on whether HHS
should create a new standard of review
under which CHIP buy-in programs
must ‘‘substantially resemble’’ the title
XXI CHIP program under title XXI to
qualify as MEC under § 156.604. We are
not finalizing a substantially resemble
standard of review.
Comment: One commenter stated that
the ‘‘substantially resemble’’ standard is
more meaningful to State CHIP
administrators than the ‘‘substantially
all’’ standard and would allow for more
reasonable evaluation by HHS of each
individual buy-in program. Some
commenters stated the ‘‘substantially
resemble’’ standard must be better
defined and delineated to provide clear
guidelines on what constitutes a
qualifying buy-in program. The
commenters stated that, without clarity,
there would be confusion and States
could be more arbitrary in their
decision-making for the scope of
benefits. Other commenters stated that
the CHIP buy-in programs should be
subject to the ‘‘substantially all’’
standard that applies to other MEC
applicants. To provide a lesser standard
to CHIP buy-in programs could result in
PO 00000
Frm 00101
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17029
fewer benefits for the children in those
programs.
Response: After reviewing these
comments, we agree that it is important
for HHS to provide clear standards of
review for the MEC application process
and to ensure that enrollees in these
programs obtain benefits that are similar
to the benefits in PPACA compliant
coverage. We are not finalizing a
‘‘substantially resemble’’ standard. As
described in the previous section,
section 5000A(f)(1)(A)(iii) of the Code,
as amended by section 3002(g)(2)(A) of
the HEALTHY KIDS Act, specifically
designates CHIP buy-in programs that
provide benefits that are at least
identical to the benefits provided by the
title XXI CHIP program as MEC. CHIP
buy-in programs that do not provide
identical or greater benefits than what is
provided in the State’s title XXI program
will be subject to the ‘‘substantially all’’
standard for MEC recognition.
7. Quality Rating System (§ 156.1120)
We recognize that social risk factors
play a major role in health, and one of
our core objectives is to improve
patients’ outcomes including reducing
health disparities. In addition, we seek
to ensure that the quality of care
furnished by providers and health plans
is assessed as fairly and accurately as
possible under HHS quality reporting
programs, including the Quality Rating
System established under section
1311(c)(3) of the PPACA, while helping
to ensure that individuals and
populations receive high quality,
person-centered care. In response to
several comments we received from the
Request for Information, we continue to
assess ways to reduce burden and
promote State flexibility in the
implementation of all statutorily
required Exchange quality programs,
including the Quality Rating System,
and we continue to prioritize strategies
to improve the value for consumers. We
received many comments as part of the
annual Quality Rating System Call
Letter process in response to our request
for public comment on whether we
should account for social risk factors in
the Quality Rating System, which
provides quality ratings (or star ratings
from 1 to 5 stars) that account for
member experience, medical care and
health plan administration for QHPs,
offered through an Exchange. We did
not propose amendments to the Quality
Rating System regulations in the
proposed rule.
We sought comment as part of this
rulemaking on types of social risk
factors that may be most appropriate, as
well as the methods to account for
social risk factors for QHP issuer quality
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
17030
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
reporting. Examples of social risk factors
include: Low income subsidy; race and
ethnicity; and geographic area of
residence. Approaches to account for
social risk factors include stratifying
measure scores or risk adjustment of a
particular measure. We sought comment
on which social risk factors could be
used alone or in combination, current
data sources where this information
would be available, and whether other
data should be collected to better
capture the effects of social risk.
Comment: Although many
commenters expressed that accounting
for social risk factors in measuring
performance is contentious and
challenging, there was overall support
for the need to address socioeconomic
factors that can affect quality in
reporting of quality data and for CMS to
closely monitor the ongoing work of the
Office of the Assistant Secretary for
Planning and Evaluation and the
National Quality Forum regarding
socioeconomic status in health
outcomes and quality. Commenters
encouraged HHS to increase
opportunities for collaboration across all
HHS quality rating programs, including
the Exchange Quality Rating System,
Medicare Advantage and Medicaid
health plans and provided some
recommendations on methods of
accounting for social risk factors in the
Quality Rating System. Some
commenters did not support adjusting
for socioeconomic status because they
believe that could be counter-productive
and potentially signal an expectation,
even acceptance, of lower outcomes for
financially disadvantaged consumers.
Commenters provided examples of
types of social risk factors and
combination of factors that would most
appropriately account for QHP issuer
quality reporting and clarified which
data is readily collected by Exchanges.
The types of social risk factors
mentioned included patient level data
about race and ethnicity; income level;
preferred language; disability status;
sexual orientation and gender identity;
psychological and behavioral status;
alcohol and tobacco use; residential
address; low-income subsidy eligibility
status; and per the recommendations of
the National Academies of Sciences,
Engineering, and Medicine: Health and
Medicine Division,96 the systematic
collection of data in the following
domains: Depression, education,
financial resource strain, intimate
partner violence, physical activity,
96 IOM (Institute of Medicine). 2014. Capturing
social and behavioral domains and measures in
electronic health records: Phase 2. Washington, DC:
The National Academies Press. https://
www.nap.edu/read/18951/chapter/1.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
social connections and social isolation,
stress, housing status, insurance status,
employment, transportation,
incarceration and refugee status.
Commenters also provided support for
stratifying measure data and not risk
adjusting the Quality Rating System for
social risk factors, to help plans identify
and distinguish efforts to improve
quality from efforts to reduce
disparities. Commenters stated that
stratifying measure results by
socioeconomic status of patients within
affected measures would highlight
disparities, showing plans which
subpopulations among their enrollees
most need targeted quality improvement
efforts.
Response: We appreciate the
comments, and will take them under
consideration as we continue to assess
the appropriateness and feasibility of
accounting for social risk factors in the
Quality Rating System. We will
continue to collaborate with the Office
of the Assistant Secretary for Planning
and Evaluation, the National Quality
Forum, and with issuer, provider, and
enrollee stakeholders to assess methods
for the collection and application of
social risk factor information for future
years of the Quality Rating System
program.
8. Direct Enrollment With the QHP
Issuer in a Manner Considered To Be
Through the Exchange (§ 156.1230)
We proposed to amend paragraph
(b)(2) of § 156.1230 to conform with the
proposed amendments to § 155.221. The
change requires that, prior to a QHP
issuer’s internet website being used to
complete a QHP selection, the QHP
issuer must engage a third-party entity
in accordance with § 155.221 to
demonstrate operational readiness and
compliance with applicable
requirements. For a discussion of the
provisions of this final rule related to
third-party entities performing
operational readiness reviews, please
see the preamble to § 155.221. We are
finalizing the amendments to § 156.1230
as proposed.
Comment: One commenter requested
clarification on whether the proposed
§ 156.1230(b)(2) is meant to apply only
when an Exchange delegates the
enrollment function to plans operating
in the individual market.
Response: No FFE has delegated the
enrollment function to plans operating
in the individual market.
Notwithstanding this, § 156.1230(b)
permits QHPs in FFEs to directly enroll
individual market applicants in a
manner that is considered through the
Exchange, to the extent permitted by
applicable State law. Paragraph (b)(2)
PO 00000
Frm 00102
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
applies in all circumstances where an
issuer participating in an FFE performs
such a direct enrollment. A QHP issuer
participating in an SBE–FP may also,
under § 156.350, directly enroll
applicants, and must comply with the
requirements in § 156.1230(b)(2) as if it
were an issuer of QHPs on an FFE when
using the direct enrollment pathway.
F. Part 157—Employer Interactions With
Exchanges and SHOP Participation
1. Qualified Employer Participation
Process in a SHOP for Plan Years
Beginning Prior to January 1, 2018
(§ 157.205)
As discussed in the following section,
we proposed to modify the regulatory
requirements regarding the qualified
employer participation process in a
SHOP for plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018 and to introduce
those requirements in a new § 157.206.
To reflect the proposal that the
requirements currently in § 157.205
would apply only for plan years
beginning before January 1, 2018, we
proposed to amend the heading of
§ 157.205 and add paragraph (h), to state
that the section would apply only for
plan years that begin prior to January 1,
2018.
Comments related to the proposed
approach for SHOP are discussed at the
beginning of section III.D.9 of this rule.
We are finalizing these policies as
proposed. These changes will be
effective on the effective date of this
rule.
2. Qualified Employer Participation
Process in a SHOP for Plan Years
Beginning on or After January 1, 2018
(§ 157.206)
Section 157.205 describes
requirements for participating SHOP
employers. To reflect the proposal to
allow SHOPs to operate in a leaner
fashion, we proposed several changes to
the requirements related to qualified
employer participation process in a
SHOP for plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018, and proposed to
introduce these requirements in
§ 157.206. With the exception of the
proposed changes to the process
described here, the process will remain
the same as in § 157.205. The proposals
described in this section will be
effective on the effective date of the
final rule.
Paragraph (d) of § 157.205 requires a
qualified employer to submit any
contribution towards the premiums of
any qualified employee according to the
standards and processes described in
§ 155.705. Because we proposed that the
requirements in § 155.705 regarding
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
employer contribution methods will not
apply for plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018, we also proposed
that the requirement in § 157.705(d) will
not apply for those plan years.
Paragraph (e)(1) of § 157.205 describes
obligations of qualified employers to
employees hired outside of the initial or
annual open enrollment periods. We
proposed in § 157.206(d) that qualified
employers must provide employees
hired outside of the initial or annual
open enrollment period with
information about the enrollment
process. We proposed that the
requirement in paragraph (e)(1) of
§ 157.705, which requires qualified
employers to provide these employees
with an enrollment period in
accordance with § 155.725(g), would not
be included in § 157.206, as the
requirement in § 155.725(g) will not be
applicable for plan years beginning on
or after January 1, 2018. We also
proposed that the requirement in
§ 157.205(e)(2) to provide information
about the enrollment process in
accordance with § 155.725 would not
apply for plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018 to reflect that the
process provided for in many of the
provisions in § 155.725 will not apply
for those plan years.
We also proposed that the
requirements in § 157.205(f) regarding
the process for notifying the SHOP in
the event the eligibility status of an
employee, or employee’s dependent has
changed would not apply for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018.
Under the approach finalized in this
rule for plan years beginning on or after
January 1, 2018, SHOPs will not be
required to process employee
enrollment, so there will be no reason
for all qualified employers to provide
such information.
Further, we proposed that the
requirement in § 157.205(g) that
qualified employers adhere to the
annual employer election period under
§ 155.725(c) would not apply for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018. Elsewhere, we finalized that the
annual employer election period
provision in § 155.725(c) will not apply
for those plan years, and this change
reflects that removal.
Finally, we proposed in paragraph (e)
of § 157.206 to include new
requirements for qualified employers
reflective of the proposed approach for
SHOPs generally. First, since we
proposed in § 155.716(f) that an
employer’s determination of eligibility
to participate in the SHOP remains valid
until the employer makes a change that
could end its eligibility under
§ 155.710(b), we proposed in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
§ 157.205(e)(1) that employers must
submit a new application to the SHOP
if the employer makes a change that
could end its eligibility under § 155.710
or withdraw from participation in the
SHOP. Second, because under the
changes we have finalized elsewhere in
this rule, SHOPs will not be required to
process group enrollments, and
therefore will not necessarily
communicate with QHP issuers about
employer eligibility determinations, we
proposed to require employers to notify
the QHP issuer of an unfavorable
eligibility determination. However, we
proposed that the employer be required
to provide the notification within 5
business days of the end of any
applicable appeal process under
§ 155.741. Specifically, the end of the
appeal process could occur when the
time to file an appeal lapses without an
appeal being filed, when the appeal is
rejected or dismissed, or when the
appeal process concludes with an
adjudication by the appeals entity, as
applicable. We also proposed in
paragraph (e)(3) to describe the
employer’s obligations regarding loss of
eligibility to participate in a SHOP or
termination of enrollment or coverage
through the SHOP. Given that under the
approach finalized in this rule there will
not necessarily be communication
between the SHOP and a participating
QHP issuer regarding employer
eligibility, enrollment, or terminations,
there may be no way for the SHOP to
notify an issuer in the event an
employer becomes ineligible to
participate in SHOP. Therefore, we
proposed to add paragraph (e)(3) to
require employers to notify an issuer of
a loss of eligibility to participate in
SHOP, or a desire to terminate SHOP
enrollment or coverage.
We proposed in paragraph (f) of
§ 157.205 that the section would apply
for plan years beginning on or after
January 1, 2018, only.
Substantive comments relating to our
proposals regarding SHOP are addressed
in section III.D.9 of this rule, as well as
in the preamble discussing §§ 156.285
and 156.286. We are finalizing new
§ 157.206 as proposed, with minor
changes to paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3).
As noted in the preamble to the SHOP
sections in part 155, State Exchanges are
encouraged to continue to operate their
SHOPs as they do today, or design a
SHOP within the bounds of the
flexibilities being finalized within this
rule. To ensure that SHOPs can
continue to operate as they do today, we
are providing flexibility to employers to
allow them not to notify issuers of
determinations of ineligibility to
participate in the SHOP or their desire
PO 00000
Frm 00103
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17031
to terminate their participation in the
SHOP in cases where the SHOP has
notified the issuer. We are making this
change to recognize that State-based
SHOPs may continue to provide these
notifications, in which case employers
should not be required to provide
duplicative notifications. Section
156.206 will become effective as of the
effective date of the final rule.
G. Part 158—Issuer Use of Premium
Revenue: Reporting and Rebate
Requirements
1. Reporting of Federal and State Taxes
(§ 158.162)
Section 2718 of the PHS Act requires
that Federal and State taxes be reported,
but that such amounts be excluded from
premium revenue when calculating an
issuer’s MLR and accompanying rebates.
However, the statute does not define
what is included in Federal and State
taxes. The MLR December 1, 2010,
interim final rule (75 FR 74864)
interprets this language and broadly
describes Federal and State taxes that
must be reported but are excluded from
premiums in the MLR and rebate
calculations, and Federal and State
taxes that must be reported and are not
excluded from premiums in MLR and
rebate calculations. In order to provide
consistency and clarity for MLR
reporting, HHS amended § 158.162 in
the 2016 Payment Notice (80 FR 10750)
to specify that all issuers must include
employment taxes in earned premiums
and must not deduct such taxes in the
MLR and rebate calculations starting
with the 2016 MLR reporting year.
However, we received several
comments in favor of allowing issuers to
deduct such taxes from these
calculations in response to the Request
for Information. Therefore, in the
proposed rule, we invited comments on
whether, in order to encourage issuer
participation and competition in the
markets, HHS should revise paragraph
(a)(2) and paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of
§ 158.162 to allow all issuers to deduct
Federal and State employment taxes
from premiums in their MLR and rebate
calculations, starting with the 2017 MLR
reporting year for reports to be filed by
July 31, 2018.
We solicited comments on this
approach from all stakeholders,
including on whether we should instead
amend the MLR regulations to collect
the employment tax data separately
from other tax data as an informational
item on the MLR Annual Reporting
Form to gather data to inform a decision
regarding whether to amend the
regulation for future years, and whether
changing the treatment of employment
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
17032
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
taxes would be likely to help improve
market stability and competition.
Comment: We received almost an
equal number of comments opposing
and supporting exclusion of Federal and
State employment taxes from earned
premium in the MLR and rebate
calculations. Some who commented in
opposition noted that modifying the
treatment of employment taxes would
contradict HHS’s previous decision.
Other commenters expressed concern
that such policy would raise MLRs
without producing greater value for
consumers and would undermine
consumer protections. Several
commenters stated that it is the
uncertainty and the changes to the MLR
reporting parameters, rather than
employment taxes that negatively affect
market stability. In contrast, several
other commenters stated that excluding
employment taxes would improve
market stability and provide incentives
for issuers to enter or remain in the
market. Some commenters stated that
the PPACA provides for the exclusion of
taxes from the MLR calculation and that
including employment taxes is
inconsistent with the treatment of other
taxes. Lastly, a number of commenters
recommended that HHS gather
additional information on the impact of
excluding employment taxes on
consumers and issuers before making
changes to the current policy. One
commenter encouraged HHS to consider
the impact on issuers providing
coverage on- versus off-Exchanges, as
well as the potential double-counting
that may occur between excluding
employment taxes from premium while
also including them in quality
improvement activity (QIA) expenses.
Response: HHS appreciates the
comments submitted regarding the
treatment of Federal and State
employment taxes in the MLR and
rebate calculations. We share the
concern of some commenters that
reversing the policy on the treatment of
employment taxes only 1 year after the
policy became effective could contribute
to instability. We also continue to
disagree that the PPACA unambiguously
requires exclusion of employment taxes
from the MLR and rebate calculations.
However, it is our objective to explore
and pursue all policy solutions that may
help stabilize the health insurance
market. Therefore, after reviewing the
comments and recommendations, HHS
intends to gather data to help analyze
the potential impact on consumers and
issuers that would result from excluding
Federal and State employment taxes
from earned premium in the MLR and
rebate calculations, and perform
additional data analysis to inform
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
whether a modification to the current
policy would be appropriate.
Specifically, while issuers already
report the employment tax amounts
together with other taxes on the MLR
reporting form, HHS intends to propose
changes to the MLR Annual Reporting
Form to include a separate line that will
show these tax amounts for each issuer.
This will provide HHS with more up-todate and consistent data on employment
taxes to more precisely estimate how
potential modifications to the current
policy may affect issuers and consumers
and to determine whether such
modifications would likely improve
market stability.
2. Allocation of Expenses (§ 158.170)
For a discussion of the proposed
amendment to § 158.170(b) regarding
the description of the allocation method
for quality improvement activity (QIA)
expenses and a summary of the
comments received and responses
provided, please see the preamble to
§ 158.221. We are finalizing the change
as proposed.
3. Formula for Calculating an Issuer’s
Medical Loss Ratio (§ 158.221)
We proposed amending § 158.221 by
adding new paragraph (b)(8) to provide
issuers with an option to report quality
improvement activity (QIA) expenses as
a single fixed percentage of premium
amount starting with the 2017 MLR
reporting year (for reports to be filed by
July 31, 2018). We also proposed
conforming amendments to § 158.170(b)
(Allocation of expenses) to recognize the
new proposed option for reporting QIA
expenses.
Consistent with the NAIC’s
recommendation to HHS,97 the MLR
interim final rule, published on
December 1, 2010 (75 FR 74863), allows
issuers to include in the MLR numerator
expenditures for five categories of
activities that improve health care
quality. Accordingly, issuers are
currently required to report QIA
expenditures in alignment with the five
separate categories codified in
§ 158.150(b)(2)(i)–(v). Additionally,
§ 158.170 requires issuers to use and
disclose specific allocation methods to
report expenses, including QIA
expenditures.
In the course of conducting the MLR
audits, HHS observed that the current
97 National Association of Insurance
Commissioners—Model Regulation Service,
Regulation for Uniform Definitions and
Standardized Methodologies for Calculation of the
Medical Loss Ratio for Plan Years 2011, 2012 and
2013 per Section 2718(b) of the Public Health
Service Act (Oct 27, 2010), available at https://
www.naic.org/documents/committees_ex_mlr_reg_
asadopted.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00104
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
MLR regulations require a substantial
effort by issuers to accurately identify,
track and report QIA expenses. HHS has
also observed that, between 2011 and
2015, issuers that did report QIA
expenses have reported spending, on
average, a consistent percentage of
premium on total QIA: approximately
0.7 percent in 2011, and 0.8 percent in
2012 through 2015.
Given issuers’ relatively low and
consistent reported expenditures on
QIA and the significant burden
associated with identifying, tracking
and reporting these expenditures, we
proposed adding § 158.221(b)(8) to
permit issuers an option to report on
their MLR reporting form a single QIA
amount equal to 0.8 percent of earned
premium in the relevant State and
market, in lieu of tracking and reporting
the issuer’s actual expenditures for QIA,
as defined in § 158.150 and § 158.151.
The accompanying proposed
amendments to § 158.170(b) would
require issuers that elect the option to
include 0.8 percent of earned premium
for QIA expenses to indicate as such
when describing the allocation method
used for QIA expenses. Issuers that
spend more than 0.8 percent of earned
premium on QIA would have the option
to report the total actual, higher amount
spent and, if choosing this option,
would have to report QIA in the five
categories described in
§ 158.150(b)(2)(i)–(v), as well as comply
with the allocation of expenses
requirements established under
§ 158.170.
We are finalizing this policy as
proposed, except that, in response to
comments, we are specifying, as
described below, how the optional QIA
reporting method may be used across
affiliated issuers, markets, and years.
Comment: We received comments
from consumer and patient advocacy
groups, health insurance issuers, States,
and individuals regarding the proposal
to provide a standardized option to
report QIA. Most commenters opposing
the proposal stated that the current QIA
requirements motivate issuers to invest
in improving the health and well-being
of consumers, and therefore allowing
issuers who spend nothing on QIA to
take a standardized credit for QIA
would disincentivize issuers from
making such investments. Many
commenters stated that by giving issuers
credit for expenses that issuers may not
actually incur, the proposal would
result in consumers receiving coverage
of a lower value. Some commenters
expressed concern that the 0.8 percent
standardized option would further
provide a competitive advantage to
issuers that get credit without investing
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
in QIA. Many commenters stated that
State regulators and consumers are
interested in knowing how much and
what types of innovative QIA are being
implemented, and would lose access to
this information under the proposal.
These commenters were also concerned
that reduced accountability would
adversely affect the integrity of the MLR
program. One commenter pointed out
that premiums tend to increase faster
than non-medical expenses so using a
flat 0.8 percent may overstate QIA in the
future. Most commenters who
supported the proposal stated that the
current process for identifying, tracking
and reporting QIA expenses is
burdensome, time consuming and
costly. Some commenters indicated that
it is hard for issuers to segregate QIA
expenses since QIA is ingrained
throughout issuers’ activities and the
current process requires issuers to track
individual employees’ time spent on a
specific task. A few commenters
suggested raising the standardized
credit to 1.0 percent of premiums, some
stated that 0.8 percent would be
appropriate, while others contended
that 0.8 percent would be excessive.
One commenter requested that HHS
clarify whether issuers must make an
election to use the optional QIA
reporting method prior to the plan year;
whether it must be elected for a
minimum fixed period of years; and the
issuer, State, and market aggregation
level(s) to which the election applies.
One commenter recommended that
issuers be allowed to retroactively
change the QIA reporting method with
respect to the 2 prior years included in
the MLR calculation, while another
commenter recommended that issuers
be allowed to elect the standardized
QIA option for only some of their
markets. In contrast, another commenter
expressed concern that such approach
could lead to inadvertent or intentional
double-counting, particularly for those
issuers that incur QIA expenses at the
holding group level, and recommended
that HHS require a consistent reporting
methodology across all markets at the
holding group level and for a minimum
of 3 consecutive years. Several
commenters requested inclusion of
certain other activities in QIA, which
we note is beyond the scope of the
amendments proposed in the proposed
rule.
Response: We reviewed each of the
comments and recommendations and
are finalizing the amendments as
proposed with the following
modification. In response to
commenters’ request for clarification
regarding the application of the new
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
QIA reporting option, and in order to
address commenters’ concerns regarding
the impact of the new QIA reporting
option on the integrity of the MLR
program, we are specifying that issuers
and their affiliates that elect the
standardized QIA reporting option must
apply it consistently across all of their
States and markets that are subject to
the MLR requirements in section 2718
of the Public Health Service Act.
Further, similarly to some other
optional MLR reporting provisions,98
issuers and their affiliates that elect the
standardized QIA reporting option must
apply this reporting method for a
minimum of 3 consecutive reporting
years. In addition, we will require all
affiliated issuers to elect the same QIA
reporting method. These provisions will
ensure that the new QIA reporting
option is appropriately utilized by
issuers to simplify reporting, rather than
to inflate the MLR based on the
experience of a particular year. Further,
in the course of conducting the MLR
audits, HHS observed that QIA
initiatives are often developed and
administered at the parent company
level and the costs are then prorated
down to each issuer, State, and market
segment using complex allocation
methods. Therefore, the requirement
that the new QIA reporting option be
applied in a consistent manner across
all States, relevant markets, and
affiliates will additionally eliminate
gaming incentives for companies to use
the standardized 0.8 percent of
premium QIA amount for some of their
issuers, States, or markets and
simultaneously maximize the allocation
of the actual QIA costs to their other
issuers, States, or markets. This
approach is also consistent with the fact
that the 0.8 percent of premium
threshold was identified based on the
average across all issuers, States, and
markets. We note that the new QIA
reporting method is optional, and does
not prevent issuers from continuing to
allocate and benefit from reporting the
actual QIA expenses for each State and
market. While we acknowledge
commenters’ concerns that the
standardized QIA reporting option may
in some cases give issuers credit for
activities that they do not perform, we
note that issuers also have financial
incentives to improve the health of their
enrollees because healthier populations
incur lower medical costs, and reducing
the administrative burden associated
with tracking QIA will free up funds
that issuers can invest in QIA.
Additionally, while we recognize that
98 Such as the reporting of group health insurance
coverage with dual contracts in § 158.120(c).
PO 00000
Frm 00105
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17033
there is variation in QIA spending
between different issuers, we continue
to believe that 0.8 of earned premium is
appropriate based on the average of
MLR data over 2011–2015, and that a
single nationwide percentage provides
the benefit of simplicity and reduces
burdens associated with tracking and
reporting QIA expenses. As noted
previously, issuers will continue to have
the option to report the actual
expenditures and therefore will retain
the ability to take full credit if these
expenditures exceed 0.8 percent of
premium. With respect to commenters’
concern that QIA expenditures may not
grow proportionately to premium and
that 0.8 percent may overstate issuers’
average QIA expenditures in the future,
as well as commenters’ concern that
they may lose access to the detailed QIA
data, we also note that presently, issuers
continue to report to States QIA data
that in some respects are even more
detailed than the data previously
collected by HHS. Therefore, the public
and States retain the ability to access
this type of information. In addition,
HHS will monitor QIA reporting and
review available data, and may modify
the QIA reporting policy in the future if
HHS determines it to be necessary.
Finally, we note this change will also
help level the playing field among
issuers, since many issuers likely do
engage in QIA but currently forego
reporting because the burden of
analyzing, documenting, tracking,
allocating, and reporting QIA expenses
exceeds the benefits for MLR purposes.
4. Potential Adjustment to the MLR for
a State’s Individual Market (Subpart C)
We proposed to amend 45 CFR part
158, subpart C to modify the process
and criteria for the Secretary to
determine whether to adjust the 80
percent MLR standard in the individual
market in a State. Because the majority
of comments focused on the broader
merits of amending subpart C, rather
than on the specific sections, we
address all comments after summarizing
the proposed amendments to each
section.
Section 2718(d) of the PHS Act
provides that the Secretary may adjust
the MLR standard in the individual
market if the Secretary determines it
appropriate on account of the volatility
of the individual market due to the
establishment of Exchanges. The MLR
December 1, 2010, interim final rule (75
FR 74864) set forth the framework for a
State to request such an adjustment and
the process and criteria for the Secretary
to determine whether to grant a State’s
request. Subpart C of 45 CFR part 158
specifies that the adjustment request
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17034
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
must be initiated by the State, the
adjustment may be granted for up to 3
years at a time, the information that the
State must provide to support its
request, and the criteria that HHS may
consider in making a determination. It
also requires the Secretary to invite
public comments on the adjustment
requests, allows States to hold optional
public hearings, and enables States to
request reconsideration of adverse
determinations.
Because in the current environment, it
generally is not the MLR standard in
isolation but rather factors that, taken
together, can contribute to instability of
the individual market in certain States,
the current framework in subpart C
restricts the States’ ability to obtain
adjustments to the MLR standard as part
of innovative solutions for stabilizing
their individual markets. Therefore, as
outlined below, we proposed to make
amendments throughout subpart C of
part 158 to allow for adjustments to the
individual market MLR standard in any
State that demonstrates that a lower
MLR standard could help stabilize its
individual market, and to streamline the
process for applying for such
adjustments to reduce burdens for States
and HHS.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
a. Standard for Adjustment to the
Medical Loss Ratio (§ 158.301)
For the reasons described above, we
proposed to amend § 158.301 to permit
the Secretary to adjust the individual
market MLR standard in any State if the
Secretary determines that there is a
reasonable likelihood that an
adjustment to the 80 percent MLR
standard will help stabilize the
individual market in that State. We are
finalizing the amendments as proposed.
b. Information Regarding the State’s
Individual Health Insurance Market
(§ 158.321)
We proposed to amend § 158.321 to
modify the information that a State must
submit to the Secretary with its request
for an adjustment to the 80 percent MLR
standard in its individual market.
Specifically, because we sought to make
the MLR adjustment process less
burdensome on States and make
adjustments available to enable States to
develop innovative solutions for
stabilizing their individual markets, we
proposed to remove the requirements
that the State must describe the State
MLR standard and formula for assessing
compliance (§ 158.321(a)), its market
withdrawal requirements (§ 158.321(b)),
and the mechanisms available to the
State to provide consumers with options
for alternate coverage (§ 158.321(c)).
Additionally, we proposed to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
redesignate paragraph (d) as paragraph
(a) and to revise the redesignated
paragraph to describe the information
the State must submit regarding the
State’s individual health insurance
market, as outlined below.
We also proposed to replace the
requirement previously codified at
§ 158.321(d)(1) that a State provide
detailed product-level enrollment and
premium data with a requirement at
§ 158.321(a)(2) to submit information
only on the total number of enrollees
(life-years and covered lives) for each
type of coverage sold or renewed in the
State’s individual market. Similarly, we
proposed to eliminate the requirement
previously codified in § 158.321(d)(1) to
submit product-level premium data in
favor of the total earned premium data
in the proposed § 158.321(a)(1), and to
eliminate the § 158.321(d)(1)
requirement to submit the issuer’s
individual market share.
We proposed to continue to require
States to include information on total
earned premium (proposed
§ 158.321(a)(1)) and total agent and
broker commission expenses (proposed
§ 158.321(a)(3)) for each type of
coverage sold or renewed in the State’s
individual market, as described in more
detail below, as well as the risk-based
capital (RBC) level (proposed
§ 158.321(a)(5)), which, due to the
manner in which RBC is calculated,
would only be appropriate to report at
the issuer level, rather than for each
type of coverage. We also proposed to
revise the accompanying regulation text
for these data elements for readability.
We further proposed that State requests
should include information on total
incurred claims (proposed
§ 158.321(a)(1)) for each type of
individual market coverage described
below, in lieu of the previous more
burdensome requirement to provide
reported and estimated individual
market MLRs (§ 158.321(d)(2)(ii)
through (iii)).
We proposed to modify these
requirements to require States to only
include the information for each issuer
actively offering individual market
coverage. We also proposed to add a
new § 158.321(b) to require that a State
request include the individual market
data required in the proposed new
§ 158.321(a)(1) through (4) and (6)
separately for each issuer actively
offering individual market plans in that
State group by the following categories,
as applicable: On-Exchange, offExchange, grandfathered health plans as
defined in § 147.140, coverage that
meets the criteria for transitional
policies outlined in applicable
PO 00000
Frm 00106
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
guidance,99 and non-grandfathered
single risk pool coverage, in order to
enable the Secretary to assess the
situation in the State’s individual
market and to appropriately evaluate the
State’s proposal. Proposed new
§ 158.321(b) would also require the
State to report the RBC information at
the issuer level for each issuer actively
offering coverage in the State’s
individual market. A State would not be
required to provide information on
student health insurance coverage as
defined in § 147.145 or individual
market excepted benefits as defined in
§ 148.220.
To further reduce the burden on
States, we proposed to remove the
requirements to provide net
underwriting profit for each issuer’s
total business in the State and after-tax
profit and profit margin for the
individual market and total business in
the State (§ 158.321(d)(2)(vii)), as well as
to rename the remaining requirement to
provide the individual market ‘‘net
underwriting profit’’ to ‘‘net
underwriting gain’’ to more accurately
reflect the accounting term (proposed
§ 158.321(a)(4)). We also proposed to
delete the requirement to provide
information on estimated MLR rebates
(§ 158.321(d)(2)(v)). Additionally, we
proposed to revise the language at
current paragraph § 158.321(d)(2)(ix),
proposed to be redesignated at
§ 158.321(a)(6), to require the State to
provide information not only on notices
by issuers covered in § 158.321(a) of
market exits, but also the equally or
more pertinent issuer notices of
beginning to offer coverage in the
individual market, as well as ceasing or
commencing offering individual market
coverage on the Exchange or in specific
geographic areas (for example,
counties); and to add a new § 158.321(c)
to require similar information on issuers
not actively offering coverage in the
individual market that have indicated
an intent to enter or exit the individual
market, including ceasing or
commencing offering individual market
coverage on the Exchange or in specific
geographic areas. Lastly, we recognize
that in many situations the information
proposed to be required in § 158.321(a)
will only be available for the preceding
calendar year, but we proposed to
provide States with an option to also
include information for the current year
(where available), which may be more
99 See, for example, CMS ‘‘Insurance Standards
Bulletin Series—Information—Extension of
Transitional Policy through Calendar Year 2018
(February 23, 2017) available at https://
www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/Regulations-andGuidance/Downloads/Extension-TransitionalPolicy-CY2018.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
relevant if a State makes a request in a
later part of the year.
We are finalizing the amendments as
proposed, with one correction to
§ 158.321(b) to indicate that the
information required in paragraph
§ 158.321(a)(5) is the only information
that must be provided at the issuer
level.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
c. Proposal for Adjusted Medical Loss
Ratio (§ 158.322)
To reduce the burden on States, we
proposed to remove paragraphs (a), (c)
and (d) of § 158.322, which would
remove the requirements for a State to
justify how its proposed adjustment was
determined, and to estimate rebates that
would be paid with and without an
adjustment because HHS can make
these estimates instead of the State.
Consistent with our proposed changes
to § 158.301, we proposed to revise
§ 158.322 to require the State to both
provide its proposed, adjusted MLR
standard and explain how this proposed
standard would help stabilize its
individual market. We also proposed to
delete current paragraph (b), which
requires an explanation of how an
adjustment would permit issuers to
adjust current business models and
practices in order to meet an 80 percent
MLR as soon as is practicable, to further
reduce burden on States submitting
adjustment requests.
We are finalizing the amendments as
proposed.
d. Criteria for Assessing Request for
Adjustment to the Medical Loss Ratio
(§ 158.330)
Section 158.330 lists the criteria that
the Secretary may consider in
determining whether to approve a State
request to adjust the 80 percent MLR
standard for the individual market. We
proposed amendments throughout the
section to reflect the proposal in
§ 158.301 to allow adjustments if the
Secretary determines the adjustment
would help stabilize the individual
market in that State, and the proposed
changes to the information requirements
in § 158.321. Specifically, we proposed
conforming amendments to the
introductory text of § 158.330 to provide
that the Secretary may consider the
identified criteria when assessing
whether an adjustment to the individual
market MLR standard would be
reasonably likely to help stabilize the
individual market in a State that has
requested such an adjustment. We
proposed to replace the information
currently outlined at § 158.330(a)(1)–(4)
regarding individual market issuers
reasonably likely to exit the State with
information regarding the number and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
financial performance of issuers actively
offering individual market coverage onExchange, off-Exchange, grandfathered
health plans as defined in § 147.140,
coverage that meets the criteria for
transitional policies outlined in
applicable guidance, and nongrandfathered single risk pool coverage;
the number of issuers reasonably likely
to cease or begin offering such
individual market coverage in the State;
and the likelihood that an adjustment
would increase competition in the
State’s individual market, including in
underserved areas (proposed
§ 158.330(a)). We proposed to delete the
existing criteria captured at § 158.330(b)
related to consideration of the number
of individual market enrollees covered
by issuers that are reasonably likely to
exit the State’s individual market absent
the requested adjustment because the
goal of a State request for adjustment
may be to ensure that health insurance
coverage is available to all, rather than
a certain percentage of, consumers who
want it, and that consumers not only
have coverage, but also a choice of
several issuers. We proposed
conforming amendments to the criteria
currently captured at § 158.330(c),
proposed to be redesignated at
§ 158.330(b), regarding whether an
adjustment might improve consumers’
access to agents and brokers. Similar to
the proposed amendments to § 158.321
described above to remove the
requirement for States to provide
information on available mechanisms to
provide alternate coverage, we proposed
to replace the current criteria outlined at
§ 158.330(d)(1)–(5) with consideration
of information on the capacity of any
new issuers or issuers remaining in the
individual market to write additional
business in the event one or more
issuers were to cease or begin offering
individual market coverage on
Exchanges, in certain geographic areas,
or in the entire individual market in the
State (proposed § 158.330(c)). We
proposed to retain and modify the
existing criteria at § 158.330(e),
proposed to be redesignated at
§ 158.330(d), on the impact on
premiums charged, and on benefits and
cost sharing provided, to consumers by
issuers remaining in or entering the
individual market in the event one or
more issuers were to cease offering
individual market coverage on the
Exchange, in certain geographic areas,
or in the entire individual market in the
State. Finally, we proposed to retain the
existing criteria at § 158.330(f),
proposed to be redesignated at
§ 158.330(e), for consideration of any
PO 00000
Frm 00107
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17035
other relevant information submitted by
the State.
We are finalizing the amendments as
proposed.
e. Treatment as a Public Document
(§ 158.341)
Because the format in which States
may submit requests for adjustments
may not comply with Federal
requirements for documents posted on
Federal websites, some of these
documents may not be able to be posted
directly to the applicable Federal
website. For example, a State may
submit spreadsheets containing data or
copies of issuer letters in a format that
is not accessible for individuals with
visual impairments. However, HHS is
committed to transparency and making
this information promptly available to
the public. HHS is also committed to
providing accessible information to
members of the public, including
individuals with disabilities, and will
provide such individuals with
accessible copies of documents
submitted by States unless doing so
would impose an undue burden on the
agency. Therefore, we proposed to
amend § 158.341 to reflect that Federal
requirements for documents posted on
Federal websites may not permit these
documents to be posted, and to specify
that instructions for the public to access
information on requests for adjustment
to the MLR standard submitted by States
will be provided on the Secretary’s
internet website. We are finalizing the
amendments as proposed, with a nonsubstantive change to the regulatory
text.
f. Subsequent Requests for Adjustment
to the Medical Loss Ratio (§ 158.350)
We proposed to make conforming
amendments to § 158.350, which
describes the information that a State
must submit with a subsequent request
for an adjustment to the MLR standard,
to make this information consistent with
our proposed changes to § 158.301 and
§ 158.330. We are finalizing the
amendments as proposed.
The following is a summary of the
public comments received on these
proposals and our responses.
Comment: We received comments
from consumer and patient advocacy
groups, health insurance issuers, States,
and individuals regarding the proposal
to modify the process for submission of
State requests to adjust the individual
market MLR standard and the
accompanying criteria for the Secretary
to determine whether to adjust the 80
percent MLR standard in the individual
market in a State. The majority of
comments focused on the merits of the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
17036
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
proposed amendments to subpart C as a
whole, rather than offering comments
on the specific sections of subpart C.
Most commenters opposing the
proposals stated that it is unlikely that
the MLR standard is a primary driver of
market instability and that most insurers
already meet or exceed the MLR
standard. These commenters stated that
lowering the MLR standard would
undermine one of the few consumer
protections and lead to higher
premiums with consumers receiving
lower value for those premiums,
without strengthening the market. Many
commenters focused on the benefits the
MLR rule has delivered to consumers
and objected to weakening the rule.
Several commenters expressed concern
that the proposal could lead to
discrepancies in standards and access to
care. Several commenters disagreed
with the proposed elimination or
reduction of various requirements on
States seeking adjustments due to
concerns over the possibility of arbitrary
and unjustified requests, inadequately
rigorous review, and a decrease in
transparency. Most commenters who
supported the proposals expressed
appreciation that the proposals would
give greater flexibility to the States.
Some of these commenters stated that a
lower MLR standard may have
competitive benefits that outweigh
potential costs and that States are in the
best position to assess that tradeoff.
Several commenters stated that the
proposals could incentivize issuer
expansion and innovation.
Additionally, several commenters
recommended that States be allowed to
only lower (not increase) the MLR
standard, and that adjustments not be
effective prior to 2020 in order to give
issuers time to incorporate adjusted
MLR standards into issuers’ market
participation and pricing decisions.
Lastly, one commenter recommended
allowing States to adjust the MLR
standard for only specific issuers, such
as new entrants, while another
commenter urged HHS to disallow this
in order to not disadvantage established
issuers and to avoid encouraging such
issuers to leave the market.
Response: We are finalizing the
proposed amendments to subpart C as
proposed, with one technical correction
to § 158.321(b) to indicate that the
information required in paragraph
§ 158.321(a)(5) is the only section that
must be provided at the issuer level. We
appreciate both the comments
highlighting the benefits of the current
MLR rule, as well as the comments
supporting our efforts to provide more
flexibility to States to improve the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
stability of their markets. We
acknowledge the concerns expressed by
many commenters that the adjustments
to the individual market MLR standard
should not undermine consumer
protections and that the integrity of the
adjustment review process should not
be compromised. However, we believe
that if States can develop strategies
involving an adjusted MLR standard
that States can demonstrate would be
reasonably likely to lead to a more
robust and stable individual market,
then this would benefit consumers and
ultimately lead to higher quality and
more affordable coverage. We note that
the amendments to subpart C are not
intended to reduce the overall burden of
proof on States applying for
adjustments, but rather require States to
provide more pertinent information and
remove duplicative, burdensome
requirements, such as those that
mandate States submit data that is
otherwise publicly available to both
HHS and consumers. Given that the goal
of the amendments to subpart C is to
provide States the flexibility to innovate
and pursue the best solutions for their
markets, we believe that it would be
inconsistent to impose up-front
restrictions on how much or what
direction of an adjustment a State may
seek. For the same reason, we will
determine the effective date for each
adjustment in consultation with the
respective State and based on the timing
of the request submitted by the State,
but will, as appropriate, take
commenters’ recommendations on the
proposed rule into consideration when
making those determinations. We
further clarify that a State should
include an effective date and duration
(for up to 3 MLR reporting years 100) for
the requested adjustment to the
individual market MLR standard as part
of its proposal. In addition, we note
there will be opportunities for public
comment on individual State
adjustment requests. Sections 158.342
and 158.343 are being retained in their
current form, which require the
Secretary to invite public comment on
State adjustment requests and provide
for optional State public hearings,
respectively. Lastly, because we
interpret the statute as only permitting
the Secretary to adjust the MLR
standard for the entire individual
market within a State, we are not able
to allow issuer-specific adjustments
within a State. However, we note that
there are several other provisions in the
MLR regulations that are designed to
recognize the special circumstances of
smaller and newer plans, and provide
100 See
PO 00000
45 CFR 158.311.
Frm 00108
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
incentives for issuers that contemplate
entering a market. These include the
credibility adjustment for smaller
issuers in § 158.323 and the options to
defer MLR and rebate calculation for
newer business in § 158.121 and to limit
the total rebate payment in § 158.240(d).
IV. Collection of Information
Requirements
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act
of 1995, we are required to provide 30day notice in the Federal Register and
solicit public comment before a
collection of information requirement is
submitted to the Office of Management
and Budget (OMB) for review and
approval. This final rule contains
information collection requirements
(ICRs) that are subject to review by
OMB. A description of these provisions
is given in the following paragraphs
with an estimate of the annual burden,
summarized in Table 12. To fairly
evaluate whether an information
collection should be approved by OMB,
section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) requires
that we solicited comment on the
following issues:
• The need for the information
collection and its usefulness in carrying
out the proper functions of our agency.
• The accuracy of our estimate of the
information collection burden.
• The quality, utility, and clarity of
the information to be collected.
• Recommendations to minimize the
information collection burden on the
affected public, including automated
collection techniques.
We solicited public comment on each
of the required issues under section
3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA for the
following information collection
requirements.
A. Wage Estimates
To derive wage estimates, we
generally used data from the Bureau of
Labor Statistics to derive average labor
costs (including a 100 percent increase
for fringe benefits and overhead) for
estimating the burden associated with
the ICRs.101 Table 11 in this final rule
presents the mean hourly wage
(calculated at 100 percent of salary), the
cost of fringe benefits and overhead, and
the adjusted hourly wage.
As indicated, employee hourly wage
estimates have been adjusted by a factor
101 See May 2016 Bureau of Labor Statistics,
Occupational Employment Statistics, National
Occupational Employment and Wage Estimates at
https://www.bls.gov/oes/current/oes_nat.htm. For
State Government Employees see NAICS 999200—
State Government, excluding schools and hospitals
(OES Designation) https://www.bls.gov/oes/current/
naics4_999200.htm.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
of 100 percent. This is necessarily a
rough adjustment, both because fringe
benefits and overhead costs vary
significantly across employers, and
because methods of estimating these
costs vary widely across studies.
Nonetheless, there is no practical
alternative, and we believe that
17037
doubling the hourly wage to estimate
total cost is a reasonably accurate
estimation method.
TABLE 11—ADJUSTED HOURLY WAGES USED IN BURDEN ESTIMATES
Occupational
code
Occupation title
Business operation specialist * ........................................................................
Operations Manager ........................................................................................
Software Developers, Systems Software ........................................................
Actuary .............................................................................................................
Actuary * ...........................................................................................................
Financial Examiner * ........................................................................................
Financial Analyst * ............................................................................................
Financial Manager * .........................................................................................
Lawyer * ...........................................................................................................
Secretaries and Administrative Assistants, Except Legal, Medical, and Executive ..........................................................................................................
Commissioner ** ...............................................................................................
Market Research Analyst ................................................................................
Medical Records Technician ............................................................................
Psychiatrist .......................................................................................................
Mean
hourly
wage
($/hr.)
Fringe
benefits and
overhead
($/hr.)
Adjusted
hourly
wage
($/hr.)
13–1199
11–1021
15–1133
15–2011
15–2011
13–2061
13–2051
11–3031
23–1011
$31.59
58.70
53.17
54.87
40.41
33.02
34.39
45.83
44.87
$31.59
58.70
53.17
54.87
40.41
33.02
34.39
45.83
44.87
$63.18
117.40
106.34
109.74
80.82
66.04
68.78
91.66
89.74
43–6014
........................
13–1161
29–2071
29–1066
17.38
58.45
33.95
19.93
96.26
17.38
58.45
33.95
19.93
96.26
34.76
116.90
67.90
39.86
192.52
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
* Denotes occupations where wages were obtained for State Government employees (https://www.bls.gov/oes/current/naics4_999200.htm).
** Data on compensation of State Insurance Commissioners collected by the Council of State Governments and compiled by Ballotpedia (https://
www.ballotpedia.org). The wage data used in the burden estimates include the cost of fringe benefits and the adjusted hourly wage.
B. ICRs Regarding State Flexibility for
Risk Adjustment (§ 153.320)
We are finalizing our proposal to
allow State regulators to request a
reduction, beginning for the 2020
benefit year, to risk adjustment transfers
in the individual, small group or merged
markets. We are finalizing the
requirement for any State requesting
this reduction to otherwise applicable
transfers to submit its request with the
supporting evidence and analysis to
HHS identifying the State-specific
factors that warrant the adjustment to
more precisely account for the
differences in actuarial risk in the
State’s individual, small group or
merged market. Additionally, the State
must submit supporting evidence and
analysis demonstrating the reduction
percentage requested is appropriate.
This evidence and analysis justifying
the percentage requested must either
demonstrate the set of factors and the
percentage by which those factors
warrant an adjustment to more precisely
account for the differences in actuarial
risk in the State’s individual, small
group or merged market compared to
the national norm, or it must
demonstrate the requested reduction in
risk adjustment payments would be so
small for issuers who would receive risk
adjustment payments, that the reduction
would have a de minimis effect on the
necessary premium increase to cover the
affected issuer or issuers’ reduced
payments. States are required to submit
the requests with the supporting
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
evidence and analysis by August 1st, 2
calendar years prior to the beginning of
the applicable benefit year (for example,
August 1, 2018, for the 2020 benefit
year). The burden associated with this
requirement is the time and effort for
the State regulators to submit its request
and supporting evidence and analysis to
HHS. We are updating the burden
estimates from those proposed based on
the State request and supporting
evidence and analysis requirements we
are finalizing in this rule. We estimate
submitting the request and supporting
evidence and analysis will take a
business operations specialist 40 hours
(at a rate of $63.18 per hour) to prepare
the request and 20 hours for a senior
manager (at a rate of $117.40 per hour)
to review the request and transmit it
electronically to HHS. We estimate that
each State seeking a reduction will
incur a burden of 60 hours at a cost of
approximately $4,875 per State to
comply with this reporting requirement
(40 hours for the insurance operations
analyst and 20 hours for the senior
manager). Although we are unable to
precisely estimate the number of States
that will make this request, we expect
that no more than 25 States will make
these requests annually, resulting in a
total annual burden of approximately
1,500 hours with an associated total cost
of $121,880. We published a revised
information collection approved under
OMB control number 0938–1155:
Standards Related to Reinsurance, Risk
Corridors, Risk Adjustment, and
PO 00000
Frm 00109
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Payment Appeals, for comment on
December 28, 2017, and intend to
update it to account for this change in
burden.
C. ICRs Regarding Risk Adjustment Data
Validation (§ 153.630)
We finalize that, beginning with 2017
benefit year risk adjustment data
validation, issuers with 500 billable
member months or fewer Statewide that
elect to establish and submit data to an
EDGE server will not be subject to the
requirement to hire an initial validation
auditor or submit initial validation audit
results. We note that, beginning with
2018 benefit year risk adjustment data
validation, these issuers will not be
subject to random sampling under the
materiality threshold discussed below,
and will continue to not be subject to
the requirement to hire an initial
validation auditor or submit initial
validation audit results. As 2016 benefit
year risk adjustment data validation will
be another pilot year, we are also
finalizing the postponement of the
application of the materiality threshold
to the 2018 benefit year. Under this
policy, all issuers of risk adjustment
covered plans will be required to
conduct an initial validation audit for
the 2017 benefit year risk adjustment
data validation, other than issuers with
500 billable member months or fewer
Statewide as discussed above.
Beginning with the 2018 benefit year,
issuers below the $15 million premium
materiality threshold will not be
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
17038
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
required to conduct an initial validation
audit every year, but rather, HHS will
conduct random and targeted sampling
under which issuers below the
materiality threshold would be subject
to an initial validation audit
approximately every 3 years.
HHS estimates that not requiring
issuers that have 500 or fewer billable
member months Statewide to conduct
an initial validation audit beginning in
the 2017 benefit year will exempt 50
issuers from an initial validation audit
and reduce administrative costs for each
issuer by 828 hours with an estimated
cost reduction on average of up to
$100,000. The total burden reduction for
all 50 issuers will be 41,400 hours with
an associated reduction in cost of
$3,520,000. The postponement of the
effectiveness of the materiality
threshold to the 2018 benefit year will
not impact issuer burden relative to
previous estimates for the risk
adjustment data validation program
included in the 2014 and 2015 Payment
Notices, particularly given that the
program has been converted to a pilot
for the first 2 years of operation. We are
revising the current information
collection approved under OMB control
number 0938–1155: Standards Related
to Reinsurance, Risk Corridors, Risk
Adjustment, and Payment Appeals, to
account for this reduction in burden.
For risk adjustment data validation,
HHS requires issuers to document
mental and behavioral health records
included in audit sampling. Without the
necessary mental and behavioral health
information for each sample, the
diagnosis code for an applicable
enrollee cannot be validated and,
therefore, it would be rejected during
risk adjustment data validation.
Because providers may be prevented
by some State privacy laws from
furnishing a full mental health or
behavioral health record, we are
amending § 153.630(b)(6) to allow
issuers an additional avenue to achieve
compliance with data validation
requirements by permitting the
submission of mental or behavioral
health assessments for risk adjustment
data validation in the event that a
provider is subject to State privacy laws
that prohibit the provider from
providing HHS with a complete mental
or behavioral health record. For risk
adjustment data validation purposes, to
the extent permissible under applicable
Federal and State privacy laws, an
assessment should contain: (1) The
enrollee’s name; (2) sex; (3) date of
birth; (4) current status of all mental or
behavioral health diagnoses; and (5)
dates of service. To submit a mental or
behavioral health assessment, an issuer
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
must ensure that it is accompanied by
an attestation from the provider that
applicable State privacy laws prevent
him or her from providing the complete
mental or behavioral health record.
HHS expects that this provision may
affect 10 percent of issuers or
approximately 70 issuers in States with
stricter privacy laws on medical records.
Based on our experience with the first
pilot year risk adjustment data
validation audits, we estimate that
approximately 40 enrollees in any
initial validation audit sample of 200
enrollees could be affected. Since
providers routinely prepare mental or
behavioral health assessments to
validate diagnoses, we believe the slight
additional burden is the time it would
take to seek patient consent to provide
the assessment, in States that require
such permission, to review and edit the
preexisting assessment for each medical
record to include the data elements
specified in § 153.630(b)(6), and to attest
that relevant State privacy laws prohibit
him or her from providing the complete
mental or behavioral health record.
Comment: Several commenters stated
that obtaining patient consent and
provider attestations for mental or
behavioral health assessments would
impose a significant administrative,
professional, and personal burden on
issuers, providers, and patients, while
one commenter stated that this
flexibility could reduce administrative
burden if issuers could develop a
standard form for physicians to sign.
Response: As noted above, HHS
believes that the policy to permit the
use of existing mental or behavioral
health assessments may result in a slight
increase in the burden on issuers and
providers, primarily due to the new
provider attestation requirement.
We estimate it will take a medical
records technician (at an hourly rate of
$39.86) 15 minutes to obtain consent
from each patient, or approximately 10
burden hours at an estimated cost of
$399 per issuer. In addition, we estimate
a qualified licensed provider
(psychiatrist, at an hourly rate of
$192.52) will need 45 minutes to
prepare an abbreviated assessment and
sign an attestation, for a total of $144
per enrollee, or $5,776 per issuer.
Therefore, for 40 patients, the total
burden per issuer for the provider to
obtain consent from each patient and
prepare an abbreviated assessment and
signed attestation will be 40 hours and
approximately $6,174. The aggregated
burden for the estimated 70 affected
issuers will be 2,800 hours and
approximately $432,194. We are
revising the current information
collection approved under OMB Control
PO 00000
Frm 00110
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Number 0938–1155: Standards Related
to Reinsurance, Risk Corridors, Risk
Adjustment, and Payment Appeals, to
account for this additional burden.
D. ICRs Regarding Health Insurance
Issuer Rate Increases: Disclosure and
Review Requirements—Applicability
(§ 154.103)
We are finalizing the proposal to
exempt student health insurance
coverage as defined in § 147.145 from
the Federal rate review requirements.
Because we will no longer be reviewing
the reasonableness of rate increases for
student health insurance coverage, we
expect to collect less information for the
2019 plan or policy year than collected
for previous years. This will reduce
burden related to the submission and
review for issuers and States. We
estimate that 75 student health
insurance issuers will no longer be
required to submit rate increases to
HHS. We estimate that each rate review
submission takes 11 hours for an
actuary (at a rate of $109.74 per hour)
to prepare, and that each issuer will
submit an average of 2.5 plans, at an
estimated annual cost of $3,018,
resulting in a total reduction in the
annual burden to issuers of
approximately 2,063 hours and an
associated reduction in cost of
approximately $226,339. We estimate
that States will no longer submit rate
increases for 188 student health
insurance plans to HHS. We estimate a
reduction in burden to States of one
hour per plan for an actuary (at a rate
of $80.82 per hour) to prepare and
electronically submit the appropriate
materials, for a total reduction in burden
of approximately 188 hours annually
with an associated cost reduction of
approximately $15,194. We will revise
our current burden estimate approved
under OMB control number 0938–1141:
Rate Increase Disclosure and Review
Reporting Requirements, to reflect the
reduced burden on States and issuers.
E. ICRs Regarding Rate Increases
Subject To Review (§ 154.200)
We are finalizing our proposal to
establish a 15 percent Federal default
threshold for reasonableness review. We
expect this to reduce burden for issuers
because Part II of the Rate Filing
Justification (Consumer Justification
Narrative) is only required for increases
that meet or exceed the threshold. In the
2019 plan year, we estimate that the
number of written justifications that
will be submitted will decrease by
approximately 125 submissions. That
estimate is based on data from the 2018
plan year. We reached this estimate by
counting the number of submissions
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
with a product subject to review due to
an increase between 10 percent and 15
percent. Specifically, CMS received 786
submissions for the 2018 plan year; 579
of those included a rate increase at or
above 10 percent; while 454 of those
included a rate increase at or above 15
percent, resulting in 125 submissions
falling between 10 percent and 15
percent.
We estimate that each written
justification will require 1.5 hours for an
actuary (at a cost of $109.74 per hour)
to prepare and electronically transmit
the documentation. Therefore, the
annual burden for issuers will be
reduced by 187.5 hours, with an
estimated annual savings of $20,576.
As stated above, we estimate 125
fewer submissions with rate increases
subject to review. Assuming that States
adopt the Federal default threshold, we
expect the number of State reviews will
decrease by 123 submissions.102 We
estimate that each State review will
require 38.5 hours of work by an actuary
(at a cost of $80.82 per hour). Therefore,
the State burden will decrease by
approximately 4,735.5 hours, with an
estimated annual savings of $382,723.
We will revise our current burden
estimate approved under OMB control
number 0938–1141: Rate Increase
Disclosure and Review Reporting
Requirements, to reflect the reduced
burden on issuers.
F. ICRs Regarding the Small Business
Health Options Program (SHOP)
We are finalizing the proposals
granting additional flexibilities,
effective on the effective date of this
rule and applicable for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018, to
SHOPs, to qualified employers and
employees enrolling in SHOP plans, and
to participating QHP issuers and SHOPregistered agents and brokers in how
they interact with a SHOP. Under the
proposals being finalized throughout
this document, SHOPs will no longer be
required to provide enrollment,
premium aggregation functions, and
online enrollment functionality through
a SHOP website, and the FF–SHOPs and
SBE–FPs for SHOP, will no longer
continue to perform these functions.
Instead, small groups will enroll in a
SHOP plan through a SHOP-registered
agent or broker or through a
participating QHP issuer participating
in a SHOP. FF–SHOPs will follow the
approach as outlined in this final rule.
SBEs will have the flexibility to operate
their SHOP in a way that meets the
102 For the 2018 plan year, CMS reviewed two
submissions proposing a rate increase between 10
percent and 15 percent.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
needs of their State and complies with
the regulatory flexibilities outlined
herein.
Under the proposals being finalized in
this rule several pieces of information
currently being collected by a SHOP
may no longer be collected by a SHOP,
or, the way in which the information is
collected may change. For example,
employers, employees, and agents and
brokers may be required to provide the
information currently collected by a
SHOP to an issuer for the purposes of
enrollment in a SHOP plan. A SHOP,
like the FF–SHOPs and SBE–FPs for
SHOP, however, will not be the entity
collecting the information and the
Federal government thus will
experience a reduction in burden.
Under the new regulatory flexibilities
being finalized and described
throughout this rule, employers and
employees will no longer be required to
visit a SHOP website in order to enroll
in a SHOP plan and a SHOP will no
longer be required to have the capability
or the need to collect enrollment
information. Employers will however,
be required to apply to the SHOP to
obtain an eligibility determination, as
described in § 155.710, at which point
the employer will be requested to
provide: (1) Employer name and address
of employer’s locations; (2) Information
sufficient to confirm the employer is a
small employer; (3) Employer
Identification Number (EIN); and (4)
Information sufficient to confirm that
the employer is offering, at a minimum,
all full-time employees coverage in a
QHP through a SHOP. Under current
regulations, the employer provides, and
a SHOP collects, this information as part
of enrolling in a SHOP QHP through a
SHOP. HHS previously estimated that
an employer needed two hours to
complete the eligibility determination
when it was included as part of
enrolling in a SHOP QHP and that 6,000
employers will complete an application
annually to determine their eligibility
through a SHOP website. Based on these
criteria, HHS estimated that the total
annual burden for 6,000 employers was
12,000 hours, with a total annual cost of
$561,240 to complete the SHOP
application and eligibility
determination process. With the new
regulatory flexibilities being granted to
SHOPs, HHS estimates that for each
employer, an administrative assistant
will need less than 5 minutes (at rate of
$34.76 per hour) to complete the
required eligibility determination.
Under the new flexibilities, employers
will also no longer be required to create
an account on an FF–SHOP website in
order to complete the eligibility
PO 00000
Frm 00111
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17039
determination or enroll in a SHOP QHP.
Therefore, HHS estimates that it will
cost an employer approximately $3 to
complete an eligibility determination.
Assuming that 6,000 employers will
complete an eligibility determination,
HHS estimates that the total annual
burden will be approximately 500
hours, with an estimated total cost of
$17,400. This will result in a net burden
reduction of 11,500 hours and a net cost
reduction of approximately $543,840
annually. Under § 157.206(e)(1),
employers will be responsible for
submitting a new eligibility
determination or, submitting a notice of
withdrawal, in the event the group
experienced a change that will impact
the group’s eligibility to participate in a
SHOP. Under § 157.206(e)(2), employers
will also be required to notify their QHP
issuer(s) of a determination of
ineligibility. Finally, employers will
also, under § 157.206(e)(3) be required
to notify their issuers of their intent to
no longer participate in a SHOP. While
these proposals will require employers
to communicate with issuers in ways
they do not under current SHOP
enrollment practices, HHS does not
anticipate that these practices will
increase the burden on employers as
they, under current practice, must notify
the SHOP of changes in eligibility and
termination. Although the policy in
§ 155.716 imposes an information
collection requirement, the information
that will be collected is no different
from what is already approved under
OMB control number 0938–1193: Data
Collection to Support Eligibility
Determinations and Enrollment for
Small Businesses in the Small Business
Health Options, and therefore we are
not revising the information collection
at this time.
Employees, under § 155.716 will not
experience an increase in burden. Under
the policies described throughout this
final rule, employees will no longer be
required to visit an FF–SHOP website to
create an account, or, for any
application or enrollment purpose, but
they may need to provide similar
information to an agent or broker or
issuer as a condition of enrollment into
a SHOP QHP. HHS previously estimated
that 60,000 employees will complete an
application annually, each spending
approximately one hour to complete an
online application through an FF–SHOP
website. The estimated annual burden
was 60,000 hours with an annual cost of
$1,025,400. With the finalized
flexibilities to a SHOP as described in
this rule, HHS predicts that the burden
on employees to complete an online
application will shift as no application
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
17040
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
will be provided through a SHOP
website, but the information may be
required by an agent or broker or an
issuer in order for the employee to
complete an enrollment into a SHOP
QHP. The proposals described
throughout this final rule will allow
agents and brokers and issuers to enroll
consumers in SHOP plans using the
channels they are most familiar with,
potentially reducing the burden of
enrolling SHOP groups. This
information collection is currently
approved under OMB control number
0938–1194: Data Collection to Support
Eligibility Determinations and
Enrollment for Employees in the Small
Business Health Options Program.
Therefore, we are not revising the
information collection at this time.
Sections 155.705, 155.715, 155.720,
155.725, require SHOPs to generate
certain notices. These notices may
include: (1) Notices of annual election
periods; (2) notices to employers of
employee coverage terminations; (3)
notices of application inconsistencies;
(4) notices of appeal rights and
instructions; (5) notices of employee
and employer eligibility; (6) notices of
employer withdrawal; (7) (in FF–SHOPs
only) notices to employees if a
dependent turns 26 and is no longer
eligible for dependent coverage; (8)
billing invoices, successful and
unsuccessful payment confirmation
notices; and (9) past due payment
notices. In prior guidance, HHS
previously estimated costs for paper
notices in an FF–SHOP. In that estimate,
HHS assumed that 80 percent of
enrollees requested electronic notices
and 20 percent of enrollees requested
paper notices. HHS estimated that
mailing paper notices costs a SHOP
Exchange $0.53 per notice. HHS
determined that SHOPs sent
approximately 48,000 notices to
enrollees when—(1) A dependent
became ineligible to remain on the plan;
(2) successful payment was processed;
and (3) a payment was unsuccessful in
the last year. Assuming that 20 percent
of enrollees will opt to receive paper
notices instead of electronic
notifications, HHS estimated that
approximately 9,600 notices will be
sent, costing FF–SHOPs approximately
$5,088. Under the flexibilities being
finalized, SHOPs will only be required
to send notices of employer eligibility
and appeals. This cost will not directly
be transferred to issuers as issuers may
already be required to send such notices
per other applicable State and Federal
law. This collection is currently
approved under OMB control number
0938–1207: Essential Health Benefits in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
Alternative Benefit Plans, Eligibility
Notices, Fair Hearing and Appeal
Processes, and Premiums and Cost
Sharing; Exchanges: Eligibility and
Enrollment. Issuers will be required to
collect premiums, as premium
aggregation functions will no longer be
provided by the SHOPs that take
advantage of the new flexibilities. HHS
does not anticipate a significant increase
of issuers’ burden in this scenario, as it
is not significantly different from their
current operating practices.
G. ICRs Regarding Essential Health
Benefits (§ 156.111(e))
In the rule, we are finalizing at
§ 156.111(e) to revise the collection of
data for selection of States’ EHBbenchmark plans for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2020.
This proposal includes the
documentation that States would be
required to submit if the State chooses
to change its EHB-benchmark plan. For
this purpose, we are amending the
currently approved information
collection (OMB Control Number: 0938–
1174) to reflect the finalized policy in
this rule. Because § 156.111(e) is
replacing the current data collection
requirements at § 156.120, we are
updating the current EHB-benchmark
plan selection to account for the new
regulation and any associated burden
with this requirement that falls on those
States that choose to reselect their EHBbenchmark plan. Under the previous
benchmark plan selection policy, 29
States selected one of the 10 basebenchmark plan options and 22 States
defaulted. The previous benchmark plan
policy did not allow for States to make
an annual selection. The regulation
allows States the opportunity to modify
their EHB-benchmark plans annually.
The regulation also does not require the
State to respond to this ICR for any year
for which they did not change their
EHB-benchmark plan. As such, for
purposes of the new EHB-benchmark
plan selection options finalized in this
rule, we estimate that 10 States would
choose to make a change to their EHBbenchmark plans in any given year
(total of 30 States over 3 years within
the authorization of this ICR) and
respond to this ICR.
To select a new EHB-benchmark plan,
we require at § 156.111(e)(1) that the
State provide confirmation that the
State’s EHB-benchmark plan selection
complies with certain requirements,
including those under § 156.111(a), (b),
and (c). To complete this requirement,
we estimate that a financial examiner
will require 4 hours (at a rate of $66.04
per hour) to fill out, review, and
transmit a complete and accurate
PO 00000
Frm 00112
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
document. We estimate that it costs
each State $264 to meet this reporting
requirement, with a total annual burden
for all 10 States of 40 hours and an
associated total cost of $2,642.
Second, we require at § 156.111(e)(2)
that the State submit an actuarial
certification and associated actuarial
report of the methods and assumptions
when selecting options under
§ 156.111(a). Specifically, we are
finalizing at § 156.111(b)(2)(i) and (ii)
that a State’s EHB- benchmark plan
must provide a scope of benefits equal
to, or greater than, to the extent any
supplementation is required to provide
coverage within each EHB category at
§ 156.110(a), the scope of benefits
provided under a typical employer plan,
and that the State’s EHB-benchmark
plan must not exceed the generosity of
the most generous among a set of
comparison plans. The actuarial
certification that is being collected
under this ICR is required to include an
actuarial report that complies with
generally accepted actuarial principles
and methodologies. This estimate
includes complying with all applicable
ASOPs. For example, ASOP 41 on
actuarial communications includes
disclosure requirements, including
those that apply to the disclosure of
information on the methods and
assumptions being used and ASOP 50
contains information on determining
MV and AV. In accordance with ASOP
41, we would expect that the actuarial
report is based on a data analysis that
is reflective of an appropriate
population. The actuarial certification
for this requirement is provided in a
template and includes an attestation
that the standard actuarial practices
have been followed or that exceptions
have been noted. The signing actuary is
required to be a Member of the
American Academy of Actuaries.
We estimate that an actuary, who is a
member of the American Academy of
Actuaries, requires 18 hours (at a rate of
$80.82 per hour) on average for
§ 156.111(e)(2). This includes the
certification and associated actuarial
report from an actuary to affirm, in
accordance with generally accepted
actuarial principles and methodologies,
that the State’s EHB-benchmark plan
provides a scope of benefits that is equal
to, or greater than, to the extent any
supplementation is required to provide
coverage within an EHB category at
§ 156.110(a), the scope of benefits
provided under a typical employer plan,
and that the State’s EHB-benchmark
plan definition does not exceed the
generosity of the most generous among
the set of comparison plans. We are also
finalizing a document entitled Example
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
of an Acceptable Methodology for
Comparing Benefits of a State’s EHBbenchmark Plan Selection in
Accordance with 45 CFR 156.111(b)(2)(i)
and (ii) 103 that provides an example of
a method an actuary could use to
develop the actuarial certification and
associated report at § 156.111(e)(2) for
both the typical employer plan and
comparison plan standards.
For these calculations, the actuary
needs to conduct the appropriate
calculations to create and review an
actuarial certification and associated
actuarial report, including minimal time
required for recordkeeping. The precise
level of effort for the actuarial
certification and associated actuarial
report under § 156.111(e)(2) will likely
vary depending on the State’s approach
to its EHB-benchmark plan and this
certification requirement. For example,
as described in the Example of an
Acceptable Methodology for Comparing
Benefits of a State’s EHB-benchmark
Plan Selection in Accordance with 45
CFR 156.111(b)(2)(i) and (ii), to reduce
the burden of these standards, the
actuary may want to consider using the
same plan for both the generosity and
the typicality tests, provided that the
plan meets the standards at both
§ 156.111(b)(2)(i) and (ii). For example,
the actuary may only need to do one
plan comparison for the purposes of
both of these certification requirements.
Specifically, the actuary could use the
same plan, such as the State’s EHBbenchmark plan used for the 2017 plan
year. That plan would, by definition, be
a ‘‘Comparison Plan.’’ Because the
State’s EHB-benchmark plan used for
the 2017 plan year would simply be one
of the State’s base-benchmark plans,
supplemented as necessary under
§ 156.110, that plan also could be used
for purposes of determining typicality,
as a proposed State EHB-benchmark
plan that was equal in scope of benefits
to the State’s EHB-benchmark plan used
for the 2017 plan year within each EHB
category at § 156.110(a) would be equal
to or greater in scope of benefits within
each EHB category at § 156.110(a) than
the base-benchmark plan underlying the
EHB-benchmark plan used for the 2017
plan year, to the extent of the required
supplementation. We estimate that a
financial examiner will require 1 hour
(at a rate of $66.04 per hour) to review,
combine, and electronically transmit
these documents to HHS, as part of a
103 Example of an Acceptable Methodology for
Comparing Benefits of a State’s EHB-benchmark
Plan Selection in Accordance with 45 CFR
156.111(b)(2)(i) and (ii) is available at https://
www.cms.gov/cciio/resources/regulations-andguidance/.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
State’s EHB-benchmark plan
submission.
We increased the estimated burden
hours from 16 hours to 18 hours for the
actuary to complete the actuarial
certification and associated report in
recognition of the extension of the
generosity standard and in recognition
that the definition of typical employer
plan may require the actuary to
determine whether the typical employer
plan meets MV requirements. We are
also increasing the estimated number of
States that need to respond to this
section of the ICR from 7 to 10 since the
typical employer plan standard and the
generosity standard applies to all State’s
EHB-benchmark plan options at
§ 156.111(a). We estimate that each State
incurs a burden of 19 hours with an
associated cost of $1,520.80 with a total
annual burden for 10 States of 190 hours
at associated total cost of $15,208. We
did not receive comments on this
specific estimate.
Third, we require at § 156.111(e)(3)
each State to submit its proposed EHBbenchmark plan documents. The level
of effort associated with this
requirement will depend on the State’s
selection of the EHB-benchmark plan
options under the regulation at
§ 156.111(a). However, for the purposes
of this estimate, we estimate that it
requires a financial examiner (at a rate
of $66.04 per hour) 12 hours on average
to create, review, and electronically
transmit the State’s EHB-benchmark
plan document that accurately reflects
the benefits and limitations, including
medical management requirements and
a schedule of benefits, resulting in a
burden of 12 hours and an associated
cost of $792, with a total annual burden
for all 10 States of 120 hours and an
associated cost of $7,925. The burden
for producing these documents is
significantly higher than previous
estimates because the previous data
collection generally only required the
State (or issuer) to transmit the selected
benchmark plan document. In contrast,
in some cases, the § 156.111(a) may
result in the State needing to create a
completely new document or
significantly modify the current
document to represent the plan
document. Additionally, this estimate of
12 hours also includes the burden
necessary for a State selecting the option
at § 156.111(e)(3) where the State is
required to submit a formulary drug list
for the State’s EHB-benchmark plan in
a format and manner specified by HHS.
Specifically, the burden for the State
selecting this option is also likely to
vary as the State could use an existing
formulary drug list or create its own
formulary drug list separately for this
PO 00000
Frm 00113
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17041
purpose. To collect the formulary drug
list, the State is required to use the
template provided by HHS and submit
the formulary drug list as a list of
RxNorm Concept Unique Identifiers
(RxCUIs).
Section 156.111(e)(4) requires the
State to submit the documentation
necessary to operationalize the State’s
EHB-benchmark plan. This reporting
requirement includes the EHB summary
file that is currently posted on CCIIO’s
website, used as part of the QHP
certification process, and integrated into
HHS’s IT Build systems that feed into
the data that is displayed on
HealthCare.gov. While this document is
not a new document, the burden
associated with this document is new
for States. We estimate that it requires
a financial examiner 12 hours, on
average, (at a rate of $66.04 per hour) to
create, review, and electronically submit
a complete and accurate document to
HHS resulting in a burden of 12 hours
and an associated cost of $792, with a
total annual burden for all 10 States of
120 hours and an associated cost of
$7,925.
Under the previous policy, the burden
estimates 226 respondents per year, for
a total yearly burden total of 165 annual
burden hours and a total annual
associated cost of $8,094 to meet these
reporting requirements. Under the new
policy related to EHB, we estimate that
the total number of respondents will be
10 per year, for a total yearly burden of
470 hours and an associated cost of
$33,699 to meet these reporting
requirements. The estimated burden
associated with the changes represents
an increase of 305 hours (increase from
165 hours to 470 hours) and an annual
costs increase of $25,605 (from $8,094 to
$33,699) over the previously approved
information collection (OMB Control
Number: 0938–1174).
As part of the update to this OMB
control number: 0938–1174, we also
sought comment on requirements for
SADPs to submit voluntary reporting.
This collection includes data on
whether the issuer intends to offer
SADP coverage, the anticipated
Exchange market in which coverage will
be offered, and the State and service
area in which the issuer offers coverage.
The burden associated with meeting this
requirement includes the time and effort
needed by the issuer to report on
whether it intends to offer SADP
coverage. We estimate that it will take
one half hour for a health insurance
issuer to meet this reporting
requirement. We estimate that
approximately 175 issuers will respond
to this data collection. Therefore, we
anticipate that the reporting
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17042
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
requirement will require a market
research analyst one half-hour annually
to identify and submit the responsive
records to HHS (at a rate of $67.90 per
hour), for a total cost of $34 a year per
reporting entity. This will result in an
annual burden of 87.5 hours for all 175
issuers and a resulting estimated annual
cost of $5,941. OMB approvals are
issued for 3 years; therefore, the
aggregate burden for 3 years will be
approximately 263 hours with an
associated cost of approximately
$17,824. We did not receive comments
on these estimates.
Lastly, as part of the update to this
OMB control number: 0938–1174, we
are adding an information collection
request to this ICR to account for the
finalized policy at § 156.115(b)(2)(ii)
that allows the State the option to notify
HHS that the State will allow
substitution between EHB categories of
benefits, beginning with the 2020 plan
year. Specifically, § 156.115(b)(2)(ii)
will allow issuers to substitute benefits
only when the State in which the plan
will be offered permits such substitution
and notifies HHS of its decision to allow
substitution between categories. We
anticipate that States will notify HHS
through the same means the States will
notify HHS of an updated EHBbenchmark plan selection under
§ 156.111 and we intend to provide a
preformatted response for States to use
to provide the notification to HHS. To
provide notification under
§ 156.115(b)(2)(ii), we estimate that it
will require a financial examiner 1⁄2
hour, on average, (at a rate of $66.04 per
hour) to review and electronically
submit a notification to HHS.
Furthermore, we estimate that at most 5
States will want to allow the flexibility
for their issuers to substitute between
categories under § 156.115(b)(2)(ii).
While this aspect of the ICR is not
subject to the PRA because we estimate
that no more than 5 States will be
affected annually, we nonetheless
provide a total annual burden estimate
for § 156.115(b)(2)(ii), which is 2.5
hours and a total associated cost of
$165.
H. ICRs Regarding Medical Loss Ratio
(§§ 158.170, 158.221, 158.320–323,
158.340, 158.346, and 158.350)
We are amending § 158.221 to allow
issuers the option to report quality
improvement activity expenses as a
single fixed percentage of premium
amount beginning with the 2017 MLR
reporting year (that is, for reports filed
by July 31, 2018), and making
conforming amendments to § 158.170.
We do not anticipate that implementing
this provision will require significant
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
changes to the MLR annual reporting
form and the associated burden. In
addition, while we are not making
changes to § 158.162, pursuant to public
comments, we intend to make a change
to the MLR annual reporting form in
order to collect the information on
issuers’ employment taxes separately
from other taxes. We do not anticipate
that implementing this provision will
significantly change the reporting
burden either, as issuers already include
this information on the reporting form,
and would simply have to include it on
a different line on the form. The burden
related to this collection is currently
approved under OMB control number
0938–1164; Medical Loss Ratio Annual
Reports, MLR Notices, and
Recordkeeping Requirements.
We are also amending subpart C to
modify the data and narratives which a
State must submit as part of the State’s
request for an adjustment to the MLR
standard in the individual market for
that State. There is no standardized
application form associated with a
State’s request, but each request must
contain certain data elements in order to
receive consideration by the Secretary,
which are described in §§ 158.320–
158.323, 158.340, 158.346, and 158.350.
The burden related to the proposed
requirements was previously approved
under OMB control number 0938–1114,
Medical Loss Ratio (IFR) Information
Collection Requirements and
Supporting Regulations; the approval
expired in 2014. We intend to reinstate
this information collection, with
modifications to reflect our finalized
revisions to subpart C of part 158. The
proposed rule (82 FR 51052), published
on November 2, 2017, served as the 60day notice to afford the public an
opportunity to comment on this
collection of information requirement.
We are eliminating collection of the
following information from a State
requesting an adjustment: The State
MLR standard and formula for assessing
compliance (§ 158.321(a)), its market
withdrawal requirements (§ 158.321(b)),
and the mechanisms available to the
State to provide consumers with options
for alternate coverage (§ 158.321(c)); as
well as the net underwriting profit for
the total business in the State and the
after-tax profit and profit margin for the
individual market and total business in
the State (§ 158.321(d)(2)(vii)), and the
estimated rebate (§ 158.321(d)(2)(v)) of
each issuer with at least 1,000 enrollees
in the State. We expect these
amendments to reduce the burden on
States seeking an adjustment. We are
also replacing the requirement that a
State requesting an adjustment must
submit enrollment and premium data
PO 00000
Frm 00114
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
for every individual market issuer at the
product level (§ 158.321(d)(1)) and the
reported and estimated MLRs
(§ 158.321(d)(2)(ii) and (iii)) for issuers
with at least 1,000 enrollees, with total
enrollment (life-years and covered
lives), premium, and total incurred
claims for only active individual market
issuers, separately for five types of
individual market coverage: OnExchange plans, off-Exchange plans,
grandfathered health plans as defined in
§ 147.140, coverage that meets the
criteria for transitional policies outlined
in applicable guidance, and nongrandfathered single risk pool coverage.
States will not be required to provide
information on student health insurance
coverage as defined in § 147.145 or
excepted benefits as defined in
§ 148.220. We expect these amendments
to result in a net reduction in burden on
States seeking an adjustment. We will
continue to collect data on total agents’
and broker’s commission expenses and
net underwriting gain (proposed to be
redesignated from § 158.321(d)(2)(iv)
and (vi) to § 158.321(a)(3) and (4),
respectively) for only active individual
market issuers, but separately for the
five types of coverage described above.
We will also continue to collect
information on risk-based capital levels
(proposed to be redesignated from
§ 158.321(d)(2)(viii) to § 158.321(a)(5)) at
the issuer level. While the amendments
will require more breakdown of the data
than § 158.321 previously required, in
most States there are more issuers with
at least 1,000 enrollees than there are
active issuers in the individual market,
and consequently we expect that these
amendments will have no net impact on
the burden. Additionally, we are
updating § 158.321(d)(2)(ix) to collect
more specific information on issuer
notices to the State of changes to
participation in the State’s individual
market, rather than focusing exclusively
on notices to exit the individual market.
We do not expect this amendment to
have an appreciable impact on the
burden. We are further eliminating the
requirement that a State requesting an
adjustment provide information
explaining and justifying how its
proposed adjustment was determined
and estimating rebates that would be
paid with and without an adjustment
(§ 158.322(a), (c), and (d)); as well as
replacing what information a State must
provide pursuant to § 158.322(b) with a
requirement to explain how the
adjustment would help stabilize the
State’s individual market. We expect
these amendments to reduce the burden.
Lastly, we have updated what
information a State must submit with a
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
subsequent request for adjustment
pursuant to § 158.350. We do not expect
this amendment to change the burden.
Based on preliminary data analysis
and previous State requests for
adjustments, we estimate that
approximately 22 States will submit
applications in the first year. We
estimate that it will take approximately
140 hours on average for each State to
complete the application, including
gathering and analyzing data,
synthesizing information, and
developing a proposal for an adjusted
MLR standard. Specifically, we assume
that the application will take a financial
analyst approximately 96 hours (at a
rate of $68.78 per hour), an actuary 6
hours (at a rate of $80.82 per hour), a
financial manager 10 hours (at a rate of
$91.66 per hour), a lawyer 24 hours (at
a rate of $89.74 per hour), and the
17043
information from health insurance
issuers in their States, which could
increase their burden. Some States may,
if providing the requested information is
an undue burden, ask the Secretary to
consider their application without some
of the information elements. We
received a few comments that generally
questioned whether the burden on
States related to the information
collection requirements prior to the
finalized amendments may have been
overstated, but that did not specify the
basis for such concerns and did not
relate to the estimates for the revised
information collection requirements. We
also received one comment that agreed
with the estimates for the revised
information collection.
insurance commissioner 4 hours (at a
rate of $116.90 per hour) to assemble
and review the various components of
the application, resulting in a total
burden for each State of 140 hours with
an associated cost of $10,626 per
response, representing an estimated
total burden reduction of 45 hours per
response. The documents will be
submitted electronically at minimal
cost. We estimate that the total burden
for 22 States to submit a request for an
adjustment to the individual market
MLR standard will be 3,080 hours with
an associated cost of approximately
$233,767, with an estimated net total
reduction in burden of 620 hours. We
recognize that this burden may vary
between States, as some States may have
better access to the required application
information elements, while other States
may have to seek some of the required
I. Summary of Annual Burden Estimates
for Final Requirements
TABLE 12—FINAL ANNUAL RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
OMB control
No.
Regulation section(s)
Respondents
Burden per
response
(hours)
Responses
Total annual
burden
(hours)
Labor cost
of
reporting
($)
Total cost
($)
§ 153.320 .......................................................
§ 153.630(b)(6) ..............................................
§ 156.111(e)(1) ..............................................
§ 156.111(e)(2) ..............................................
§ 156.111(e)(3) ..............................................
§ 156.111(e)(4) ..............................................
§ 156.115(b)(2)(ii) ..........................................
§ 156.150 .......................................................
§§ 158.320–323, 158.340, 158.346–350 ......
0938–1155
0938–1155
0938–1174
0938–1174
0938–1174
0938–1174
0938–1174
0938–1174
0938–1114
25
70
* 10
* 10
* 10
* 10
*5
175
22
25
2,800
10
10
10
10
5
175
22
60
1
4
19
12
12
0.5
0.5
140
1,500
2,800
40
190
120
120
2.5
87.5
3,080
$121,880.00
432,194.00
2,641.60
15,208.00
7,924.80
7,924.80
165.10
5,941.25
233,766.72
$121,880.00
432,194.00
2,641.60
15,208.00
7,924.80
7,924.80
165.10
5,941.25
233,766.72
Total .......................................................
........................
302
3,067
........................
7,940
827,646.27
827,646.27
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
* Denote the same entities. For purposes of calculating the total, the value is used only once.
Note: There are no capital/maintenance costs associated with the information collection requirements contained in this rule; therefore, we have removed the associated column from Table 12.
J. Submission of PRA-Related
Comments
We have submitted a copy of this final
rule to OMB for its review of the rule’s
information collection and
recordkeeping requirements. These
requirements are not effective until they
have been approved by the OMB.
To obtain copies of the supporting
statement and any related forms for the
final collections discussed above, please
visit CMS’s website at
www.cms.hhs.gov/
PaperworkReductionActof1995, or call
the Reports Clearance Office at 410–
786–1326.
We invite public comments on these
information collection requirements. If
you wish to comment, please submit
your comments electronically as
specified in the ADDRESSES section of
this final rule and identify the rule
(CMS–9930–F), the ICR’s CFR citation,
CMS ID number, and OMB control
number.
ICR-related comments are due May
17, 2018.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
V. Regulatory Impact Analysis
A. Statement of Need
This rule finalizes standards related to
the risk adjustment program for the
2019 benefit year, as well as certain
modifications that will promote State
flexibility and control over their
insurance markets, reduce burden on
stakeholders, and protect consumers
from increases in premiums due to
issuer uncertainty. The Premium
Stabilization Rule and previous
Payment Notices provided detail on the
implementation of the risk adjustment
program, including the specific
parameters applicable for the 2014,
2015, 2016, 2017, and 2018 benefit
years. This rule finalizes additional
standards related to EHBs; cost-sharing
parameters; QHP certification; the
Exchanges, including terminations,
exemptions, eligibility and enrollment;
AV for stand-alone dental plans; MEC;
the rate review program; the medical
loss ratio program; the Small Business
PO 00000
Frm 00115
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Health Options Program; and FFE and
SBE–FP user fees.
B. Overall Impact
We have examined the impacts of this
rule as required by Executive Order
12866 on Regulatory Planning and
Review (September 30, 1993), Executive
Order 13563 on Improving Regulation
and Regulatory Review (January 18,
2011), the Regulatory Flexibility Act
(RFA) (September 19, 1980, Pub. L. 96–
354), section 202 of the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (March
22, 1995, Pub. L. 104–4), Executive
Order 13132 on Federalism (August 4,
1999), and the Congressional Review
Act (5 U.S.C. 804(2)), and Executive
Order 13771 on Reducing Regulation
and Controlling Regulatory Costs
(January 30, 2017).
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563
direct agencies to assess all costs and
benefits of available regulatory
alternatives and, if regulation is
necessary, to select regulatory
approaches that maximize net benefits
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
17044
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
(including potential economic,
environmental, public health and safety
effects, distributive impacts, and
equity). Executive Order 13563
emphasizes the importance of
quantifying both costs and benefits, of
reducing costs, of harmonizing rules,
and of promoting flexibility. A
regulatory impact analysis (RIA) must
be prepared for rules with economically
significant effects ($100 million or more
in any 1 year).
OMB has determined that this final
rule is ‘‘economically significant’’
within the meaning of section 3(f)(1) of
Executive Order 12866, because it is
likely to have an annual effect of $100
million in any 1 year. Accordingly, we
have prepared an RIA that presents the
costs and benefits of this final rule.
Section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866
defines a ‘‘significant regulatory action’’
as an action that is likely to result in a
rule—(1) Having an annual effect on the
economy of $100 million or more in any
1 year, or adversely and materially
affecting a sector of the economy,
productivity, competition, jobs, the
environment, public health or safety, or
State, local or tribal governments or
communities (also referred to as
‘‘economically significant’’); (2) creating
a serious inconsistency or otherwise
interfering with an action taken or
planned by another agency; (3)
materially altering the budgetary
impacts of entitlement grants, user fees,
or loan programs or the rights and
obligations of recipients thereof; or (4)
raising novel legal or policy issues
arising out of legal mandates, the
President’s priorities, or the principles
set forth in the Executive Order. A
regulatory impact analysis (RIA) must
be prepared for major rules with
economically significant effects ($100
million or more in any 1 year), and a
‘‘significant’’ regulatory action is subject
to review by OMB. HHS has concluded
that this rule is likely to have economic
impacts of $100 million or more in at
least 1 year, and therefore, meets the
definition of ‘‘significant rule’’ under
Executive Order 12866. Therefore, HHS
has provided an assessment of the
potential costs, benefits, and transfers
associated with this rule.
The provisions in this final rule aim
to improve the health and stability of
the Exchanges, and to provide States
with additional flexibility and control
over their insurance markets. They will
reduce regulatory burden, and reduce
administrative costs for issuers and
States, and will lower net premiums for
consumers. Through the reduction in
financial uncertainty for issuers and
increased affordability for consumers,
these provisions are expected to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
increase access to affordable health
coverage. Although there is some
uncertainty regarding the net effect on
enrollment and premiums, we
anticipate that the provisions of this
final rule will help further HHS’s goal
of ensuring that all consumers have
access to quality, affordable health care;
that markets are stable; and that
Exchanges operate smoothly.
Although it is difficult to discuss the
wide-ranging effects of these provisions
in isolation, the overarching goal of the
premium stabilization, market
standards, and Exchange-related
provisions and policies in the PPACA is
to make affordable health insurance
available to individuals who do not
have access to affordable employersponsored coverage or governmentsponsored coverage. The provisions
within this final rule are integral to the
goal of expanding coverage. For
example, the risk adjustment program
helps prevent risk selection and
decrease the risk of financial loss that
health insurance issuers might
otherwise expect in 2019.
HHS anticipates that the provisions of
this final rule will help further the
Department’s goal of ensuring that all
consumers have access to quality and
affordable health care and are able to
make informed choices, that Exchanges
operate smoothly, that the risk
adjustment program works as intended,
and that States have more control and
flexibility over EHBs, QHP certification
and the operation and establishment of
Exchanges. Affected entities such as
QHP issuers will incur costs to comply
with the proposed provisions, for
example, those related to the functions
of a SHOP; including calculating the
minimum participation rate at the
employer level and processing SHOP
enrollments for employers and
employees; and States will incur costs if
they select a new EHB-benchmark plan
under the new regulations. In
accordance with Executive Order 12866,
HHS believes that the benefits of this
regulatory action justify the costs.
C. Impact Estimates of the Payment
Notice Provisions and Accounting Table
In accordance with OMB Circular A–
4, Table 13 depicts an accounting
statement summarizing HHS’s
assessment of the benefits, costs, and
transfers associated with this regulatory
action.
This final rule implements standards
for programs that will have numerous
effects, including providing consumers
with access to affordable health
insurance coverage, reducing the impact
of adverse selection, and stabilizing
premiums in the individual and small
PO 00000
Frm 00116
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
group health insurance markets and in
an Exchange. We are unable to quantify
certain benefits of this final rule—such
as any reduction in burden related to
changes in the timing related to State
deadlines for submission of rate filings
from issuers that only offer non-QHPs;
increased flexibility for Exchanges
related to the removal of certain
requirements for Navigator programs
and non-Navigator assistance personnel
entities; increased access to the direct
enrollment pathway stemming from
permitting a third-party entity to
conduct operational readiness reviews
for agents, brokers, and issuers; benefits
to Exchanges related to proposed
simplifications of verification
requirements; benefits to consumers,
issuers or Exchanges related to the
changes related to the special
enrollment periods; increased flexibility
for States relating to the proposals
regarding the SHOP enrollment process;
and potential decreases in premiums to
consumers related to removing actuarial
value standards for SADPs—and certain
costs—such as the costs incurred by
small employers, agents and brokers,
and potential increases in out-of-pocket
costs to consumers related to removing
actuarial value standards for SADPs;
and costs to issuers, brokers, agents, and
employers related to changes in SHOP
enrollment procedures. The effects in
Table 13 reflect qualitative impacts and
estimated direct monetary costs and
transfers resulting from the provisions
of this final rule for health insurance
issuers. The annualized monetized costs
described in Table 13 reflect direct
administrative costs to health insurance
issuers as a result of the finalized
provisions, and include administrative
costs associated with States requesting a
reduction in risk adjustment transfers
for the State’s individual, small group or
merged market, the reduction in costs
relating to issuers and States having to
no longer submit rate increases for
student health insurance plans to HHS,
and costs associated with States seeking
an adjustment to the MLR standard in
the State’s individual market that are
estimated in the Collection of
Information section of this final rule.
The annual monetized transfers
described in Table 13 include costs
associated with SBE–FP user fees, the
risk adjustment user fee paid to HHS by
issuers, and reductions in rebate
payments from issuers to consumers
related to QIA and MLR adjustments.
We are finalizing a risk adjustment user
fee to collect $1.80 per enrollee per year
from risk adjustment issuers to operate
the risk adjustment program on behalf of
States, which we expect to cost
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17045
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
approximately $40 million, similar to
the $40 million in contract costs
expected for benefit year 2018 when we
established a $1.68 per-enrollee-per-year
risk adjustment user fee rate. As in
2018, the risk adjustment user fee
contract costs for 2019 include
additional costs for risk adjustment data
validation; however, we expect reduced
costs related to issuer outreach and
education as issuers gain familiarity
with the risk adjustment program, and
lower enrollment in risk adjustment
covered QHPs, and additional costs to
include administrative and personnel
costs related to the risk adjustment
program that were inadvertently
excluded in prior years’ cost estimation,
which together results in a slightly
higher risk adjustment user fee rate than
the benefit year 2018 rate. As we
generally expect similar risk adjustment
user fee costs as the 2018 benefit year,
there are no changes to the risk
adjustment user fee transfers to include
in Table 13. Also, we expect a decrease
in FFE user fee collections necessary as
we estimate lower contract costs due to
streamlining of FFE operations and an
increase in premiums but also lower
enrollment, resulting in a proposed user
fee rate of 3.5 percent for 2019, which
is the same as the FFE user fee rate
established for 2014 through 2018
benefit years. However, the decrease in
user fee collections required to support
FFE functions for the 2019 benefit year
will be similar to the updated costs for
the 2018 benefit year, and the user fee
rate will yield the same amount of
transfers from FFE issuers to the Federal
government as in the prior benefit year.
Therefore, there are no changes to the
FFE user fee transfers to include in
Table 13. We also proposed an SBE–FP
user fee rate to be set at 3.0 percent for
benefit year 2019, which is higher than
the 2.0 percent SBE–FP user fee rate we
finalized for the 2018 benefit year. In
this rule, we also finalized a proposal to
cease charging user fees on SHOP
issuers offering plans through an FFE or
SBE–FP starting for plan years
beginning on and after January 1, 2018.
TABLE 13—ACCOUNTING TABLE
Benefits:
Qualitative:
• Greater market stability resulting from improvements to the risk adjustment methodology.
• Potential increased enrollment in the individual market stemming from lower premiums, leading to improved access to health care for the
previously uninsured, especially individuals with medical conditions, which will result in improved health and protection from the risk of
catastrophic medical expenditures.a
• More informed Exchange QHP certification decisions.
• Increased coverage options for small businesses and employees with less adverse selection.
• Cost savings to consumers and issuers due to reduced administrative costs for issuers.
• Potential decreases in premiums associated with States opting to select a new EHB-benchmark plan.
• Reduced burden to Exchanges, due to the removal of the requirements that each Exchange must have at least two Navigator entities,
and that one of these entities must be a community and consumer-focused nonprofit group, and the removal of the requirement that each
Navigator (and each non-Navigator entity subject to § 155.215) maintain a physical presence in the Exchange service area.
• Reduced costs and burden and increased flexibility to agents and brokers performing direct enrollment and their third-party auditors due
to the removal of the requirement to obtain HHS approval to perform reviews.
• Reduction in administrative costs to issuers due to the removal of the meaningful difference standard, and final changes to the SHOPs.
Estimate
(million)
Costs:
Year
dollar
Discount rate
(percent)
Period
covered
¥$26.71
2016
7
2018–2022
¥25.54
Annualized Monetized ($/year) ........................................................................
2016
3
2018–2022
Quantitative:
• Costs incurred by issuers and States to comply with provisions in the final rule as detailed in the Collection of Information Requirements
section, taking into account the reduction in burden and costs for issuers and States due to the elimination of the requirement to submit
rate reviews to HHS for student health insurance coverage b and increase in the rate review threshold and the reduction in burden and
costs to States related to the requests for adjustment to the MLR standard in their individual markets.
• Reduction in costs to issuers due to changes to the requirements for risk adjustment data validation.
• Reduction in potential costs to Exchanges since they will no longer be required to conduct sampling as a verification process for eligibility
for employer-based insurance starting plan year 2018, and can instead conduct an alternate process through plan year 2019.
• Costs incurred by Exchanges to implement new verification requirements for income inconsistencies.
• Regulatory familiarization costs.
Qualitative:
• Costs due to increases in providing medical services (if health insurance enrollment increases).
• Costs to issuers of redesigning SADPs to account for the removal of actuarial value standards for SADPs.
• Potential increases in out of pocket costs associated with States opting to select a new EHB-benchmark plan.
• Potential increases in out of pocket costs and loss of benefits and services associated with substitution between EHB categories.c
• Potential increase in consumer burden related to plan comparisons in those States allowing substitution between EHB categories.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Transfers:
Estimate
(million)
Federal Annualized Monetized ($/year) ...........................................................
Year
dollar
Discount rate
(percent)
Period
covered
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00117
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
7
2018–2022
2017
3
2018–2022
87
2017
7
2018–2022
87
VerDate Sep<11>2014
2017
18.6
Other Annualized Monetized ($/year) ..............................................................
$17.8
2017
3
2018–2022
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17046
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Estimate
(million)
Costs:
Year
dollar
Discount rate
(percent)
Period
covered
Quantitative:
• Transfer from health insurance issuers to the Federal government of $40 million as risk adjustment user fees for 2022 (the same amount
as previously estimated for 2018–2021).
• Increased transfers from SBE–FP issuers to the Federal government of $20 million due to increase in user fee rate from 2.0 set in 2018
to 3.0 percent final for 2019.
• Decrease in user fee transfers from SHOP issuers offering plans through an FF–SHOP or SBE–FP for SHOP to the Federal government
of approximately $6 million in 2019.
• Reduced transfers to consumers from health insurance issuers in the form of rebates of $75 million to $87 million due to final amendments to the medical loss ratio requirements.d
Qualitative:
• Lower premium rates in the individual market due to the improved risk profile of the insured, competition, and pooling.
• A decrease in the premiums and risk adjustment transfers in the individual, small group or merged markets as a result of potential State
requests to reduce risk adjustment transfers for the State’s individual, small group or merged market.
• Potential increases in premiums associated with adjustments to MLR.
• Potential decreases in premiums associated with removal of AV standards for SADPs.
• Potential increases in out of pocket costs associated with removal of AV standards for SADPs.
a Removal
of AV standards for SADPs may reduce enrollment due to reductions in coverage and potential higher out-of-pocket costs.
reduction in burden and costs associated with student health insurance could result in lower premiums.
c Some consumers may experience an increase in services and benefits. The net result is uncertain.
d For the purpose of calculating total transfers, the upper bound was used.
b The
This RIA expands upon the impact
analyses of previous rules and utilizes
the Congressional Budget Office’s (CBO)
analysis of the PPACA’s impact on
Federal spending, revenue collection,
and insurance enrollment. The PPACA
transitional reinsurance program and
temporary risk corridors program end
after the benefit year 2016. Therefore,
the costs associated with those programs
are not included in Tables 14 or 15 for
fiscal years 2019–2022. Table 14
summarizes the effects of the risk
adjustment program on the Federal
budget from fiscal years 2018 through
2022, with the additional, societal
effects of this final rule discussed in this
RIA. We do not expect the provisions of
this final rule to significantly alter
CBO’s estimates of the budget impact of
the premium stabilization programs that
are described in Table 14. We note that
transfers associated with the risk
adjustment program were previously
estimated in the Premium Stabilization
Rule; therefore, to avoid doublecounting, we do not include them in the
accounting statement for this final rule
(Table 13).
In addition to utilizing CBO
projections, HHS conducted an internal
analysis of the effects of its regulations
on enrollment and premiums. Based on
these internal analyses, we anticipate
that the quantitative effects of the
provisions proposed in this rule are
consistent with our previous estimates
in the 2018 Payment Notice for the
impacts associated with the APTC, the
premium stabilization programs, and
FFE user fee requirements.
TABLE 14—ESTIMATED FEDERAL GOVERNMENT OUTLAYS AND RECEIPTS FOR THE RISK ADJUSTMENT, REINSURANCE, AND
RISK CORRIDORS PROGRAMS FROM FISCAL YEAR 2018–2022
[In billions of dollars]
Year
2018
Risk Adjustment, Reinsurance, and Risk Corridors Program Payments .....................
Risk Adjustment, Reinsurance, and Risk Corridors Program Collections * ..................
2019
5
5
2020
5
5
2021
5
6
2022
6
6
2018–2022
6
6
27
28
Note 1: Risk adjustment program payments and receipts lag by one quarter. Receipt will fully offset payments over time.
Note 2: The CBO score reflects an additional $1 million in payments in FY 2018 that are collected in prior fiscal years. CBO does not expect a shortfall in these
programs.
Source: Congressional Budget Office. Federal Subsidies for Health Insurance Coverage for People Under Age 65: 2017 to 2027 Table 2. September 2017. Available at https://www.cbo.gov/system/files/115th-congress-2017-2018/reports/53091-fshic.pdf.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
1. Risk Adjustment
The risk adjustment program is a
permanent program created by the
PPACA that transfers funds from lower
risk, non-grandfathered plans to higher
risk, non-grandfathered plans in the
individual and small group markets,
inside and outside the Exchanges. We
established standards for the
administration of the risk adjustment
program, in subparts D and G of part
153 in Title 45 of the CFR.
A State approved or conditionally
approved by the Secretary to operate an
Exchange may establish a risk
adjustment program, or have HHS do so
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
on its behalf. As described in the 2014
through 2018 Payment Notices, if HHS
operates risk adjustment on behalf of a
State, it will fund its risk adjustment
program operations by assessing a risk
adjustment user fee on issuers of risk
adjustment covered plans. For the 2019
benefit year, we estimate that the total
cost for HHS to operate the risk
adjustment program on behalf of States
for 2019 will be approximately $40
million, and that the risk adjustment
user fee would be approximately $1.80
per enrollee per year. This user fee
reflects costs to support the risk
adjustment data validation process in
2019, lower costs related to risk
PO 00000
Frm 00118
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
adjustment issuer outreach and
education and lower enrollment in risk
adjustment covered QHPs, and includes
administrative and personnel cost
related to the risk adjustment program,
resulting in a slightly higher user fee
rate for 2019 than the 2018 benefit year
rate.
We believe that the approach of
blending the coefficients calculated
from the 2016 benefit year enrollee-level
EDGE data with 2014 and 2015
MarketScan® data finalized in this rule
will provide stability within the risk
adjustment program and minimize
volatility in changes to risk scores from
the 2018 benefit year to the 2019 benefit
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
year due to differences in the datasets’
underlying populations.
We are finalizing the provision for
States to request a reduction in risk
adjustment transfers in the individual,
small group or merged market. We
expect this policy will reduce transfers
proportional to the percent by which the
States seek to reduce the transfers to
account for State-specific market rules
or relevant factors without the necessity
for States to undertake operation of their
own risk adjustment program. However,
because the risk adjustment program is
budget neutral, any State decision to
request a reduction in the risk
adjustment transfers will have no net
impact on risk adjustment transfers.
2. Risk Adjustment Data Validation
We are finalizing several changes to
the requirements for risk adjustment
data validation that overall would
reduce regulatory burden and costs for
issuers of risk adjustment covered plans.
HHS believes that adjusting issuers’ risk
adjustment risk scores only when an
issuer’s failure rate for a group of HCCs
is statistically different from the
weighted mean failure rate for that
group of HCCs for all issuers that
submitted initial validation audits will
help market stability by increasing
issuers’ ability to predict risk
adjustment transfers and liquidity
needs. We anticipate that many issuers
required to participate in risk
adjustment data validation will not have
their risk scores adjusted, based on our
analysis of error rates in the Medicare
risk adjustment data validation program.
We anticipate that the post-transfer
adjustment of risk adjustment transfers
for issuers that exited a State market
will result in transfer adjustments for a
small subset of issuers that previously
would not have had their transfers
adjusted, but HHS does not expect this
policy to increase burden for these
issuers, especially in light of the revised
payment adjustments for error rates
policy finalized in this rule.
HHS estimates that not requiring
issuers that have 500 or fewer billable
member months Statewide to conduct
an initial validation audit beginning in
the 2017 benefit year will reduce the
administrative burden and costs on
those issuers. The reduction in burden
and costs related to this ICR has been
discussed previously in the Collection
of Information Requirements section.
Under the change to the sampling
methodology finalized in this rule,
issuers that were the sole issuer in a risk
pool will still need to provide a sample
for data validation, but the sample will
not include enrollees from the risk pool
where they were the sole issuer.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
Therefore, this change will not have a
significant impact on costs or burden for
affected issuers.
We are finalizing an amendment to
§ 153.630(b)(6) to state that a qualified
provider licensed to diagnose mental
illness that is prohibited by State
privacy laws from furnishing a complete
medical record for data validation may
furnish a signed mental or behavioral
health assessment that providers
routinely prepare along with the
required attestation. For risk adjustment
data validation purposes, a mental or
behavioral health assessment should, to
the extent permissible under applicable
State and Federal privacy laws, contain:
(i) The enrollee’s name; (ii) sex; (iii) date
of birth; (iv) current status of all mental
or behavioral health diagnoses; and (v)
dates of service. The burden associated
with this requirement has been
discussed previously in the Collection
of Information Requirements section.
We are finalizing an amendment to
§ 153.630(b)(9) to state that, if an issuer
of a risk adjustment covered plan (1)
fails to engage an initial validation
auditor; (2) fails to submit the results of
an initial validation audit to HHS; (3)
engages in misconduct or substantial
non-compliance with the risk
adjustment data validation standards
and requirements applicable to issuers
of risk adjustment covered plans; or (4)
intentionally or recklessly misrepresents
or falsifies information that it furnishes
to HHS, HHS may impose CMPs in
accordance with the procedures set
forth in § 156.805(b) through (e).
Because risk adjustment data validation
has thus far operated as a pilot program,
we cannot estimate the number of
issuers that will be subject to CMPs.
However, we do not expect that a
significant number of issuers will
engage in the extreme misconduct
required to warrant a CMP under this
amended regulation.
3. Rate Review
We are amending § 154.103 to exclude
student health insurance coverage
effective on or after July 1, 2018 from
the Federal rate review requirements.
This will reduce burden related to rate
review submission and review for
issuers and States. In addition,
providing States with more flexibility
regarding timing of submission of rate
filing justification from issuers that offer
non-QHPs only, and reducing the
advance notification requirement for
rate increase announcements, will
reduce regulatory burden for issuers and
States. The reduction in burden and
costs related to ICRs have been
discussed previously in the Collection
of Information Requirements section.
PO 00000
Frm 00119
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17047
Raising the Federal default review
threshold from 10 percent to 15 percent
will reduce administrative burden for
issuers and States while continuing to
provide the Secretary and the States
with the information necessary to
effectively carry out their
responsibilities to monitor rate increases
inside and outside of Exchanges. As
discussed previously in the Collection
of Information Requirements section,
issuer burden will decrease by an
estimated $20,576 and the State burden
will decrease by an estimated $519,674
annually. Given that only one rate filing
subject to review over the last 4 years
in the 10 to 15 percent rate increase
range was determined to be
unreasonable, we feel this is a
reasonable tradeoff for the potential
burden savings.
4. Additional Required Benefits
(§ 155.170)
We are extending the applicability of
the policies governing State-required
benefits at § 155.170 to the policies
finalized at § 156.111, which provide
States with new options for selecting
their EHB-benchmark plans beginning
for the 2019 plan year. Specifically,
under any of the three EHB-benchmark
plan selection options, or if the State
defaults to its current EHB-benchmark
plan, the policies regarding Staterequired benefits will continue to apply.
Because these policies continue to be in
effect, we do not anticipate any
additional burden on States or issuers.
5. Standards for Navigators and Certain
Non-Navigator Assistance Personnel
(§§ 155.210 and 155.215)
We amended § 155.210(c)(2) to
remove the requirements that each
Exchange must have at least two
Navigator entities and that one of these
entities must be a community and
consumer-focused nonprofit group. We
also amended §§ 155.210(e)(7) and
155.215(h) to remove the requirements
that Navigators and non-Navigator
assistance personnel entities subject to
those regulations maintain a physical
presence in the Exchange service area.
These amendments to § 155.210(c)(2)
will reduce the burden on Exchanges to
have at least two separate Navigator
entities, and as a result, Exchanges may
be able to reduce funding amounts
while still meeting program
requirements. Removing these
requirements will help promote
flexibility and autonomy for each
Exchange to structure its Navigator
program, and to award grant funding to
the number and type of entities that will
be most effective and efficient for that
specific Exchange service area. To the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17048
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
extent that Exchanges take advantage of
these flexibilities, consumers may have
fewer options of Navigator grantees and
may not have access to a Navigator
grantee or a non-Navigator assistance
personnel entity that maintains a
physical presence in the Exchange
service area. Exchanges continue to
have the flexibility to fund more than
one Navigator grantee and State
Exchanges continue to have the
flexibility to require that Navigators
maintain a physical presence in the
Exchange service area.
6. Standards for Third-Party Entities To
Perform Audits of Agents, Brokers, and
Issuers Participating in Direct
Enrollment (§ 155.221)
The final regulations replace the
requirement that an HHS-approved
third party perform audits of agents and
brokers participating in direct
enrollment and use their own internet
website for QHP selection or to
complete the Exchange eligibility
application to instead permit an agent,
broker or issuer to select a third-party
entity that meets HHS requirements to
conduct an annual operational readiness
review prior to participating in direct
enrollment. HHS anticipates this
approach will reduce the regulatory
burden on agents, brokers, and issuers
participating in direct enrollment. HHS
also anticipates these changes will
reduce the burden on third-party
auditors performing reviews under
§ 155.221, as those entities will no
longer be required to obtain HHS
approval to perform the reviews.
Furthermore, we believe this policy will
expand the available number of
qualified third-party auditors by
removing any time and operational
restrictions imposed by the HHS preapproval requirement, which will
provide more flexibility to agents,
brokers, or issuers as they complete
operational readiness reviews.
Additionally, we believe this will
enable more agents, brokers and issuers
to demonstrate operational readiness by
reducing the burden on HHS for
conducting reviews, expediting the
ability of these entities to demonstrate
readiness, and increasing the feasibility
of approval for use of innovative
pathways, thereby creating more
opportunities for enrollment in QHP
coverage for consumers, potentially
increasing enrollment. HHS anticipates
that some of the burden will be lessened
by the fact that many agents, brokers, or
issuers already have the established
privacy and security controls, and may
have existing relationships with
auditors that could be leveraged for
these reviews. We intend to provide
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
additional technical details regarding
compliance with the specific
requirements under these rules in
guidance in the future.
7. Eligibility Standards (§ 155.305)
The requirement in § 155.305(f)(4)(ii)
that the Exchange must send direct
notification to the tax filer before
denying eligibility for APTC to
consumers who fail to file and reconcile
went into effect in mid-January 2017;
therefore, it did not impact operations
for the 2017 open enrollment period,
which was nearly over then. At that
point in time, for the FFE, the
household contacts for non-filers had
been notified of their tax filer’s noncompliance, and APTC had been
discontinued at auto re-enrollment for
those who did not file a Federal income
tax return according to IRS data or
inform the FFE that they had filed a
Federal tax return and reconciled past
APTC. Requiring the Exchange to deny
APTC for failure to file and reconcile
even in the absence of ‘‘direct
notification . . . to the tax filer’’ is
unlikely to add new burden since
Exchanges have not yet implemented
§ 155.305(f)(4)(ii). We do not believe
that Exchanges have built an FTIcompliant noticing infrastructure since
the publication of the final rule
establishing § 155.305(f)(4)(ii) that they
will need to dismantle. However,
removing § 155.305(f)(4)(ii) avoids
significant costs for Exchanges that, as
discussed above, no longer must build
the infrastructure necessary to directly
notify tax filers about their tax filing
status while protecting FTI.
8. Verification Requirements (155.320)
This rule amends § 155.320(c)(3)(iii)
to create annual income data matching
issues when applicants attest to income
above 100 percent FPL, but trusted data
sources show income below 100 percent
FPL. We estimate that each SBE will
incur one-time costs of approximately
$450,000 to complete the necessary
system changes to implement this
policy. For 12 SBEs, the estimated total
cost will be $5.4 million. This estimate
does not take into account the ongoing
operational expenses of processing data
matching issues from this new
requirement. Ongoing operational costs
will be dependent on the Exchange’s
number of applicants with income
inconsistencies and the threshold for
setting a data matching issue.
This final rule will amend
§ 155.320(d)(4) to allow an Exchange to
conduct an HHS-approved alternative
process instead of sampling, as provided
under paragraph (d)(4)(ii) through
benefit year 2019. We believe this will
PO 00000
Frm 00120
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
relieve Exchanges from the burden of
investing resources to conduct sampling
when the FFEs’ study of a sampling-like
process found that this method of
verification may not be cost-effective for
some Exchanges at this time. We
estimate the burden associated with
sampling based in part on the
alternative process used for the FFEs.
HHS incurred approximately $750,000
in costs to design and operationalize
this study and the study indicated that
$353,581 of APTC was potentially
incorrectly granted to individuals who
inaccurately attested to their eligibility
for or enrollment in a qualifying eligible
employer-sponsored plan. We placed
calls to employers to verify 15,125 cases
but were only able to verify 1,948 cases.
A large number of employers either
could not be reached or were unable to
verify a consumer’s information,
resulting in a verification rate of
approximately 13 percent. The samplesize involved in the 2016 study did not
represent a statistically significant
sample of the target population and did
not fulfill all regulatory requirements for
sampling under paragraph (d)(4)(i) of
§ 155.320.
Taking additional costs into
account—namely, the cost of sending
notices to employees as required under
paragraph (d)(4)(i)(A), the cost of
building the infrastructure and
implementing the first year of
operationalizing this process, and the
cost of expanding the number of cases
to a statistically significant sample size
of approximately 1 million cases—we
estimate that the overall cost of
implementing sampling would be
approximately $8 million for the FFE,
and between $2 million and $7 million
for other Exchanges, depending on their
enrollment volume and existing
infrastructure. Therefore, we estimate
that the average per-Exchange cost of
implementing sampling that resembles
the FFE’s approach would be
approximately $4.5 million for a total
cost to SBEs of $54 million, when
assuming 12 SBEs (operating in 11
States and the District of Columbia).
This cost estimate does not, however,
take into account the cost of notifying
consumers when the information
provided by their employer changes
their eligibility determination described
under paragraph (d)(4)(i)(E), the cost of
providing employees consumer support
that may be needed to understand
notices and any change in eligibility, or
the cost of ending those consumers’
APTCs, when necessary. This estimate
also does not account for the unique
operating costs of each Exchange, the
change to paragraph (d)(4) to allow
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Exchanges to continue to use an
alternate process through benefit year
2019, and the flexibility afforded
Exchanges described at § 155.315(h) and
referenced in § 155.320(a)(2).
We believe this finalized change will
lessen the financial and technical
burdens on Exchanges under current
regulation and allow Exchanges to
conduct an alternative process to
sampling under paragraph (d)(4) as
approaches to sampling are refined and
data bases are compiled over time. We
sought comment on the reduction in
burden associated with extending the
option to allow Exchanges to fulfill
verification requirements by conducting
an HHS-approved alternative process to
sampling through plan year 2019. We
did not receive any comments on the
reduction of burden associated with our
proposed change.
9. Special Enrollment Periods
(§ 155.420)
We do not anticipate that the
revisions to § 155.420 will create
significant costs or burdens because
several changes will simplify special
enrollment period policy, and we also
believe that they will generate some
benefit in the form of added efficiency
for Exchanges and improvements in
some consumers’ ability to maintain
continuous coverage and understand
their coverage options.
For example, the amendment to
paragraph (d)(1)(iii) allows Exchanges to
provide similar treatment to all women
losing non-MEC pregnancy-related
coverage, which enables a more
streamlined special enrollment period
eligibility process.
Additionally, the revisions in
paragraph (b)(2)(i) align regulatory
policy for special enrollment periods
based on a court order with other
similar special enrollment period types,
and create operational efficiencies for
Exchanges by streamlining effective date
options across similar special
enrollment periods with qualifying
events related to gaining or becoming a
dependent. For example, this revision to
the regulation will enable the FFE to use
a simpler online, automated application
pathway for more special enrollment
period-eligible consumers, meaning that
fewer consumers will need to use a
manual and costly casework process to
use their special enrollment period. For
limited cases when casework support is
required, operations would also be
simplified.
We acknowledge that this may not be
the case for all Exchanges, and that an
Exchange that has automated the option
for consumers to elect that their
coverage take effect on the first of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
month after the date of their qualifying
event may need to make updates so that
consumers instead have the option to
elect that their coverage take effect the
first of the month after their date of plan
selection. However, as discussed in the
preamble, we believe that this burden
will be limited, and mitigated due to the
fact that offering a ‘‘first of the month’’
coverage effective date is optional for
Exchanges, permitting a delayed rollout
if necessary.
Additionally, amending paragraph
(a)(5) to exempt qualified individuals
from the prior coverage requirement that
applies to certain special enrollment
periods if they lived in a service area
where no qualified health plan was
available through the Exchange for 1 or
more days during the 60 days preceding
the qualifying event or during their most
recent preceding enrollment period, as
specified in §§ 155.410 and 155.420,
may provide a pathway to coverage for
a small group of individuals, and is not
anticipated to impact the Exchange risk
pool. It may generate burden on
Exchanges due to required technical and
operational updates should it become
necessary to implement, but we
anticipate that this burden will be
mitigated by the small size of the
affected group and by practices that are
already in place in many Exchanges to
verify eligibility for special enrollment
periods. Additionally, Exchanges
already exempt qualified individuals
from the prior coverage requirement
who may not previously have had
access to QHP coverage through an
Exchange, including those who were
previously living in a foreign country or
United States territory and Indians as
defined by section 4 of the Indian
Health Care Improvement Act.
Therefore, we do not believe that adding
an additional small population to this
exemption will create additional costs
or burdens.
Finally, because simplified special
enrollment period eligibility policy
provides improved pathways to
continuous coverage for special
enrollment period-eligible consumers,
we anticipate that the provisions in this
rule may result in less burden on call
center representatives and caseworkers
related to fewer questions about special
enrollment periods due to gaining or
becoming a dependent and loss of
certain types of pregnancy-related
coverage. We also anticipate that the
revisions will reduce burden on
consumers, have a positive effect on the
risk pool, and not result in additional
costs or burdens for issuers.
In addition, some States that operate
Exchanges expressed concern that
amending the plan option restrictions
PO 00000
Frm 00121
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17049
available to dependents who are newly
enrolling in a plan with a QHP enrollee
through a special enrollment period will
increase the burden on States, which
will be required to do a system build to
align their systems with this change. We
appreciate these concerns raised by
States, but do not anticipate that this
change will add significant additional
burden on top of the system builds
States are already doing. The intent of
this policy change is to streamline the
plan option rules for dependents who
are newly enrolling in coverage with
enrollees through a special enrollment
period and so we anticipate that any
additional burden incurred to amend
Exchange system functionality will be
offset by the efficiencies gained in
streamlining Exchange eligibility rules.
10. Effective Dates for Terminations
(§ 155.430)
Permitting all enrollee-initiated
terminations to become effective on the
date of enrollee request or a later date
of their choosing, and removing the
special termination effective date for
newly eligible Medicaid/CHIP/BHP
consumers streamlines termination
effective dates for Exchanges and
reduces complication and confusion
among consumers and issuers.
Exchanges and issuers were not
expected to incur new costs by aligning
these termination dates, as Exchanges
and issuers are well acquainted with
same-day termination transactions.
However, we received comments from
some SBEs that their systems would not
allow for mid-month terminations.
Therefore, we are not requiring the
alignment of termination effective dates
as proposed, but rather are providing
Exchanges flexibility to choose whether
to implement the changes that were
proposed. Operationalizing the aligned
termination dates may reduce system
errors and related casework, as well as
confusion for consumers, issuers, and
caseworker and call center staff based
on contradictory rules for different
scenarios.
11. Eligibility Standards for Exemptions
(§ 155.605)
We do not anticipate that the
amendment to § 155.605(d) will create
additional costs or burdens. The
amendment to § 155.605(d)(2)(iv) will
enable the Exchanges to process the
consumer’s exemption from the
individual shared responsibility
provision due to lack of affordable
coverage based on projected income, for
those not eligible for employersponsored coverage, when there is no
bronze plan available by allowing the
Exchanges to process the consumer’s
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17050
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
exemption based on the lowest cost
Exchange metal level plan, excluding
catastrophic coverage, available in the
individual market through the Exchange
in the State in the county in which the
individual resides. This policy will not
increase the burden on consumers or
Exchanges. Without these revisions,
individuals may lack access to
qualifying or affordable health coverage,
but be unable to qualify for an
exemption from the individual shared
responsibility provision to purchase
qualifying health coverage and the
associated financial penalty due to the
lack of coverage in their area or the
inability to calculate whether coverage
is unaffordable. This policy will also not
result in additional costs or burdens for
issuers.
12. Small Business Health Options
Program (Part 155, Subpart H, § 155.200,
§§ 156.285 and 156.286, § 156.350,
§§ 157.205 and 157.206)
HHS is finalizing the proposal to grant
additional flexibilities, for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018, to
small employers enrolling in SHOP
QHPs and to participating QHP issuers
in how they interact with a SHOP.
These changes will be effective as of the
effective date of the final rule and the
FF–SHOPs and SBE–FPs for SHOP will
operate under the new enrollment
approach. Under this final rule, several
existing requirements on SHOPs will
not apply for plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018, allowing State
Exchanges the flexibility to operate their
SHOP in a way that makes sense for the
small businesses in their State, with
reduced limitations imposed by Federal
regulation. The FF–SHOPs and SBE–FPs
for SHOP will take advantage of the
flexibility of the enrollment approach
described through this final rule and
operate in a leaner fashion. Under the
approach being finalized, SHOPs are no
longer required to enroll small groups in
SHOP QHPs through a SHOP website.
Instead, small employers will, in SHOPs
that operate under this approach, enroll
through a participating QHP issuer, or a
SHOP-registered agent or broker.
HHS believes that the changes will
reduce burden on participating QHP
issuers, small employers, and agents
and brokers for several reasons. Under
the approach being finalized, for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018, effective on the effective date of
this rule, participating QHP issuers will,
in SHOPs that operate under the new
flexibilities like the FF–SHOPs and
SBE–FPs for SHOP, enroll small groups
through their existing enrollment
channels—utilizing their existing
technologies and processes. Small
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
groups enrolled in SHOP QHPs for plan
years before January 1, 2018 will not be
affected by the proposed changes to
enrollment through a SHOP until they
are due to renew in a SHOP QHP for the
2018 plan year. While some additional
requirements will be imposed onto
issuers, HHS anticipates that any
additional burden on issuers as a result
of the changes in this rule will be
negated in an ultimate net reduction in
burden as many Federal regulations are
being removed and any additional
requirements onto issuers mainly
consist of practices they currently
perform in the private market.
In the 2018 Payment Notice, HHS
finalized the removal of a participation
provision that had required certain QHP
issuers to participate in an FF–SHOP in
order to participate in an FFE. As a
result, there has been a significant
decrease in the number of issuers in the
FF–SHOPs in the 2018 plan year and
therefore, HHS also expects fewer
enrollments in the FF–SHOPs for plan
year 2018. As of January 1, 2017,
approximately 7,554 employer groups
were enrolled in the FF–SHOPs,
covering 38,749 lives. With the
anticipated significant decreases in QHP
issuer participation for enrollment
beginning in 2018, it is not cost effective
for the Federal government to continue
to maintain certain FF–SHOP
functionalities, collect significantly
reduced user fees on a monthly basis,
maintain the technologies required to
maintain an FF–SHOP website and
payment platform, generate enrollment
and payment transaction files, and
perform enrollment reconciliation.
Under the approach being finalized in
this rule, issuers will still be subject to
their State requirements, and HHS will
minimize Federal requirements related
to SHOP plans (that is, notice
requirements, etc.) for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018.
For example, issuers are often required
by State law to generate enrollment and
payment notices, and will continue to
generate any State-required notices
under the new SHOP enrollment
approach. Under the proposed
approach, the FF–SHOPs and SBE–FPs
for SHOP will no longer generate
enrollment notices, but the notice
requirements for the FF–SHOPs and
SBE–FPs for SHOP will not necessarily
be transferred directly to participating
QHP issuers. HHS can imagine a
scenario where an issuer might generate
an additional notice to a SHOP
consumer that they are not required by
Federal law to send, but may be
required by State law, to send.
Issuers will still be required to accept
enrollment from employers that offer
PO 00000
Frm 00122
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
their employees a choice of plans. HHS
can foresee a circumstance where an
employer offers its employees a choice
of plans, across plan categories, and
where the employees choose to enroll in
plans offered by multiple issuers. In this
circumstance, it will also be possible
that an issuer will receive one
application for enrollment from a group.
Under the approach to SHOP
enrollment being finalized, the issuer
will be required to accept that single
enrollment so long as the employer’s
group has met the minimum
participation rate for their State, or is
enrolling between November 15 and
December 15, when the minimum
participation rate rules do not apply.
With the decrease in issuer participation
in the SHOPs beginning in plan year
2018, HHS believes that a circumstance,
similar to the one discussed above may
occur. In the absence of premium
aggregation functions, issuers, under the
approach being finalized will be
working directly with an employer, or
their appointed SHOP-registered agent
or broker for matters of enrollment and
premium billing and payment. Under
the new regulations, effective as of the
effective date of this rule, issuers will be
required to enroll consumers into plans,
even if only one employee of a group
wants to enroll. Further, issuers will
also be required to process enrollments
into SHOP QHPs, and, handle appeals
(other than appeals related to employer
eligibility), administer special
enrollment periods and terminations.
Issuers will still be subject to the market
wide effective dates outlined in
§ 147.104(b)(1)(i)(C). While HHS
believes that issuers currently perform
the majority of these tasks, issuers may
experience an increase in burden as it
relates to the volume of consumers
enrolling in their SHOP QHPs. Overall,
HHS believes that under this approach,
issuers will see a net cost savings, as
their business processes for SHOP
enrollments may be more closely
aligned with their current business
practices for enrollments outside the
SHOP, and they will no longer be
remitting user fees for FF–SHOP and
SBE–FP SHOP enrollments.
As noted, SHOPs will be given the
flexibility to adopt an enrollment
approach through which enrollments
occur directly with issuers or SHOPregistered agents or brokers, to continue
to operate with the same functionalities
as they currently do or to develop new
practices as permitted by the proposals
in this rule. In any case, SHOPs will
need to meet only the regulatory
minimums outlined in this final rule,
therefore minimizing the overall amount
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
of regulatory requirements that SHOPs
will otherwise need to meet. HHS
believes that the new flexibility for
SHOPs will result in an overall
reduction in burden and cost for States
operating their own SHOPs because we
are providing States with the flexibility
to pursue the enrollment approach that
best meets their needs, because we are
reducing the overall regulatory
requirements for the SHOP Exchanges,
and for the same reasons described
above regarding why the enrollment
approach being finalized will reduce
burdens on the FF–SHOP and its
stakeholders.
Under the new enrollment approach
for SHOP plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018, HHS believes that
employers seeking to purchase coverage
through an FF–SHOP or SBE–FP for
SHOP will experience a reduction in
regulatory burden related to enrollment,
despite the fact that they may be
required to visit at least two websites
(the SHOP website and the issuer’s
website) prior to completing an
enrollment in SHOP coverage as they
will be able to enroll in coverage
through a SHOP-registered agent or
broker or through a participating QHP
issuer—using issuers’ streamlined
enrollment technologies. Employers will
also be required, as described
throughout this document to notify their
QHP issuer of their eligibility to
purchase a SHOP QHP and of their
ineligibility, if their eligibility were to
be revoked. Employers will also be
required to inform the SHOP if they
become ineligible to participate in a
SHOP, or choose to withdraw their
eligibility, unless the issuer is notified
by the SHOP. We believe this is still less
cumbersome than the existing eligibility
and enrollment process.
Under the flexibilities being finalized
with this rule, some employers,
specifically those who offer their
employees a choice of plans, will
experience an increase in administrative
burden with the removal of a SHOP’s
premium aggregation functions. Without
a SHOP’s premium aggregation
functions, employers will have to
collect the enrollment and payment
information needed from each of the
issuers whose plans the employer
intends to offer to its employees. In the
event employees select plans from
multiple insurance companies, the
employer will be responsible for
distributing the applications for
enrollment to the individual issuers,
collecting payments from the employees
and sending the individual payments to
each issuer. Due to the decrease in
issuer participation in the FF–SHOPs,
some SHOP employers only have one
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
issuer offering FF–SHOP plans in their
area and will not be able to offer their
employees a choice of plans across
issuers. In addition, historically, a
majority of employers have not offered
employee choice across different
issuers. Therefore HHS does not believe
the potential increased burden in this
area due the removal of premium
aggregation functions to be significant.
Employers will still be able to view a
listing of all of the SHOP QHPs
available, by plan category and issuer on
a SHOP website. HHS expects that the
actual process of enrolling in SHOP
QHPs under this approach will be less
burdensome than the existing
enrollment approach through a SHOP
website. As previously mentioned, HHS
anticipated significantly lower issuer
participation for the SHOP in the 2018
plan year. A decrease in issuer
participation unfortunately also results
in less choice for consumers. While
employers may experience an increase
in burden, especially if offering
employees a choice of plans, under the
new flexibilities for SHOPs, HHS
anticipates the benefits of the finalized
approach will ultimately outweigh the
minimal additional costs employers
could face.
Further, the Federal government will
experience a dramatic reduction in the
role it plays in operating an FF–SHOP
and the contract support that it requires
in order to support it. In 2016, the cost
of running the FF–SHOP website
(utilized by both FF–SHOPs and SBE–
FPs for SHOP) was approximately $30
million, and HHS expects annual
expenditures to drop significantly—by
at least 90 percent—within a few years,
as it responsibly wind-downs the
integration of the FF–SHOPs.
13. User Fees (§ 156.50)
To support the operation of FFEs, we
require in § 156.50(c) that a
participating issuer offering a plan
through an FFE or SBE–FP must remit
a user fee to HHS each month equal to
the product of the monthly user fee rate
specified in the annual HHS notice of
benefit and payment parameters for the
applicable benefit year and the monthly
premium charged by the issuer for each
policy under the plan where enrollment
is through an FFE. In this final rule, for
the 2019 benefit year, we set the
monthly FFE user fee rate at 3.5 percent
of the monthly premium, and the
monthly SBE–FP user fee rate at 3.0
percent of the monthly premium. This
increase in SBE–FP user fee rate from
2.0 percent in 2018 to 3.0 percent in
2019 will increase transfers from SBE–
FP issuers to the Federal government by
$20 million. Additionally, we will cease
PO 00000
Frm 00123
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17051
charging monthly user fees to SHOP
issuers offering plans through an FF–
SHOP or SBE–FP SHOP for plan years
beginning on and after January 1, 2018,
effective on the effective date of the
final rule. This will decrease user fee
transfers from SHOP issuers offering
plans through an FFE or SBE–FP by
approximately $6 million.
14. Provision of EHB
Under § 156.111, we provide States
with more flexibility by offering States
three new methods for selecting their
State EHB-benchmark plans. Under this
policy, if the State does not select one
of the three methods for changing its
EHB-benchmark plan, the State will
default to its current EHB-benchmark
plan. We recognize that, to the extent
that States take advantage of the EHBbenchmark plan selection options at
§ 156.111, States and issuers will
experience an increase in burden to
develop new policies and implement
new plan designs. We anticipate that
most States will need to invest resources
to analyze the three new EHBbenchmark selection options to make an
informed selection, even if the State
ultimately defaults. Several States may
select one of the new options, and will
need additional resources to facilitate a
public notice and comment period and
develop and submit the necessary
documents specified by HHS (including
the requisite actuarial certification) to
effectuate the State’s selection.
Additionally, in States that choose to
select their EHB-benchmark plan under
any of the three available options,
issuers offering plans that provide EHB
will incur additional administrative
costs associated with designing plans
compliant with the State’s newly
selected EHB-benchmark plan.
Due to the many PPACA policies
directly or indirectly tied to EHB, HHS
recognizes the impact this policy will
have on parties beyond issuers required
to provide EHB-compliant plans. For
example, the State’s new EHBbenchmark selection can impact how
issuers set their annual limitation on
cost sharing and how issuers determine
which benefits may not be subject to
annual and lifetime dollar limits.104
It is our aim that the flexibility under
the policy will allow for States and
issuers to be more innovative in
designing benefit structures that will
ultimately affect affordability for
consumers. However, we realize that
104 The definition of EHB also has an impact on
the annual limitation on cost sharing at section
1302(c) of the PPACA (which is incorporated into
section 2707(b) of the PHS Act) and the prohibition
of annual and lifetime dollar limits at section 2711
of the PHS Act, as added by the PPACA.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
17052
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
this policy will have varying impact on
consumers depending on how a State
chooses to implement the policy.
Consumers enrolled in individual and
small group market plans will be
affected by changes to EHB in that their
benefits may change and in some cases
premiums may increase or decrease
depending upon State implementation
of the policies. Additionally, in States
that use one of the methods to select a
new EHB-benchmark plan, the new
EHB-benchmark plan selection may
impact the amount of PTC and CSRs for
enrollees in the State. For these
consumers, subsidies will increase or
decrease when compared to their State’s
current EHB-benchmark plan. PTC is
available only for that portion of a
plan’s premium attributed to EHB. To
the extent that a State’s EHB-benchmark
plan, under the policy, leads to lower
premiums for the second lowest cost
silver plan, PTC will be reduced, but not
the percent of income a consumer with
PTC is expected to contribute to their
premium. This effect will represent a
transfer from consumers who receive
PTC to the Federal government.
Individual and small group market
enrollees who do not receive PTC will
experience lower premiums for less
comprehensive coverage that can result
in more affordable coverage options but
possibly higher out-of-pocket costs for
the consumer.
We anticipate that States are more
likely to select EHB-benchmark plans
under this policy such that premiums
have the potential to be reduced in the
long-term to achieve affordability in
benefit design. However, even with the
generosity standard now being applied
to all of the EHB-benchmark selection
options, the policy may provide some
ability for States, depending on the
State, to select EHB-benchmark plans in
a manner that will increase premiums.
To the extent that a State’s EHBbenchmark plan leads to higher
premiums for the second lowest cost
silver plan, PTC will be increased.
Consumers who have specific health
needs may also be affected by the
policy. In the individual and small
group markets, depending on the
selection made by the State in which the
consumer lives, consumers with less
comprehensive plans may no longer
have coverage for certain services. In
other States, again depending on State
choices, consumers may gain coverage
for some services.
As explained above, HHS anticipates
that § 156.111 will generate additional
costs for States, issuers, and certain
consumers in the short run. However,
although we are uncertain as to how
States will take advantage of this
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
flexibility, and States are not required to
make any changes under this policy, we
also believe the additional flexibility in
plan and benefit design may produce
long-term premium savings. The
policies offer issuers in States that use
the flexibility to select a new EHBbenchmark plan the opportunity to
lower plan premiums, which will
increase affordability of health
insurance for consumers in the
individual and small group markets
who do not receive PTC and do not
require the benefits that are no longer
considered EHB.
When adjusting coverage of services
under the options, we encourage States
to consider the spillover effects in
addition to the costs and utilization of
these services. Spillover effects include
increased use of other services, such as
increased use of emergency services or
increased use of public services
provided by the State or other
government entities, when a certain
service is no longer covered by
insurance. Depending on the State
population’s use of services and health
care needs, States may arrive at different
conclusions about the effects of
adjusting a particular benefit. Because
we do not know how States will choose
to adjust their benchmark plans, we are
not able to predict the effects these
modifications may have on costs.
Additionally, we also proposed at
§ 156.115 to allow for benefit
substitution to occur within the same
EHB category or between EHB categories
to offer additional issuer flexibility.
Because issuers are already familiar
with substituting benefits within benefit
categories, we did not believe that
broadening the policy to allow benefit
substitution between benefit categories
would create additional burden for
issuers. We are finalizing § 156.115 to
allow issuers to substitute benefits
between EHB categories to the extent
allowed by the State, beginning in plan
year 2020. As finalized, this rule will
increase burden on consumers, when
their State allows between-category
substitution and issuers in their State
utilize such substitution. Under such
circumstances, consumers who choose
between plans offered in the individual
and small group markets may need to
spend more time and effort comparing
benefits offered by different plans in
order to determine what, if any, benefits
are substituted, and what plan would
best suit their health care and financial
needs. However, some consumers may
benefit from expanded access to plans
that better suit their needs. We also note
that States are generally primarily
responsible for enforcement of EHB and
PO 00000
Frm 00124
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
continue to have the option to set
criteria for benefit substitution.
We solicited comments on the impact
of the proposed EHB policy and on
whether other impacts should be
considered.
Comment: Many commenters were
concerned about the impact of the
proposed EHB-benchmark plan policies.
Some commenters were concerned that
reduced benefits might lead to
consumers forgoing care, which could
lead to a more serious condition that
would increase or shift costs. Some
commenters focused on the potential
downstream effects, with most
commenters agreeing with our
assessment that there may be potential
downstream effects that a State would
want to take under consideration, with
some noting that the spillover could
also affect the productivity of the
nation, leading to even higher
government costs.
Commenters on the premium impact
and cost impact of the proposed policy
typically were concerned that reducing
benefits would only have a minor or no
premium impact and would result in
consumers having to pay more for
services that are not covered, which
some noted is not what consumers
want. Some of these commenters noted
that premiums are affected by other
factors than benefits while some
commenters were concerned about the
risk pool impact and risk adjustment
since enrollment could be affected by
the scope of benefits being offered.
Other commenters noted that Medicaid,
the large group and self-insured plans,
and PTC are also affected by the
definition of EHB.
Commenters also opposed allowing
issuers to substitute benefits between
EHB categories. Commenters cited a
wide range of concerns, including those
we acknowledged in the proposed rule,
as well as several that we did not, and
suggested that the proposal’s negative
impact would be significant. For
example, commenters noted that this
type of substitution would permit
issuers to design plans so that they were
unattractive to people with certain highcost health conditions, or people with
conditions not adequately reimbursed
by risk adjustment. They voiced
concerns that this new market dynamic
could harm the individual market risk
pool and State risk adjustment
programs, as well as imposing burden
on certain individuals with chronic or
high cost conditions affected by the lack
of coverage options that met their needs
and the difficulty of comparing plans
due to the increased complexity of plan
design.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Commenters also stated that
substitution between EHB benefit
categories is significantly different than
substitution within categories and,
therefore that current substitution
practices do not provide helpful
precedent for plan design, or for States’
review of plans that include substitution
within categories. One commenter
stated that it would be particularly
difficult to establish actuarial
equivalence between benefits from
different EHB-benefit categories, which
could result in added burden for State
regulators and for issuers required to
comply with varying standards in
different States. One commenter added
that while this proposal would allow
States to bar issuers from using benefit
substitution between EHB categories,
some States would need to take this step
through legislative action, which would
require time and resources simply to
maintain their current policy. Finally,
we did not receive any examples of how
issuers could use substitution between
EHB benefit categories to improve
coverage options.
Response: In response to commenters,
we are finalizing the new EHBbenchmark plan options at § 156.111
with certain modifications. Because we
do not know how States will choose to
adjust their benchmark plans, we are
not able to predict the effects these
modifications may have on costs.
Furthermore, we also recognize that the
effects of a specific change will likely
vary from State to State given market
and demographic differences. Therefore,
we emphasize that States may also wish
to consider a variety of different factors
when selecting an EHB-benchmark plan.
We encourage States to consider the
impact of the EHB-benchmark plan’s
scope of benefits on the availability of
PTC and CSRs for enrollees in the State,
as the PTC is based on the amount of
premiums allocable to EHB, and CSRs
provide reduced cost sharing for EHB
only. Additionally, we encourage States
to consider the impact on Medicaid, and
on large group and self-insured group
health plans. While we cannot predict
the effects of the policy, we hope that
this policy, as finalized, allows States
the flexibility to innovate their EHBbenchmark plans that balances access
and costs. We hope to learn from those
States that choose a new EHBbenchmark plan under this policy, as
we consider creating a Federal default
benchmark plan in the future.
We appreciate commenters’ concerns
about the impact of allowing
substitution between EHB categories.
We assess the impact on States to be
minimal, as under the final rule they
have authority to withhold permission
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
for substitution between categories. We
also expect minimal impact on issuers,
since they have experience in
substituting benefits within EHB
categories and may decline to substitute
between categories even when their
State allows it.
We anticipate both additional burden
and benefit for consumers, to the extent
that their States permit and issuers
utilize substitution between EHB
categories. It may require greater time
and effort for consumers to choose
among plans in the individual and small
group market if some of those plans
substitute some benefits for those in
separate EHB categories. However, we
anticipate that this additional time and
effort will be limited because issuers
must meet the requirement at
§ 156.115(b)(3)(i) to provide benefits
that are substantially equal to their
State’s EHB-benchmark plan. The
impact on consumers of the substituted
benefits themselves will be mixed—
some consumers stand to benefit by
gaining access to benefits they desire
that would not have been provided
without this policy, while other
consumers may find that a particular
issuer no longer offers benefits they
desire. Benefits no longer offered by one
issuer, however, may be offered by
another issuer. The net effect is
uncertain.
15. Application to Stand-Alone Dental
Plans Inside the Exchange (§ 156.150)
We are removing AV level of coverage
requirements for SADP issuers for
coverage of pediatric dental EHB,
however we are maintaining the AV
certification requirement at revised
§ 156.150(b)(2) and codifying an
operational requirement that such
certification be reported to the
Exchange, which issuers of SADPs have
already been fulfilling, as part of the
QHP certification process. We estimate
that the change in AV could lead to a
reduction in premiums for certain
SADPs. Issuers may choose to offer
more SADPs at varying premiums and
levels of coverage. The offering of more
SADPs and SADPs with lower
premiums may lead to increased
enrollment in SADPs. Because certain
eligible taxpayers can use PTC to pay for
the portion of SADP premiums
attributable to EHB, a reduction in
premiums will likely reduce the
premium for purposes of the PTC,
leading to a small transfer from credit
recipients to the government. If
enrollment increases due to potentially
lower premiums there may be an overall
increase in the total PTC payments by
the government. The net effect is
uncertain. While the requirement to
PO 00000
Frm 00125
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17053
report a SADP’s AV is newly codified in
regulation, issuers of SADPs previously
reported level of coverage as part of the
QHP certification process, so this
change is not expected to have an
impact on issuers’ reporting burden.
16. Qualified Health Plan Certification
For plan years 2019 and later, we
proposed to further expand the role of
States in the QHP certification process
for FFEs, including FFEs where the
State performs plan management
functions. Specifically, we proposed to
defer to States for additional review
areas, including accreditation
requirements at § 156.275, compliance
reviews at § 156.715, minimum
geographic area of the plan’s service
area at § 155.1055, and quality
improvement strategy reporting at
§ 156.1130, if feasible and appropriate.
We received comments that this policy
would impose burdens on States,
particularly those States that are not
performing these reviews, and we are
not finalizing this proposal for these
four review areas. Some States
commented that they presently lack
resources, including staffing resources,
to conduct these reviews. We are
finalizing a policy to extend for the 2019
benefit year and beyond the QHP
certification review standards related to
network adequacy and ECPs that we
finalized in the Market Stabilization
rule. We do not anticipate this policy
will increase burden on States because
we believe these reviews are already
being performed by States. We
anticipated slight reduction in burden
for issuers due to not needing to
undergo duplicative reviews and a
reduction in costs to the Federal
government. We sought comment on
whether there are burdens we are not
considering. While commenters
expressed concern that these policies
could increase burden for consumers to
obtain care from needed providers, we
believe that State reviews related to
network adequacy are capable of
adequately preserving consumer access
to care from such providers.
We are removing the meaningful
difference standard at § 156.298. Issuers
will have a potential reduction in
administrative costs since they will no
longer have to implement their internal
assessments as to whether their plan
offerings meet this standard. We
acknowledged and commenters noted
that consumers may have more QHPs to
select from which may increase the
burden in selecting a QHP. However, we
do not have evidence from any
Exchange that removing the meaningful
difference standard creates any new
burden on consumers.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17054
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
We also anticipate that the removal of
the meaningful difference standard will
reduce the regulatory burden on SBE–
FPs. Under § 155.200(f)(2)(iv), SBE–FPs
are required to establish and oversee
requirements for their issuers that are no
less stringent than the meaningful
difference standard as it applies to
issuers participating in the FFEs. SBE–
FPs will no longer need to establish
such a standard or oversee it.
We are removing the requirements for
SBE–FPs to enforce FFE standards for
network adequacy at § 155.200(f)(2)(ii)
and essential community providers at
§ 155.200(f)(2)(iii). We anticipate that
SBE–FPs will have a potential reduction
in administrative costs since they will
have the flexibility to determine how to
implement the network adequacy and
essential community provider standards
with which issuers offering QHPs
through the SBE–FP must comply. We
believe SBE–FPs are best positioned to
determine these standards for the QHP
certification process in their States, and
that the removal of the requirement that
SBE–FPs establish and oversee
requirements for their issuers that are no
less strict that the manner in which
these regulatory requirements are
applied to FFE issuers will streamline
certain aspects of the QHP certification
process, reduce issuer burden, and
return traditional insurance market
regulatory authority to the States.
17. Provisions Related to Cost Sharing
(§ 156.130)
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
The PPACA provides for the
reduction or elimination of cost sharing
for certain eligible individuals enrolled
in QHPs offered through the Exchanges.
This assistance helps many low- and
moderate-income individuals and
families obtain health insurance—for
many people, cost sharing is a barrier to
obtaining needed health care.105
We set forth in this final rule the
reductions in the maximum annual
limitation on cost sharing for silver plan
variations. Consistent with our analysis
in previous Payment Notices, we
developed three model silver level
QHPs and analyzed the impact on their
AVs of the reductions described in the
PPACA to the estimated 2019 maximum
annual limitation on cost sharing for
self-only coverage. We do not believe
these changes will result in a significant
105 Brook, Robert H., John E. Ware, William H.
Rogers, Emmett B. Keeler, Allyson Ross Davies,
Cathy D. Sherbourne, George A. Goldberg, Kathleen
N. Lohr, Patricia Camp and Joseph P. Newhouse.
The Effect of Coinsurance on the Health of Adults:
Results from the RAND Health Insurance
Experiment. Santa Monica, CA: RAND Corporation,
1984. Available at https://www.rand.org/pubs/
reports/R3055.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
economic impact. Therefore, we do not
believe the provisions related to costsharing reductions in this final rule will
have an impact on the program
established by and described in past
Payment Notices.
We also finalized the premium
adjustment percentage for the 2019
benefit year. Under § 156.130(e), and
under the methodology established in
the 2015 Payment Notice and amended
in the 2015 Market Standards Rule for
estimating average per capita premium
for purposes of calculating the premium
adjustment percentage, the premium
adjustment percentage is the percentage
(if any) by which the average per
enrollee premium for employersponsored health insurance coverage for
the preceding calendar year exceeds
such average per enrollee premium for
employer-sponsored health insurance
for 2013. The annual premium
adjustment percentage sets the rate of
increase for three parameters detailed in
the PPACA: The annual limitation on
cost sharing (defined at § 156.130(a)),
the required contribution percentage
used to determine eligibility for certain
exemptions under section 5000A of the
Code, and the assessable payments
under sections 4980H(a) and 4980H(b)
of the Code. We believe that the 2019
premium adjustment percentage is well
within the parameters used in the
modeling of the PPACA, and we do not
expect that these provisions will alter
CBO’s March 2016 baseline estimates of
the budget impact.
18. Minimum Essential Coverage
(§ 156.602, § 156.604)
We proposed to designate CHIP buyin programs that provide identical
coverage to the CHIP program under
title XXI of the Act in the applicable
State as minimum essential coverage.
This final rule does not provide
categorical designation of CHIP buy-in
programs as minimum essential
coverage. States will have the option of
electronically submitting to HHS
information regarding their plans and,
after review and comparison of the
coverage, HHS will verify whether or
not the CHIP buy-in programs provide at
least the same coverage as the title XXI
CHIP programs, such that they
statutorily qualify as minimum essential
coverage. Currently, very few States
offer CHIP buy-in programs, and such
plans in two States have applied for and
been recognized as minimum essential
coverage. Of the States that opt into the
verification process, there will be a
reduction in burden related to making
changes to their plans to provide at least
the same coverage as the title XXI CHIP
program.
PO 00000
Frm 00126
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19. Medical Loss Ratio (Part 158)
We are amending § 158.221(b) to
allow issuers the option to report a
single quality improvement activity
expense amount equal to 0.8 percent of
earned premium, in lieu of reporting the
actual QIA amounts in five separate
categories described in
§ 158.150(b)(2)(i)–(v). Based on MLR
data for the 2015 MLR reporting year,
HHS estimates that the amendment will
decrease rebate payments from issuers
to consumers by approximately $23
million.
We are also amending several sections
of 45 CFR part 158, subpart C
(§§ 158.301, 158.321–158.322, 158.330,
158.341, 158.350) to modify the process
and criteria for the Secretary to
determine whether to adjust the 80
percent MLR standard in the individual
market in a State. While it is uncertain
what specific adjustments States may
request, most adjustments previously
granted by the Secretary have ranged
from 70 to 75 percent. Based on MLR
data for the 2015 MLR reporting year,
and assuming that 22 States will request
an adjustment (including 17 States that
previously requested adjustments prior
to 2014), HHS estimates that the
amendments will decrease rebate
payments from issuers to consumers or
increase premiums paid by consumers
to issuers by approximately $52 million
(assuming a reduction of the 80 percent
MLR standard to 75 percent for all 22
States) to $64 million (assuming a
reduction of the MLR standard to 70
percent for all 22 States) annually, for
up to 3 years at a time. This represents
an estimated 74 percent to 91 percent
reduction, respectively, in rebates
payable in those 22 States, which
together accounted for $70 million out
of the nationwide total $107 million in
rebates that issuers owed to individual
market consumers for 2015. The actual
reduction in rebates may be lower or
higher depending on which States apply
for an adjustment, and whether and how
much the Secretary may adjust the
individual market MLR standard in each
State.
20. Regulatory Review Costs
If regulations impose administrative
costs on private entities, such as the
time needed to read and interpret this
final rule, we should estimate the cost
associated with regulatory review. Due
to the uncertainty involved with
accurately quantifying the number of
entities that will review the rule, we
assume that the total number of unique
commenters on the proposed rule will
be the number of reviewers of this final
rule. We acknowledge that this
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
assumption may understate or overstate
the costs of reviewing this rule. It is
possible that not all commenters
reviewed the proposed rule in detail,
and it is also possible that some
reviewers chose not to comment on the
proposed rule. For these reasons we
thought that the number of past
commenters would be a fair estimate of
the number of reviewers of this rule.
We are required to promulgate a
substantial portion of this rule each year
under our regulations and we estimate
that approximately half of the remaining
provisions will cause additional
regulatory review burden that
stakeholders do not already anticipate.
We also recognize that different types of
entities are in many cases affected by
mutually exclusive sections of this
proposed rule, and therefore for the
purposes of our estimate we assume that
each reviewer reads approximately 50
percent of the rule, excluding the
portion of the rule that we are required
to promulgate each year.
Using the wage information from the
BLS for medical and health service
managers (Code 11–9111), we estimate
that the cost of reviewing this rule is
$105.16 per hour, including overhead
and fringe benefits.106 Assuming an
average reading speed, we estimate that
it will take approximately 1 hour for the
staff to review the relevant portions of
this proposed rule that causes
unanticipated burden. We received 416
comments, including 99 comments that
were substantially similar to one of four
different letters, resulting in 322 unique
comments on the proposed rule. We
assume that for form letters, only the
staff at the organization that arranged for
those letters will review the final rule.
For each entity that reviews the rule, the
estimated cost is $105.16. Therefore, we
estimate that the total cost of reviewing
this regulation is approximately $33,862
($105.16 × 322 reviewers). This may
underestimate the review costs, since
not all reviewers may have submitted
comments. In addition, stakeholders
that will need to do a detailed analysis
in order to implement the unanticipated
provisions of this rule will need
additional time and personnel, which
will vary depending on the extent to
which they are affected. To estimate an
upper bound, we assumed that on
average 530 issuers and 50 States will
spend 10 hours each, 100 other
organizations will spend 5 hours each
and 100 individuals will spend 1 hour
each to review the rule. Under these
assumptions, total time spent reviewing
the rule would be 6,400 hours with an
106 https://www.bls.gov/oes/current/oes_nat.htm.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
estimated cost of approximately
$673,024.
D. Regulatory Alternatives Considered
In developing the policies contained
in the final rule, we considered
numerous alternatives to the policies
being finalized. Below, we discuss the
key regulatory alternatives that we
considered.
For the 2019 benefit year, we
considered using only the 2016 benefit
year enrollee-level EDGE data to
recalibrate the risk adjustment model
coefficients. However, this could lead to
uncertainty in issuers’ expectation of
risk adjustment transfers due to the sole
use of a new dataset for recalibrating the
model coefficients. We believe that
blending multiple years of data will
promote stability for the risk adjustment
coefficients year-to-year, particularly for
rare conditions with small sample sizes.
Therefore, we proposed to blend
coefficients calculated from the 2016
benefit year enrollee-level EDGE data
with 2014 and 2015 MarketScan® data.
Additionally, given the timing of the
proposed rule, we were unable to
analyze the 2016 enrollee-level EDGE
data in time to publish the coefficients
calibrated using the EDGE data in the
proposed rule. Similar to the 2018
benefit year final risk adjustment
coefficients, we considered publishing
the 2019 benefit year final risk
adjustment coefficients in guidance after
the publication of the final rule with
more recent MarketScan® data that will
become available at the end of this year.
However, the 2016 benefit year enrolleelevel risk adjustment data was available
in time to complete our analysis and
publish the final coefficients in this
rule. Additionally, we considered but
did not propose to use the 2016
MarketScan® data that will become
available at the end of this year for the
2019 benefit year risk adjustment model
recalibration. We also considered
assigning higher weights to the
coefficients solved from more recent
data, however, to allow stability in the
market have equally blended the 3 years
of data. We are finalizing the 2019
benefit year model coefficients blended
with 2016 EDGE data, and 2014 and
2015 MarketScan® data published in
this rule.
For the State flexibility to request
reductions of other applicable risk
adjustment transfers, we considered
alternate requirements for States
requesting a reduction. We considered
requiring actuarially certified standards,
State’s attestation noting consensus
from all issuers of risk adjustment
covered plans in the State’s market, or
simulation studies demonstrating the
PO 00000
Frm 00127
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17055
effect of the reduction on State’s market
risk pool. We determined that to ensure
issuers are adequately compensated for
the actuarial risk of their enrollees and
do not have incentives to avoid higher
risk enrollees, the State regulators need
to submit evidence and analysis
demonstrating the State-specific factors
that warrant an adjustment to more
precisely account for the differences in
actuarial risk in the State’s market.
States must also justify the percentage
reduction by providing evidence and
analysis demonstrating the Statespecific factors and the percentage by
which those factors warrant an
adjustment to more precisely account
for the differences in actuarial risk in
the State’s market as compared to the
national norm, or demonstrating the
requested reduction in risk adjustment
payments would be so small for issuers
who would receive risk adjustment
payments, that the reduction would
have a de minimis effect on the
necessary premium increase to cover the
affected issuer’s or issuers’ reduced
payments. We also considered only
making the flexibility available to States
in the small group market, but
determined that just as with the States’
small group markets, it is possible that
the national methodology may not
precisely account for unique State
market dynamics in the individual or
merged markets.
For the risk adjustment data
validation program, HHS considered
alternate approaches for evaluating error
rates and adjusting risk scores when an
error rate deviates from a statistically
significant value. We considered
calculating a national central tendency
of errors and then adjusting risk scores
only when an error rate that falls
outside of the confidence interval
around the national central tendency;
however, we determined that the
evaluation of error rates relative to a
national average would likely result in
significantly less accurate risk score
adjustments, primarily because it would
not account for differences in error rates
due to issuer size or the distribution of
HCCs in the enrollee population.
We considered maintaining the
current applicability of the Federal rate
review requirements, and continuing to
review the reasonableness of student
health insurance coverage rate increases
subject to review. However, this rule
will provide States with greater
flexibility to meet the needs of their
markets and reduce the burden
associated with review of plans that are
not part of the single risk pool. As a
practical matter, student health
insurance coverage has generally been
given the same plan design flexibility as
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
17056
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
plans in the large group market. Just like
purchasers of large group plans,
purchasers in the student market are
viewed as more sophisticated, with
greater leverage and ability to avoid the
imposition of unreasonable rate
increases. Single risk pool pricing, the
primary focus of the rate review
program, does not apply to student
health insurance coverage.
We considered maintaining the
current 30-day notice requirement for
States to notify HHS prior to posting the
required information on proposed and
final rate increases. However, such
advanced notice may be impractical in
some States so we have decreased the
notice requirement to 5 business days.
We considered permitting States to post
the required information on rate
increases on a rolling basis. However,
we agree with the concerns shared by
the majority of public comments
opposing that proposal, so we are
maintaining the uniform posting
requirement.
In adding standards for § 155.221,
HHS considered making no changes to
the existing rule and retaining the
existing standard for agents and brokers
to contract with a third-party entity
approved by HHS for conducting audits
under the section. In finalizing the
proposal, we continue to believe that it
is necessary to include issuers and to
provide the necessary flexibility in
oversight that both protects consumers
and encourages enrollment pathway
innovation for agents, brokers, and
issuers using direct enrollment.
For the amendments to § 155.320, we
considered developing a comprehensive
database using information from
employers on the plans they offer to
their employees and their family
members that could satisfy verification
requirements under paragraph (d)(2) for
all Exchanges. This approach would be
resource-intensive for Exchanges, and
would produce a database with limited
utility due to data limitations.
Developing a database; recruiting and
educating employers to participate in
voluntarily submitting the data; and
providing technical assistance to
employers for the first year of
implementation on how to input the
data is estimated to cost at least $38
million. Building such a database would
also rely on the voluntary participation
of substantially all employers. This
participation would be onerous for
employers. Employers would need to
provide individual employee level data
regarding plans the employer will offer,
information that may not be available in
time to populate a comprehensive
database prior to the Exchange’s plan
year. In addition, since the PPACA does
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
not require employers to provide to the
Exchange the relevant information on
what coverage they offer, Exchanges and
HHS would not receive data from all
employers. After weighing our options,
we decided that this approach would be
overly costly and burdensome, and of
limited value due to gaps in the data
Exchanges and HHS would be able to
collect. We also considered removing
the requirement to connect to an HHSapproved data source, and the
requirement to use an alternative
method if the Exchange does not
connect to the required data sources, but
were concerned about the potential
impact on program integrity.
In finalizing the policy related to the
SHOP enrollment process, we
considered maintaining the status quo,
but believe that the increase in
flexibility, cost savings and reduction in
burden resulting from the new
enrollment approach, will have a
positive impact on small businesses
across the country and provide States
with needed flexibility.
In finalizing the policy for the new
EHB-benchmark plan selection options
described at § 156.111, we considered a
variety of alternatives, including
maintaining the current EHB-benchmark
policy without modification. Although
maintaining the current policy would
have promoted stability by preserving
the current EHB-benchmarks across all
States, we do not believe it would have
offered the additional flexibility that
States have requested in selecting an
EHB-benchmark plan to best meet the
needs of their consumer population. We
also considered whether it was feasible
to offer States increased flexibility by
allowing them to set a range of
acceptable EHB within their State, such
that issuers could offer plans within that
range with more limited EHB coverage
or more robust EHB coverage. However,
we determined that this option did not
meet statutory requirements. To balance
stability, flexibility, and statutory
requirements, we instead finalized the
proposal to offer States the expanded
EHB-benchmark plan selection options
at § 156.111, as well as the option to
default to the State’s current EHBbenchmark plan. We believe this
approach will provide States with the
opportunity to take advantage of greater
flexibility in selecting an EHBbenchmark plan while also providing
those States that value stability with the
option to retain their current benchmark
plan.
With respect to the provision
regarding removing the AV requirement
for SADPs, we considered making no
change or proposing an expansion to the
de minimis range to mirror the
PO 00000
Frm 00128
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
expanded de minimis range for QHPs
(¥4/+2 percentage points) or of +/¥3
percentage points. We determined that
these alternatives were less desirable
because they do not provide issuers
with as much flexibility to offer a range
of SADPs as the proposed removal of
the AV standards for SADPs. We
finalized the policy to remove the level
of coverage AV requirement for SADPs
as proposed, but retained a requirement
to certify AV and codified an
operational requirement that such
certification be reported to the
Exchange, which SADP issuers already
have been doing, as part of the QHP
certification process. For the QHP
certification standard regarding
meaningful difference, we considered
maintaining the requirement on issuers,
but we believe that removing this
provision will promote the offering of a
variety of affordable QHPs that will
meet consumers’ needs, will provide
issuers with more flexibility, and will
remove an unnecessary regulatory
requirement.
For the amendments to § 158.221(b),
we considered retaining the current
quality improvement activity reporting
requirements, since giving issuers the
option to report a standardized rate for
QIA expenditures may inhibit HHS from
being able to analyze trends in issuers’
investment in improving the quality of
health care in the future, and may also
reduce rebates to consumers by allowing
issuers to effectively increase their
MLRs by 0.8 percent even if those
issuers engaged in and spent only trivial
amounts on QIA. However, this change
will also potentially level the playing
field among issuers to a certain extent
and lead to more accurate rebate
payments, since many issuers likely do
engage in QIA but forego reporting that
spending because the burden of
analyzing, documenting, tracking,
allocating, and reporting QIA expenses
exceeds the benefits for MLR purposes.
Because the finalized approach of giving
issuers the option to report a minimal,
standardized rate will reduce
unwarranted regulatory and economic
burdens for issuers that do not want to
track and report the exact QIA amounts
for their MLR calculation, we believe
that the finalized approach will be more
effective and represents a better balance
than the current requirements.
For the amendments to part 158,
subpart C, we considered retaining the
current requirements for States to
request an adjustment to the 80 percent
MLR standard in the individual market
in a State. However, HHS recognizes
that many of the current State
application requirements are
burdensome and less relevant in the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
post-2014 reformed environment, and
may preclude or discourage States from
proposing innovative solutions to help
stabilize their individual markets.
Therefore, we believe the finalized
amendments will reduce regulatory
burdens on States, and provide States
with an additional tool to promote
stability in their individual markets.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
E. Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act, (5
U.S.C. 601, et seq.), requires agencies to
prepare an initial regulatory flexibility
analysis to describe the impact of the
proposed rule on small entities, unless
the head of the agency can certify that
the rule will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities. The RFA
generally defines a ‘‘small entity’’ as (1)
a proprietary firm meeting the size
standards of the Small Business
Administration (SBA), (2) a not-forprofit organization that is not dominant
in its field, or (3) a small government
jurisdiction with a population of less
than 50,000. States and individuals are
not included in the definition of ‘‘small
entity.’’ HHS uses a change in revenues
of more than 3 to 5 percent as its
measure of significant economic impact
on a substantial number of small
entities.
This final rule includes standards for
the risk adjustment and risk adjustment
data validation programs, which are
intended to stabilize premiums as
insurance market reforms are
implemented and Exchanges facilitate
increased enrollment. Because we
believe that insurance firms offering
comprehensive health insurance
policies generally exceed the size
thresholds for ‘‘small entities’’
established by the SBA, we do not
believe that an initial regulatory
flexibility analysis is required for such
firms.
For purposes of the RFA, we expect
the following types of entities to be
affected by this final rule:
• Health insurance issuers.
• Group health plans.
We believe that health insurance
issuers and group health plans will be
classified under the North American
Industry Classification System code
524114 (Direct Health and Medical
Insurance Carriers). According to SBA
size standards, entities with average
annual receipts of $38.5 million or less
would be considered small entities for
these North American Industry
Classification System codes. Issuers may
possibly be classified in 621491 (HMO
Medical Centers) and, if this is the case,
the SBA size standard would be $32.5
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
million or less.107 We believe that few,
if any, insurance companies selling
comprehensive health insurance
policies (in contrast, for example, to
travel insurance policies or dental
discount policies) fall below these size
thresholds.
This final rule will allow enrollment
in a SHOP QHP through a SHOPregistered agent or broker, or through a
participating QHP issuer. The SHOPs
are generally limited by statute to
employers with at least one but not
more than 50 employees, unless a State
opts to provide that employers with
from 1 to 100 employees are ‘‘small
employers.’’ For this reason, we expect
that many employers who will be
affected by the finalized policies will
meet the SBA standard for small
entities. We do not believe that the
finalized policies impose requirements
on employers offering health insurance
through a SHOP that are more restrictive
than the current requirements on small
businesses offering employer sponsored
insurance. We believe the processes that
we have established constitute the
minimum amount of requirements
necessary to implement the SHOP
program and accomplish our policy
goals, and that no appropriate regulatory
alternatives can be developed to further
lessen the compliance burden.
Based on data from MLR annual
report submissions for the 2015 MLR
reporting year, approximately 92 out of
over 530 issuers of health insurance
coverage nationwide had total premium
revenue of $38.5 million or less. This
estimate may overstate the actual
number of small health insurance
companies that may be affected, since
almost 50 percent of these small
companies belong to larger holding
groups, and many if not all of these
small companies are likely to have nonhealth lines of business that would
result in their revenues exceeding $38.5
million. We estimate that 57 of these 92
potentially small entities may
experience a decrease in the rebate
amount owed to consumers under the
amendments to the quality
improvement activity reporting
provisions in part 158, and 27 of these
57 entities are part of larger holding
groups. In addition, we estimate that no
small entities will be impacted by the
amendments to 45 CFR part 158,
subpart C. Therefore, we believe that the
provisions of this final rule regarding
107 ‘‘Table of Small Business Size Standards
Matched to North American Industry Classification
System Codes’’, effective February 26, 2016, U.S.
Small Business Administration, available at https://
www.sba.gov/contracting/getting-started-contractor/
make-sure-you-meet-sba-size-standards/tablesmallbusiness-size-standards.
PO 00000
Frm 00129
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17057
MLR will not affect a substantial
number of small entities, and further,
the impact of the proposed QIA
provisions on small entities will be
positive.
F. Unfunded Mandates
Section 202 of the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA)
requires that agencies assess anticipated
costs and benefits and take certain other
actions before issuing a final rule that
includes any Federal mandate that may
result in expenditures in any 1 year by
a State, local, or Tribal governments, in
the aggregate, or by the private sector, of
$100 million in 1995 dollars, updated
annually for inflation. Currently, that
threshold is approximately $148
million. Although we have not been
able to quantify all costs, we expect the
combined impact on State, local, or
Tribal governments and the private
sector to be below the threshold.
G. Federalism
Executive Order 13132 establishes
certain requirements that an agency
must meet when it promulgates a final
rule that imposes substantial direct
costs on State and local governments,
preempts State law, or otherwise has
Federalism implications.
In compliance with the requirement
of Executive Order 13132 that agencies
examine closely any policies that may
have Federalism implications or limit
the policy making discretion of the
States, HHS has engaged in efforts to
consult with and work cooperatively
with affected States, including
participating in conference calls with
and attending conferences of the
National Association of Insurance
Commissioners, and consulting with
State insurance officials on an
individual basis.
While developing this rule, HHS
attempted to balance the States’
interests in regulating health insurance
issuers with the need to ensure market
stability. By doing so, it is HHS’s view
that we have complied with the
requirements of Executive Order 13132.
Because States have flexibility in
designing their Exchange and Exchangerelated programs, State decisions will
ultimately influence both administrative
expenses and overall premiums. States
are not required to establish an
Exchange or risk adjustment program.
For States that elected previously to
operate an Exchange, or risk adjustment
program, much of the initial cost of
creating these programs was funded by
Exchange Planning and Establishment
Grants. After establishment, Exchanges
must be financially self-sustaining, with
revenue sources at the discretion of the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17058
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
State. Current State Exchanges charge
user fees to issuers.
In HHS’s view, while this final rule
will not impose substantial direct
requirement costs on State and local
governments, this regulation has
Federalism implications due to direct
effects on the distribution of power and
responsibilities among the State and
Federal governments relating to
determining standards relating to health
insurance that is offered in the
individual and small group markets. For
example, we are finalizing proposals to
provide States with substantially more
flexibility in selecting an EHBbenchmark plan, to explore ways to
make it easier for States to establish and
maintain a State Exchange, to provide
States with substantially more flexibility
in how they operate a SHOP, to provide
States with the option to request a
reduction to risk adjustment transfers in
their small group market; and to make
it easier for States to apply for and be
granted an adjustment to the MLR
standard in their State. We are also
returning flexibility to States in their
review of rate increases. We are also
finalizing the proposal to give States the
choice to review rate increases for
student health insurance coverage. We
are also reducing the advanced
notification that States must give HHS
about the posting of rate increases from
30 days to 5 business days. Finally,
States will no longer be required to seek
approval if the State-specific threshold
for reasonableness review is lower than
the Federal default rate review
threshold.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
H. Congressional Review Act
This final rule is subject to the
Congressional Review Act provisions of
the Small Business Regulatory
Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (5
U.S.C. 801, et seq.), which specifies that
before a rule can take effect, the Federal
agency promulgating the rule shall
submit to each House of the Congress
and to the Comptroller General a report
containing a copy of the rule along with
other specified information, and has
been transmitted to Congress and the
Comptroller for review.
I. Reducing Regulation and Controlling
Regulatory Costs
Executive Order 13771, titled
Reducing Regulation and Controlling
Regulatory Costs, was issued on January
30, 2017. Section 2(a) of Executive
Order 13771 requires an agency, unless
prohibited by law, to identify at least
two existing regulations to be repealed
when the agency publicly proposes for
notice and comment, or otherwise
promulgates, a new regulation. In
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
furtherance of this requirement, section
2(c) of Executive Order 13771 requires
that the new incremental costs
associated with new regulations shall, to
the extent permitted by law, be offset by
the elimination of existing costs
associated with at least two prior
regulations. This final rule is an E.O.
13771 deregulatory action.108
List of Subjects
45 CFR Part 147
Health care, Health insurance,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
45 CFR Part 153
Administrative practice and
procedure, Health care, Health
insurance, Health records,
Intergovernmental relations,
Organization and functions
(Government agencies), Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
45 CFR Part 154
Administrative practice and
procedure, Claims, Health care, Health
insurance, Penalties, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
45 CFR Part 155
Administrative practice and
procedure, Advertising, Brokers,
Conflict of interests, Consumer
protection, Grants administration, Grant
programs—health, Health care, Health
insurance, Health maintenance
organizations (HMO), Health records,
Hospitals, Indians, Individuals with
disabilities, Intergovernmental relations,
Loan programs—health, Medicaid,
Organization and functions
(Government agencies), Public
assistance programs, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements, Technical
assistance, Women and youth.
45 CFR Part 156
Administrative practice and
procedure, Advertising, Advisory
committees, Conflict of interests,
Consumer protection, Grant programs—
health, Grants administration, Health
care, Health insurance, Health
maintenance organization (HMO),
Health records, Hospitals, Indians,
Individuals with disabilities, Loan
programs—health, Medicaid,
Organization and functions
(Government agencies), Public
assistance programs, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements, State and
108 We
estimate cost savings of approximately
$52.74 million in 2018, $58.12 million in 2019, and
annual cost savings of $4.12 million thereafter.
Thus the annualized value of cost savings, as of
2016 and calculated over a perpetual time horizon
with a 7 percent discount rate, is $9.26 million.
PO 00000
Frm 00130
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
local governments, Sunshine Act,
Technical assistance, Women, Youth.
45 CFR Part 157
Employee benefit plans, Health
insurance, Health maintenance
organizations (HMO), Health records,
Hospitals, Indians, Individuals with
disabilities, Medicaid, Organization and
functions (Government agencies), Public
assistance programs, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements, Technical
assistance, Women and youth.
45 CFR Part 158
Administrative practice and
procedure, Claims, Health care, Health
insurance, Penalties, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons set forth in the
preamble, the Department of Health and
Human Services amends 45 CFR parts
147, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157 and 158 as
set forth below.
PART 147—HEALTH INSURANCE
REFORM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL HEALTH
INSURANCE MARKETS
1. The authority citation for part 147
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Secs. 2701 through 2763, 2791,
and 2792 of the Public Health Service Act (42
U.S.C. 300gg through 300gg–63, 300gg–91,
and 300gg–92), as amended.
2. Section 147.102 is amended by
revising paragraph (c)(3)(iii)((D) to read
as follows:
■
§ 147.102
Fair health insurance premiums.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(3) * * *
(iii) * * *
(D) To the extent permitted by
applicable State law and, in the case of
coverage offered through a SHOP, as
permitted by the SHOP, apply this
paragraph (c)(3)(iii) uniformly among
group health plans enrolling in that
product, giving those group health plans
the option to pay premiums based on
average enrollee premium amounts.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 3. Section 147.104 is amended by—
■ a. Revising paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(B),
(b)(1)(i)(C) and (b)(1)(ii);
■ b. Removing paragraph (b)(1)(iii); and
■ c. Revising paragraphs (b)(2)(i)
introductory text and (ii).
The revisions read as follows:
§ 147.104 Guaranteed availability of
coverage.
*
*
(b) * *
(1) * *
(i) * *
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
*
*
*
*
17APR2
*
*
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
(B) In the case of a group health plan
in the small group market that cannot
comply with employer contribution or
group participation rules for the offering
of health insurance coverage, as allowed
under applicable State law, and in the
case of a QHP offered in the SHOP, as
permitted by § 156.285(e) or § 156.286(e)
of this subchapter, a health insurance
issuer may restrict the availability of
coverage to an annual enrollment period
that begins November 15 and extends
through December 15 of each calendar
year.
(C) With respect to coverage in the
small group market, and in the large
group market if such coverage is offered
through a SHOP in a State, for a group
enrollment received on the first through
the fifteenth day of any month, the
coverage effective date must be no later
than the first day of the following
month. For a group enrollment received
on the 16th through last day of any
month, the coverage effective date must
be no later than the first day of the
second following month. In either such
case, a small employer may instead opt
for a later effective date within a quarter
for which small group market rates are
available.
(ii) Individual market. A health
insurance issuer in the individual
market must allow an individual to
purchase health insurance coverage
during the initial and annual open
enrollment periods described in
§ 155.410(b) and (e) of this subchapter.
Coverage must become effective
consistent with the dates described in
§ 155.410(c) and (f) of this subchapter.
(2) * * *
(i) A health insurance issuer in the
individual market must provide a
limited open enrollment period for the
triggering events described in
§ 155.420(d) of this subchapter,
excluding, with respect to coverage
offered outside of an Exchange, the
following:
*
*
*
*
*
(ii) In applying this paragraph (b)(2),
a reference in § 155.420 (other than in
§ 155.420(a)(5)) of this subchapter to a
‘‘QHP’’ is deemed to refer to a plan, a
reference to ‘‘the Exchange’’ is deemed
to refer to the applicable State authority,
and a reference to a ‘‘qualified
individual’’ is deemed to refer to an
individual in the individual market.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 153—STANDARDS RELATED TO
REINSURANCE, RISK CORRIDORS,
AND RISK ADJUSTMENT UNDER THE
AFFORDABLE CARE ACT
4. The authority citation for part 153
continues to read as follows:
■
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
Authority: Secs. 1311, 1321, 1341–1343,
Pub. L. 111–148, 24 Stat. 119.
5. Section 153.320 is amended by
adding paragraph (d) to read as follows:
■
§ 153.320 Federally certified risk
adjustment methodology.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) State flexibility to request
reductions to transfers. Beginning with
the 2020 benefit year, States can request
to reduce risk adjustment transfers in
the State’s individual, small group or
merged markets by up to 50 percent in
States where HHS operates the risk
adjustment program.
(1) State requests. State requests for a
reduction to transfers must include:
(i) Supporting evidence and analysis
demonstrating the State-specific factors
that warrant an adjustment to more
precisely account for the differences in
actuarial risk in the State market;
(ii) The adjustment percentage of up
to 50 percent requested for the State
individual, small group or merged
market; and
(iii) A justification for the reduction
requested demonstrating the Statespecific factors that warrant an
adjustment to more precisely account
for relative risk differences in the State
individual, small group or merged
market, or demonstrating the requested
reduction would have de minimis
impact on the necessary premium
increase to cover the transfers for issuers
that would receive reduced transfer
payments.
(2) Timeframe to Submit Reduction
Requests. States must submit requests
for a reduction to transfer in the
individual, small group or merged
market by August 1 of the year, 2
calendar years prior to the applicable
benefit year in the form and manner
specified by HHS.
(3) Publication of Reduction Requests.
HHS will publish State reduction
requests in the applicable benefit year’s
HHS notice of benefit and payment
parameters proposed rule and make the
supporting evidence available to the
public for comment. HHS will publish
any approved State reduction requests
or denied State reduction requests in the
applicable benefit year’s HHS notice of
benefit and payment parameters final
rule.
(4) HHS approval. (i) Subject to
paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section, HHS
will approve State requests if HHS
determines, based on the review of the
information submitted as part of the
State’s request, along with other
relevant factors, including the premium
impact of the transfer reduction for the
State market, and relevant public
comments:
PO 00000
Frm 00131
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17059
(A) That State-specific rules or other
relevant factors warrant an adjustment
to more precisely account for relative
risk differences in the State individual,
small group or merged market and
support the percentage reduction to risk
adjustment transfers requested; or
(B) That State-specific rules or other
relevant factors warrant an adjustment
to more precisely account for relative
risk differences in the State’s individual,
small group or merged market and the
requested reduction would have de
minimis impact on the necessary
premium increase to cover the transfers
for issuers that would receive reduced
transfer payments.
(ii) HHS may approve a reduction
amount that is lower than the amount
requested by the State if the supporting
evidence and analysis do not fully
support the requested reduction
amount. HHS will assess other relevant
factors, including the premium impact
of the transfer reduction for the State
market.
■ 6. Section 153.630 is amended by
revising paragraphs (b)(6), (8), and (9) to
read as follows:
§ 153.630 Data validation requirements
when HHS operates risk adjustment.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(6) An issuer must provide the initial
validation auditor and the second
validation auditor with all relevant
source enrollment documentation, all
claims and encounter data, and medical
record documentation from providers of
services to each enrollee in the
applicable sample without unreasonable
delay and in a manner that reasonably
assures confidentiality and security in
transmission. Notwithstanding any
other provision of this section, a
qualified provider that is licensed to
diagnose mental illness by the State and
that is prohibited from furnishing a
complete medical record by applicable
State privacy laws concerning any
enrollee’s treatment for one or more
mental or behavioral health conditions
may furnish a signed mental or
behavioral health assessment that, to the
extent permissible under applicable
Federal and State privacy laws, should
contain: The enrollee’s name; sex; date
of birth; current status of all mental or
behavioral health diagnoses; and dates
of service. The mental or behavioral
health assessment should be signed by
the provider and submitted with an
attestation that the provider is
prohibited from furnishing a complete
medical record by applicable State
privacy laws.
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17060
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
(8) The initial validation auditor must
measure and report to the issuer and
HHS, in a manner and timeframe
specified by HHS, its inter-rater
reliability rates among its reviewers.
The initial validation auditor must
achieve a consistency measure of at
least 95 percent for his or her review
outcomes, except that for validation of
risk adjustment data for the 2015 and
2016 benefit years, the initial validation
auditor may meet an inter-rater
reliability standard of 85 percent for
review outcomes.
(9) HHS may impose civil money
penalties in accordance with the
procedures set forth in § 156.805(b)
through (e) of this subchapter if an
issuer of a risk adjustment covered
plan—
(i) Fails to engage an initial validation
auditor;
(ii) Fails to submit the results of an
initial validation audit to HHS;
(iii) Engages in misconduct or
substantial non-compliance with the
risk adjustment data validation
standards and requirements applicable
to issuers of risk adjustment covered
plans; or
(iv) Intentionally or recklessly
misrepresents or falsifies information
that it furnishes to HHS.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 154—HEALTH INSURANCE
ISSUER RATE INCREASES:
DISCLOSURE AND REVIEW
REQUIREMENTS
7. The authority citation for part 154
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Section 2794 of the Public
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg–94).
8. Section 154.103 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
■
§ 154.103
Applicability.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Exceptions. The requirements of
this part do not apply to—
(1) Grandfathered health plan
coverage as defined in § 147.140 of this
subchapter;
(2) Excepted benefits as described in
section 2791(c) of the PHS Act; and
(3) For coverage effective on or after
July 1, 2018, student health insurance
coverage as defined in § 147.145 of this
subchapter.
■ 9. Section 154.200 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 154.200
review.
Rate increases subject to
(a) A rate increase filed in a State, or
effective in a State that does not require
a rate increase to be filed, is subject to
review if:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
(1) The rate increase is 15 percent or
more applicable to a 12-month period
that begins on January 1, as calculated
under paragraph (b) of this section; or
(2) The rate increase meets or exceeds
a State-specific threshold applicable to
a 12-month period that begins on
January 1, as calculated under
paragraph (b) of this section, determined
by the Secretary. A State-specific
threshold shall be based on factors
impacting rate increases in a State to the
extent that the data relating to such
State-specific factors are available by
August 1 of the preceding year. States
interested in proposing a State-specific
threshold greater than the Federal
default stated in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section are required to submit a
proposal for approval of such threshold
to the Secretary by August 1 of the
preceding year, in the form and manner
specified by the Secretary.
(b) A rate increase meets or exceeds
the applicable threshold set forth in
paragraph (a) of this section if the
average increase, including premium
rating factors described in § 147.102 of
this subchapter, for all enrollees
weighted by premium volume for any
plan within the product meets or
exceeds the applicable threshold.
(c) If a rate increase that does not
otherwise meet or exceed the threshold
under paragraph (b) of this section
meets or exceeds the threshold when
combined with a previous increase or
increases during the 12-month period
preceding the date on which the rate
increase would become effective, then
the rate increase must be considered to
meet or exceed the threshold and is
subject to review under § 154.210, and
such review shall include a review of
the aggregate rate increases during the
applicable 12-month period.
10. Section 154.215 is amended by
revising paragraph (h)(2) to read as
follows:
■
§ 154.215 Submission of rate filing
justification.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) * * *
(2) CMS will make available to the
public on its website the information
contained in Parts I and III of each Rate
Filing Justification that is not a trade
secret or confidential commercial or
financial information as defined in
HHS’s Freedom of Information Act
regulations, 45 CFR 5.31(d).
*
*
*
*
*
11. Section 154.301 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as
follows:
■
PO 00000
Frm 00132
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 154.301 CMS’s determinations of
Effective Rate Review Programs.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) If a State intends to make the
information in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this
section available to the public prior to
the date specified by the Secretary, or if
it intends to make the information in
paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section
available to the public prior to the first
day of the annual open enrollment
period in the individual market for the
applicable calendar year, the State must
notify CMS in writing, no later than five
(5) business days prior to the date it
intends to make the information public,
of its intent to do so and the date it
intends to make the information public.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 155—EXCHANGE
ESTABLISHMENT STANDARDS AND
OTHER RELATED STANDARDS
UNDER THE AFFORDABLE CARE ACT
12. The authority citation for part 155
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Title I of the Affordable Care
Act, sections 1301, 1302, 1303, 1304, 1311,
1312, 1313, 1321, 1322, 1331, 1332, 1334,
1402, 1411, 1412, 1413, Pub. L. 111–148, 124
Stat. 119 (42 U.S.C. 18021–18024, 18031–
18033, 18041–18042, 18051, 18054, 18071,
and 18081–18083).
13. Section 155.106 is amended by
revising paragraph (c) introductory text
to read as follows:
■
§ 155.106 Election to operate an Exchange
after 2014.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Process for State Exchanges that
seek to utilize the Federal platform for
select functions. States may seek
approval to operate a State Exchange
utilizing the Federal platform for only
the individual market. A State seeking
approval to operate a State Exchange
utilizing the Federal platform for the
individual market to support select
functions through a Federal platform
agreement under § 155.200(f) must:
*
*
*
*
*
■ 14. Section 155.200 is amended by
removing and reserving paragraphs
(f)(2)(ii) through (iv); and revising
paragraph (f)(4) introductory text to read
as follows;
§ 155.200
Functions of an Exchange.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) [Reserved]
(iii) [Reserved]
(iv) [Reserved]
*
*
*
*
*
(4) A State Exchange on the Federal
platform that utilizes the Federal
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
platform for SHOP functions, for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018, must require its QHP issuers to
make any changes to rates in accordance
with the timeline applicable in a
Federally-facilitated SHOP under
§ 155.706(b)(6)(i)(A). A State Exchange
on the Federal platform that utilizes the
Federal platform for SHOP functions, as
set forth in paragraphs (f)(4)(i) through
(vii) of this section, for plan years
beginning prior to January 1, 2018,
must—
*
*
*
*
*
■ 15. Section 155.210 is amended by
revising paragraphs (c)(2) introductory
text and (e)(7) to read as follows:
§ 155.210
Navigator program standards.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(2) The Exchange must include an
entity from at least one of the following
categories for receipt of a Navigator
grant:
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(7) In a Federally-facilitated
Exchange, no individual or entity shall
be ineligible to operate as a Navigator
solely because its principal place of
business is outside of the Exchange
service area;
*
*
*
*
*
■ 16. Section 155.215 is amended by
revising paragraph (h) to read as
follows:
§ 155.215 Standards applicable to
Navigators and Non-Navigator Assistance
Personnel carrying out consumer
assistance functions under §§ 155.205(d)
and (e) and 155.210 in a Federally-facilitated
Exchange and to Non-Navigator Assistance
Personnel funded through an Exchange
Establishment Grant.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) Physical presence. In a Federallyfacilitated Exchange, no individual or
entity shall be ineligible to operate as a
non-Navigator entity or as nonNavigator assistance personnel solely
because its principal place of business
is outside of the Exchange service area.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 17. Section 155.221 is revised to read
as follows:
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
§ 155.221 Standards for third-parties to
perform audits of agents, brokers, and
issuers participating in direct enrollment.
(a) An agent, broker, or issuer
participating in direct enrollment must
engage a third-party entity to conduct an
annual review to demonstrate
operational readiness in accordance
with § 155.220(c)(3)(i)(K) and with
§ 156.1230(b)(2) of this subchapter. The
third-party entity will be a downstream
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
or delegated entity of the agent, broker
or issuer that participates or wishes to
participate in direct enrollment.
(b) An agent, broker, or issuer
participating in direct enrollment must
satisfy the requirement to demonstrate
operational readiness under paragraph
(a) of this section by engaging a thirdparty entity that meets each of the
following standards:
(1) Has experience conducting audits
or similar services, including experience
with relevant privacy and security
standards;
(2) Adheres to HHS specifications for
content, format, privacy, and security in
the conduct of an operational readiness
review, which includes ensuring that
agents, brokers, and issuers are in
compliance with the applicable privacy
and security standards and other
applicable requirements;
(3) Collects, stores, and shares with
HHS all data related to the third-party
entity’s audit of agents, brokers, and
issuers in a manner, format, and
frequency specified by HHS until 10
years from the date of creation, and
complies with the privacy and security
standards HHS adopts for agents,
brokers, and issuers as required in
accordance with § 155.260;
(4) Discloses to HHS any financial
relationships between the entity and
individuals who own or are employed
by an agent, broker, or issuer for which
it is conducting an operational readiness
review.
(5) Complies with all applicable
Federal and State requirements;
(6) Ensures, on an annual basis, that
appropriate staff successfully complete
operational readiness review training as
established by HHS prior to conducting
audits under paragraph (a) of this
section;
(7) Permits access by the Secretary
and the Office of the Inspector General
or their designees in connection with
their right to evaluate through audit,
inspection, or other means, to the thirdparty entity’s books, contracts,
computers, or other electronic systems,
relating to the third-party entity’s audits
of agent’s, broker’s, or issuer’s
obligations in accordance with Federal
standards under paragraph (a) of this
section until 10 years from the date of
creation; and
(8) Complies with other minimum
business criteria as specified in
guidance by HHS.
(c) An agent, broker or issuer may
engage multiple third-party entities to
conduct the audit under paragraph (a) of
this section and each third-party entity
must satisfy the standards outlined
under paragraph (b) of this section.
PO 00000
Frm 00133
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17061
18. Section 155.305 is amended by
revising paragraph (f)(4) to read as
follows:
■
§ 155.305
Eligibility standards.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(4) Compliance with filing
requirement. The Exchange may not
determine a tax filer eligible for APTC
if HHS notifies the Exchange as part of
the process described in § 155.320(c)(3)
that APTC were made on behalf of the
tax filer or either spouse if the tax filer
is a married couple for a year for which
tax data would be utilized for
verification of household income and
family size in accordance with
§ 155.320(c)(1)(i), and the tax filer or his
or her spouse did not comply with the
requirement to file an income tax return
for that year as required by 26 U.S.C.
6011, 6012, and implementing
regulations and reconcile the advance
payments of the premium tax credit for
that period.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 19. Section 155.320 is amended by—
■ a. Revising paragraphs (c)(3)(iii)
introductory text, and paragraph
(c)(3)(iii)(A);
■ b. Adding paragraphs (c)(3)(iii)(D)
through (F);
■ c. Revising paragraph (c)(3)(vi)(C), (D),
(F) and (G); and
■ d. Revising paragraph (d)(4)
introductory text.
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 155.320 Verification process related to
eligibility for insurance affordability
programs.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(3) * * *
(iii) Verification process for changes
in household income. (A) Except as
specified in paragraph (c)(3)(iii)(B), (C),
and (D) of this section, if an applicant’s
attestation, in accordance with
paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B) of this section,
indicates that a tax filer’s annual
household income has increased or is
reasonably expected to increase from
the data described in paragraph
(c)(3)(ii)(A) of this section for the benefit
year for which the applicant(s) in the
tax filer’s family are requesting coverage
and the Exchange has not verified the
applicant’s MAGI-based income through
the process specified in paragraph
(c)(2)(ii) of this section to be within the
applicable Medicaid or CHIP MAGIbased income standard, the Exchange
must accept the applicant’s attestation
regarding a tax filer’s annual household
income without further verification.
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
17062
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
(D) If an applicant’s attestation to
projected annual household income, as
described in paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B) of
this section, is greater than or equal to
100 percent but not more than 400
percent of the FPL for the benefit year
for which coverage is requested and is
more than a reasonable threshold above
the annual household income computed
in accordance with paragraph
(c)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, the data
described in paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A) of
this section indicates that projected
annual household income is under 100
percent FPL, and the Exchange has not
verified the applicant’s MAGI-based
income through the process specified in
paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section to be
within the applicable Medicaid or CHIP
MAGI-based income standard, the
Exchange must proceed in accordance
with § 155.315(f)(1) through (4).
However, this paragraph (c)(3)(iii)(D)
does not apply if the applicant is a noncitizen who is lawfully present and
ineligible for Medicaid by reason of
immigration status. For the purposes of
this paragraph, a reasonable threshold is
established by the Exchange in guidance
and approved by HHS, but must not be
less than 10 percent, and can also
include a threshold dollar amount.
(E) If, at the conclusion of the period
specified in § 155.315(f)(2)(ii), the
Exchange remains unable to verify the
applicant’s attestation, the Exchange
must determine the applicant’s
eligibility based on the information
described in paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A) of
this section, notify the applicant of such
determination in accordance with the
notice requirements specified in
§ 155.310(g), and implement such
determination in accordance with the
effective dates specified in § 155.330(f).
(F) If, at the conclusion of the period
specified in § 155.315(f)(2)(ii), the
Exchange remains unable to verify the
applicant’s attestation and the
information described in paragraph
(c)(3)(ii)(A) of this section is
unavailable, the Exchange must
determine the tax filer ineligible for
advance payments of the premium tax
credit and cost-sharing reductions,
notify the applicant of such
determination in accordance with the
notice requirements specified in
§ 155.310(g), and discontinue any
advance payments of the premium tax
credit and cost-sharing reductions in
accordance with the effective dates
specified in § 155.330(f).
*
*
*
*
*
(vi) * * *
(C) Increases in annual household
income. If an applicant’s attestation, in
accordance with paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
of this section, indicates that a tax filer’s
annual household income has increased
or is reasonably expected to increase
from the data described in paragraph
(c)(3)(vi)(A) of this section to the benefit
year for which the applicant(s) in the
tax filer’s family are requesting coverage
and the Exchange has not verified the
applicant’s MAGI-based income through
the process specified in paragraph
(c)(2)(ii) of this section to be within the
applicable Medicaid or CHIP MAGIbased income standard, the Exchange
must accept the applicant’s attestation
for the tax filer’s family without further
verification, unless:
(1) The Exchange finds that an
applicant’s attestation of a tax filer’s
annual household income is not
reasonably compatible with other
information provided by the application
filer, or
(2) The data described in paragraph
(c)(3)(vi)(A) of this section indicates that
projected annual household income is
under 100 percent FPL and the
applicant’s attestation to projected
household income, as described in
paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, is
greater than or equal to 100 percent but
not more than 400 percent of the FPL for
the benefit year for which coverage is
requested and is more than a reasonable
threshold above the annual household
income as computed using data sources
described in paragraph (c)(3)(vi)(A) of
this section, in which case the Exchange
must follow the procedures specified in
§ 155.315(f)(1) through (4). The
reasonable threshold used under this
paragraph must be equal to the
reasonable threshold established in
accordance with paragraph (c)(3)(iii)(D)
of this section.
(D) Decreases in annual household
income and situations in which
electronic data is unavailable. If
electronic data are unavailable or an
applicant’s attestation to projected
annual household income, as described
in paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B) of this section,
is more than a reasonable threshold
below the annual household income as
computed using data sources described
in paragraphs (c)(3)(vi)(A) of this
section, the Exchange must follow the
procedures specified in § 155.315(f)(1)
through (4). The reasonable threshold
used under this paragraph must be
equal to the reasonable threshold
established in accordance with
paragraph (c)(3)(vi) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(F) If, at the conclusion of the period
specified in § 155.315(f)(2)(ii), the
Exchange remains unable to verify the
applicant’s attestation, the Exchange
must determine the applicant’s
PO 00000
Frm 00134
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
eligibility based on the information
described in paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A) of
this section, notify the applicant of such
determination in accordance with the
notice requirements specified in
§ 155.310(g), and implement such
determination in accordance with the
effective dates specified in § 155.330(f).
(G) If, at the conclusion of the period
specified in § 155.315(f)(2)(ii), the
Exchange remains unable to verify the
applicant’s attestation for the tax filer
and the information described in
paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A) of this section is
unavailable, the Exchange must
determine the tax filer ineligible for
advance payments of the premium tax
credit and cost-sharing reductions,
notify the applicant of such
determination in accordance with the
notice requirement specified in
§ 155.310(g), and discontinue any
advance payments of the premium tax
credit and cost-sharing reductions in
accordance with the effective dates
specified in § 155.330(f).
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(4) Alternate procedures. For any
benefit year for which it does not
reasonably expect to obtain sufficient
verification data as described in
paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (iii) of this
section, the Exchange must follow the
procedures specified in paragraph
(d)(4)(i) of this section or, for benefit
years 2016 through 2019, the Exchange
may follow the procedures specified in
paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section. For
purposes of this paragraph (d)(4), the
Exchange reasonably expects to obtain
sufficient verification data for any
benefit year when, for the benefit year,
the Exchange is able to obtain data
about enrollment in and eligibility for
qualifying coverage in an eligible
employer-sponsored plan from at least
one electronic data source that is
available to the Exchange and that has
been approved by HHS, based on
evidence showing that the data source is
sufficiently current, accurate, and
minimizes administrative burden, as
described under paragraph (d)(2)(i) of
this section.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 20. Section 155.420 is amended by:
■ a. Revising paragraphs (a)(4)(iii), (a)(5)
and (b)(2)(i);
■ b. Removing paragraph (b)(2)(v);
■ c. Redesignating paragraph (b)(2)(vi)
as paragraph (b)(2)(v);
■ d. Revising paragraph (d)(1)(iii); and
■ e. Revising paragraph (d)(10)(i).
The revisions read as follows:
§ 155.420
Special enrollment periods.
(a) * * *
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
(4) * * *
(iii) For the other triggering events
specified in paragraph (d) of this
section, except for paragraphs (d)(2)(i),
(d)(4), (d)(6)(i) and (ii) of this section for
becoming newly eligible for CSRs,
(d)(8), (9), (10) and (12) of this section:
(A) If an enrollee qualifies for a
special enrollment period, the Exchange
must allow the enrollee and his or her
dependents to change to another QHP
within the same level of coverage (or
one metal level higher or lower, if no
such QHP is available), as outlined in
§ 156.140(b) of this subchapter; or
(B) If a dependent qualifies for a
special enrollment period, and an
enrollee is adding the dependent to his
or her QHP, the Exchange must allow
the enrollee to add the dependent to his
or her current QHP; or, if the QHP’s
business rules do not allow the
dependent to enroll, the Exchange must
allow the enrollee and his or her
dependents to change to another QHP
within the same level of coverage (or
one metal level higher or lower, if no
such QHP is available), as outlined in
§ 156.140(b) of this subchapter, or enroll
the new qualified individual in a
separate QHP.
(5) Prior coverage requirement.
Qualified individuals who are required
to demonstrate coverage in the 60 days
prior to a qualifying event can either
demonstrate that they had minimum
essential coverage as described in 26
CFR 1.5000A–1(b) for 1 or more days
during the 60 days preceding the date of
the qualifying event; lived in a foreign
country or in a United States territory
for 1 or more days during the 60 days
preceding the date of the qualifying
event; are an Indian as defined by
section 4 of the Indian Health Care
Improvement Act; or lived for 1 or more
days during the 60 days preceding the
qualifying event or during their most
recent preceding enrollment period, as
specified in §§ 155.410 and 155.420, in
a service area where no qualified health
plan was available through the
Exchange.
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) In the case of birth, adoption,
placement for adoption, placement in
foster care, or child support or other
court order as described in paragraph
(d)(2)(i) of this section, the Exchange
must ensure that coverage is effective
for a qualified individual or enrollee on
the date of birth, adoption, placement
for adoption, placement in foster care,
or effective date of court order; or it may
permit the qualified individual or
enrollee to elect a coverage effective
date of the first of the month following
plan selection; or in accordance with
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
paragraph (b)(1) of this section. If the
Exchange permits the qualified
individual or enrollee to elect a
coverage effective date of either the first
of the month following the date of plan
selection or in accordance with
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the
Exchange must ensure coverage is
effective on the date duly selected by
the qualified individual or enrollee.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
(iii) Loses pregnancy-related coverage
described under section
1902(a)(10)(A)(i)(IV) and
(a)(10)(A)(ii)(IX) of the Act (42 U.S.C.
1396a(a)(10)(A)(i)(IV), (a)(10)(A)(ii)(IX))
or loses access to health care services
through coverage provided to a pregnant
woman’s unborn child, based on the
definition of a child in 42 CFR 457.10.
The date of the loss of coverage is the
last day the qualified individual would
have pregnancy-related coverage or
access to health care services through
the unborn child coverage; or
*
*
*
*
*
(10) * * *
(i) Is a victim of domestic abuse or
spousal abandonment as defined by 26
CFR 1.36B–2 or a dependent or
unmarried victim within a household, is
enrolled in minimum essential
coverage, and sought to enroll in
coverage separate from the perpetrator
of the abuse or abandonment; or
*
*
*
*
*
■ 21. Section 155.430 is amended by:
■ a. Revising paragraph (d)(2)(ii);
■ b. Redesignating paragraphs (d)(2)(iii),
(d)(2)(iv) and (d)(2)(v) as paragraphs
(d)(2)(iv), (d)(2)(v), and (d)(2)(vi),
respectively;
■ c. Adding new paragraph (d)(2)(iii);
and
■ d. Revising newly redesignated
paragraphs (d)(2)(iv), and (v).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 155.430 Termination of Exchange
enrollment or coverage.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) If the enrollee does not provide
reasonable notice, fourteen days after
the termination is requested by the
enrollee; or
(iii) At the option of the Exchange, on
the date on which the termination is
requested by the enrollee, or on another
prospective date selected by the
enrollee; or
(iv) If an Exchange does not require an
earlier termination date in accordance
with paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section,
PO 00000
Frm 00135
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17063
at the option of the QHP issuer, on a
date on or after the termination is
requested by the enrollee that is less
than 14 days after the termination is
requested by the enrollee, if the enrollee
requests an earlier termination date; or
(v) At the option of the Exchange, for
an individual who is newly determined
eligible for Medicaid, CHIP, or the Basic
Health Program, if a Basic Health
Program is operating in the service area
of the Exchange, the day before the
enrollee’s date of eligibility for
Medicaid, CHIP, or the Basic Health
Program.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 22. Section 155.500 is amended by
revising the definitions of ‘‘Appeal
request’’ and ‘‘Appeals entity’’ to read as
follows:
§ 155.500
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Appeal request means a clear
expression, either orally or in writing,
by an applicant, enrollee, employer, or
small business employer or employee to
have any eligibility determination or
redetermination contained in a notice
issued in accordance with § 155.310(g),
§ 155.330(e)(1)(ii), § 155.335(h)(1)(ii),
§ 155.610(i), § 155.715(e) or (f), or
§ 155.716(e) reviewed by an appeals
entity.
Appeals entity means a body
designated to hear appeals of eligibility
determinations or redeterminations
contained in notices issued in
accordance with § 155.310(g),
§ 155.330(e)(1)(ii), § 155.335(h)(1)(ii),
§ 155.610(i), § 155.715(e) and (f), or
§ 155.716(e).
*
*
*
*
*
■ 23. Section 155.605 is amended by
revising paragraph (d)(2)(iv) to read as
follows:
§ 155.605 Eligibility standards for
exemptions.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(2) * * *
(iv) For an individual who is
ineligible to purchase coverage under an
eligible employer-sponsored plan, the
Exchange determines the required
contribution for coverage in accordance
with section 5000A(e)(1)(B)(ii) of the
Code, inclusive of all members of the
family, as defined in 26 CFR 1.36B–1(d),
who have not otherwise been granted an
exemption through the Exchange and
who are not treated as eligible to
purchase coverage under an eligible
employer-sponsored plan, in accordance
with paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section.
If there is not a bronze level plan offered
through the Exchange in the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17064
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
individual’s county, the Exchange must
use the annual premium for the lowest
cost Exchange metal level plan,
excluding catastrophic coverage,
available in the individual market
through the Exchange in the State in the
county in which the individual resides
to determine whether coverage exceeds
the affordability threshold specified in
section 5000A(e)(1) of the Code; and
*
*
*
*
*
■ 24. Section 155.610 is amended by
revising paragraph (h)(2) to read as
follows:
§ 155.610 Eligibility process for
exemptions.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) * * *
(2) The Exchange will only accept an
application for an exemption described
in § 155.605(d)(1) during one of the 3
calendar years after the month or
months during which the applicant
attests that the hardship occurred.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 25. Section 155.700 is amended by
revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:
§ 155.700 Standards for the establishment
of a SHOP.
(a) General requirement. (1) For plan
years beginning before January 1, 2018,
an Exchange must provide for the
establishment of a SHOP that meets the
requirements of this subpart and is
designed to assist qualified employers
and facilitate the enrollment of qualified
employees into qualified health plans.
(2) For plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018, an Exchange must
provide for the establishment of a SHOP
that meets the requirements of this
subpart and is designed to assist
qualified employers in facilitating the
enrollment of their employees in
qualified health plans.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 26. Section 155.705 is amended by
revising the section heading and adding
paragraph (e) to read as follows:
§ 155.705 Functions of a SHOP for plan
years beginning prior to January 1, 2018.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Applicability date. The provisions
of this section apply for plan years
beginning prior to January 1, 2018.
Section 155.706 is applicable for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018.
■ 27. Section 155.706 is added to read
as follows:
§ 155.706 Functions of a SHOP for plan
years beginning on or after January 1, 2018.
(a) Exchange functions that apply to
SHOP. The SHOP must carry out all the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
required functions of an Exchange
described in this subpart and in
subparts C, E, K, and M of this part,
except:
(1) Requirements related to individual
eligibility determinations in subpart D
of this part;
(2) Requirements related to
enrollment of qualified individuals
described in subpart E of this part;
(3) The requirement to issue
certificates of exemption in accordance
with § 155.200(b); and
(4) Requirements related to the
payment of premiums by individuals,
Indian tribes, tribal organizations and
urban Indian organizations under
§ 155.240.
(b) Unique functions of a SHOP. The
SHOP must also provide the following
unique functions:
(1) Enrollment and eligibility
functions. The SHOP must adhere to the
requirements outlined in subpart H.
(2) Employer choice requirements.
The SHOP must allow a qualified
employer to select a level of coverage as
described in section 1302(d)(1) of the
Affordable Care Act, in which all QHPs
within that level are made available to
the qualified employees of the
employer.
(3) SHOP options with respect to
employer choice requirements. (i) A
SHOP:
(A) Must allow an employer to make
available to qualified employees all
QHPs at the level of coverage selected
by the employer as described in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section, and
(B) May allow an employer to make
one or more QHPs available to qualified
employees by a method other than the
method described in paragraph (b)(2) of
this section.
(ii) A Federally-facilitated SHOP will
provide a qualified employer a choice of
two methods to make QHPs available to
qualified employees:
(A) The employer may choose a level
of coverage as described in paragraph
(b)(2) of this section, or
(B) The employer may choose a single
QHP.
(iii) A SHOP may, and a Federallyfacilitated SHOP will provide a
qualified employer a choice of two
methods to make stand-alone dental
plans available to qualified employees:
(A) The employer may choose to make
available a single stand-alone dental
plan.
(B) The employer may choose to make
available all stand-alone dental plans
offered through a SHOP.
(iv) A SHOP may also provide a
qualified employer with a choice of a
third method to make QHPs available to
qualified employees by offering its
PO 00000
Frm 00136
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
qualified employees a choice of all
QHPs offered through the SHOP by a
single issuer across all available levels
of coverage, as described in section
1302(d)(1) of the Affordable Care Act
and implemented in § 156.140(b) of this
subchapter. A State with a Federallyfacilitated SHOP may recommend that
the Federally-facilitated SHOP not make
this additional option available in that
State, by submitting a letter to HHS in
advance of the annual QHP certification
application deadline, by a date to be
established by HHS. The State’s letter
must describe and justify the State’s
recommendation, based on the
anticipated impact this additional
option would have on the small group
market and consumers.
(v) A SHOP may also provide a
qualified employer with a choice of a
third method to make stand-alone
dental plans available to qualified
employees by offering its qualified
employees a choice of all stand-alone
dental plans offered through the SHOP
by a single issuer. A State with a
Federally-facilitated SHOP may
recommend that the Federallyfacilitated SHOP not make this
additional option available in that State,
by submitting a letter to HHS in advance
of the annual QHP certification
application deadline, by a date to be
established by HHS. The State’s letter
must describe and justify the State’s
recommendation, based on the
anticipated impact this additional
option would have on the small group
market and consumers.
(vi) States operating a State Exchange
utilizing the Federal platform for SHOP
enrollment functions will have the same
employer choice models available as
States with a Federally-facilitated
SHOP, except that a State with a State
Exchange utilizing the Federal platform
for SHOP enrollment functions may
decide against offering the employer
choice models specified in paragraphs
(b)(3)(iv) and (v) of this section in that
State, provided that the State notifies
HHS of that decision in advance of the
annual QHP certification application
deadline, by a date to be established by
HHS.
(4) Continuation of Coverage. The
SHOP may, upon an election by a
qualified employer, enter into an
agreement with a qualified employer to
facilitate the administration of
continuation coverage by collecting
premiums for continuation coverage
enrolled in through the SHOP directly
from a person enrolled in continuation
coverage through the SHOP consistent
with applicable law and the terms of the
group health plan, and remitting
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
premium payments for this coverage to
QHP issuers.
(5) QHP Certification. With respect to
certification of QHPs in the small group
market, the SHOP must ensure each
QHP meets the requirements specified
in § 156.285 of this subchapter.
(6) Rates and rate changes. The SHOP
must—
(i) Require all QHP issuers to make
any change to rates at a uniform time
that is no more frequently than
quarterly.
(A) In a Federally-facilitated SHOP,
rates may be updated quarterly with
effective dates of January 1, April 1, July
1, or October 1 of each calendar year.
The updated rates must be submitted to
HHS at least 60 days in advance of the
effective date of the rates.
(B) [Reserved]
(ii) Prohibit all QHP issuers from
varying rates for a qualified employer
during the employer’s plan year.
(7) QHP availability in merged
markets. If a State merges the individual
market and the small group market risk
pools in accordance with section
1312(c)(3) of the Affordable Care Act,
the SHOP may permit employer groups
to enroll in any QHP meeting level of
coverage requirements described in
section 1302(d) of the Affordable Care
Act.
(8) QHP availability in unmerged
markets. If a State does not merge the
individual and small group market risk
pools, the SHOP must permit employer
groups to enroll only in QHPs in the
small group market.
(9) SHOP expansion to large group
market. If a State elects to expand the
SHOP to the large group market, a SHOP
must allow issuers of health insurance
coverage in the large group market in
the State to offer QHPs in such market
through a SHOP beginning in 2017
provided that a large employer meets
the qualified employer requirements
other than that it be a small employer.
(10) Participation rules. Subject to
§ 147.104 of this subchapter, the SHOP
may authorize a uniform group
participation rate for the offering of
health insurance coverage in the SHOP,
which must be a single, uniform rate
that applies to all groups and issuers in
the SHOP. If the SHOP authorizes a
minimum participation rate, such rate
must be based on the rate of employee
participation in the SHOP, not on the
rate of employee participation in any
particular QHP or QHPs of any
particular issuer.
(i) Subject to § 147.104 of this
subchapter, a Federally-facilitated
SHOP must use a minimum
participation rate of 70 percent,
calculated as the number of full-time
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
employees accepting coverage offered
by a qualified employer plus the
number of full-time employees who, at
the time the employer submits the
SHOP group enrollment, are enrolled in
coverage through another group health
plan, governmental coverage (such as
Medicare, Medicaid, or TRICARE),
coverage sold through the individual
market, or in other minimum essential
coverage, divided by the number of fulltime employees offered coverage.
(ii) Notwithstanding paragraphs
(b)(10)(i) of this section, a Federallyfacilitated SHOP may utilize a different
minimum participation rate in a State if
there is evidence that a State law sets a
minimum participation rate or that a
higher or lower minimum participation
rate is customarily used by the majority
of QHP issuers in that State for products
in the State’s small group market
outside the SHOP.
(11) Premium calculator. In the
SHOP, the premium calculator
described in § 155.205(b)(6) must
facilitate the comparison of available
QHPs.
(c) Coordination with individual
market Exchange for eligibility
determinations. A SHOP that collects
employee eligibility or enrollment data
must provide data related to eligibility
and enrollment of a qualified employee
to the individual market Exchange that
corresponds to the service area of the
SHOP, unless the SHOP is operated
pursuant to § 155.100(a)(2).
(d) Duties of Navigators in the SHOP.
In States that have elected to operate
only a SHOP pursuant to
§ 155.100(a)(2), at State option and if
State law permits the Navigator duties
described in § 155.210(e)(3) and (4) may
be fulfilled through referrals to agents
and brokers.
(e) Applicability date. The provisions
of this section apply for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018.
28. Section 155.715 is amended by
revising the section heading and adding
paragraph (h) to read as follows:
■
§ 155.715 Eligibility determination process
for SHOP for plan years beginning prior to
January 1, 2018.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) Applicability date. The provisions
of this section apply for plan years
beginning prior to January 1, 2018.
Section 155.716 is applicable for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018.
29. Section 155.716 is added to read
as follows:
■
PO 00000
Frm 00137
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17065
§ 155.716 Eligibility determination process
for SHOP for plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018.
(a) General requirement. The SHOP
must determine whether an employer
requesting a determination of eligibility
to participate in a SHOP is eligible in
accordance with the requirements of
§ 155.710.
(b) Applications. The SHOP must
accept a SHOP single employer
application form from employers, in
accordance with the relevant standards
of § 155.730.
(c) Verification of eligibility. For the
purpose of verifying employer
eligibility, the SHOP—
(1) May establish, in addition to or in
lieu of reliance on the application,
additional methods to verify the
information provided by the applicant
on the applicable application;
(2) Must collect only the minimum
information necessary for verification of
eligibility in accordance with the
eligibility standards described in
§ 155.710; and
(3) May not perform individual
market Exchange eligibility
determinations or verifications
described in subpart D of this part.
(d) Eligibility adjustment period.
When the information submitted on the
SHOP single employer application is
inconsistent with information collected
from third-party data sources through
the verification process described in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section or
otherwise received by the SHOP, the
SHOP must—
(1) Make a reasonable effort to
identify and address the causes of such
inconsistency, including through
typographical or other clerical errors;
(2) Notify the employer of the
inconsistency;
(3) Provide the employer with a
period of 30 days from the date on
which the notice described in paragraph
(d)(2) of this section is sent to the
employer to either present satisfactory
documentary evidence to support the
employer’s application, or resolve the
inconsistency; and
(4) If, after the 30-day period
described in paragraph (d)(2) of this
section, the SHOP has not received
satisfactory documentary evidence, the
SHOP must—
(i) Notify the employer of its denial or
termination of eligibility in accordance
with paragraph (e) of this section and of
the employer’s right to appeal such
determination; and
(ii) If the employer was enrolled
pending the confirmation or verification
of eligibility information, discontinue
the employer’s participation in the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17066
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
SHOP at the end of the month following
the month in which the notice is sent.
(e) Notification of employer eligibility.
The SHOP must provide an employer
requesting eligibility to purchase
coverage through the SHOP with a
notice of approval or denial or
termination of eligibility and the
employer’s right to appeal such
eligibility determination.
(f) Validity of Eligibility
Determination. An employer’s
determination of eligibility to
participate in SHOP remains valid until
the employer makes a change that could
end its eligibility under § 155.710(b) or
withdraws from participation in the
SHOP.
(g) Applicability date. The provisions
of this section apply for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018.
■ 30. Section 155.720 is amended by
revising the section heading and adding
paragraph (j) to read as follows:
§ 155.720 Enrollment of employees into
QHPs under SHOP for plan years beginning
prior to January 1, 2018.
*
*
*
*
*
(j) Applicability date. The provisions
of this section apply for plan years
beginning prior to January 1, 2018.
Section 155.721 is applicable for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018.
■ 31. Section 155.721 is added to read
as follows:
§ 155.721 Record retention and IRS
Reporting for plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018.
(a) Records. The SHOP must receive
and maintain for at least 10 years
records of qualified employers
participating in the SHOP.
(b) Reporting requirement for tax
administration purposes. The SHOP
must, at the request of the IRS, report
information to the IRS about employer
eligibility to participate in SHOP
coverage.
(c) Applicability date. The provisions
of this section apply for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018.
■ 32. Section 155.725 is amended by
revising the section heading and adding
paragraph (l) to read as follows:
§ 155.725 Enrollment periods under SHOP
for plan years beginning prior to January 1,
2018.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(l) Applicability date. The provisions
of this section apply for plan years
beginning prior to January 1, 2018.
Section 155.726 is applicable for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018.
■ 33. Section 155.726 is added to read
as follows:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
§ 155.726 Enrollment periods under SHOP
for plan years beginning on or after January
1, 2018.
(a) General requirements. The SHOP
must ensure that issuers offering QHPs
through the SHOP adhere to applicable
enrollment periods, including special
enrollment periods.
(b) Rolling enrollment in the SHOP.
The SHOP must permit a qualified
employer to purchase coverage for its
small group at any point during the
year. The employer’s plan year must
consist of the 12-month period
beginning with the qualified employer’s
effective date of coverage, unless the
plan is issued in a State that has elected
to merge its individual and small group
risk pools under section 1312(c)(3) of
the Affordable Care Act, in which case
the plan year will end on December 31
of the calendar year in which coverage
first became effective.
(c) Special enrollment periods. (1) The
SHOP must ensure that issuers offering
QHPs through the SHOP provide special
enrollment periods consistent with the
section, during which certain qualified
employees or dependents of qualified
employees may enroll in QHPs and
enrollees may change QHPs.
(2) The SHOP must ensure that
issuers offering QHPs through a SHOP
provide a special enrollment period for
a qualified employee or a dependent of
a qualified employee who;
(i) Experiences an event described in
§ 155.420(d)(1) (other than paragraph
(d)(1)(ii)), or experiences an event
described in § 155.420(d)(2), (4), (5), (7),
(8), (9), (10), (11), or (12);
(ii) Loses eligibility for coverage
under a Medicaid plan under title XIX
of the Social Security Act or a State
child health plan under title XXI of the
Social Security Act; or
(iii) Becomes eligible for assistance,
with respect to coverage under a SHOP,
under such Medicaid plan or a State
child health plan (including any waiver
or demonstration project conducted
under or in relation to such a plan).
(3) A qualified employee or
dependent of a qualified employee who
experiences a qualifying event described
in paragraph (j)(2) of this section has:
(i) Thirty (30) days from the date of
a triggering event described in
paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section to
select a QHP through the SHOP; and
(ii) Sixty (60) days from the date of a
triggering event described in paragraph
(c)(2)(ii) or (iii) of this section to select
a QHP through the SHOP;
(4) A dependent of a qualified
employee is not eligible for a special
enrollment period if the employer does
not extend the offer of coverage to
dependents.
PO 00000
Frm 00138
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(5) The effective dates of coverage for
special enrollment periods are
determined using the provisions of
§ 155.420(b).
(6) Loss of minimum essential
coverage is determined using the
provisions of § 155.420(e).
(d) Limitation. Qualified employees
will not be able to enroll unless the
employer group meets any applicable
minimum participation rate
implemented under § 155.706(b)(10).
(e) Applicability date. The provisions
of this section apply for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018.
■ 34. Section 155.730 is amended by
revising the section heading and adding
paragraph (h) to read as follows:
§ 155.730 Application standards for SHOP
for plan year beginning prior to January 1,
2018.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) Applicability date. The provisions
of this section apply for plan years
beginning prior to January 1, 2018.
Section 155.731 is applicable for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018.
■ 35. Section 155.731 is added to read
as follows:
§ 155.731 Application standards for SHOP
for plan years beginning on or after January
1, 2018.
(a) General requirements. Application
forms used by the SHOP must meet the
requirements set forth in this section.
(b) Single employer application. The
SHOP must use a single application to
determine employer eligibility. Such
application must collect the following—
(1) Employer name and address of
employer’s locations;
(2) Information sufficient to confirm
the employer is a small employer;
(3) Employer Identification Number
(EIN); and
(4) Information sufficient to confirm
that the employer is offering, at a
minimum, all full-time employees
coverage in a QHP through a SHOP.
(c) Model application. The SHOP may
use the model single employer
application provided by HHS.
(d) Alternative employer application.
The SHOP may use an alternative
application if such application is
approved by HHS and collects the
information described in paragraph (b).
(e) Filing. The SHOP must:
(1) Accept applications from SHOP
application filers; and
(2) Provide the tools to file an
employer eligibility application via an
internet website.
(f) Additional safeguards. (1) The
SHOP may not provide to the employer
any information collected on an
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
employee application with respect to
spouses or dependents other than the
name, address, and birth date of the
spouse or dependent.
(2) The SHOP is not permitted to
collect information on the single
employer or on an employee application
unless that information is necessary to
determine SHOP eligibility or effectuate
enrollment through the SHOP.
(g) Applicability date. The provisions
of this section apply for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018.
■ 36. Section 155.735 is amended by
revising the section heading and adding
paragraph (h) to read as follows:
§ 155.735 Termination of SHOP enrollment
or coverage for plan years beginning prior
to January 1, 2018.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) Applicability date. The provisions
of this section apply for plan years
beginning before January 1, 2018.
■ 37. Section 155.740 is amended by
revising the section heading and adding
paragraph (p) to read as follows:
§ 155.740 SHOP employer and employee
eligibility appeals requirements for plan
years beginning prior to January 1, 2018.
*
*
*
*
*
(p) Applicability date. The provisions
of this section apply for plan years
beginning prior to January 1, 2018.
Section 155.741 is applicable for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018.
■ 38. Section 155.741 is added to
subpart H to read as follows:
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
§ 155.741 SHOP employer and employee
eligibility appeals requirements for plan
year beginning on or after January 1, 2018.
(a) Definitions. The definitions in
§§ 155.20, 155.300, and 155.500 apply
to this section.
(b) General requirements. (1) A State,
establishing an Exchange that provides
for the establishment of a SHOP
pursuant to § 155.100 must provide an
eligibility appeals process for the SHOP.
Where a State has not established an
Exchange that provides for the
establishment of a SHOP pursuant to
§ 155.100, HHS will provide an
eligibility appeals process for the SHOP
that meets the requirements of this
section and the requirements in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
(2) The appeals entity must conduct
appeals in accordance with the
requirements established in this section
and §§ 155.505(e) through (h) and
155.510(a)(1) and (2) and (c).
(c) Employer right to appeal. An
employer may appeal—
(1) A notice of denial or termination
of eligibility under § 155.716(e); or
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
(2) A failure by the SHOP to provide
a timely eligibility determination or a
timely notice of an eligibility
determination in accordance with
§ 155.716(e).
(d) Appeals notice requirement.
Notices of the right to appeal a denial
of eligibility under § 155.716(e) must be
written and include—
(1) The reason for the denial or
termination of eligibility, including a
citation to the applicable regulations;
and
(2) The procedure by which the
employer may request an appeal of the
denial or termination of eligibility.
(e) Appeal request. The SHOP and
appeals entity must—
(1) Allow an employer to request an
appeal within 90 days from the date of
the notice of denial or termination of
eligibility to—
(i) The SHOP or the appeals entity; or
(ii) HHS, if no State Exchange that
provides for establishment of a SHOP
has been established;
(2) Accept appeal requests submitted
through any of the methods described in
§ 155.520(a)(1);
(3) Comply with the requirements of
§ 155.520(a)(2) and (3); and
(4) Consider an appeal request valid if
it is submitted in accordance with
paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
(f) Notice of appeal request. (1) Upon
receipt of a valid appeal request, the
appeals entity must—
(i) Send timely acknowledgement to
the employer of the receipt of the appeal
request, including—
(A) An explanation of the appeals
process; and
(B) Instructions for submitting
additional evidence for consideration by
the appeals entity.
(ii) Promptly notify the SHOP of the
appeal, if the appeal request was not
initially made to the SHOP.
(2) Upon receipt of an appeal request
that is not valid because it fails to meet
the requirements of this section, the
appeals entity must—
(i) Promptly and without undue
delay, send written notice to the
employer that is appealing that—
(A) The appeal request has not been
accepted,
(B) The nature of the defect in the
appeal request; and
(C) An explanation that the employer
may cure the defect and resubmit the
appeal request if it meets the timeliness
requirements of paragraph (e) of this
section, or within a reasonable
timeframe established by the appeals
entity.
(ii) Treat as valid an amended appeal
request that meets the requirements of
this section.
PO 00000
Frm 00139
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17067
(g) Transmittal and receipt of records.
(1) Upon receipt of a valid appeal
request under this section, or upon
receipt of the notice under paragraph
(f)(2) of this section, the SHOP must
promptly transmit, via secure electronic
interface, to the appeals entity—
(i) The appeal request, if the appeal
request was initially made to the SHOP;
and
(ii) The eligibility record of the
employer that is appealing.
(2) The appeals entity must promptly
confirm receipt of records transmitted
pursuant to paragraph (g)(1) of this
section to the SHOP that transmitted the
records.
(h) Dismissal of appeal. The appeals
entity—
(1) Must dismiss an appeal if the
employer that is appealing—
(i) Withdraws the request in
accordance with the standards set forth
in § 155.530(a)(1); or
(ii) Fails to submit an appeal request
meeting the standards specified in
paragraph (e) of this section.
(2) Must provide timely notice to the
employer that is appealing of the
dismissal of the appeal request,
including the reason for dismissal, and
must notify the SHOP of the dismissal.
(3) May vacate a dismissal if the
employer makes a written request
within 30 days of the date of the notice
of dismissal showing good cause why
the dismissal should be vacated.
(i) Procedural rights of the employer.
The appeals entity must provide the
employer the opportunity to submit
relevant evidence for review of the
eligibility determination.
(j) Adjudication of SHOP appeals.
SHOP appeals must—
(1) Comply with the standards set
forth in § 155.555(i)(1) and (3); and
(2) Consider the information used to
determine the employer’s eligibility as
well as any additional relevant evidence
submitted during the course of the
appeal by the employer or employee.
(k) Appeal decisions. Appeal
decisions must—
(1) Be based solely on—
(i) The evidence referenced in
paragraph (j)(2) of this section;
(ii) The eligibility requirements for
the SHOP under § 155.710(b), as
applicable.
(2) Comply with the standards set
forth in § 155.545(a)(2) through (5)
(3) Be effective as follows:
(i) If an employer is found eligible
under the decision, then at the
employer’s option, the effective date of
coverage or enrollment through the
SHOP under the decision can either be
made retroactive to the effective date of
coverage or enrollment through the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17068
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
SHOP that the employer would have
had if the employer had been correctly
determined eligible, or prospective to
the first day of the month following the
date of the notice of the appeal decision.
(ii) If the employer is found ineligible
under the decision, then the appeal
decision is effective as of the date of the
notice of the appeal decision.
(l) Notice of appeal decision. The
appeals entity must issue written notice
of the appeal decision to the employer
and to the SHOP within 90 days of the
date the appeal request is received.
(m) Implementation of SHOP appeal
decisions. The SHOP must promptly
implement the appeal decision upon
receiving the notice under paragraph (l)
of this section.
(n) Appeal record. Subject to the
requirements of § 155.550, the appeal
record must be accessible to the
employer in a convenient format and at
a convenient time.
(o) Applicability date. The provisions
of this section apply for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018.
PART 156—HEALTH INSURANCE
ISSUER STANDARDS UNDER THE
AFFORDABLE CARE ACT, INCLUDING
STANDARDS RELATED TO
EXCHANGES
39. The authority citation for part 156
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Title I of the Affordable Care
Act, sections 1301–1304, 1311–1313, 1321–
1322, 1324, 1334, 1342–1343, 1401–1402,
Pub. L. 111–148, 124 Stat. 119 (42 U.S.C.
18021–18024, 18031–18032, 18041–18042,
18044, 18054, 18061, 18063, 18071, 18082,
26 U.S.C. 36B, and 31 U.S.C. 9701).
40. Section 156.100 is amended by
revising the section heading and the
introductory text and by adding
paragraph (d) to read as follows:
■
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
§ 156.100 State selection of benchmark
plan for plan years beginning prior to
January 1, 2020.
For plan years beginning before
January 1, 2020, each State may identify
a base-benchmark plan according to the
selection criteria described below:
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Applicability date: For plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2020,
§ 156.111 applies in place of this
section.
■ 41. Section 156.111 is added to
Subpart B to read as follows:
§ 156.111 State selection of EHBbenchmark plan for plan years beginning
on or after January 1, 2020.
(a) Subject to paragraphs (b), (c), (d)
and (e) of this section, for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2020, a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
State may change its EHB-benchmark
plan by:
(1) Selecting the EHB-benchmark plan
that another State used for the 2017 plan
year under § 156.100 and § 156.110;
(2) Replacing one or more categories
of EHBs established at § 156.110(a) in
the State’s EHB-benchmark plan used
for the 2017 plan year with the same
category or categories of EHB from the
EHB-benchmark plan that another State
used for the 2017 plan year under
§ 156.100 and § 156.110; or
(3) Otherwise selecting a set of
benefits that would become the State’s
EHB-benchmark plan.
(b) A State’s EHB-benchmark plan
must:
(1) EHB coverage. Provide coverage of
items and services for at least the
categories of benefits at § 156.110(a),
including an appropriate balance of
coverage for these categories of benefits.
(2) Scope of benefits. (i) Provide a
scope of benefits equal to, or greater
than, to the extent any supplementation
is required to provide coverage within
each EHB category at § 156.110(a), the
scope of benefits provided under a
typical employer plan, defined as either:
(A) One of the selecting State’s 10
base-benchmark plan options
established at § 156.100, and available
for the selecting State’s selection for the
2017 plan year; or
(B) The largest health insurance plan
by enrollment within one of the five
largest large group health insurance
products by enrollment in the State, as
product and plan are defined at
§ 144.103 of this subchapter, provided
that:
(1) The product has at least 10 percent
of the total enrollment of the five largest
large group health insurance products in
the State;
(2) The plan provides minimum
value, as defined under § 156.145;
(3) The benefits are not excepted
benefits, as established under
§ 146.145(b), and § 148.220 of this
subchapter; and
(4) The benefits in the plan are from
a plan year beginning after December
31, 2013.
(ii) Not exceed the generosity of the
most generous among a set of
comparison plans, including:
(A) The State’s EHB-benchmark plan
used for the 2017 plan year, and
(B) Any of the State’s base-benchmark
plan options for the 2017 plan year
described in § 156.100(a)(1),
supplemented as necessary under
§ 156.110.
(iii) Not have benefits unduly
weighted towards any of the categories
of benefits at § 156.110(a);
(iv) Provide benefits for diverse
segments of the population, including
PO 00000
Frm 00140
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
women, children, persons with
disabilities, and other groups; and
(v) Not include discriminatory benefit
designs that contravene the nondiscrimination standards defined in
§ 156.125.
(c) The State must provide reasonable
public notice and an opportunity for
public comment on the State’s selection
of an EHB-benchmark plan that includes
posting a notice on its opportunity for
public comment with associated
information on a relevant State website.
(d) A State must notify HHS of the
selection of a new EHB-benchmark plan
by a date to be determined by HHS for
each applicable plan year.
(1) If the State does not make a
selection by the annual selection date,
or its benchmark plan selection does not
meet the requirements of this section
and section 1302 of the PPACA, the
State’s EHB-benchmark plan for the
applicable plan year will be that State’s
EHB-benchmark plan applicable for the
prior year.
(2) [Reserved]
(e) A State changing its EHBbenchmark plan under this section must
submit documents in a format and
manner specified by HHS by a date
determined by HHS. These must
include:
(1) A document confirming that the
State’s EHB-benchmark plan definition
complies with the requirements under
paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this
section, including information on which
selection option under paragraph (a) of
this section the State is using, and
whether the State is using another
State’s EHB-benchmark plan;
(2) An actuarial certification and an
associated actuarial report from an
actuary, who is a member of the
American Academy of Actuaries, in
accordance with generally accepted
actuarial principles and methodologies,
that affirms:
(i) That the State’s EHB-benchmark
plan provides a scope of benefits that is
equal to, or greater than, to the extent
any supplementation is required to
provide coverage within each EHB
category at § 156.110(a), the scope of
benefits provided under a typical
employer plan, as defined at (b)(2)(i) of
this section; and
(ii) That the State’s EHB-benchmark
plan does not exceed the generosity of
the most generous among the plans
listed in paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(A) and (B)
of this section.
(3) The State’s EHB-benchmark plan
document that reflects the benefits and
limitations, including medical
management requirements, a schedule
of benefits and, if the State is selecting
its EHB-benchmark plan using the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
option in paragraph (a)(3) of this
section, a formulary drug list in a format
and manner specified by HHS; and
(4) Other documentation specified by
HHS, which is necessary to
operationalize the State’s EHBbenchmark plan.
■ 42. Section 156.115 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 156.115
Provision of EHB.
*
*
*
*
(b) An issuer of a plan offering EHB
may substitute benefits for those
provided in the EHB-benchmark plan
under the following conditions—
(1) The issuer substitutes a benefit
that:
(i) Is actuarially equivalent to the
benefit that is being replaced as
determined in paragraph (b)(4) of this
section; and
(ii) Is not a prescription drug benefit.
(2) An issuer may substitute a benefit
under this paragraph:
(i) Within the same EHB category,
unless prohibited by applicable State
requirements; and
(ii) For plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2020, between EHB
categories, if the State in which the plan
will be offered has notified HHS that
substitution between EHB categories is
permitted in the State.
(3) The plan that includes substituted
benefits must:
(i) Continue to comply with the
requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section, including by providing benefits
that are substantially equal to the EHBbenchmark plan;
(ii) Provide an appropriate balance
among the EHB categories such that
benefits are not unduly weighted toward
any category; and
(iii) Provide benefits for diverse
segments of the population.
(4) The issuer submits to the State
evidence of actuarial equivalence that
is:
(i) Certified by a member of the
American Academy of Actuaries;
(ii) Based on an analysis performed in
accordance with generally accepted
actuarial principles and methodologies;
(iii) Based on a standardized plan
population; and
(iv) Determined without taking costsharing into account.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 43. Section 156.150 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
*
§ 156.150 Application to stand-alone
dental plans inside the Exchange.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Calculation of AV. A stand-alone
dental plan:
(1) May not use the AV calculator in
§ 156.135; and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
(2) Must have the plan’s actuarial
value of coverage for pediatric dental
essential health benefits certified by a
member of the American Academy of
Actuaries using generally accepted
actuarial principles and reported to the
Exchange.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 44. Section 156.200 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as
follows:
§ 156.200 QHP issuer participation
standards.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) Comply with Exchange processes,
procedures, and requirements set forth
in accordance with subpart K of part
155 of this subchapter and, in the small
group market, §§ 155.705 and 155.706 of
this subchapter;
*
*
*
*
*
■ 45. Section 156.285 is amended by
revising the section heading and adding
paragraph (f) to read as follows:
§ 156.285 Additional standards specific to
SHOP for plan years beginning prior to
January 1, 2018.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) Applicability date. The provisions
of this section apply for plan years
beginning prior to January 1, 2018.
Additional standards specific to SHOP
for plan years beginning on or after
January 1, 2018 are in § 156.286.
■ 46. Section 156.286 is added to read
as follows:
§ 156.286 Additional standards specific to
SHOP for plan years beginning on or after
January 1, 2018.
(a) SHOP rating and premium
payment requirements. QHP issuers
offering a QHP through a SHOP must:
(1) Accept payment from a qualified
employer or an enrollee, or a SHOP on
behalf of a qualified employer or
enrollee, in accordance with applicable
SHOP requirements.
(2) Adhere to the SHOP timeline for
rate setting as established in
§ 155.706(b)(6) of this subchapter;
(3) Charge the same contract rate for
a plan year; and
(4) Adhere to the premium rating
standards described in § 147.102 of this
subchapter regardless of whether the
QHP being sold through the SHOP is
sold in the small group market or the
large group market.
(b) Enrollment periods and processes
for the SHOP. QHP issuers offering a
QHP through the SHOP must adhere to
enrollment periods and processes
established by the SHOP, consistent
with § 155.726 of this subchapter, and
establish a uniform enrollment timeline
PO 00000
Frm 00141
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17069
and process for enrolling qualified
employers and employer group
members.
(c) Enrollment process for the SHOP.
A QHP issuer offering a QHP through
the SHOP must:
(1) Provide new enrollees with the
enrollment information package as
described in § 156.265(e); and
(2) Enroll all qualified employees
consistent with the plan year of the
applicable qualified employer.
(d) Participation rules. QHP issuers
offering a QHP through the SHOP may
impose group participation rules for the
offering of health insurance coverage in
connection with a QHP only if and to
the extent authorized by the SHOP in
accordance with § 155.706 of this
subchapter.
(e) Employer choice. QHP issuers
offering a QHP through the SHOP must
accept enrollments from groups in
accordance with the employer choice
policies applicable to the SHOP under
§ 155.706(b)(3) of this subchapter.
(f) Identification of SHOP
enrollments. QHP issuers offering a QHP
through the SHOP must use a uniform
enrollment form, maintain processes
sufficient to identify whether a group
market enrollment is an enrollment
through the SHOP, and maintain
records of SHOP enrollments for a
period of 10 years following the
enrollment.
(g) Applicability date. The provisions
of this section apply for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018.
§ 156.298
[Removed]
47. Section 156.298 is removed.
■ 48. Section 156.340 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(2) to read as
follows:
■
§ 156.340 Standards for downstream and
delegated entities.
(a) * * *
(2) Exchange processes, procedures,
and standards in accordance with
subparts H and K of part 155 and, in the
small group market, § 155.705 and
§ 155.706 of this subchapter;
*
*
*
*
*
■ 49. Section 156.350 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) to read
as follows:
§ 156.350 Eligibility and enrollment
standards for Qualified Health Plan issuers
on State-based Exchanges on the Federal
platform.
(a) * * *
(1) Section 156.285(a)(4)(ii) regarding
the premiums for plans offered on the
SHOP, for plan years beginning prior to
January 1, 2018;
(2) Section 156.285(c)(5) and (c)(8)(iii)
regarding the enrollment process for
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
17070
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
*
*
*
*
(h) Applicability date. The provisions
of this section apply for plan years
beginning prior to January 1, 2018.
Section 157.206 is applicable for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2018.
■ 53. Section 157.206 is added to read
as follows:
(d) Employees hired outside of the
initial or annual open enrollment
period. Qualified employers must
provide employees hired outside of the
initial or annual open enrollment period
with information about the enrollment
process.
(e) Participation in the SHOP and
termination of coverage or enrollment
through the SHOP. (1) Changes affecting
participation. Employers must submit a
new single employer application to the
SHOP or withdraw from participating in
the SHOP if the employer makes a
change that could end its eligibility
under § 155.710 of this subchapter.
(2) If an employer receives a
determination of ineligibility to
participate in the SHOP or the SHOP
terminates its eligibility to participate in
the SHOP, unless the SHOP notifies the
issuer or issuers of the determination of
ineligibility or termination of eligibility,
the employer must notify the issuer or
issuers of QHPs in which their group
members are enrolled in coverage of its
ineligibility or termination of eligibility
within 5 business days of the end of any
applicable appeal process under
§ 155.741 of this subchapter, which
could include when the time to file an
appeal lapses without an appeal being
filed, when the appeal is rejected or
dismissed, or when the appeal process
concludes with an adjudication by the
appeals entity, as applicable.
(3) Employers must promptly notify
the issuer or issuers of QHPs in which
their group members are enrolled in
coverage if it wishes to terminate
coverage or enrollment through the
SHOP, unless the SHOP notifies the
issuer or issuers.
(f) Applicability date. The provisions
of this section apply for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018.
§ 157.206 Qualified employer participation
process in a SHOP for plan years beginning
on or after January 1, 2018.
PART 158—ISSUER USE OF PREMIUM
REVENUE: REPORTING AND REBATE
REQUIREMENTS
SHOP, for plan years beginning prior to
January 1, 2018; and
*
*
*
*
*
■ 50. Section 156.1230 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as
follows:
§ 156.1230 Direct enrollment with the QHP
issuer in a manner considered to be
through the Exchange.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) The QHP issuer must engage a
third-party entity in accordance with
§ 155.221 of this subchapter to
demonstrate operational readiness and
compliance with applicable
requirements prior to the QHP issuer’s
internet website being used to complete
a QHP selection.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 157—EMPLOYER
INTERACTIONS WITH EXCHANGES
AND SHOP PARTICIPATION
51. The authority citation for part 157
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Title I of the Affordable Care
Act, Sections 1311, 1312, 1321, 1411, 1412,
Pub. L. 111–148, 124 Stat. 199.
52. Section 157.205 is amended by
revising the section heading and adding
paragraph (h) to read as follows:
■
§ 157.205 Qualified employer participation
process in a SHOP for plan years beginning
prior to January 1, 2018.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
*
(a) General requirements. When
joining the SHOP, a qualified employer
must comply with the requirements,
processes, and timelines set forth by this
part and must remain in compliance for
the duration of the employer’s
participation in the SHOP.
(b) Selecting QHPs. During an election
period, a qualified employer may make
coverage in a QHP available through the
SHOP in accordance with the processes
developed by the SHOP in accordance
with § 155.706 of this subchapter.
(c) Information dissemination to
employees. A qualified employer
participating in the SHOP must
disseminate information to its qualified
employees about the process to enroll in
a QHP through the SHOP.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
54. The authority citation for part 158
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Section 2718 of the Public
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg–18), as
amended.
55. Section 158.170 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) introductory text
to read as follows:
■
§ 158.170
Allocation of expenses.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Description of the methods used to
allocate expenses. The report required
in § 158.110 must include a detailed
description of the methods used to
allocate expenses, including incurred
claims, quality improvement expenses
(unless the report utilizes the percentage
PO 00000
Frm 00142
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
of premium option described in
§ 158.221(b)(8), in which case the
allocation method description should
state so), Federal and State taxes and
licensing or regulatory fees, and other
non-claims costs, to each health
insurance market in each State. A
detailed description of each expense
element must be provided, including
how each specific expense meets the
criteria for the type of expense in which
it is categorized, as well as the method
by which it was aggregated.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 56. Section 158.221 is amended by
adding paragraph (b)(8) to read as
follows:
§ 158.221 Formula for calculating an
issuer’s medical loss ratio.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(8) Beginning with the 2017 MLR
reporting year, an issuer has the option
of reporting an amount equal to 0.8
percent of earned premium in the
relevant State and market in lieu of
reporting the issuer’s actual
expenditures for activities that improve
health care quality, as defined in
§§ 158.150 and 158.151. If an issuer
chooses this method of reporting, it
must apply it for a minimum of 3
consecutive MLR reporting years and for
all of its individual, small group, and
large group markets; and all affiliated
issuers must choose the same reporting
method.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 57. Section 158.301 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 158.301 Standard for adjustment to the
medical loss ratio.
The Secretary may adjust the MLR
standard that must be met by issuers
offering coverage in the individual
market in a State, as defined in section
2791 of the PHS Act, for a given MLR
reporting year if, in the Secretary’s
discretion, the Secretary determines that
there is a reasonable likelihood that an
adjustment to the 80 percent MLR
standard of section 2718(b)(1)(A)(ii) of
the Public Health Service Act will help
stabilize the individual market in that
State.
■ 58. Section 158.321 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 158.321 Information regarding the
State’s individual health insurance market.
(a) Subject to § 158.320, the State
must provide, for each issuer who
actively offers coverage in the
individual market in the State, the
following information, in accordance
with paragraph (b) of this section, for
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
the preceding calendar year and, at the
State’s option, for the current year:
(1) Total earned premium and
incurred claims;
(2) Total number of enrollees (lifeyears and covered lives);
(3) Total agents’ and brokers’
commission expenses;
(4) Net underwriting gain;
(5) Risk-based capital level; and
(6) Whether the issuer has provided
notice to the State’s insurance
commissioner, superintendent, or
comparable State authority that the
issuer will cease or begin offering
individual market coverage on the
Exchange, certain geographic areas, or
the entire individual market in the
State.
(b) The information required in
paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) and (6) of
this section must be provided separately
for the issuer’s individual market plans
grouped by the following categories, as
applicable: On-Exchange, off-Exchange,
grandfathered health plans as defined in
§ 147.140 of this subchapter, coverage
that meets the criteria for transitional
policies outlined in applicable
guidance, and non-grandfathered single
risk pool coverage. The information
required in paragraph (a)(5) of this
section must be provided at the issuer
level.
(c) The State must also provide
information regarding whether any
issuer other than those described in
paragraph (a) of this section has
provided notice to the State’s insurance
commissioner, superintendent, or
comparable State authority that the
issuer will cease or begin offering
individual market coverage on the
Exchange, certain geographic areas, or
the entire individual market in the
State.
■ 59. Section 158.322 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 158.322 Proposal for adjusted medical
loss ratio.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
A State must provide its own proposal
as to the adjustment it seeks to the MLR
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Apr 16, 2018
Jkt 244001
standard. This proposal must include an
explanation of how an adjustment to the
MLR standard for the State’s individual
market will help stabilize the State’s
individual market.
■ 60. Section 158.330 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 158.330 Criteria for assessing request
for adjustment to the medical loss ratio.
The Secretary may consider the
following criteria in assessing whether
an adjustment to the 80 percent MLR
standard, as calculated in accordance
with this subpart, would be reasonably
likely to help stabilize the individual
market in a State that has requested
such adjustment:
(a) The number and financial
performance (based on data provided by
a State under § 158.321) of issuers
actively offering individual health
insurance coverage on- and offExchange, grandfathered health plans as
defined in § 147.140 of this subchapter,
coverage that meets the criteria for
transitional policies outlined in
applicable guidance, and nongrandfathered single risk pool coverage;
the number of issuers reasonably likely
to cease or begin offering individual
market coverage in the State; and the
likelihood that an adjustment to the 80
percent MLR standard could help
increase competition in the individual
market in the State, including in
underserved areas.
(b) Whether an adjustment to the 80
percent MLR standard for the individual
market may improve consumers’ access
to agents and brokers.
(c) The capacity of any new issuers or
issuers remaining in the individual
market to write additional business in
the event one or more issuers were to
cease offering individual market
coverage on the Exchange, in certain
geographic areas, or in the entire
individual market in the State.
(d) The impact on premiums charged,
and on benefits and cost sharing
provided, to consumers by issuers
PO 00000
Frm 00143
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
17071
remaining in or entering the individual
market in the event one or more issuers
were to cease or begin offering
individual market coverage on the
Exchange, in certain geographic areas,
or in the entire individual market in the
State.
(e) Any other relevant information
submitted by the State’s insurance
commissioner, superintendent, or
comparable official in the State’s
request.
61. Section 158.341 is revised to read
as follows:
■
§ 158.341
Treatment as a public document.
A State’s request for an adjustment to
the MLR standard, and all information
submitted as part of its request, will be
treated as a public document.
Instructions for how to access
documents related to a State’s request
for an adjustment to the MLR standard
will be made available on the
Secretary’s website.
62. Section 158.350 is revised to read
as follows:
■
§ 158.350 Subsequent requests for
adjustment to the medical loss ratio.
A State that has made a previous
request for an adjustment to the MLR
standard must, in addition to the other
information required by this subpart,
submit information as to what steps the
State has taken since its prior requests,
if any, to improve the stability of the
State’s individual market.
Dated: March 6, 2018.
Seema Verma,
Administrator, Centers for Medicare &
Medicaid Services.
Dated: March 28, 2018.
Alex M. Azar II,
Secretary, Department of Health and Human
Services.
[FR Doc. 2018–07355 Filed 4–9–18; 4:15 pm]
BILLING CODE 4120–01–P
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 83, Number 74 (Tuesday, April 17, 2018)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 16930-17071]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2018-07355]
[[Page 16929]]
Vol. 83
Tuesday,
No. 74
April 17, 2018
Part II
Department of Health and Human Services
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
45 CFR Parts 147, 153, 154, et al.
Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act; HHS Notice of Benefit and
Payment Parameters for 2019; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 83 , No. 74 / Tuesday, April 17, 2018 / Rules
and Regulations
[[Page 16930]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
45 CFR Parts 147, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, and 158
[CMS-9930-F]
RIN 0938-AT12
Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act; HHS Notice of Benefit
and Payment Parameters for 2019
AGENCY: Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This final rule sets forth payment parameters and provisions
related to the risk adjustment and risk adjustment data validation
programs; cost-sharing parameters; and user fees for Federally-
facilitated Exchanges and State Exchanges on the Federal platform. It
finalizes changes that provide additional flexibility to States to
apply the definition of essential health benefits (EHB) to their
markets, enhance the role of States regarding the certification of
qualified health plans (QHPs); and provide States with additional
flexibility in the operation and establishment of Exchanges, including
the Small Business Health Options Program (SHOP) Exchanges. It includes
changes to standards related to Exchanges; the required functions of
the SHOPs; actuarial value for stand-alone dental plans; the rate
review program; the medical loss ratio program; eligibility and
enrollment; exemptions; and other related topics.
DATES: Effective Date: These regulations are effective on June 18,
2018.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Lindsey Murtagh, (301) 492-4106, Rachel Arguello, (301) 492-4263,
Alper Ozinal, (301) 492-4178, or Abigail Walker, (410) 786-1725, for
general information.
Krutika Amin, (301) 492-5153, for matters related to risk
adjustment, and user fees for Federally-facilitated Exchanges and
State-Exchanges on the Federal platform.
Adrianne Patterson, (410) 786-0686, or Abigail Walker, (410) 786-
1725, for matters related to sequestration.
Melissa Jaffe, (301) 492-4129, for matters related to risk
adjustment data validation, cost-sharing reductions, and the premium
adjustment percentage.
Lisa Cuozzo, (410) 786-1746, for matters related to rate review.
Jenny Chen, (301) 492-5156, for matters related to establishing a
State Exchange, and State Exchanges on the Federal platform.
Emily Ames, (301) 492-4246, for matters related to Navigators and
non-Navigator assistance personnel.
Elissa Dines, (301) 492-4388, for matters related to employer-
sponsored coverage verification.
Kendra May, (301) 492-4477, for matters related to the requirement
to file an income tax return and reconcile APTC and terminations.
Carolyn Kraemer, (301) 492-4197, for matters related to special
enrollment periods under part 155.
Amanda Brander, (202) 690-7892, for matters related to exemptions
from the individual shared responsibility payment.
Terence Kane, (301) 492-4449, for matters related to income
inconsistencies.
Jacob Schnur, (410) 786-7703, for matters related to direct
enrollment.
Laura Eldon, (301) 492-4372, for matters related to the Federally-
facilitated SHOP.
Shilpa Gogna, (301) 492-4257, for matters related to SHOP in State
Exchanges.
Leigha Basini, (301) 492-4380, Rebecca Zimmermann, (301) 492-4396,
or Allison Yadsko, (410) 786-1740, for matters related to standardized
options, essential health benefits, stand-alone dental plans and other
standards for QHP issuers.
Cam Moultrie Clemmons, (206) 615-2338, for matters related to
minimum essential coverage.
Christina Whitefield, (301) 492-4172, for matters related to the
medical loss ratio program.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. Executive Summary
II. Background
A. Legislative and Regulatory Overview
B. Stakeholder Consultation and Input
C. Structure of Final Rule
III. Provisions of the Proposed Rule and Analysis of and Responses
to Public Comments
A. Part 147--Health Insurance Reform Requirements for the Group
and Individual Health Insurance Markets
B. Part 153--Standards Related to Reinsurance, Risk Corridors,
and Risk Adjustment Under the Affordable Care Act
C. Part 154--Health Insurance Issuer Rate Increases: Disclosure
and Review Requirements
D. Part 155--Exchange Establishment Standards and Other Related
Standards Under the Affordable Care Act
E. Part 156--Health Insurance Issuer Standards Under the
Affordable Care Act, Including Standards Related to Exchanges
F. Part 157--Employer Interactions With Exchanges and SHOP
Participation
G. Part 158--Issuer Use of Premium Revenue: Reporting and Rebate
Requirements
IV. Collection of Information Requirements
A. Wage Estimates
B. ICRs Regarding State Flexibility for Risk Adjustment
C. ICRs Regarding Risk Adjustment Data Validation
D. ICRs Regarding Health Insurance Issuer Rate Increases:
Disclosure and Review Requirements--Applicability
E. ICRs Regarding Rate Increases Subject To Review
F. ICRs Regarding the Small Business Health Options Program
G. ICRs Regarding Essential Health Benefits
H. ICRs Regarding Medical Loss Ratio
I. Summary of Annual Burden Estimates for Final Requirements
J. Submission of PRA-Related Comments
V. Regulatory Impact Analysis
A. Statement of Need
B. Overall Impact
C. Impact Estimates of the Payment Notice Provisions and
Accounting Table
D. Regulatory Alternatives Considered
E. Regulatory Flexibility Act
F. Unfunded Mandates
G. Federalism
H. Congressional Review Act
I. Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs
I. Executive Summary
American Health Benefit Exchanges, or ``Exchanges'' (also called
``Marketplaces'') are entities established under the Patient Protection
and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) through which qualified individuals and
qualified employers can purchase health insurance coverage. Many
individuals who enroll in qualified health plans (QHPs) through
individual market Exchanges are eligible to receive a premium tax
credit (PTC) to reduce their costs for health insurance premiums, and
receive reductions in required cost-sharing payments to reduce out-of-
pocket expenses for health care services. The PPACA also established
the risk adjustment program, which is intended to mitigate the
potential impact of adverse selection and stabilize the price of health
insurance in the individual and small group markets, both on and off
Exchanges.
Over time, issuer exits and increasing insurance premiums have
threatened the stability of the individual and small group Exchanges in
many geographic areas. In previous rulemaking, we established
provisions and parameters to implement many PPACA provisions and
programs. In this final rule, we amend these provisions and parameters,
with a focus on enhancing the role of States in these programs and
providing States with additional flexibilities, reducing unnecessary
regulatory burden
[[Page 16931]]
on stakeholders, empowering consumers, and improving affordability.
On January 20, 2017, the President issued an Executive Order which
stated that, to the maximum extent permitted by law, the Secretary of
HHS and heads of all other executive departments and agencies with
authorities and responsibilities under the PPACA should exercise all
authority and discretion available to them to waive, defer, grant
exemptions from, or delay the implementation of any provision or
requirement of the PPACA that would impose a fiscal burden on any State
or a cost, fee, tax, penalty, or regulatory burden on individuals,
families, health care providers, health insurers, patients, recipients
of health care services, purchasers of health insurance, or makers of
medical devices, products, or medications. In this rule, within the
limitations of the current statute, we are finalizing policies to
reduce fiscal and regulatory burdens across different program areas,
and to support innovative health insurance models.
We are finalizing several changes that would significantly expand
the role of States in the administration of the PPACA. We received
comments on additional ways to support State Exchanges (SBEs) in
adopting innovative approaches to operating and sustaining their
Exchanges, and to make the State Exchange on the Federal platform (SBE-
FP) model a more appealing and viable model for States. We finalize
policies under which States assume a larger role in reviewing the QHP
certification standards of network adequacy and essential community
providers for the Federally-facilitated Exchanges (FFEs). This will
confirm States' traditional role in overseeing their health insurance
markets, and reduce the issuer burden associated with having to comply
with duplicative State and Federal reviews.
This rule also finalizes several policies that will provide States
with greater flexibility. For example, this rule provides States with
additional flexibility in applying the definition of EHBs to their
markets starting with the 2020 plan year. In addition to granting
States more flexibility regulating their markets, we believe this
change would permit States to modify EHBs to increase affordability of
health insurance in the individual and small group markets. This rule
also provides States with significantly more flexibility in how they
operate a Small Business Health Options Program (SHOP), permitting them
to operate these Exchanges more efficiently, and therefore benefitting
States, issuers, employers, and employees. These changes would allow
for a more efficient SHOP, such that employers and employees could
enroll in SHOP coverage by working with a QHP issuer or SHOP-registered
agent or broker. Additionally, the finalized policies provide States
more flexibility regarding risk adjustment transfers in their markets.
We also make it easier for States to apply for and be granted an
adjustment to the individual market medical loss ratio (MLR) standard
in their State. We believe this change provides States with an
additional tool to help stabilize, innovate and provide relief in their
individual markets. Additionally, we make other changes to the MLR
program to reduce the burden on issuers.
Risk adjustment continues to be a core program for stabilizing the
individual and small group markets both on and off Exchanges, and we
are finalizing recalibrated parameters for the HHS risk adjustment
methodology. We are also finalizing several changes related to the risk
adjustment data validation program that are intended to ensure the
integrity of the results of risk adjustment, while alleviating issuer
burden.
As we do every year in the HHS notice of benefit and payment
parameters final rule, we are finalizing updated parameters applicable
in the individual and small group markets. We are finalizing the user
fee rate for issuers participating on FFEs and SBE-FPs for 2019 to be
3.5 and 3.0 percent of premiums, respectively. We are finalizing the
premium adjustment percentage for 2019, which is used to set the rate
of increase for several parameters detailed in the PPACA, including the
maximum annual limitation on cost sharing for 2019, the required
contribution percentage used to determine eligibility for certain
exemptions under section 5000A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
(the Code), and the assessable payment amounts under section 4980H(a)
and (b) of the Code. We are finalizing updates to the maximum annual
limitations on cost sharing for the 2019 benefit year for cost-sharing
reductions plan variations.
We are finalizing a number of changes related to rate review that
are intended to reduce regulatory burden on States and issuers in
regard to the rate filing process. Specifically, we are exempting
student health insurance coverage from Federal rate review
requirements, beginning with coverage effective on or after July 1,
2018. We are also modifying the 10 percent threshold for reasonableness
review to a 15 percent default threshold.
Recognizing that Exchanges, including the FFEs, face resource
constraints, we are changing the requirements regarding Navigators, and
the requirements regarding non-Navigator assistance personnel subject
to Sec. 155.215, to enable Exchanges to more easily operate these
programs with limited resources. Similarly, we are allowing an agent,
broker or issuer participating in direct enrollment to have its
selected third-party entity conduct operational readiness reviews,
rather than requiring that those reviews be conducted by entities
approved by HHS.
We also finalize relatively minor adjustments to our programs and
rules as we do each year in the HHS notice of benefit and payment
parameters. We are finalizing a number of incremental amendments to our
policies around coverage, eligibility, enrollment, and affordability
exemptions.
We continue to be very interested in exploring ways to improve
Exchange program integrity. In the proposed rule, we sought comment on
a number of program integrity items, including whether we should
consider shortening the length of time the Exchanges are authorized to
obtain enrollee tax information, as well as ways to prompt more timely
consumer reporting of changes in circumstances during the benefit year
that may impact an individual's eligibility for coverage and financial
assistance. In addition, we requested comment on any additional program
integrity improvements that were not outlined in the proposed rule, but
could be beneficial in a future rulemaking.
Finally, as noted in the proposed rule, we intend to consider
proposals in future rulemaking that would help reduce drug costs and
promote drug price transparency. We also intend to provide guidance on
other aspects of Exchange eligibility in the near future. In
particular, we intend to reconsider the appropriate thresholds for
changes in income that will trigger a data matching inconsistency,
processes for denying eligibility for advance subsidies for individuals
who fail to reconcile advance payments of the premium tax credit (APTC)
on their Federal income tax return, processes for matching enrollment
data with the Medicare and Medicaid programs in order to help consumers
avoid duplicate enrollments, and the appropriate manner of
recalculating APTC following a midyear change in eligibility, and
sought comments on each of these issues as we prepare rulemaking on
these topics.
Instituting strong program safeguards to ensure that only
individuals who are eligible are enrolled in Exchange coverage, and
that they are only
[[Page 16932]]
receiving the amount of financial assistance for which they are
eligible, is essential to ensuring that the Exchanges operate as
intended, and is also a key priority for the Administration. We have
already taken action to strengthen safeguards around Exchange
eligibility, most recently through the implementation of pre-enrollment
verification for special enrollment periods; however, we continue to be
interested in exploring ways to further safeguard Federal tax dollars
flowing through Exchanges.
II. Background
A. Legislative and Regulatory Overview
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 111-148)
was enacted on March 23, 2010. The Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-152), which amended and revised
several provisions of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act,
was enacted on March 30, 2010. In this final rule, we refer to the two
statutes collectively as the ``Patient Protection and Affordable Care
Act'' or ``PPACA.''
Subtitles A and C of title I of the PPACA reorganized, amended, and
added to the provisions of part A of title XXVII of the Public Health
Service Act (PHS Act) relating to group health plans and health
insurance issuers in the group and individual markets.
Section 2701 of the PHS Act, as added by the PPACA, restricts the
variation in premium rates charged by a health insurance issuer for
non-grandfathered health insurance coverage in the individual or small
group market to certain specified factors. These factors are family
size, rating area, age and tobacco use.
Section 2701 of the PHS Act operates in coordination with section
1312(c) of the PPACA. Section 1312(c) of the PPACA generally requires a
health insurance issuer to consider all enrollees in all health plans
(except for grandfathered health plans) offered by such issuer to be
members of a single risk pool for each of its individual and small
group markets. States have the option to merge the individual market
and small group market risk pools under section 1312(c)(3) of the
PPACA.
Section 2702 of the PHS Act, as added by the PPACA, requires health
insurance issuers that offer health insurance coverage in the group or
individual market in a State to offer coverage to and accept every
employer and individual in the State that applies for such coverage
unless an exception applies.\1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Before enactment of the Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of
1996 (HIPAA) amended the PHS Act (formerly section 2711) to
generally require guaranteed availability of coverage for employers
in the small group market.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 2703 of the PHS Act, as added by the PPACA, and sections
2712 and 2741 of the PHS Act, as added by the Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-191) (HIPAA)
prior to the enactment of the PPACA, require health insurance issuers
that offer health insurance coverage in the group or individual market
to renew or continue in force such coverage at the option of the plan
sponsor or individual unless an exception applies.
Section 2718 of the PHS Act, as added by the PPACA, generally
requires health insurance issuers to submit an annual MLR report to
HHS, and provide rebates to enrollees if the issuers do not achieve
specified MLR thresholds.
Section 2794 of the PHS Act, as added by the PPACA, directs the
Secretary of HHS (the Secretary), in conjunction with the States, to
establish a process for the annual review of ``unreasonable increases
in premiums for health insurance coverage.'' \2\ The law also requires
health insurance issuers to submit to the Secretary and the applicable
State justifications for unreasonable premium increases prior to the
implementation of the increases. Section 2794(b)(2) of the PHS Act
further specifies that beginning with plan years starting in 2014, the
Secretary, in conjunction with the States, will monitor premium
increases of health insurance coverage offered through an Exchange and
outside of an Exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ The implementing regulations in part 154 limit the scope of
the requirements under section 2794 of the PHS Act to health
insurance issuers offering health insurance coverage in the
individual market or small group market. See Rate Increase
Disclosure and Review; Final Rule, 76 FR 29964, 29966 (May 23,
2011).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 1252 of the PPACA provides that any standard or requirement
adopted by a State under title I of the PPACA, or any amendment made by
title I of the PPACA, is to be applied uniformly to all health plans in
each insurance market to which the standard and requirement apply.
Section 1302 of the PPACA provides for the establishment of an EHB
package that includes coverage of EHB (as defined by the Secretary),
cost-sharing limits, and actuarial value requirements. The law directs
that EHBs be equal in scope to the benefits provided under a typical
employer plan, and that they cover at least the following 10 general
categories: Ambulatory patient services; emergency services;
hospitalization; maternity and newborn care; mental health and
substance use disorder services, including behavioral health treatment;
prescription drugs; rehabilitative and habilitative services and
devices; laboratory services; preventive and wellness services and
chronic disease management; and pediatric services, including oral and
vision care.
Section 1301(a)(1)(B) of the PPACA directs all issuers of QHPs to
cover the EHB package described in section 1302(a) of the PPACA,
including coverage of the services described in section 1302(b) of the
PPACA, to adhere to the cost-sharing limits described in section
1302(c) of the PPACA and to meet the AV levels established in section
1302(d) of the PPACA. Section 2707(a) of the PHS Act, which is
effective for plan or policy years beginning on or after January 1,
2014, extends the coverage of the EHB package to non-grandfathered
individual and small group health insurance coverage, irrespective of
whether such coverage is offered through an Exchange. In addition,
section 2707(b) of the PHS Act directs non-grandfathered group health
plans to ensure that cost sharing under the plan does not exceed the
limitations described in sections 1302(c)(1) of the PPACA.
Section 1302(d) of the PPACA describes the various levels of
coverage based on actuarial value (AV). Consistent with section
1302(d)(2)(A) of the PPACA, AV is calculated based on the provision of
EHB to a standard population. Section 1302(d)(3) of the PPACA directs
the Secretary to develop guidelines that allow for de minimis variation
in AV calculations.
Section 1311(b)(1)(B) of the PPACA directs that the Small Business
Health Options Program assist qualified small employers in facilitating
the enrollment of their employees in QHPs offered in the small group
market. Sections 1312(f)(1) and (2) of the PPACA define qualified
individuals and qualified employers. Under section 1312(f)(2)(B) of the
PPACA, beginning in 2017, States have the option to allow issuers to
offer QHPs in the large group market through an Exchange.\3\ Section
1312(a)(2) of the PPACA provides that in a SHOP, a qualified employer
may select a level of coverage, and that employees may then, in turn,
choose SHOP plans within the level selected by the qualified employer.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ If a State elects this option, the rating rules in section
2701 of the PHS Act and its implementing regulations will apply to
all coverage offered in such State's large group market (except for
self-insured group health plans) pursuant to section 2701(a)(5) of
the PHS Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 16933]]
Section 1311(c)(1)(B) of the PPACA requires the Secretary to
establish minimum criteria for provider network adequacy that a health
plan must meet to be certified as a QHP.
Section 1311(c)(5) of the PPACA requires the Secretary to continue
to operate, maintain, and update the internet portal developed under
section 1103 of the PPACA to provide information to consumers and small
businesses on affordable health insurance coverage options.
Sections 1311(d)(4)(K) and 1311(i) of the PPACA direct all
Exchanges to establish a Navigator program.
Section 1311(c)(6)(C) of the PPACA establishes special enrollment
periods and section 1311(c)(6)(D) of the PPACA establishes the monthly
enrollment period for Indians, as defined by section 4 of the Indian
Health Care Improvement Act.
Section 1312(e) of the PPACA directs the Secretary to establish
procedures under which a State may permit agents and brokers to enroll
qualified individuals and qualified employers in QHPs through an
Exchange and to assist individuals in applying for financial assistance
for QHPs sold through an Exchange.
Section 1321(a) of the PPACA provides broad authority for the
Secretary to establish standards and regulations to implement the
statutory requirements related to Exchanges, QHPs and other components
of title I of the PPACA. Section 1321(a)(1) of the PPACA directs the
Secretary to issue regulations that set standards for meeting the
requirements of title I of the PPACA with respect to, among other
things, the establishment and operation of Exchanges.
Sections 1313 and 1321 of the PPACA provide the Secretary with the
authority to oversee the financial integrity of State Exchanges, their
compliance with HHS standards, and the efficient and non-discriminatory
administration of State Exchange activities. Section 1321 of the PPACA
provides for State flexibility in the operation and enforcement of
Exchanges and related requirements.
When operating an FFE under section 1321(c)(1) of the PPACA, HHS
has the authority under sections 1321(c)(1) and 1311(d)(5)(A) of the
PPACA to collect and spend user fees. In addition, 31 U.S.C. 9701
permits a Federal agency to establish a charge for a service provided
by the agency. Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular A-25
Revised establishes Federal policy regarding user fees and specifies
that a user charge will be assessed against each identifiable recipient
for special benefits derived from Federal activities beyond those
received by the general public.
Section 1321(c)(2) of the PPACA authorizes the Secretary to enforce
the Exchange standards using civil money penalties (CMPs) on the same
basis as detailed in section 2723(b) of the PHS Act. Section 2723(b) of
the PHS Act authorizes the Secretary to impose CMPs as a means of
enforcing the individual and group market reforms contained in Part A
of title XXVII of the PHS Act when a State fails to substantially
enforce these provisions.
Section 1321(d) of the PPACA provides that nothing in title I of
the PPACA should be construed to preempt any State law that does not
prevent the application of title I of the PPACA. Section 1311(k) of the
PPACA specifies that Exchanges may not establish rules that conflict
with or prevent the application of regulations issued by the Secretary.
Section 1343 of the PPACA establishes a permanent risk adjustment
program to provide payments to health insurance issuers that attract
higher-risk populations, such as those with chronic conditions, funded
by payments from those that attract lower-risk populations; thereby,
reducing incentives for issuers to avoid higher-risk enrollees.
Section 1402 of the PPACA provides for, among other things,
reductions in cost sharing for EHB for qualified low- and moderate-
income enrollees in silver level health plans offered through the
individual market Exchanges. This section also provides for reductions
in cost sharing for Indians enrolled in QHPs at any metal level.
Section 5000A of the Code, as added by section 1501(b) of the
PPACA, requires all applicable individuals to maintain minimum
essential coverage (MEC) for each month or make an individual shared
responsibility payment. Section 5000A(f) of the Code defines MEC as any
of the following: (1) Coverage under a specified government sponsored
program; (2) coverage under an eligible employer-sponsored plan; (3)
coverage under a health plan offered in the individual market within a
State; and (4) coverage under a grandfathered health plan. In addition,
the HEALTHY KIDS Act amended section 5000A(f)(1)(A)(iii) of the Code to
include in the definition of MEC CHIP look-alike plans, which are CHIP
buy-in programs that provide benefits that are at least identical to
the benefits provided by the title XXI CHIP program.\4\ Section
5000A(f)(1)(E) of the Code authorizes the Secretary of HHS, in
coordination with the Secretary of the Treasury, to designate other
health benefits coverage as MEC. Under tax reform legislation that was
enacted on December 22, 2017, the individual shared responsibility
payment is reduced to $0, effective for months beginning after December
31, 2018.\5\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ Public Law 115-120, 101 (2018).
\5\ Public Law 115-97, 131 Stat. 2054.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Protecting Affordable Coverage for Employees Act (Pub. L. 114-
60) amended section 1304(b) of the PPACA and section 2791(e) of the PHS
Act to amend the definition of small employer in these statutes to
mean, in connection with a group health plan with respect to a calendar
year and a plan year, an employer who employed an average of at least 1
but not more than 50 employees on business days during the preceding
calendar year and who employs at least 1 employee on the first day of
the plan year. It also amended these statutes to make conforming
changes to the definition of large employer, and to provide that a
State may treat as a small employer, with respect to a calendar year
and a plan year, an employer who employed an average of at least 1 but
not more than 100 employees on business days during the preceding
calendar year and who employs at least 1 employee on the first day of
the plan year.
1. Premium Stabilization Programs \6\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ By ``premium stabilization programs,'' we are referring to
the risk adjustment, risk corridors and reinsurance programs
established by the PPACA.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the July 15, 2011 Federal Register (76 FR 41929), we published a
proposed rule outlining the framework for the premium stabilization
programs. We implemented the premium stabilization programs in a final
rule, published in the March 23, 2012 Federal Register (77 FR 17219)
(Premium Stabilization Rule). In the December 7, 2012 Federal Register
(77 FR 73117), we published a proposed rule outlining the benefit and
payment parameters for the 2014 benefit year to expand the provisions
related to the premium stabilization programs and set forth payment
parameters in those programs (proposed 2014 Payment Notice). We
published the 2014 Payment Notice final rule in the March 11, 2013
Federal Register (78 FR 15409).
In the December 2, 2013 Federal Register (78 FR 72321), we
published a proposed rule outlining the benefit and payment parameters
for the 2015 benefit year to expand the provisions related to the
premium stabilization programs, setting forth certain oversight
provisions and establishing the payment parameters in those programs
(proposed 2015 Payment Notice). We published
[[Page 16934]]
the 2015 Payment Notice final rule in the March 11, 2014 Federal
Register (79 FR 13743).
In the November 26, 2014 Federal Register (79 FR 70673), we
published a proposed rule outlining the benefit and payment parameters
for the 2016 benefit year to expand the provisions related to the
premium stabilization programs, setting forth certain oversight
provisions and establishing the payment parameters in those programs
(proposed 2016 Payment Notice). We published the 2016 Payment Notice
final rule in the February 27, 2015 Federal Register (80 FR 10749).
In the December 2, 2015 Federal Register (80 FR 75487), we
published a proposed rule outlining the benefit and payment parameters
for the 2017 benefit year to expand the provisions related to the
premium stabilization programs, setting forth certain oversight
provisions and establishing the payment parameters in those programs
(proposed 2017 Payment Notice). We published the 2017 Payment Notice
final rule in the March 8, 2016 Federal Register (81 FR 12203).
In the September 6, 2016 Federal Register (81 FR 61455), we
published a proposed rule outlining the benefit and payment parameters
for the 2018 benefit year, and to further promote stable premiums in
the individual and small group markets. We proposed updates to the risk
adjustment methodology, new policies around the use of external data
for recalibration of our risk adjustment models, and amendments to the
risk adjustment data validation process (proposed 2018 Payment Notice).
We published the 2018 Payment Notice final rule in the December 22,
2016 Federal Register (81 FR 94058).
2. Program Integrity
In the June 19, 2013 Federal Register (78 FR 37031), we published a
proposed rule that proposed certain program integrity standards related
to Exchanges and the premium stabilization programs (proposed Program
Integrity Rule). The provisions of that proposed rule were finalized in
two rules, the ``first Program Integrity Rule'' published in the August
30, 2013 Federal Register (78 FR 54069) and the ``second Program
Integrity Rule'' published in the October 30, 2013 Federal Register (78
FR 65045).
3. Exchanges
We published a request for comment relating to Exchanges in the
August 3, 2010 Federal Register (75 FR 45584). We issued initial
guidance to States on Exchanges on November 18, 2010. We proposed a
rule in the July 15, 2011 Federal Register (76 FR 41865) to implement
components of the Exchanges, and a rule in the August 17, 2011 Federal
Register (76 FR 51201) regarding Exchange functions in the individual
market and SHOP, eligibility determinations, and Exchange standards for
employers. A final rule implementing components of the Exchanges and
setting forth standards for eligibility for Exchanges was published in
the March 27, 2012 Federal Register (77 FR 18309) (Exchange
Establishment Rule).
We established additional standards for SHOP in the 2014 Payment
Notice and in the Amendments to the HHS Notice of Benefit and Payment
Parameters for 2014 interim final rule, published in the March 11, 2013
Federal Register (78 FR 15541). The provisions established in the
interim final rule were finalized in the second Program Integrity Rule.
We also set forth standards related to Exchange user fees in the 2014
Payment Notice. We established an adjustment to the FFE user fee in the
Coverage of Certain Preventive Services Under the Affordable Care Act
final rule, published in the July 2, 2013 Federal Register (78 FR
39869) (Preventive Services Rule).
In a final rule published in the July 17, 2013 Federal Register (78
FR 42823), we established standards for Navigators and non-Navigator
assistance personnel in FFEs and for non-Navigator assistance personnel
funded through an Exchange establishment grant. This final rule also
established a certified application counselor program for Exchanges and
set standards for that program.
In an interim final rule, published in the May 11, 2016 Federal
Register (81 FR 29146), we made amendments to the parameters of certain
special enrollment periods (2016 Interim Final Rule). We finalized
these in the 2018 Payment Notice final rule in the December 22, 2016
Federal Register (81 FR 94058). In the April 18, 2017 Market
Stabilization final rule Federal Register (82 FR 18346), we amended
standards relating to special enrollment periods and QHP certification.
4. Essential Health Benefits and Actuarial Value
On December 16, 2011, HHS released a bulletin \7\ (the EHB
Bulletin) that outlined an intended regulatory approach for defining
EHB, including a benchmark-based framework. HHS also published a
bulletin that outlined its intended regulatory approach to calculations
of AV on February 24, 2012.\8\ A proposed rule relating to EHBs and AVs
was published in the November 26, 2012 Federal Register (77 FR 70643).
We established requirements relating to EHBs and AVs in the Standards
Related to Essential Health Benefits, Actuarial Value, and
Accreditation Final Rule, which was published in the February 25, 2013
Federal Register (78 FR 12833) (EHB Rule). In the April 18, 2017 Market
Stabilization final rule (82 FR 18346), we expanded the de minimis
range applicable to plan metal levels.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ ``Essential Health Benefits Bulletin.'' December 16, 2011.
Available at https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/Files/Downloads/essential_health_benefits_bulletin.pdf.
\8\ ``Actuarial Value and Cost-Sharing Reductions Bulletin.''
February 24, 2012. Available at https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/Files/Downloads/Av-csr-bulletin.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Minimum Essential Coverage
In the February 1, 2013 Federal Register (78 FR 7348), we published
a proposed rule that designates other health benefits coverage as MEC
and outlines substantive and procedural requirements that other types
of coverage must fulfill in order to be recognized as MEC. The
provisions were finalized in the July 1, 2013 Federal Register (78 FR
39494).
In the November 26, 2014 Federal Register (79 FR 70674), we
published a proposed rule seeking comments on whether State high risk
pools should be permanently designated as MEC or whether the
designation should be time-limited. In the February 27, 2015 Federal
Register (80 FR 10750), we designated State high risk pools established
on or before November 26, 2014 as MEC.
6. Market Rules
A proposed rule relating to the 2014 health insurance market rules
was published in the November 26, 2012 Federal Register (77 FR 70584).
A final rule implementing the health insurance market rules was
published in the February 27, 2013 Federal Register (78 FR 13406) (2014
Market Rules).
A proposed rule relating to Exchanges and Insurance Market
Standards for 2015 and Beyond was published in the March 21, 2014
Federal Register (79 FR 15808) (2015 Market Standards Proposed Rule). A
final rule implementing the Exchange and Insurance Market Standards for
2015 and Beyond was published in the May 27, 2014 Federal Register (79
FR 30240) (2015 Market Standards Rule). The 2018 Payment Notice final
rule in the December 22, 2016 Federal Register (81 FR 94058) provided
additional guidance on guaranteed availability and
[[Page 16935]]
guaranteed renewability. In the April 18, 2017 Market Stabilization
final rule (82 FR 18346), we released further guidance related to
guaranteed availability.
7. Rate Review
A proposed rule to establish the rate review program was published
in the December 23, 2010 Federal Register (75 FR 81003). A final rule
with comment period implementing the rate review program was published
in the May 23, 2011 Federal Register (76 FR 29963) (Rate Review Rule).
The provisions of the Rate Review Rule were amended in final rules
published in the September 6, 2011 Federal Register (76 FR 54969), the
February 27, 2013 Federal Register (78 FR 13405), the May 27, 2014
Federal Register (79 FR 30239), the February 27, 2015 Federal Register
(80 FR 10749), the March 8, 2016 Federal Register (81 FR 12203) and the
December 22, 2016 Federal Register (81 FR 94058).
8. Medical Loss Ratio
We published a request for comment on section 2718 of the PHS Act
in the April 14, 2010 Federal Register (75 FR 19297), and published an
interim final rule with a 60-day comment period relating to the MLR
program on December 1, 2010 (75 FR 74863). A final rule with a 30-day
comment period was published in the December 7, 2011 Federal Register
(76 FR 76573). An interim final rule with a 60-day comment period was
published in the December 7, 2011 Federal Register (76 FR 76595). A
final rule was published in the Federal Register on May 16, 2012 (77 FR
28790). The medical loss ratio program requirements were amended in
final rules published in the March 11, 2014 Federal Register (79 FR
13743), the May 27, 2014 Federal Register (79 FR 30339), the February
27, 2015 Federal Register (80 FR 10749), the March 8, 2016 Federal
Register (81 FR 12203), and the December 22, 2016 Federal Register (81
FR 94183).
B. Stakeholder Consultation and Input
HHS has consulted with stakeholders on policies related to the
operation of Exchanges, including the SHOP, and the premium
stabilization programs. We have held a number of listening sessions
with consumers, providers, employers, health plans, and the actuarial
community to gather public input. We have solicited input from State
representatives on numerous topics, particularly EHB, QHP certification
and Exchange establishment. We consulted with stakeholders through
regular meetings with the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners (NAIC), regular contact with States through the Exchange
Establishment grant and Exchange Blueprint approval processes, and
meetings with Tribal leaders and representatives, health insurance
issuers, trade groups, consumer advocates, employers, and other
interested parties. We considered all public input we received as we
developed the policies in this final rule.
HHS also received several thousand unique comments in response to a
request for information, entitled ``Reducing Regulatory Burdens Imposed
by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and Improving
Healthcare Choices to Empower Patients'', published in the June 12,
2017 Federal Register (82 FR 26885) (Request for Information). We
anticipate continuing to address comments in future rulemaking and
guidance.
C. Structure of Final Rule
The regulations outlined in this final rule will be codified in 45
CFR parts 147, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, and 158.
The final regulations in part 147 amend the rules regarding fair
health insurance premiums and guaranteed availability to reflect final
changes related to the SHOPs and special enrollment periods.
In connection with part 153, we are recalibrating the risk
adjustment models consistent with the methodology finalized for the
2018 benefit year with slight modifications to the drug classes
included in the 2019 benefit year adult models and the incorporation of
blended MarketScan[supreg] and the most recent enrollee-level External
Data Gathering Environment (EDGE) data. This final rule addresses the
high-cost risk pooling adjustment, where we are finalizing the same
parameters that applied to the 2018 benefit year for the 2019 benefit
year risk adjustment. The finalized provisions related to part 153
include the risk adjustment user fee and modifications to risk
adjustment data validation. We also finalize a policy to provide States
flexibility to request reductions in risk adjustment transfers in the
small group market starting for the 2020 benefit year and beyond.
The final regulations in part 154 finalize certain modifications to
reduce regulatory burden and enhance State flexibility for the rate
review program. We are finalizing an exemption for student health
insurance coverage from Federal rate review requirements. We are
finalizing a proposal to raise the default threshold for review of
reasonableness in the rate review process from 10 percent to 15
percent. We also are finalizing a proposal to allow States with
Effective Rate Review Programs to set later submission deadlines for
rate filings from issuers that offer non-QHPs only. In addition, we are
finalizing the change to the notification period for States with
Effective Rate Review Programs to provide advance notice to HHS prior
to posting rate increases (from 30 days to 5 business days).
The final regulations in part 155 include modifications to the
functions of an Exchange, and a new approach to operational readiness
reviews for direct enrollment partners which will allow agents,
brokers, and issuers to select their own third-party entities for
conducting those reviews. We are finalizing modifications to the rules
around verification of eligibility. We are also finalizing increased
flexibility in the Navigator program by removing the requirement that
each Exchange must have at least two Navigator entities, one of which
must be a community and consumer focused non-profit, and by removing
the standard requiring physical presence of the Navigator entity in the
Exchange service area. We are modifying the parameters around certain
special enrollment periods. We are modifying the effective date options
for enrollee-initiated terminations, at the option of the Exchange, and
amending the affordability exemption so that it may be based on the
lowest cost Exchange plan if there is no bronze level plan sold through
the Exchange in that rating area.
The final regulations in part 156 include changes to EHB and the
QHP certification process. The final regulations in part 156 set forth
parameters related to cost sharing, including the premium adjustment
percentage, the maximum annual limitation on cost sharing, and the
reductions in the maximum annual limitation for cost-sharing plan
variations for 2019. The regulations at part 156 also include finalized
FFE and SBE-FP user fee rates for the 2019 benefit year for all issuers
participating on the FFEs or SBE-FPs. The regulations at part 156 also
include finalized policies related to actuarial value for stand-alone
dental plans (SADPs).
The final amendments to the regulations in parts 155, 156, and 157
include finalized proposals that would provide SHOPs with additional
operational flexibility, and would modify the requirements for issuers,
employers, and employees interacting with SHOPs.
The final amendments to the regulations in part 158 include
revisions related to reporting quality improvement activity expenses as
part
[[Page 16936]]
of the formula for calculating MLR, and revisions related to State
requests for adjustment to the individual market MLR standard.
III. Provisions of the Proposed Rule and Analysis of and Responses to
Public Comments
In the November 2, 2017 Federal Register (82 FR 51052), we
published the ``Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act; HHS Notice
of Benefit and Payment Parameters for 2019'' proposed rule (proposed
2019 Payment Notice or proposed rule). We received 416 comments,
including 99 comments that were substantially similar to one of four
different letters, each regarding the proposals on EHBs, one addressing
EHBs and the Navigator program, and one addressing proposals related to
EHBs, Navigators, SHOPs and network adequacy. Comments were received
from State entities, such as departments of insurance and State
Exchanges; health insurance issuers; providers, both individuals and
provider groups; consumer groups; industry groups; national interest
groups; and other stakeholders. The comments ranged from general
support of or opposition to the proposed provisions to specific
questions or comments regarding proposed changes. We received a number
of comments and suggestions that were outside the scope of the proposed
rule that will not be addressed in this final rule.
In this final rule, we provide a summary of each proposed
provision, a summary of those public comments received that directly
related to the proposals, our responses to them, and a description of
the provisions we are finalizing.
Comment: We received multiple comments criticizing the short
comment period, stating that the comment period made it difficult for
stakeholders to conduct an in-depth analysis of the proposed rule.
Commenters suggested that HHS adopt a comment period of at least 30
days from rule publication, and to fully comply with notice-and-comment
requirements under the Administrative Procedure Act.
Response: The timeline for publication of this final rule
accommodates issuer filing deadlines for the 2019 benefit year. A
longer comment period would have delayed the publication of this final
rule, and created significant challenges for States, Exchanges,
issuers, and other entities in meeting deadlines related to
implementing these rules. We will continue to try to expand the comment
period for the annual HHS notice of benefit and payment parameters
while also providing industry and other stakeholders with more time to
implement the final rule.
Comment: We received some comments generally supportive of State
flexibility, stating that by removing existing regulatory barriers,
issuers will be able to offer a more diverse selection of coverage
options that meet both the financial and health coverage needs of
consumers while meeting various State needs.
Response: We agree that State flexibility with respect to oversight
of State insurance markets is an important goal, and recognize the
traditional role States have as the primary regulators of their
insurance markets. States are best positioned to address the specific
needs of their consumers, and may be better able than the Federal
government to develop policies that are tailored to allow issuers in
their State to develop plans that address both the needs and cost
concerns of beneficiaries in their State.
Comment: We received numerous comments cautioning us about making
changes that would weaken the PPACA. Some commenters expressed concern
that the proposed changes would remove some of the protections afforded
by the PPACA, such as the certainty of EHBs.
Response: Our top priority at HHS is putting consumers first. While
we have made great strides forward, there is still work to be done,
including ensuring that coverage is affordable to all consumers. We
have already taken important steps to streamline our regulations and
our operations with the goal of reducing unnecessary burden, increasing
efficiencies and improving the consumer experience. Yet, we have
recently seen how regulations intended to protect consumers can,
instead, undermine consumers' access to affordable health coverage. In
this final rule, we finalize policies that are intended to help control
costs of coverage in order to make coverage more affordable for
consumers, particularly unsubsidized consumers. We will continue to
find innovative ways to reduce costs and burdens while meeting the
health needs of all Americans. We are continuing to address feedback we
receive from stakeholders and the public, and in turn we are making
changes that will better serve consumers and allow States to address
the unique health needs of their populations.
Comment: Commenters responded to our request for comment on ideas
for future rulemaking about ways to help reduce drug costs and promote
drug price transparency. All commenters acknowledged the consumer
benefits of lowering drug costs and having more transparent drug
pricing; however, commenters cautioned that any changes be done in a
thoughtful manner, that considers value in addition to cost, with input
from all stakeholders.
Response: We appreciate the ideas for future rulemaking and will
consider these suggestions.
A. Part 147--Health Insurance Reform Requirements for the Group and
Individual Health Insurance Markets
1. Fair Health Insurance Premiums (Sec. 147.102)
As discussed elsewhere in this final rule, we are finalizing
substantial changes to the requirements applicable to SHOPs to provide
those programs with the flexibility to operate in a leaner fashion, a
flexibility that we intend to utilize in the Federally-facilitated
Small Business Health Options Program (FF-SHOP). As part of these
changes and, as discussed in the preamble to Sec. Sec. 156.285 and
156.286, we proposed that, effective on the effective date of this
rule, the requirement in Sec. 156.285(a)(4)(ii) regarding premium
rating standards in the FF-SHOPs would not apply for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2018. Therefore, we proposed to delete
from Sec. 147.102(c)(3)(iii)(D) a reference to Sec. 156.285(a)(4),
and to replace the reference to FF-SHOPs with a reference to SHOPs
generally, to reflect that, under the proposed approach for SHOPs, some
SHOPs may want to prohibit issuers from offering average enrollee
premiums.
We did not receive comments on this proposal, and are finalizing
the change as proposed, with one minor typographical correction.
We also sought comment on whether issuers offering coverage through
SHOPs should always be required to offer average enrollee premiums, or
should be required to do so only if required under applicable State
law.
Comment: Comments were mixed regarding whether issuers offering
coverage through SHOPs should always be required to offer average
enrollee premiums. One commenter stated that issuers offering coverage
through SHOPs should always be required to offer average enrollee
premiums, while others stated that issuers should be required to do so
only if required by applicable State law. One of these commenters
further recommended that average premium rating should be permitted
only when a SHOP does not allow employees to choose plans among
multiple issuers. The commenter stated that average enrollee premiums
based
[[Page 16937]]
on employees selecting a particular plan could result in illogical
rates, such as a richer plan having lower rates than a leaner plan
because only younger employees selected the richer plan. Another
commenter stated that all issuers, regardless of whether they are
offering coverage on or off SHOP, should be allowed to offer average
enrollee premiums.
Response: For purposes of consistency, we believe that issuers
offering coverage through a SHOP should be permitted to offer average
enrollee premiums to the same extent that issuers may do so off SHOP
under existing State rules. Also, given the decrease in issuer
participation in the FF-SHOPs, some SHOP employers only have one issuer
offering FF-SHOP plans in their area and will not be able to offer
their employers a choice of plans across issuers. In addition,
historically, a majority of employers have not offered employee choice
across different issuers, thus mitigating the risk of variance in
average premium rates across plans. Therefore, we do not believe
Federal guidance or regulation is currently warranted in this area.
Thus, issuers offering coverage through a SHOP may offer average
enrollee premiums to the extent required or permitted by the applicable
State, and will not be required under Federal law to do so, unless
required by the State.
2. Guaranteed Availability of Coverage (Sec. 147.104)
i. SHOP
As discussed elsewhere in this final rule, we proposed and are
finalizing substantial changes to the requirements applicable to SHOPs
to provide them with the flexibility to operate in a leaner fashion, a
flexibility that we will utilize in the FF-SHOPs. Among those changes,
effective on the effective date of this rule, the requirements in Sec.
156.285 will apply for plan years starting before January 1, 2018. New
Sec. 156.286 specifies those requirements contained in Sec. 156.285
that, effective on the effective date of this rule, will continue to
apply for plan years starting on or after January 1, 2018. Among those
requirements is the requirement in Sec. 156.285(e) which permits a QHP
offered in the SHOP to apply group participation rules under certain
circumstances. This provision will be listed in new Sec. 156.286(e).
The marketwide regulations at Sec. 147.104(b)(1)(i)(B) currently
reference Sec. 156.285(e), and we proposed to add a reference to Sec.
156.286(e) to clarify that, effective on the effective date of this
rule, for plan years that start on or after January 1, 2018, QHPs
offered in the SHOP may restrict the availability of coverage, with
respect to a group health plan that cannot comply with group
participation rules, to an annual enrollment period of November 15
through December 15 of each calendar year. Because we are finalizing
new Sec. 156.286(e) as proposed, we are also finalizing the proposal
to reference new Sec. 156.286(e) in Sec. 147.104(b)(1)(i)(B).
Comment: One commenter supported the proposal to add to Sec.
147.104(b)(1)(i)(B) a reference to Sec. 156.286(e). One commenter
opposed permitting QHPs to restrict coverage availability when a group
health plan cannot comply with group participation rules, while another
commenter stated that an employer that fails to comply with such rules
should not be afforded guaranteed availability of coverage, either
generally or during an annual open enrollment period, either on or off-
SHOP.
Response: As indicated in the section of the preamble discussing
the SHOP rule, we are finalizing, as proposed, the proposal to add new
Sec. 156.286(e), which would apply, to plan years starting on or after
January 1, 2018, the existing regulatory provision that allows QHPs
offered in the SHOP to restrict the availability of coverage with
respect to a group health plan that cannot comply with group
participation rules, to an annual enrollment period of November 15
through December 15 of each calendar year. Thus, we are also finalizing
the proposal to reference new Sec. 156.286(e) in Sec.
147.104(b)(1)(i)(B).
We also proposed, and are finalizing, the removal of the small
group coverage effective dates that are found in the SHOP regulations
at Sec. 155.725 with respect to plan years beginning on or after
January 1, 2018, effective on the effective date of this rule. However,
there are currently requirements in Sec. 147.104(b)(1)(i)(C) that, by
cross-referencing Sec. 155.725, apply those same requirements
marketwide, and we did not propose to remove that marketwide
requirement. We proposed changes to Sec. 147.104 to reflect the SHOP
changes. Specifically, we proposed to eliminate, from Sec.
147.104(b)(1)(i)(C), the cross-reference to Sec. 155.725. We proposed
in place of the cross-reference to explicitly specify in Sec.
147.104(b)(1)(i)(C) those same coverage effective dates for coverage in
the small group market, and for the large group market if such coverage
is offered through a SHOP, that would be eliminated from the SHOP
regulations under our proposal for Sec. 155.725. We are finalizing
this proposal, but are modifying the language that will replace the
cross-reference to clarify that it is permissible for issuers to apply
an effective date of coverage that is before or on the specified dates.
We are also modifying the proposed language so that the effective date
of coverage is tied to the date a group enrollment is received, rather
than to the date a plan selection is received.
Comment: All commenters supported in principle the proposal to
eliminate, from Sec. 147.104(b)(1)(i)(C), the cross reference to the
effective dates of coverage in Sec. 155.725, and in its place
explicitly specify in Sec. 147.104(b)(1)(i)(C) those effective dates
for coverage in the small group market, and for the large group market
if such coverage is offered through a SHOP. However, several commenters
noted that our proposal did not import the provisions in Sec. 155.725,
describing the coverage effective dates, verbatim into Sec.
147.104(b)(1)(i)(C). They observed that the proposed language in Sec.
147.104(b)(1)(i)(C) tied the coverage effective date to the date a plan
selection was received, rather than to the date a group enrollment was
received, and that tying the coverage date to the date a group
enrollment was received (as in the effective-date-of-coverage language
currently set forth in Sec. 155.725) would be more appropriate.
Commenters also stated that the language we proposed to add in Sec.
147.104(b)(1)(i)(C), unlike the language in current regulations in
Sec. 155.725, would prohibit issuers from applying a coverage
effective date that falls before the first day of the following month,
or before the first day of the second following month, as applicable,
after the date a group enrollment is received.
Response: As commenters pointed out, in the language we proposed
for Sec. 147.104(b)(1)(i)(C), we tied the coverage effective date to
the date a plan selection, rather than a group enrollment, was
received. Given that the proposed language we added appears in a
section of the rules (Sec. 147.104) that applies marketwide, and not
just in SHOPs, we agree with the commenters that tying the coverage
date to a group enrollment, which is a broader term than a plan
selection (the latter is a SHOP-specific term), would be more
appropriate. We also agree with the commenters that the existing
language in Sec. 155.725, which requires issuers to ensure a coverage
effective date of, rather than on, the dates specified in the existing
language, permits issuers to apply an enrollment date that falls
before, rather than only on, the first day of the first month or the
first day of the second month (as applicable) following the date a
group enrollment is received, and that issuers should continue to have
[[Page 16938]]
the flexibility to apply an enrollment date that falls before those
dates. Therefore, in light of those comments, we are finalizing
language in Sec. 147.104(b)(1)(i)(C).
ii. Special Enrollment Periods
Section 147.104(b)(2)(i) extends several of the special enrollment
periods that apply to issuers on the Exchange, to all issuers in the
individual market. Although Sec. 147.104(b)(2)(i) is intended to
specify which special enrollment periods offered through the Exchange
must also be offered by health insurance issuers with respect to
coverage offered outside of an Exchange, the paragraph as currently
written could be read to apply the exceptions to any coverage offered
by a health insurance issuer in the individual market. We recognize the
potential for confusion, as coverage offered through an Exchange is
offered by a health insurance issuer in the individual market, but this
coverage is subject to the special enrollment rule at Sec. 155.420(d),
which is intended to require special enrollment periods for qualifying
events including those listed in the exceptions in Sec.
147.104(b)(2)(i). Therefore, we proposed to amend that phrase in Sec.
147.104(b)(2)(i) to clarify that the exceptions in the paragraph only
apply with respect to coverage offered outside of the Exchange in the
individual market. We received no comments on this proposal, and are
finalizing it as proposed.
With respect to the subset of special enrollment periods in Sec.
155.420 that apply off-Exchange, current regulations at Sec.
147.104(b)(2)(ii) state that, in applying Sec. 147.104(b)(2), a
reference in Sec. 155.420 to a ``QHP'' is deemed to refer to a plan, a
reference to ``the Exchange'' is deemed to refer to the applicable
State authority, and a reference to a ``qualified individual'' is
deemed to refer to an individual in the individual market. As discussed
in the preamble to Sec. 155.420, we are finalizing a change to Sec.
155.420(a)(5) to exempt qualified individuals from the prior coverage
requirement that applies to certain special enrollment periods if they
lived in a service area where no qualified health plan was available
through the Exchange for 1 or more days during the 60 days preceding
the qualifying event or during their most recent preceding enrollment
period, as specified in Sec. Sec. 155.410 and 155.420. Section
155.420(a)(5) applies to qualifying individuals seeking off-Exchange
coverage through an applicable special enrollment period, so we
proposed that this exception for individuals living in a service area
where there were no QHPs offered through an Exchange would also
apply.\9\ However, in this instance the reference to ``QHP'' should not
be deemed to refer to a plan for purposes of applying Sec.
147.104(b)(2). Therefore, we proposed to amend Sec. 147.104(b)(2)(ii)
to state that a reference in Sec. 155.420 (other than in Sec.
155.420(a)(5)) to a ``QHP'' is deemed to refer to a plan, a reference
to ``the Exchange'' is deemed to refer to the applicable State
authority, and a reference to a ``qualified individual'' is deemed to
refer to an individual in the individual market. We are finalizing this
change as proposed.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\9\ As stated in the preamble in the proposed rule to Sec.
155.420, the exception to the requirement to have previous coverage
is intended to relieve individuals of that requirement when there
was no affordable cove